[From the U.S. Government Printing Office, www.gpo.gov]





                               Science for Solutions


        NOAA COASTAL OCEAN PROGRAM
                                                             ge
        Decision Analysis Series No. 4
                                                                    A5
                                                               ,21,4rer, 01, 11@t

                     MARINE EUTROPHICATION REVIEW


         PART 1: QUANTIFYING THE EFFECTS OF NITROGEN ENRICHMENT
                 ON PHYTOPLANKTON IN COASTAL ECOSYSTEMS


                    PART 2: BIBLIOGRAPHY WITH ABSTRACTS


                                 Kenneth R. Hinga
                                  Heeseon Jeon
                                  Noiffle F. Lewis


                                  January 1995

























                          U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
   QH91.8            National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
   .M34                         Coastal Ocean Office
   H45
   1995














                                         The Decision Analysis Series has been
                                         established by NOAA's Coastal Ocean
                                         Program (COP) to present documents for
                                         coastal resource decision makers which
                                         contain analytical treatments of major issues
                                         or topics. The issues, topics, and principal
                                         investigators have been selected through an
                                         extensive peer review process. To learn
                                         more about the COP or the Decision
                                         Analysis Series, please write:


                                                 NOAA Coastal Ocean Office
                                                 1315 East-West Highway (NCOP)
                                                 Silver Spring, MD 20910

                                         phone:          301-713-3338
                                         f ax:           301-713-4044





















                 Cover illustration: Three views of Chaetoceros lorenzianus
                 and detafl of seta structure. Drawing by Jan Rines.









                                       Science for Solutions


                                                                                   9 0

           NOAA COASTAL OCEAN PROGRAM
           Decision Analysis Series No. 4

                                                                                   EMWT OF


                          MARINE EILITROPHICATION REVIEW


            PART 1: QUANTIFYING THE EFFECTS OF NITROGEN ENRICHMENT
                      ON PHYTOPLANKTON IN COASTAL ECOSYSTEMS


                         PART 2: BIBLIOGRAPHY WITH ABSTRACTS


                                          Kenneth R. Hinga
                                           Heeseon Jeon
                                           Nodile F. Lewis



                                 Graduate School of Oceanography
                                     University of Rhode Island
                                      Narragansett, RI 02882







                                         January 1995





                                 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
                                        Ronald H. Brown, Secretary
                           National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
                                      D. James Baker, Under Secretary property of CSC L:Lbrary
                                         Coastal Ocean Office
                                                                                    M Q2@'
                                                                               /4'4














































                                          Donald Scavia, Director
                                                 US Department of Commerce
                                                 NOAA Coastal Services Center Library
                                                 2234 South Hobson Avenue
                                                 Charleston, SC 29405-2413






















                     This publicatinn qhntjlfi hp r*tpfi sq-

                     Hinga, Kenneth R., Jeeseon Heon and NodIle F. Lewis. 1995. Marine Eutrophication Review--Part 1:
                     Quantifying the Effects of Nitrogen Enrichment on Phytoplankton in Coastal Ecosystems; Part 2:
                     Bibliography with Abstracts. NOAA Coastal Ocean Program Decision Analysis Series No. 4. NOAA
                     Coastal Ocean Office, Silver Spring, MD. Part 1, 36 pp.; Part 2, 120 pp.










                                        This publication does not constitute an endorsement of any commercial product or
                                        intend to be an opinion beyond scientific or other results obtained by the National
                                        Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA). No reference shall be made to
                                        NOAA, or this publication ftu@nished by NOAA, in any advertising or sales promotion
                                        which would indicate or imply that NOAA recommends or endorses any proprietary
                                        product mentioned herein, or which has as its purpose an interest to cause directly or
                                        indirectly the advertised product to be used or purchased because of this publication.








                Note to Readers


                The NOAA Coastal Ocean Program (COP) provides a focal point through which the agency,
                together with other organizations with responsibilities for the coastal environment and its
                resources, can make significant strides toward finding solutions to critical problems. By working
                together toward these solutions, we can ensure the sustainability of these coastal resources and
                allow for compatible economic development that will enhance the well-being of the Nation now
                and in future generations. The goals of the program parallel those of the NOAA Strategic Plan
                for 1995-2005.


                A specific objective of COP is to provide the highest quality scientific information to coastal
                managers in time for critical decision making and in a format useful for these decisions. To help
                achieve this, COP inaugurated a program of developing documents that would synthesize
                information on issues that were of high priority to coastal managers. To develop such documents,
                a three-step process was used: 1) to compile a list of critical topics in the coastal ocean through
                a survey of coastal resource managers and to prioritize and select those suitable for the document
                series through the use of a panel of multidisciplinary technical experts; 2) to solicit proposals to
                do research on these topics and select principal investigators through a rigorous peer-review
                process; and 3) to develop peer-reviewed documents based on the winning proposals.

                Marine Eutrophication Review is the third title published of the seven topics and associated
                principal investigators which were selected in the initial round. A bibliography of synthesis
                documents was added to the series on the recommendation of a COP management committee and
                is in print (see inside back cover). Other volumes will be published over the next two years on the
                following topics: seagrass restoration technology, coastal watershed restoration, restoring
                streams and anadromous fish habitat affected by logging, and management of cumulative coastal
                environmental impacts.

                As with all of its products, COP is very interested in ascertaining the utility of the Decision
                Analysis Series particularly in regard to its application to the management decision process.
                Therefore, we encourage you to write, fax, call, or Internet us with your comments. Please be
                assured that we will appreciate these comments, either positive or negative, and that they will help
                us direct our future efforts. Our address and telephone and fax numbers are on the inside front
                cover. My Internet address is [email protected].





                                                             Donald Scavia
                                                             Director
                                                             NOAA Coastal Ocean Program


























                 MARINE EUTROPHICATION REVIEW


        PART 1: QUANTIFYING THE EFFECTS OF NITROGEN ENRICHMENT
               ON PHYTOPLANKTON IN COASTAL ECOSYSTEMS










               TABLE OF CONTENTS



               ABSTRACT                                                 1


               INTRODUCTION                                             1


               DEFINING TERMS                                           I

               APPROACHES TO  FINDING A RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN            2
               EUTROPHICATION AND NUTRIENT INPUTS

               NITROGEN AND PRIMARY PRODUCTION IN                       4
               MARINE ECOSYSTEMS

               PHYTOPLANKTON ABUNDANCE AND OTHER MEASURES               5
               THAT MAY BE RELATED TO EUTROPHICATION

               OTHER COMPLICATING ISSUES                                6

               NITROGEN LOADINGS OR NITROGEN CONCENTRATIONS?            6

               RELATIONSHIPS BETWEEN NITROGREN AND EUTROPHICATION       8

               THE ROLE OF ANOTHER FACTOR                              10

               CURVE FITS TO CROSS-SYSTEM AND MERL DATA AND            11
               COMPARISON TO THE EFFECT FACTORS FROM CHANGES
               OVER TIME

               CONCLUSIONS                                             11

               TABLE                                                   12

               FIGURES                                                 14

               LITERATURE CITED                                        33










                    ABSTRACT

                    The results of three different approaches are used to investigate relationships between nitrogen
                    availability and phytoplankton primary production and abundance in coastal ecosystems. The
                    three approaches are controlled experiments in marine enclosures, history of changes in coastal
                    ecosystems, and cross-system comparisons. Most systems can be expected to have increased
                    primary production with increased nitrogen loadings or long-term average concentration.
                    Nitrogen availability alone is not a very precise predictor of phytoplankton production or
                    abundance. The magnitude of the change in phytoplankton production or abundance found for
                    most systems is typically in the range of 1.4 to 3 times for a doubling in nitrogen loading or
                    concentration. However, there are coastal ecosystems which have not followed the general
                    relationships found. Until the characteristics which sets those systems apart from other
                    systems can be identified, there is no guarantee that any individual system will have the typical
                    response.

                    INTRODUCTION

                    Perhaps the paramount question placed before the modem ecologist is "What will happen
                    if ... T' As this review considers anthropogenic nutrient inputs to coastal environments, the
                    question becomes: "What will happen if nutrient loads to a body of water increase?" And,
                    conversely: "What will happen if (usually at great expense) nutrient inputs to a coastal body of
                    water are reduced?" The answers to these questions are far from trivial to obtain. Ecology as a
                    predictive science is still in its infancy. There have been remarkably few planned and
                    controlled experiments at the ecosystem level to learn from, and to test the ecologist's ability to
                    accurately predict changes.

                    Nevertheless, marine ecologists can certainly observe present conditions in coastal ecosystems,
                    and they have observed what are presumed to be nutrient-related changes in estuaries.
                    Certainly some insights have been gained as to the behavior of coastal ecosystems under
                    increased nutrient loadings.

                    This review will consider relationships between nutrient loading and phytoplankton production
                    in coastal ecosystems. Specifically, the review will examine if there is a simple relationship
                    between nutrient loading and phytoplankton production, or surrogates for production, in
                    coastal ecosystems. In other words, how well can we predict how much change will occur in a
                    coastal ecosystem for any specific change in nutrient loading?

                    DEFINING TERMS

                    Before starting on any dialogue it is useful to make sure that participants are using the same
                    meanings for their vocabulary. The word "eutrophication" has had a variety of uses when
                    applied to coastal ecosystems, and probably many more uses when applied to other
                    ecosystems. For this review the definition of eutrophication as proposed by Nixon (1994) will
                    be used. His proposed definition is:

                    Eutrophication (noun) -- an increase in the rate of supply of organic matter to an ecosystem.

                    The rate of supply of organic carbon may be@ by either primary production by autotrophs within
                    the system (autochthonous carbon) or by an input of organic matter from outside the system
                    (allochthonous carbon). The central feature of the definition is the rate of supply of organic
                    carbon. At first consideration, the definition seems distant from the common informal use of
                    "eutrophication" to denote an increase in anthropogenic nutrient loading (i.e., cultural
                    eutrophication). However, use of Nixon's definition has considerable advantages.







                   2


                   First, the definition is simple. The definition is based upon a single parameter. There is a lot
                   to be said for simplicity.

                   Second, the definition makes it easy to separate eutrophication from its causes and its
                   consequences. The causes of eutrophication may include increased input of inorganic
                   nutrients, decrease in water turbidity, change in hydraulic residence time of the water, a decline
                   in grazing pressure or increase in direct inputs of organic matter. The consequences of an
                   increased rate of supply of organic carbon may include changes in ecosystem community
                   structure, increased rates of oxygen depletion, fish kills, etc.

                   Finally, focusing on the rate of organic carbon supply as the central issue makes it a
                   straightforward matter to classify the trophic status of coastal ocean ecosystems. The trophic
                   status of a coastal ecosystem is simply a measure of the rate of organic carbon supply.
                   Definitions of various trophic states were also proposed by Nixon (1994):

                                                    Organic Carbon Supply
                                                    g c M-2 year- 1,
                           oligotrophic             <_100
                           mesotrophic              101-300
                           eutrophic                301-500
                           hypertrophic             >500

                   The trophic classification states are value neutral. The definition does not imply that one
                   trophic state is better, more desirable, or more valuable than another.

                   APPROACHES TO FINDING A RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN EUTROPHICATION AND
                   NUTRIENT INPUTS.

                   In order to quantify "what will happen in a coastal ecosystem if nutrient inputs go up or
                   down," it is necessary to have or to establish a relationship between nutrient loading and rate of
                   carbon supply. Carbon supply can be from two sources, primary production within the
                   ecosystem and external loadings to the ecosystem. External loadings are likely to be the
                   dominant source of carbon in the vicinity of sewage outfalls with primary or no treatment. In
                   such areas one would not expect to find a cause-effect relationship between nutrient loadings
                   and carbon supply (unless one is considering the processes and procedures used in sewage
                   treatment plants themselves).

                   For most open-water areas of coastal ecosystems, the carbon supply is likely dominated by
                   autotrophic primary production within the system. A very useful relationship to identify would
                   then be a relationship between nutrient loadings and primary production. Some care must be
                   taken to make sure that coastal systems, or parts of coastal systems, with significant particulate
                   loadings are avoided in the development of a nutrient loading vs. production relationship from
                   empirical data.

                   A. number of approaches might be applied to the development of a relationship between nutrient
                   loading and primary production. These include:

                   1. Controlled experiments with marine ecosystems (mesocosm and enclosure experiments).

                   2. Historical records of the response of coastal ecosystems to changes in nutrient loads.







                                                                                                                3


                     3. Cross-system comparisons of different coastal ecosystems to see if the primary production
                     in those systems is systematically related to nutrient inputs (comparative ecology).

                     4. Calculation (modeling) from first principles of physics, chemistry, and ecology.


                     Conducting controlled experiments with representative coastal ecosystems would be the most
                     direct way to determine the effects of nutrient loadings on coastal ecosystems. Such a direct
                     approach was instrumental in determining the response of lakes to nutrient loadings (i.e.,
                     Shindler et al., 197 1; Shindler 1973). Given that coastal ecosystems are considered public
                     domain and we are unlikely to want to deliberately damage such an ecosystem, it seems
                     unlikely that natural coastal ecosystems will be made available for direct experimentation.
                     Direct experiments are possible with coastal ecosystems in miniature. This is the realm of
                     enclosures and mesocosms. A variety of marine enclosures have been established to attempt to
                     create ecosystems in large containers that have chemical and biological properties of coastal
                     ecosystems. Descriptions of, and arguments for the use of, enclosures have been made by
                     Davies and Gamble (1979), Steele (1979), Parsons (1981), Lundgren (1985), and Santschi
                     (1988). It has been within the marine ecologist's ability for nearly two decades to establish
                     enclosures containing ecosystems that, over long periods of time (many months), have biota
                     and ecosystem function that are hard to tell apart from natural coastal ecosystems.

                     It seems remarkable that given this ability there has not been a widespread use of enclosures.
                     Direct experimentation is a powerful, if not the most powerful approach, in scientific
                     investigation. Although there have been a number of short term (i.e., up to about a month's
                     duration) nutrient experiments in marine enclosures, there has been only one long-term
                     eutrophication experiment in marine enclosures. There was a 28-month nutrient-addition
                     experiment at the Marine Ecosystems Research Laboratory of the University of Rhode Island
                     (Nixon et al., 1984; Kelly et al., 1985; Oviatt et al., 1986a, 1986b, 1989; Keller 1988, 1989;
                     Keller & Rice 1989; Hinga 1990). Results of that experiment will appear in the analyses later
                     in this paper.

                     One might expect it would be possible to learn a great deal from observations on the'changes
                     that have taken place in coastal ecosystems over time. However, the number of coastal
                     ecosystems where adequate measurements exist under two different loading conditions is
                     remarkably small. While current conditions and loadings are known in a good number of
                     coastal ecosystems, records of conditions under earlier loadings and records of earlier loadings
                     are relatively rare. Coastal ecosystems for which adequate data have appeared in the literature
                     will be considered below.

                     A comparative ecology approach was used by Volenweider (1976) to develop a quantitative
                     relationship between nutrient loadings in lakes and the abundance of lake phytoplankton. The
                     results of his comparative study demonstrated a clear relationship between phosphorus
                     loadings to lakes and the phytoplankton standing stock in lakes. Comparative approaches havc
                     been applied to marine ecosystems by Boynton et al. (1982), Nixon (1983), Nixon and Pilson
                     (1983) and Monbet (1992).

                     A modeling approach, while a very desirable goal, is likely out of reach for the near future.
                     Modeling the physics and chemistry of a coastal ecosystem on first principles may be currently
                     possible. Unfortunately, the first principles of ecology are not yet sufficiently understood to
                     permit useful predictioos. At the very least, an ecosystem model requires the ability to predict
                     when and why different species appear at various times. This ability is surely not yet achieved,
                     even in an unperturbed (by human activities) system. The ability to predict how communities
                     will change under novel conditions is even further off.







                   4



                   There are those who might argue that a functional model of the ecosystem is all that is needed
                   for prediction of at least some of the consequences of changes in nutrient loadings. In this
                   approach, specific species are not modeled. Related groups of species are assumed to have the
                   same function (nutrient dynamics, etc.). Functional modeling will certainly provide insights
                   into ecosystem functioning and perhaps eventually into effects of external changes on
                   ecosystems. Functional modeling is a valuable tool of the ecologist, but at present is more
                   likely to be useful as a diagnostic than a predictive tool. In order to use functional models to
                   provide predictions of response to change, it is necessary to know the coefficients, rates, and
                   equations that describe the functioning of the communities in the modeled system before and
                   after change in the parameters of interest. As noted above, it is not yet possible to confidently
                   predict which populations will comprise communities after a change in conditions. Unless one
                   can demonstrate that all coastal marine communities that could exist in a particular area are
                   functionally similar, or one can demonstrate how the functionality will change, it is
                   inappropriate to expect functional models to be reliable predictors of change.

                   Which of the possible approaches should be used to gain an understanding of the relationship
                   between nutrient loadings and the eutrophication of coastal ecosystems? The best answer is
                   probably "all of the above." When different independent approaches to the problem provide
                   the same results, then marine ecologists can start to have confidence that they have gained a
                   defensible ability to predict the response of coastal ecosystems to changes in nutrient loadings.

                   The history of lake eutrophication investigations provides a good example of the value of
                   having support from independent approaches. In the 1960's there was a great deal of
                   discussion and debate concerning the cause(s) of conspicuous thick algal blooms and algal-mat
                   growths appearing in many lakes. Were the mats and the blooms a result primarily of
                   phosphorus additions or of other agents? When the results of a direct experimental approach
                   (Shindler 1971, 1973) and a comparative approach (Vollenweider 1976) both clearly implicated
                   phosphorus as the primary causative agent, a firm basis was provided for the regulation of
                   phosphorus in detergents and other sources.

                   NITROGEN AND PRIMARY PRODUCTION IN MARINE ECOSYSTEMS

                   The nutrient central in discussions of coastal eutrophication is nitrogen. Early in the relatively
                   brief history of concern about marine eutrophication, Ryther and Dunstan (197 1) demonstrated
                   that additions of nitrogen stimulated growth of marine phytoplankton. Phosphorus additions
                   had little if any effect. Nutrient limitation studies have been conducted many times since (e.g.
                   Goldman, 1976; Laws and Redalje, 1979; Gran6li and SundbAck, 1985; D'Elia et al., 1986;
                   Gran6li et al., 1986; and Gran6li et al., 1988, Gran6li et al., 1990; Montgomery et al., 199 1;
                   Oviatt et al., 1994). In general, additions of nitrogen alone, as either nitrate or ammonium,
                   promote enhanced growth of phytoplankton (also see the review by Howarth, 1988).
                   However there are times when phosphorus limitation is found -in environments usually limited
                   by nitrogen (e.g. Gran6li etal., 1990) and marine environments where phosphorus limitation is
                   more common than nitrogen limitation (Myers and Iverson, 198 1). Silica limitation, resulting
                   from nitrogen and phosphorus enrichment, may also have an important influence on the
                   composition of phytoplankton communities.

                   With the general result that nitrogen is usually the limiting nutrient in coastal ecosystems, and
                   provided that long-term responses (i.e., yearly averages) are investigated, it seems reasonable
                   to attempt to find relationships between nitrogen and eutrophication, without consideration of
                   phosphorus. This assumption has been made in many previous studies, and will be adopted
                   here. Should it not be possible to find a satisfactory relationship(s) between nitrogen and
                   eutrophication, it may be necessary to retreat and consider phosphorus, and other factors.







                                                                                                            5


                   PHYTOPLANKTON ABUNDANCE AND OTHER MEASURES WHICH MAY BE
                   RELATED To EUTROPHICATION

                   Primary production becomes the basis of the definition, as given above, of eutrophication in
                   coastal systems where external carbon loadings are not significant. Unfortunately, primary
                   production is not measured very regularly in many coastal ecosystems. It would be useful if
                   surrogate measures related to primary production based upon a more regularly measured
                   parameter could be found. This would expand the number of systems available for
                   investigation of nitrogen-eutrophication relationships.

                   The primary production of phytoplankton is dependent, in part, upon the abundance of the
                   phytoplankton. If phytoplankton is of low abundance, there are few "machines" to do the
                   work of production and the total production cannot be high. Hence phytoplankton abundance
                   and production may be expected to be somewhat related. Measurement of the standing stock of
                   phytoplankton is conducted much more often than measurement of production. The standing
                   stock of phytoplankton carbon is usually estimated by measuring chlorophyll-a and assuming a
                   fixed carbon to chlorophyll-a ratio.

                   The instantaneous (i.e., short-term) depth-integrated primary production (i.e., total production
                   under I m2 of surface) in marine systems can be estimated very well by knowing the
                   phytoplankton abundance, the depth of the photic zone (as calculated from the light extinction
                   coefficient), and the amount of incident light (Cole and Cloem, 1987; Keller, 1988, 1989).
                   Hence, if ambient light and turbidity were the same for all coastal ecosystems, chlorophyll-a
                   alone could be used to predict primary production.

                   Ambient light availability varies by latitude and local climate. Nixon (1983) assembled light
                   data for a variety of coastal embayments and found a modest range in annual average ambient
                   light ranging from 329 Ly day- I (Narragansett Bay, and New York Bay) to 461 Ly day- I (San
                   Francisco Bay). The effect of local climate was larger than the latitude effect (30 'N to 41 'N in
                   North America).

                   Light extinction also varies in coastal systems. Data also assembled by Nixon (1983) showed
                   attenuation coefficients ranging from about I m- I to 8 m- I with most of the high values at low
                   salinity. (This translates to I % light levels at about I to about 10 meters depth.) Of course, a
                   major determinant of light level in the water column is the amount of phytoplankton material
                   itself.

                   The abundance of phytoplankton is not always measured at multiple depths. It is more
                   common to find measurements of chlorophyll a, and of primary production made only on
                   near-surface samples. It is far less useful, from a whole ecosystem point of view, to consider
                   possible relationships between phytoplankton abundance and primary production for just near-
                   surface samples. It is the total carbon input to a coastal ecosystem that is relevant to
                   eutrophication as defined here. How well thetotal water column production can be estimated
                   from only near-surface measurements will not be considered in detail here.

                   If cross-system comparisons and consideration of changes in coastal ecosystems over time
                   were restricted to only those systems for which there is a good record of areal production, there
                   would not be much data to consider. In order to attempt to find relationships between nutrients
                   and eutrophication, measures of near-surface phytoplankton abundance, and near-surface
                   primary production will be considered. It will need to be kept in mind that mixing the various
                   types of measures of phytoplankton may obscure relationships for any single parameter.







                    6


                    OTHER COMPLICATING ISSUES

                    Phytoplankton abundance is often estimated from measurement of chlorophyll-a. It should be
                    noted that the carbon-chlorophyll ratio is not a constant (e.g., Falkowski, 1980). More
                    importantly, it appears that carbon to chlorophyll-a ratios vary systematically with
                    eutrophication (Nixon, 1992). The carbon to chlorophyll a ratio in the MERL eutrophication
                    experiment, referred to above, decreased by a factor of three from controls to the higher
                    enriched tanks. It seems probable that this is a result of shade adaptation and not a result of
                    changes in species composition (Oviatt et al., 1989). Such variability may interfere with
                    efforts to find a relationship between phytoplankton abundance and eutrophication.

                    Phytoplankton abundance may also be derived from direct counts of phytoplankton cells. A
                    change in cell count will not be directly proportional to change in biomass if there has been a
                    change in average cell size. In one of the ecosystems that will be considered later (Helgoland
                    Reede), cell counts were coupled with the volume per cell to provide a better estimate of
                    biomass change over time than raw cell counts.

                    Some comment must also be made concerning primary production measurements themselves.
                    There are a variety of basic techniques used to measure primary production and variability in
                    the practice of techniques based upon the same principle. Even the use of a single basic
                    technique, such as 14C-based production measurements, the depths of water samples, bottle
                    size and material, bottle agitation, and how bottles are incubated, are far from uniform in
                    practice. Such variability in technique undoubtedly affects results and may make comparisons
                    between different systems misleading.

                    NITROGEN LOADINGS OR NITROGEN CONCENTRATIONS?

                    Should a relationship be expected between eutrophication and nitrogen loading, or between
                    eutrophication and the achieved in-system nitrogen concentration (resulting from changes in
                    nitrogen loadings and the other processes affecting nitrogen concentrations)? A priori, there is
                    no way to determine which will be a more fruitful approach. Ideally, a description of the
                    availability of nitrogen is desired. It is not safe to assume that either inorganic nitrogen
                    concentrations or loadings of nitrogen adequately represent nitrogen availability.

                    Where  measured nitrogen concentrations are used for a basis for a relationship, a long-term
                    average concentration of nitrogen must be used. In short time scales, the relationship between
                    nitrogen concentrations and phytoplankton abundance, may be inversely related, reflecting
                    short-term uptake by blooms. Further, consideration of just the dissolved species of nitrogen,
                    or dissolved inorganic nitrogen (DIN; nitrate plus nitrite, plus ammonia), may not represent the
                    real availability of nitrogen to the phytoplankton. Some portion of the particulate and dissolved
                    organic nitrogen may be subject to rapid remineralization and hence be biologically available.
                    If the fraction of the biologically available nitrogen in organic matter is variable in different
                    coastal ecosystems, use of DIN only may not provide clear relationships between nitrogen and
                    eutrophication.
                    If loadings are used as a basis for a relationship, do changes in loadings necessarily reflect a
                    corresponding change in availability of nitrogen to phytoplankton? Should loadings calculated
                    on a volume basis or loadings on an areal basis be used to represent availability? How does
                    flushing rate (or the inverse,,the residence time of water) affect the achieved availability of
                    nitrogen in the coastal ecosystem? The later question is addressed briefly as follows.

                    For a conservative (non-reactive) material introduced into an ideal well-mixed system,
                    loadings and achieved concentrations would be directly proportional. In a steady state







                                                                                                            7


                  (constant loadings and concentration not increasing) a mass balance can be set up for a
                  conservative material where material entering the system must equal the material leaving the
                  system (or else the concentration of the material would either be rising or falling). Expressed
                  in mathematical shorthand:

                                                            Min = Mout

                  Min is the loading, at a constant rate, of the material M. (This assumes the offshore
                  concentration is negligible.) Mout depends upon how much water is exchanged per unit of
                  time between the system and more offshore waters.

                             Mout = volume of water lost per day * Concentration of M in water

                                        [Following the units: g1day=1iters1day * g1liter]

                  As the flushing of a coastal system does not depend upon a material like nitrogen dissolved in
                  the water, the volume of water lost per day is constant (long-term average). Hence, in a single
                  ideal system, the achieved concentration of a conservative material is directly proportional to
                  the loadings. A doubling of a loading would lead to a doubling of achieved concentration,
                  once a new steady-state is achieved. (This requires a period of time equal to about three times
                  the residence time of the water in the system.) A similar exercise can be done for non-
                  negligible offshore concentrations, where the net result is that the net difference between the in-
                  system concentration and the offshore concentration is proportional to loading.

                  Nitrogen is not a conservative material. The forms of nitrogen undergo many reactions. As
                  nitrogen enters a coastal ecosystem from the landward side and passes through a coastal system
                  to the open ocean, it may be taken up from dissolved forms into organic matter and
                  remineralized (both in the water column and at the benthos) a number of times. In addition
                  there can be essentially permanent losses of nitrogen, through long-term burial in sediments
                  and denitrification (the conversion of fixed nitrogen to nitrogen gas). While there are very few
                  very well constrained nitrogen budgets for coastal ecosystems, it appears that burial is
                  generally a small term. Denitrification on the other hand may be quite significant and quite
                  variable. In a fast-flushing estuary, there may be little time for denitrification. In a system
                  where water has a long residence time, denitrification may account for a major loss. For
                  example, it is estimated than 90% of the nitrogen introduced into the Baltic Sea is denitrified
                  (Larsson et al., 1985).

                  The net result is that in coastal ecosystems with fairly short residence times, the achieved
                  concentrations of nitrogen in the system will be at least approximately proportional to changes
                  in nitrogen loadings. Even in systems where there is significant denitrification, if the fraction
                  of nitrogen lost to denitrification is approximately the same at different loadings, then the
                  proportionality between changes in concentration and changes in loading will hold.

                  For systems where there is a long residence time of water, it is probable that the relationship
                  between nitrogen loadings and concentrations will not be proportional. This is especially true
                  where the relative concentrations of the nitrogen species may have also changed over time. A
                  higher fraction of nitrate in the inputs (as may happen when sewage treatment. plants convert
                  more ammonia to nitrate to reduce the oxygen demand of their effluent) may be expected to
                  alter the fraction of nitrogen lost to denitrification. (Nitrate is the nitrogen species converted to
                  nitrogen gas during denitrificaion.)







                   8



                   RELATIONSHIPS BETWEEN NITROGEN AND EUTROPHICATION

                   There have been a few studies attempting to determine a general relationship between nitrogen
                   and eutrophication, or properties related to eutrophication. As might be expected from the
                   discussions above, a variety of different measures of nitrogen availability have been used.
                   Similarly, different measures of phytoplankton abundance and production have been
                   considered. The reader is advised to note the exact parameters plotted on each graph. Many of
                   the graphs appear similar but are of different parameters. In addition, some of the plots (those
                   generated new for this report) are provided in two versions showing the same data, a log-log-
                   axes version and a linear-axes version. The perspective obtained from inspection of plots may
                   be influenced by the log or linear construction of the plot. The dual versions are provided to
                   give multiple perspectives.

                   This section will look at some previous efforts to find relationships between nitrogen and
                   eutrophication from comparative studies and mesocosm experimentation. A new analysis of
                   the changes in coastal ecosystems over time will also be presented. In order to compare the
                   results obtained from the different measures of nitrogen availability and of phytoplankton
                   abundance and production, a factor-of-change of effect (abundance or production) per factor of
                   change in nitrogen (loading or DIN concentration) will be calculated. For example, it may be
                   found that in a system where the nitrogen loading doubled over time, the phytoplankton
                   abundance went up by a factor of 1.5. It may eventually be shown that it is inappropriate to
                   compare the results of abundance changes with production changes. For now, the approach
                   allows a quantitative look at eutrophication from a variety of types of information.

                   Nixon (1992) prepared plots of primary production and chlorophyll-a against DIN input (both
                   on an areal and volume basis) for a variety of marine systems ranging from the open ocean to
                   heavily nutrient-loaded estuaries (Figures I to 4). Both the production and abundance of
                   phytoplankton correlate with nitrogen loadings.

                   In viewing Figures I to 4 it should be kept in mind that the plots are log-log plots. Hence the
                   scatter of points is a significant magnitude. If a more limited range is examined, the
                   significance of the scatter becomes evident. Nixon and Pilson (1983) and Nixon (1983)
                   prepared cross-system plots for estuaries only. Their results are replotted in Figure 5. In these
                   graphs, the correlation between nitrogen and production is not so evident. Two estuaries with
                   the same DIN input rate may have up to a factor of five difference in production.

                   The results of two other cross-estuary approaches appear in Figures 6 and 7. Figure 6 shows
                   an effort similar to that of Nixon and Pilson (1983) except that the estuaries were broken into
                   segments (typically 4 segments), so as not to average high and low nutrient portions of
                   estuaries, and the segments were plotted individually. Nixon and Pilson (1983) used whole-
                   estuary averages. Figure 7 shows an annual average DIN vs. annual average chlorophyll plot
                   for individual stations in a variety of estuaries (from Monbet, 1992).

                   V;hile there may be a general trend of increasing phytoplankton abundance. with increasing
                   nitrogen availability, nitrogen alone is an imprecise predictor for a public official faced with a
                   decision as to whether the benefit will be worth the expense to reduce, for example, the
                   nitrogen inputs to an estuary by 30%. Estuaries, portions of estuaries, and individual stations
                   in estuaries with similar nitrogen loadings or DIN concentrations may have quite different (at
                   least from a practical management perspective) phytoplankton abundance and production.
                   From a historical perspective, examination of a portion, limited to high nutrient levels, of the
                   Vollenweider plot of corrected phosphate concentrations vs. chlorophyll (which was an







                                                                                                                   9


                    influential milestone in lake management), on a linear plot (Figure 8) shows scatter much like
                    that in Figures 5 and 6. While the general principle of phosphorus control on lake trophic
                    status was strongly supported by the original Vollenweider relationship, the relationship
                    established also did not have the precision to accurately (i.e., within a factor of 2) predict the
                    chlorophyll abundance in any individual lake.

                    The scatter in the cross estuary studies begs the question of how have individual coastal
                    ecosystems responded to changes in nitrogen. Will each individual coastal ecosystem respond
                    to nitrogen additions with an increase in phytoplankton abundance or production? If so, would
                    all ecosystems have the same magnitude of response for the same change in nitrogen loading or
                    concentration? Or, do coastal ecosystems of vary in sensitivity to changes in nitrogen?

                    What has been learned from controlled experiments? A 28-month eutrophication experiment
                    was conducted in the MERL marine enclosures using 9 enclosures. Three of the enclosures
                    were kept as controls and 6 enclosures received daily additions of nitrogen, phosphorus, and
                    silicate to create a gradient of loading. Figures 9, 10, and 11, show that measures of
                    phytoplankton abundance and production increase reasonably steadily with increasing nitrogen
                    loading or average concentration. The variability about the trend appears to result primarily
                    from influence of the benthic communities (which developed into quite different communities
                    in the different enclosures) on the phytoplankton in the water column. Nevertheless, at least
                    for this one environment, increases in nutrient loading resulted in eutrophication as defined
                    earlier.

                    What has been the record of changes in coastal ecosystems over time? Table I provides details
                    on a number of systems where a history of the conditions in the system is reasonably well
                    constrained. For most systems, the available parameters are phytoplanktori abundance (either
                    as directly-measured chlorophyll or as calculated chlorophyll from cell counts) and nitrogen
                    concentrations. The measured average abundance at two nitrogen concentration levels (usually
                    near the begining and end of the reported period of changes in nitrogen concentration) are
                    plotted in Figure 12. While many of the trends for individual systems combine to create an
                    overall trend consistant with those in Figures 1-4, is clear that the slopes of the trends are not
                    all parallel. For two of the systems, the change in abundance decreases with higher nitrogen
                    concentrations, running counter to the expected overall trend.

                    Additional systems and production data can be considered by calculating a normalized
                    parameter for each system. The parameter calculated here is the magnitude of change of
                    abundance or production that is calculated to result from a doubling in nitrogen concentration or
                    loading. A calculated "change factor" of 2, for example, indicates that there was a doubling in
                    abundance or production for a doubling in nitrogen loading or concentration. A change factor
                    of I would indicate that there was no change in abundance or production with a change in
                    nitrogen concentration or loading. A change factor of less than one indicates that there was a
                    decrease in abundance or production while there was an increase in nitrogen concentration or
                    loading. (See the legend for Figure 13 for details on the method of calculation.) The values
                    for the magnitude of the effect are plotted against the average DIN concentration for the system
                    (i.e., midpoint of the system's DIN concentrations).

                    Changes observed in different systems for a doubling in nitrogen ranged from a value of 0.60
                    to 6.99. The values 0.60 for a region of the Upper Chesapeake indicated that there was a
                    decrease in abundance of phytoplankton over a period in which there was increasing DIN
                    concentrations. Similarly, the value of 0.64 for the Upper Pamlico, indicated that there was an
                    increase in abundance of phytoplankton over a time period in which there was decreasing DIN
                    concentrations. Most of the calculated change factors fall between about 1. 1 and 3. It is
                    interesting that for the three stations in the system for which there are measures of both
                    abundance and production, Kanaehoe Bay, the increase in production was, at two of the three







                    10


                    stations, far greater than the increase in abundance. The Kanaeohe Bay results are from a
                    relatively short-duration study after a sewage diversion and may suffer from averaging a
                    relatively short period (Table 1). There was no clear trend in the magnitude of response in
                    relation to the overall DIN concentrations in the various systems. However, the data do not
                    clearly rule out a trend.

                    lt@ is not possible to determine how much of the range in factors found in Figure 13 and slopes
                    ,in'Figure 12 may result from inadequacies in the data and the use of different measures of
                    phytoplankton abundance and production. It i's discouraging to note that two studies of a
                    similar portion of Chesapeake Bay (Upper Chesapeake Bay and Chesapeake Region VI in
                    Table 1) which encompass different but overlapping time periods, provide very pictures of the .
                    response. of p.hytoplankton abundance to increases in nitrogen concentrations. Yet, it seems
                    i    'bable that the variability can be accounted for simply by scatter. It is unlikely a single
                    mpro
                          tude of response to nitrogen increases applies to all the Systems. The two systems with
                           running counter to the general trend are particularly telling. There are also systems
                    where, without any change in DIN, phytoplankton concentrations have increased. (Such
                    examples cannot be plotted on Figure 113 as the effect value would be infinity.) For example,
                    the. Bokniseck station in the Keil Bight had increases in phytoplankton abundance and
                    production over a period when there is no apparent increase in DIN (see Gerlach, 19.90).

                    THE ROLE OF ANOTHER FACTOR

                    Perhaps it is simply unrealistic to expect that nitrogen availability alone will be a precise
                    Predictor of (long@term) phytoplankton abundance or production in coastal ecosystems. At the
                  .yery least, phytoplankton abundance is also controlled by grazing. Phytoplankton production
                    Is also controlled by light availability that may in turn depend upon inorganic particles,
                    unrelated to nitrogen, suspended in the water. Coastal ecosystems are also subject to
                    anthropogenic inputs of other chemicals that may alter phytoplankton response to nitrogen.

                    Revisiting the data assembled by Monbet (1992), shown earlier in Figure 7, demonstrates that
                    anadditional, somewhat subtle, factor helps control the abundance of phytoplankton in coastal
                    ecosystems. Monbet (1992) divided the estuaries in his data set into macrotidal (tidal range >2
                    m) and rnicrotidal (tidal range < 2 in). The macrotidal and microtidal points fall into 2 nearly
                    distiinct'groups as shown in Figure 14. For the same concentration of nitrogen, macrotidal
                    estuaries generally support lower phytoplankton abundances than microtidal estuaries.

                    Presumably, the higher tidal range estuaries have greater mixing energies which in turn exhibits
                    some type of control on phytoplankton abundance. Two mechanisms can be readily
                    hypothesized. First, more rapid vertical mixing may keep individual phytoplankton cells out of
                    the photic zone a sufficient fraction of the time to slow overall growth. Second, more vertical
                    mixing may bring phytoplankton near to the benthos where they are subject to more rapid direct
                    grazing by benthic organisms. Cloem (1991 and personal communication) had previously
                    noted that phytoplankton abundance in Northern San Francisco Bay was correlated to the neap-
                    spring cycle of the tides.

                    Only one of the estuary segments shown in Figure 6 would be classified macrotidal (with a
                    tidal range of only 2.1 m) by Monbet's definition. Nevertheless, if the data in Figure 6 are
                    sorted into those segments with tidal ranges @!1.2 m and <1.2 m, the set with the higher tidal
                    ranges falls low relative to the set with the lower tidal range (Figure 15). Although these data
                    do not provide a strong test of the eff 'ect of tidal height (lacking data from systems with high
                    nitrogen concentrations and low tidal range), they are consistent with the trend found by
                    Monbet (1992).











                     CURVE FITS TO CROSS-SYSTEM AND MERL DATA AND COMPARISON TO THE
                     EFFECT FACTORS FROM CHANGES OVER TIME

                     Once the cross-estuary data is sorted into groups by tidal height, it is possible to calculate. the
                     magnitude of the change in abundance for a change in nitrogen for each group. This allows a
                     comparison of the cross-estuary data to changes over time data. Figure 14 shows the Monbet
                     (1992) data with power functions fit to the two groups of data. Of the types of equations for
                     which curve fits were tried (power, linear, log, and exponential) the power curve provided the
                     best combination of correlation coefficients and normal distribution of residuals for both the
                     Monbet (1992) data and the NIERL data. Figure 15 shows the MERL abundance data
                     (previously shown in Figure 9) fit with a power function. In Figure 16, a power function is fit
                     to the data from segments of estuaries with tidal ranges less than 1.2 in. Changes in abundance
                     expected from doublings in nitrogen concentration may be calculated directly from the fitted
                     curves. Both groups of Monbet (1992) data and the MERL experiment indicate that a doubling
                     of nitrogen concentrations will lead to approximately a 1.4 times increase in phytoplankton
                     abundance. The data from the estuary segments with tidal heights <1.2 in indicates an increase
                     of only 1. 1 times for a doubling of nitrogen concentrations (although the correlation coefficient
                     is rather low). Doubling values from the cross-estuary studies and the MERL experiment are
                     within the range of those found in changes over time in individual estuaries (Figure 13).

                     CONCLUSIONS

                     Cross-system comparisons, history of changes in coastal ecosystems, and experimentation all
                     support the general idea that if an individual coastal ecosystem is enriched with nitrogen it will,
                     probably have higher average abundances of phytoplankton and higher average phytoplankton
                     primary production.

                     Unfortunately, cross-system comparisons, based only upon nitrogen loading or
                     concentrations, do not provide a very precise predictor of the phytoplankton abundance or
                     production that will occur in individual systems. Other factors in addition to nitrogen need to
                     be taken into account. Tidal height in coastal systems has been shown to have a large influence
                     on the abundance of phytoplankton that will be supported by a given average level of DIN in
                     the system. It appears that factors that may influence phytoplankton in addition to nitrogen and
                     tidal height will need to be considered in order to be able to provide a more precise predictive
                     relationship for phytoplankton abundance and production.

                     The magnitude of the response for a doubling in nitrogen loading or average concentration is
                     most likely to result in an increase in abundance or production by a factor between 1.4 and 3.
                     The responses of most coastal ecosystems will probably fall within this range.

                     However, there are systems that have not responded in the "normal" manner to nitrogen
                     enrichment. Some coastal ecosystems have had changes in phytoplankton abundance without,
                     or in the opposite direction of, changes in nitrogen concentration, Some coastal ecosystems do
                     not follow along the trend of nitrogen vs. abundance or production curves, even when the
                     systems are sorted by tidal height.

                     There is, at present, no guarantee that in any individual system, reductions in nitrogen loadings
                     will result in proportionate reductions (i.e., between 1.4 and 3 for a doubling in nitrogen) in
                     phytoplankton abundance or production. There is no characteristic of estuaries identified here
                     which will identify coastal ecosystems that will have unusual responses to nitrogen loadings.











                  Table 1. Sources of information for changes in coastal ecosystems over time (for Figure 12). The             factor change in [DIN] or loading is tthc
                  measured high nitrogen concentration to measured low concentration or loading for the system over the period of time considered.

                                                                                                        Phytoplankton               Annual
                  System                            Years           Salinity      Average [DIN             Parameters             Averages          Sources
                                                                       %         timoles/liter and         Measured                 JNJ or
                                                                                 factor change in                                  Loading
                                                                                 WIN] or loading


                  upper Chesapeake Bay            1965-1979           5-10                79               Chlorophyll              JNO)            Price et al., 1985
                                                                                          2.Ox


                  Upper Chesapeake
                  Bay (2)
                   Region IV (3)                  1960-1969           8-16                14               Chlorophyll               tDINJ          Harding, 1994
                                                  1980-1990                               1.2x
                   Region V (4)                   1960-1969           4-13                22               Chlorophyll               [DIN]          Harding, 1994
                                                  1980-1990                               1.8x
                   Region VI (5)                  1960-1969           0-10                44               Chlorophyll               IDIN)          Harding, 1994
                                                  1980-1990                               2.0


                  Kanaoe Bay
                   Station OF                     1976-1979                               2.2           Chlorophyll and              [DIN]          Smith ct al., 1981 a, b
                                                                                          2.9x               Primary
                                                                                                         Production per
                                                                                                             volume.
                   Station SE                     1.976-1979                              0.97                                       [DIN]          Smith et al., 1981a, b
                                                                                          1.5x
                   Station CE                     1976-1979           34-35               0.79                                       [DIN]          Smith et al., 198 1 a, b
                                                                                          lAx


                  Tampa Bay                       1972-1978                                                                                         Johansson and Lewis, 1992, and
                                                  1985-1989           22-25               7.15             Chlorophyll           Loading Y-N        Johansson, Personal Communication
                                                                                          3.2x





                 Table 1, continued.                                                                   Phytoplankton             Annual
                 System                            Years         Salinity %      Average [DIN]           Parameters              Averages        Sources
                                                                                gmoles/liter and         Measured                 [NJ or
                                                                                factor change in                                 Loading
                                                                                [DIN] or loading


                 Eastern Oosterschelde           1980-1989          27-30               52             h1orophyll and             [DIN]          Wetsteyn and Kromkamp, 1994
                 (71re Netherlands)                                                     2.lx               Primary                               Nienhuis and Small, 1994
                                                                                                       Production per
                                                                                                             area



                 Helgoland Reed (North           196  2-1984        30-32               22.6             Cell volumes             [DIN]          Gerlach, 1990
                 Sea)                                                                   1.6x



                 Halsskov Rev (Belt              1975-1982           -20                7.2               Priamary               [Y-N] (6)       Nielsen and Ertebjerg, 1984
                 Sea, Baltic)                                                           3.7x           Production per
                                                                                                             area


                 Gulf of Finland (Baltic)        1972-1985             6                22.6             Chlorophyll             [Y-N] (6)       Kononen and Niemi, 1984
                                                                                        1.3x                                                     Konenen,1988


                 Tolo Harbor                     1978-1985            25                4.4              Cell Counts              [DIN]          Hodgkiss and Chan, 1983, 1987
                                                                                        5.Ox


                 Tolo Channel                                         32                1.9              Ce 11 Counts             tDINI          Hodgkiss and Chan, 1983, 1987
                                                                                        3.2x


                 Upper Pamlico                   1972-1992          0.5-5               13.6             Chlorophyll              [DIN]          Stanley, Personal Communication
                                                                                        1.9x
                 I .Not defined, from discussion appers; to be total DIN.
                 2. Change was calculated as the average of 1960-1969 compared to the average of 1980-1989
                 3. Patuxent River to South River/Annapolis.
                 4. South River/Annapolis to Bay Bridge/Magothy River.
                 5. Bay Bridge/Magothy River to susquehanna Flats.
                 6. Not defined.                                                                                                                                                                 W







                        14










                            Figure 1. From Nixon (1992). Labeled systems are: (1) Sargas@o Sea; (2) North Pacific
                            gyre; (3) Choptank River estuary; (4) the Patuxent estuary; (5) Pamlico River estuary; (6)
                            Potomac River estuary; (7) main stem of the Chesapeake Bay; (8) Patapsco River estuary;
                            (9) Continental Shelf off New York; (10) Georges Bank; (11) Peru Upwelling; (13)
                            Delaware Bay; (14) Kaneohe Bay; (15) Baltic Sea. Open triangles are from the MERL
                            eutrophication experiment. For data sources and further information see Nixon (1992).











                                  1000
                          0                                                                           141011r-@7
                                                                                                     13       16

                          0  CIy                                                   015b '14a

                                   100
                                                                        2b     014b
                                                                 0
                                                   - ---------------
                                                              2a

                          cc                         L --------
                          a.
                                     10 -                                                   I I I fill2          a I I till    I  i I I
                                      0.1                                      10                   10                 101                 101
                                                                     DIN INPUT, mmol m-3               y  I








                                                                                                15



           Figure 2. Primary Production by phytoplankton (14C uptake) as a function of the annual
           input of dissolved inorganic nitrogen per unit area of a wide range of marine ecosystems.
           Systems are identified in Figure 1. The line represents a Redfield carbon to nitrogen
           molar ratio of 6.625 and gives a rough indication of how much carbon would be fixed at a
           given rate of nitrogen input without any recycling of nitrogen.



















                   1000

            Q -
                                                           7
                                                             10,P
            0                                       13@6     0
                                                       A
            Cr                                  5r     A     9
               E                          14a-   A4&
               0                          '@' 0.- 15 b
               0    100                    2b
                                    14b
                                      0
            EC
            CL                      2a




                     10                                                        -j
                      0.01          0.1             1             10             100
                                     DIN INPUT, moles m-     2 Y- 1
                                                5
                                                                /A



                                          L4     64,N
                                             115

                                           2 b







                          16




                                Figure 3. Mean annual concentrations of phytoplankton chlorophyll as a function of the
                                annual input of dissolved inorganic nitrogen per unit volume of a wide range of marine
                                ecosystems. Systems are identified in Figure 1.














                                                100



                                           Cl)


                                            tM
                                            E
                                                  10                                                       3@
                                           Q


                                                                                                                    0 0


                                                                            20                                       To
                                           z                                                14b
                                                                    ------------








                                                0.1
                                                   0.1                                     10                 10,                 10 3                ioA
                                                                                    DIN INPUT. mmol m-3             Y-  I








                                                                                    17



           Figure 4. Mean annual concentrations of phytoplankton chlorophyll as a function of the
           annual input of dissolved inorganic nitrogen per unit area of a wide range of marine
           ecosystems. Systems are identified in Figure 1.










                         100 =-
                           z


                      'E
                      07                         5
                      E                             A6 A
                       -  10                             7
                                                4



                                      2a   2
                      -j                                  '0011
                      Cc


                                                         10
                      z
                      <   1          14 b
                      z

                      LU



                          0.1                            1 1 1 1 tillII II III
                          0.01        0.1          1          10         100
                                        DIN INPUT, moles M-2 y-1







                       18




                                   Figure S. Redrawn from Nixon (1983) and Nixon and Pilson (1983).
                                   Coastal ecosystems represented are: Long Island Sound, Kaneohe Bay,
                                   Chesapeake Bay, Narragansett Bay, Patuxent River, Apalachicola Bay,
                                   South San Francisco Bay, North San Francisco Bay, and
                                   Lower New York Bay.


                                       500-



                                 e4


                                 e4    400-



                                   N   300-0



                                       200






                                       100



                                                                     DIN input rate, ffirnol rn-3 yr-I

                                      1000-







                                   U

                                   0














                                       100



                                                                    DIN input rate, mmol rn-3 yr"I







                                                                                                    19


               Figure 6. Unpublished data (compiled by K. Hinga, V. Berounsky, B. Kopp, A. Keller,
               A. Desbonnet, S. Pavignano, D. Stanley, M. Pilson, S. Nixon, and V. Lee). Each point
               represents a segment of an estuary. Estuaries were divided into typically four segments
               and data averaged for the segment. Averages may include up to 10 years of data.
               Estuaries represented are: Narragansett Bay, Delaware Inland Bays, Galveston Bay,
               Tampa Bay, San Francisco Bay, Buzzards Bay, Long Island Sound, Delaware Bay,
               Albemarle/Pamlico Bays, Barataria Bay, and Hudson River Estuary.


                       100






                    51

                                            0         0
                    Z   10 -                                     00
                                        49
                    MV








                            1                   10                  100                 1000
                                                   Average DIN, "Aiter

                        25 -



                        20



                        15

                                               41      0

                        10


                             00
                          5



                          0
                            0           40          80           120         160         200
                                                    Average DIN, gg/liter








              20





                 Figure 7. Data from Monbet (1992).




                        100-
                                                                0
                                                                0
                    =L                        0             0
                                                0
                                                                       0
                                             0          OCPO 0            0
                                    0          @s       6)0    0          0
                                             0   (g (1 0     0      0    (9
                                                        08              0
                                       0   00m(s         0   0
                   d      10-           00    0      0       0      0
                                                           0   0
                    >%               00     0 88 0       0     0
                                              00        0
                                    Cp C@90           000   0 0 opo-      0
                                       (9         000 6p      00           0
                                       0                        0
                                               8qgcg        0
                                0         0000V            00
                                    0    00   0 9)


                                     Annual Average DIN Concentration, gmoles I- I
                        100-




                                       0
                        75-

                                       0

                                 0
                        50- 0
                            0 0   0
                              CPO                           0    0
                                     0
                        25-                                       0
                                   0             0                  0 0
                                                            0
                                                 0
                                     ï¿½bp 0                                0.  0
                         0


                                     Annual Average DIN Concentration, gmoles I- I
                                                        10 EO
                                                        Cb
























                           I Cl







                                                                                                       21






              Figure 8. Vollenweider (1976) data (estimated) for 22 lakes with high phosphorus
              concentrations.








                     25




                     20
                                 41







                     10




                       5




                      0'

                         0            40           80           120           160           200
                                          Average Phosphorus Concentration, g&4iter







                  22

                   Figure 9. Data from MERL eutrophication Experiment (Frithsen et al., 1985).






                           70


                           60





                           40
                     0

                           30


                           20
                           10       0

                             0

                               0       50      100     150     200      250     300     350      400
                                                    MERL Average DIN, pmoles/liter



                           100










                           10










                               1                     10                   100                   1000
                                                    MERL Average DIN, pmoles/liter







                                                                                             23





            Figure 10. Data From MERL Eutrophication Experiment (Frithsen et al., 1985).









                        100-











                 0       10-
                 E

               CL
               0
               0




                 E
                 cc



                          100                      1000                    10000

                                         Nitrogen addition rate
                                         mmol/m3/yr







                  24





                          Figure 11. Data From M[ERL Eutrophication Experiment (Oviatt et al., 1986 and Keller,
                          1088). 14C production is from 14C uptake of water samples from the MEERL enclosures.
                          Net production is the result of whole-enclosure oxygen changes over a 24-hour period.







                                  1000-


                                                      14C PRODUCTION

                                               0      NET PRODUCTIVITY

                          E




                          Cr


                          0





                          E
                          co                                Net production, 28 month average
                                                            1 4C production, I year of data
                                   100 -                    . . . . I              . . . . .
                                      100                       1000                       10000

                                                      Nitrogen addition   rate
                                                      mmol/m3/yr







                                                                                                                         25



                          Figure 12a. Chlorophyll concentrations at two different nitrogen
                          concentrations for each system or station. See Table I for details
                          on. each system.



                         100,












                          to-
























                         0.1
                                                                                                 8


                                                                [DIN] or Total [N]

                                                         U. Chesapeake       q        Gulf of Finland

                                                         Chesapeake IV                Helgoland

                                                         Chesapeake V                 Oosterschelde

                                                         Chesapeake VI                Kaneohe, OF


                                                         U. Pamlico                   Kaneohe, SE

                                                         Tolo Harbor         10       Kaneohe, CE


                                                         Tolo channel







                      26







                          Figure 12b. Legend same as Figure 12a.


                               30-





                               25-





                               20-





                               15-





                               10-





                                 5-





                                0

                                                                                                                            C4


                                                                      [DIN] or Total [N]


                                                           U. Chesapeake                 Gulf of Finland

                                                           Chesapeake IV                 Helgoland

                                                           Chesapeake V                  Oosterschelde

                                                           Chesapeake VI                 Kaneohe, OF

                                                           U. Pamlico                    Kaneohe, SE


                                                           Tolo Harbor                   Kaneohe, CE


                                                           Tolo channel







                                                                                                                         27
                    Figure 13. For each system (See Table 1), the data for the "effect" (chlorophyll,
                    production, cell counts, or cell volumej was regressed against the nitrogen concentration
                    over the period of time when nitrogen and effects were changing. From the resultant
                    linear relationship between effect and nitrogen, the predicted effect level was calculated
                    for nitrogen values of 2/3 and 4/3 of the mean concentration for the system while the
                    change was taking place. Thefactor for change in effect is the ratio of the calculated
                    effects at 4/3 a d 2/3 of the mean nitrogen concentration. For all but four of the systems
                    there was an increase in nitrogen over time. Two of the systems, Tampa Bay and
                    Kanaehoe Bay, the change in nitrogen concentrations (and effect) were decreases
                    resulting from sewage diversion. In the Oosterschlede nitrogen concentrations decreased
                    as a result of a building of a storm-surge barrier. In the Pan-dico river, the nitrogen
                    concentrations were also going down over time.


                      7



                      6-



                      5-



                      4-
                         K


                      3- V
                           x
                      2-01
                                                                                                            A
                                 +





                      0-

                                                                                                                       a6

                                                                 Average [DDfl


                                                  Upper Chesapeake                      Kanaeohe Bay. Chl

                                         A        Tampa Bay, Loadings                   Gulf of Finland

                                         13       Helogland Reede                       Tolo Harbor

                                         V        Tolo Channel                 x        Kanacoe Bay, Production

                                         +        Halskov Rev                           Upper Pamlico

                                                  Ches IV                      0        Ches V


                                                  Ches VI                               Oosterschelde. Chl

                                                  Oosterschelde, Prod







          28


             Figure 14. Data from Monbet (1992) fitted with a power function. Data is divided into
             stations with tidal ranges >2 m (crosses) and <2 rn (open circles) and each set fit
             separately.


                 100-

                                       + - >2m Chlorophyll Y = 0.626xo.121 r2 = 0.501
                             0
                                       0 - <2m Chlorophyll y = 3.785xo- 491 r2 = 0.421
               p. 75-

                              0


                        0
                 50- 0

                    0 0 0
                                               +
                      C9 0                          +
                             0                       +
               @U 25
                          0                             +
                                       +              +
                                                +



                 0


                        Annual Average DIN Concentration, gmoles 1-1

                100-

                                                  0
                                              0
                                   0
                                    0      000 0        +
                                              0           +
                                  0              0        +
                          0                    0
                                 0                    +   ++
                                 0       008            +
                             0             0    +
                10-          -     0
                            80      8    +    +  +
                                   +
                          CP            +++     + +++
                             &0    +   +       +          +
                             0      +     +     ++ +       +
                                           +
                                       +   0 +
                                 +             +
               >                         ++    +
                      +                        +    +
                             0                       ++ +
                          0            +        +
                            ++ @++ +                      +



                              ++   +

             <

                        Annual Average DIN Concentration, gmoles 1-1







                                                                                             29

                Figure 15. Data shown in Figure 6 divided into two groups by tidal height in the
                 segment.


                      0 CHL Ave, jig/liter, Tide Range <1.2 m

                      0 CHL Ave, gg/liter, Tide Range 2:1.2 rn


                        25




                        20


                                   0


                                    0




                        10
                                              0     0

                                                           0                0


                                                                  0




                         0

                           0           40          80          120         160         200
                                                    AVG DIN (uM)


                       100








                                                        0
                                                         0
                                                               & 0
                        10                                     0 0
                                                                    0 0


                                                                      0










                                               10                  100                1000
                                                    AVG DIN WM)







                  30



                         Figure 16. Data from MERL eutrophication experiment fitted with a power function.









                                           y   1.8683   xA(0.64976) R= 0.96035
                              100






                           =L
















                           LU






                                                         10,                   100                  1000
                                                         MERL Average DIN, prnolestliter







                                                                                                 31




                Figure 17. Data from Figures 6 and 14 with a power function fit to the data with tidal
                height <1.2 m.









                   -0- OHL Ave, gg/liter, Tide Range <1.2 m

                     0 OHL Ave, gg/liter, Tide Range @1.2 m


                      100
                                          y   6.124   XA (0. 19155) R- 0.32712





                                                         0
                                                          0
                                                                IF 0
                       10                                       0 0
                                                                     0 0


                                                                       0
                  C)









                                                10                  100                 1000
                                                     AVG DIN (uM)








                                                                                                       33


                   LITERATURE CITED

                   Boynton, W. R., W. M. Kemp, and C. W. Keefe (1982) A comparative analysis of nutrients
                      and other factors influencing estuarine phytoplankton production. In: V. S. Kennedy (ed.)
                      Estuarine Comparisons. New York, Academic Press.

                   Cloem, J. E. (199 1) Spatial and temporal variability of phytoplankton biomass and
                      productivity in estuaries (abstract). In: K.R. Hinga, D.W. Stanley, C.J. Klein, D.T. Lucid,
                      and M.J. Katz (eds.) The National Estuarine Eutrophication Project., Workshop
                      Proceedings. National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, Rockville MD, 41
                      pages.

                   Cole, B. E. and J. E. Cloern (1987) An empirical model for estimating phytoplankton
                      productivity in estuaries. Marine Ecology-Progress Series 36:299-305.

                   D'Elia, C. F., J. G. Sanders, and W. R. Boynton (1986) Nutrient enrichment studies in a
                      coastal Plain estuary: Phytoplankton growth in large-scale, continuous cultures. Canadian
                      Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Science 43:397-406.

                   Davies, J. M. and J. C. Gamble (1979) Experiments with large enclosed ecosystems.
                      Philosophical transactions of the Royal society of London, B 286:523-544.

                   Falkowski, P. G. (1980) Light shade adaption in marine phytoplankton. In: P. G. Falkowski
                      (ed.) Primary Productivity in the Sea. New York, Plenum Press.

                   Gerlach, S. A. (1990) Nitrogen, phosphorus, plankton and oxygen deficiency in the German
                      Bight and in the Kiel Bay. Kieler Meeresforschungen, Sonderheft 7:1-34 1.

                   Goldman, J. C. (1976) Identification of nitrogen as a growth-limiting nutrient in wastewaters
                      and coastal marine waters through continuous culture algal assays. Water Research 10:97-
                      104.

                   Grandli, E., W. Graneli, and L. Rydberg (1986) Nutrient limitation at the ecosystem and the
                      phytoplankton community level in the Laholm Bay, south-east Kattegat. Ophelia 26:18 1-
                      194.

                   Grane'li, E., S. Schutz, U. Schiewer, D. Gedziorwska, W. Kaiser, and M. Plinski (1988) Is the
                      same nutrient limiting potential phytoplankton biomass formation in different coastal areas
                      of the Southern Baltic? Kieler Meeresforschungen, Sonderheft 6:191-202.

                   Grandli, E. and K. SundbRck (1985) The response of planktonic and microbenthic algal
                      assemblages to nutrient enrichment in shallow coastal waters, Southwest Sweden. Journal
                      of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology 85:253-268.

                   Gran6li, E., K. Wallstr6m, U. Larsson, W. Grandli, and R. Elmgren (1990) Nutrient
                      limitation of primary production in the Baltic Sea area. Ambio 19:142-15 1.

                   Harding, L. W., Jr. (1994) Long-term trends in the distribution of phytoplankton in
                       Chesapeake Bay: roles of light, nutrients and strearnflow. Marine Ecology Progress
                       Series 104:267-291.

                   Hinga, K. R. (1990) Alteration of phosphorus dynamics during experimental eutrophication
                      of enclosed marine ecosystems. Marine Pollution Bulletin 21:275-280.








                  34


                  Hodgkiss, 1. J. and B. S. S. Chan (1983) Pollution Studies on Tolo Harbour, Hong Kong.
                     Marine Environmental Research 10: 144.

                  Hodgkiss, I. J. and B. S. S. Chan (1987) Phytoplankton dynamics in Tolo Harbour. Asian
                     Marine Biology 4:103-112.

                  Howarth, R. W. (1988) Nutrient limitation of net primary production in marine ecosystems.
                     Annual Reviews in Ecology 19:89-110.

                  Johansson, J. 0. R. and I. R.R. Lewis (1992) Recent improvements of water quality and
                     biological indicators in Hillsborough Bay, a highly impacted subdivision of Tampa Bay,
                     Florida, USA. In: R. A. Vollenweider, R. Marchetti and R. Viviani (ed.) Marine Coastal
                     Eutrophication. Amsterdam, Elsevier.

                  Keller, A. A. (1988) An empirical model of primary productivity (14C) using mesocosm data
                     along a nutrient gradient. Journal of Plankton Research 10:813-834.

                  Keller, A. A. (1988a) An empirical model of primary productivity (14-C) using mesocosm
                     data along a nutrient gradient. Journal of Plankton Research 10:813-834.

                  Keller, A. A. (1988b) Estimating phytoplankton productivity from light availability and
                     biomass in the MERL mesocosms and Narragansett Bay. Marine Ecology Progress Series
                     45:159-168.

                  Keller, A. A. (1989) Modeling the effects of temperature, light, and nutrients on primary
                     productivity: An empirical and a mechanistic approach compared. Limnology and
                     Oceanography 43:82-95.

                  Keller, A. A. and R. L. Rice (1989) Effects of nutrient enrichment on natural populations of
                     the brown tide phytoplankton Aureococcus anophagefferens (Chrysophyceae). Journal of
                     Phycology 25:636-646.

                  Xelly, J. R., V. M. Berounsky, S. W. Nixon, and C. A. Oviatt (1985) Benthic-pelagic
                     coupling and nutrient cycling across an experimental eutrophication gradient. Marine
                     Ecology Progress Series 26:207-219.

                  Kononen, K. (1988) Phytoplankton summer assemblages in relation to environmental factors
                     at the entrance to. the Gulf of Finland during 1972-1985. Kieler Meeresforschungen,
                     Sonderheft 7:281-294.
                  Kononen, K. and A. Niemi (1984) Long-term variation of the phytoplankton composition at
                     the entrance to the Gulf of Finland. Ophelia, supplementurn 3: 101-110.

                  Larsson, U., R. Elmgren, and F. Wulff (1985) Eutrophication and the Baltic Sea: Causes and
                     consequences. Ambio 14:9-14.

                  Laws, E. A. and D. G. Redaije (1979) Effect of sewage enrichment on the phytoplankton
                     population of a subtropical estuary. Pacific Science 33:129-148.

                  Lundgren, A. (1985) Model ecosystems as a tool in freshwater and marine research. Archiv
                     F. Hydrobiologie, Suppl.Bd. 70 2:157-196.







                                                                                                     35


                  Monbet, Y. (1992) Control of phytoplankton biomass in estuaries: A comparative analysis of
                     microtidal and macrotidal estuaries. Estuaries 15:563-57 1.

                  Montgomery, R. T., B. F. McPherson, and E. E. Emmons (199 1) Effects of nitrogen and
                     phosphorus additions on phytoplankton productivity and chlorophyll a in a subtropical
                     estuary, Charlotte. Harbor, Florida. Report No. Water-Resources Investigations Report
                     91-4077.

                  Myers, V. B. and R. 1. Iverson (198 1) Phosphorus and nitrogen limited phytoplankton
                     productivity in northeastern Gulf of Mexico coastal estuaries. In: B. J. Neilson and L. E.
                     Cronin (ed.) Estuaries and Nutrients. Clifton, New Jersey, Humana Press.

                  Nielsen, A. and G. )Ertebjerg (1984) Plankton blooms in Danish waters. Ophelia,
                     Supplementurn 3:181-188.

                  Nienhuis, P. H. and A. C. Smaal (1994) The Oosterschelde estuary, a case-study of a
                     changing ecosystem; an introduction. Hydrobiologia 282/283:1-14.

                  Nixon, S. w. (1983) Estuarine Ecology- A Comparative and Experimantal Analysis Using 14
                     Estuaries and the MERL Microcosms. Graduate School of Oceanography, University of
                     Rhode Island, Final Report to EPA for Grant No. X-003259-01.

                  Nixon, S. W. (1992) Quantifying the relationship between nitrogen input and the productivity
                     of marine ecosystems. Advanced marine Technology Conference, No.5 Japan, pages 57-
                     83.

                  Nixon, S. W. (1994) Coastal marine eutrophication: some social causes and future concerns.
                     Ophelia , In Press.

                  Nixon, S. W. and M. E. Q. Pilson (1983) Nitrogen in estuarine and coastal marine
                     ecosystems. In: E. J. Carpenter and D. G. Capone (ed.) Nitrogen in the Marine
                     Environment. New York, Academic Press.

                  Nixon, S. W., M. E. Q. Pilson, C. A. Oviatt, P. Donaghay, B. Sullivan, S. Seitzinger, D.
                     Rudnick, and J. Frithsen (1984) Eutrophication of a coastal marine ecosystem - An
                     experimental study using the MERL microcosms. In: M. J. R. Fasham (ed.) Flows of
                     Energy and Materials in Marine Ecosystems. New York, Plenum Publishing Co.

                  Oviatt, C., P. Doering, B. Nowicki, L. Reed, J. Cole, and J. Frithsen (1994) An ecosystem
                     level experiment on nutrient limitation in temperate coastal marine environments. Marine
                     Ecology - Progress Series, Submitted.

                  Oviatt, C. A., A. A. Keller, P. A. Sampou, and L. L. Beatty (1986a) Patterns of productivity
                     during eutrophication: a mesocosm experiment. Marine Ecology Progress Series 28:69-
                     80.

                  Oviatt, C. A., D. T. Rudnick, A. A. Keller, P. A. Sampou, and G. T. Almquist (1986b) A
                     comparison of system (02 and C02 and C- 14 measurements of metabolism in estuarine
                     mesocosms. Marine Ecology Progress Series 28:57-67.

                  Oviatt, C. A., P. Lane, 1. F. French, and P. Donaghay (1989) Phytoplankton species and
                     abundance in response to eutrophication in coastal marine mesocosms. Journal of
                     Plankton Research 11: 1223-1244.







                 36


                 Parsons, T. R. (198 1) The use of controlled experimental ecosystems: A review. Journal of
                    the Oceanographical Society of Japan 37:294-298.
                 Price, K. S., D.A. Flemer, J. L. Taft, G. B. Mackiernan, W. Nehlsen, R. B. Biggs' N. H.
                    Burger, and D. A. Blaylock (1985) Nutrient enrichment of Chesapeake Bay and its
                    impact on the habitat of striped Bass: A speculative hypothesis. Transactions of the
                    American Fisheries Society 114:97-106.

                 Ryther, J. H. and W. M. Dunstan (197 1) Nitrogen, phosphorus, and eutrophication in the
                    coastal marine environment. Science 171:1008-1013.

                 Santschi, P. H. (1988) A need to study interactive effects. Applied Geochemistry 3:8 1.

                 Shindler, D. W. (1983) Experimental approaches to limnology - An overview. Journal of the
                    Fisheries Research Board of Canada 30:1409-1413.

                 Shindler, D. W., F. A. J. Armstrong, S. K. Holmgren, and G. J. Brunskill (1971)
                    Eutrophication of Lake 227, experimental lakes area, Northwestern Ontario, by additio of
                    phosphate and nitrate. Journal of the Fisheries Research Board of Canada 28:1763-1782.

                 Smith, S. V. (1981a) Responses of Kaneohe Bay, Hawaii, to relaxation of sewage stress. In:
                    B. J. Neilson and L. E. Eugene (ed.) Estuaries and Nutrients. Clifton, New Jersey,
                    Humana Press.

                 Smith, S. V., W. J. Kimmerer, E. A. Laws, R. E. Brock, and T. W. Walsh (198 1 b) Kaneohe
                    Bay sewage diversion experiment: Perspectives on ecosystem responses to nutritional
                    perturbation. Pacific Science 25:279-395.

                 Stanley, D. W. (1994) Personal Communication.

                 Steele, J. H. (1979) The uses of experimental ecosystems. Philosophical Transactions of the
                    Royal Society of London, B 286:583-595.

                 Vollenweider, R. A. (1976) Advances in defining critical loading levels for phosphorus in
                    lake eutr.oIphication. MemoriIe dellIstituto Italiano di 1drobiologia 33:53-81

                 Wetsteyn, L. P. M. J. and J. C. Kromkamp (1994) Turbidity, nutrients, and phytoplankton
                    primary production in the Oostershelde (The Netherlands) before, during and after a
                    large-scale coastal engineering project (1980-1990). Hydrobiologia 2821283:61-78.


























                   MARINE EUTROPHICATION REVIEW



                  PART 2: BIBLIOGRAPHY WITH ABSTRACTS










                  TABLE OF CONTENTS



                  INTRODUCTION                                                           1


                  ASSEMBLY OF THE BIBLIOGRAPHY                                           1


                  BIBLIOGRAPHY FORMAT
                         Subject Lists                                                   2
                         Main Reference List                                             2


                  ELECTRONIC VERSIONS OF THE BIBLIOGRAPHY                                2

                  RESOURCES USED IN THE BIBLIOGRAPHY (TABLES 1-4)                        3

                  SUBJECT LISTS
                         Phytoplankton Abundance                                         6
                         Phytoplankton Composition                                       8
                         Red Tides And Nuisance Blooms                                   9
                         Macrophytes                                                     9
                         Oxygen Concentration                                            10

                  MAIN REFERENCE LIST                                                    11

                  APPENDIX: Keyword List                                                117









                     INTRODUCTION



                     Modem societies have increased the rate of supply of nutrients to estuaries and coastal marine environments
                     from many sources over the rates in the pre-industrial era and times of lower population density. The addition
                     of nutrients, or eutrophication, is considered a major problem in coastal areas. Typical symptoms attributed
                     to eutrophication are: increases in algal biomass and productivity, nuisance algal blooms, algal mats and
                     scums, increased bacterial activity, odor problems, turbidity, and depletion of oxygen in bottom waters. Long
                     term and secondary effects may include changes in the composition of pelagic and benthic communities,
                     reduction of species diversity, decreased abundance of submerged aquatic plants due to epiphetic or
                     planktonic shading, disruption of food chains, and the possible occurrence of toxic phytoplankton blooms
                     (such as "red tides"). On a positve note, a reasonable level of nutrient enrichment may increase primary
                     productivity without much negative effect and may be converted into increased abundance and yield of
                     desireable and harvestable species.

                     It is likely that all the consequences of estuarine eutrophication are not known. Even for those known effects,
                     a clear understanding of the magnitude of many of the effects resulting from increases in nutrient loadings is
                     lacking. Equally important, there are likely some effects attributed to nutrient additions to coastal
                     environments which are not actually caused by the increases in nutrients. This may occur because other
                     materials may be added to the marine environment, or there are other alterations of the environment which are
                     occurring simultaneously with nutrient additions.

                     In order to make a step toward a better understanding of the effects of eutrophication, the NOAA Coastal
                     Ocean Program commissioned the assembly of this bibliography on marine cutrophication. Literature which
                     may be useful in understanding marine eutrophication is in diverse sources. This bibliography is intended to
                     facilitate the finding of literature either for the scientist or manager who may want to develop a clearer picture
                     of marine eutrophication. The bibliography is not a compilation of data sources which might be used for new
                     analysis of eutrophication.

                     ASSEMBLY OF THE BIBLIOGRAPHY

                     The 438 references in this bibliography were assembled by searching a number of data bases, utilization of
                     symposia volumes concerning eutrophication, special journal volumes on eutrophication, and books on
                     nutrients in the marine environment. The data searched, and the years covered by the sources are listed in
                     Table 1. The keywords used for those searches are listed in Table 2.

                     The symposia volumes and books which were used for sources are listed in Table 3. Special journal volumes
                     are listed in Table 4. The judgement for including papers from these sources was based upon the content of
                     the individual papers. Our intent was to include papers which had research results or other insights
                     concerning marine eutrophication and not to include papers which simply mentioned the topic. Nor did we
                     attempt to compile a listing of data sources. There is not always a clear distinction between these two
                     categories and other preparers might have sorted papers somewhat differently.

                     Finally, papers which were listed in the references of the papers located by the above two techniques were
                     included where they met the criteria for inclusion.








                        2


                        BIBLIOGRAPHY FORMAT

                        Subject Indexes

                        There are five lists identifying papers contaning information in five major subject divisions. These are:

                                 phytoplankton abundance
                                 macrophytes
                                 red tides and other nuisance blooms
                                 phytoplankton community assemblage
                                 oxygen concentrations

                        Each reference in these lists gives author and year. The complete reference is found in the main reference list
                        described below.

                        Main Reference List

                        The references are listed alphabetically by author. The year of publication appears next, followed by the title
                        of the work in bold text. The complete citation to the work appears next. Keywords highlighting the content
                        of the referenced work appear in brackets after the citation. Keywords supplied with the original work were
                        used when available. Keywords were provided for other references. Appendix A is a compiled list of the
                        keywords found in the bibliography. The complete abstract of the paper follows the citation unless there was
                        no abstract.

                        ELECTRONIC VERSIONS OF THE BIBLIOGRAPHY.

                        The primary version of the bibliography was assembled in Endnote PIUSTM software for the MacintoshTM.
                        The file is about 985 kilobites and is supplied upon request with the hard copy. ASCII versions of the main
                        reference list for both MacintoshTm and PCTM Compatible computers can be supplied upon request (about 500
                        kilobites).







                                                                                                                                              3


                        RESOURCES USED IN THE BIBLIOGRAPHY




                                         Table 1. Data Bases Utilized For Preparation Of Bibliography


                                Electronic Data Bases                                                      Years Covered
                                Aquatic Sciences and Fisheries Abstracts                                   1978-1992
                                Science Citation Index                                                     1989-1991
                                NOAA Libraries Catalog
                                Government Documents Catalog Service                                       1976-1991
                                Paper Copy Abstracts
                                Aquatic Sciences and Fisheries Abstracts                                   1970-1977
                                Deep Sea Research                                                          1970-1991
                                Dissertation Abstracts                                                     1970-1990
                                Pollution Abstracts                                                        1970-1991






                                          Table 2. Words Used In Searches Of Electronic Databases



                                      Abnormality                                  Enrichment                            Organic Matter
                                      Abundance                                    Epifauna                                   Pathology
                                      Algae                                        Epiphytes                                    pH
                                      Anoxia                                       Estuaries                                  Phosphate
                                      Assemblage                              Eutrophication                                  Phosphorus
                                      Biomass                                      Eutrophied                            Photosynthesis
                                      Bivalves                                     Fauna                                      Pollution
                                      Bloom                                         Fish                                      Population
                                      Brown Tides                                  Function                            Primary Production
                                      Chlorophyll                                  Growth                              Primary Productivity
                                      Clams                                        Hypoxia                                    Red Tides
                                      Coast                                        Infauna                                    Redox
                                      Community                                    Light                                      Response
                                      Coral                                        Macroalgae                                 Seagrass
                                      Cycles                                       Macrofauna                                 Sewage
                                      Deficiency                                   Macrophyte                          Species Composition
                                      Denitrification                              Meiofauna                              Standing Crop
                                      Depletion                                    Metabolism                                 Structure
                                      Diatom                                       Microalgae                                 Sublethal
                                      Dinoflagellates                              Nitrate                         Submeraed Vascular Plants
                                      Discharge                                    Nitrification                              Sulfate
                                      Diversity                                    Nitrite                                    Sulfur
                                      Dynamics                                     Nitrogen                                   Turbidity
                                      Eelgrass                                     Number                                     Waste
                                      Effluents                                    Nutrients                              Water Quality
                                      Energy                                       Organic                                    Zooplankton
                                      Enriched







                      4



                        Table 3. Symposia Volumes And Edited Books With Papers On Eutrophication
                                       Which Were Used In The Assembly Of The Bibliography

                                                                                     on Nutrients and Eutrophication: The
                      Anderson, D. M., A. W. White, and D. G. Baden                  Limiting Nutrient Controversy, W.K. Kellog
                          (1985) Toxic Dinoflagellates. (Proceedings                 Biological Station, Michigan State
                          of The Third International Conference on                   University, I I - 12 February, 197 1).
                          Toxic Dinoflagellates, St. Andrews, New                    Lawrence, Kansas, American Society of
                          Brunswick, Canada 8-12 June, 1985). New                    Limnology and Oceanography and the Allen
                          York, Elsevier.                                            Press.

                      Carpenter, E. J. and D. G. Capone (1983)                   LoCicero, V. R. (1975) Toxic Dinoflagellate
                          Nitrogen in the Marine Environment. New                    Blooms. (Proceedings of the First
                          York, Academic Press.                                      International Conference on Toxic
                                                                                     Dinoflagellate Blooms, Boston, 4-6
                      Cosper, E. M., V. M. Brice1j, and E. J. Carpenter              November, 1974) (MIT Sea Grant Report
                          (19 89) Novel Phytoplankton Blooms:                        MITSG 75-8). Wakefield, Massachusetts,
                          Causes and Impacts of Recurrent Brown                      Massachusetts Science & Technology
                          77des and other Unusual Blooms. (Papers                    Foundation.
                          from a conference at Stony Brook, NY, 27-28
                          October, 1988). Berlin, Springer-Verlag.               Neilson, B. J. and L. E. Cronin (1981) Estuaries
                                                                                     and Nutrients. Clifton, New Jersey, Humana
                      Dennis, L. and H. H. Seliger (1979) Toxic                      Press.
                          Dinoflagellate Blooms. (Proceedings of the
                          Second International Conference on Toxic               Okaichi, T., D. M. Anderson, and T. Nemoto
                          Dinoflagellate Blooms, Key Biscayne,                       (1988) Red Tides: Biology, Environmental
                          Florida, 31 October - 5 November, 1978).                   Science, and Toxicology. (Proceedings of the
                          North Holland, Elsevier.                                   International Symposium on Red Tides,
                                                                                     Takamastu Perfecture, Japan, 10-14
                      Gran6li, E., B. Sundstr6m, L. Edler, and D. M.                 November, 1987). New York, Elsevier.
                          Anderson (1990) Toxic Marine
                          Phytoplankton. (Proceedings of the Fourth              Smayda, T. J. and Y. Shimizu (1993) Toxic
                          International Conference on Toxic Marine                   Phytoplankton Blooms in the Sea.
                          Phytoplankton, Lund, Sweden, 26-30 June,                   (Proceedings of the Fifth International
                          1989). Now York, Elsevier.                                 Conference on Toxic Marine Phytoplankton,
                                                                                     Newport, Rhode Island, U.S.A., 28 October
                      Hallegraeff, M. and J. L. Maclean (1989) Biology               -I November 199 1). Amsterdam, Elsevier.
                          Epidemology and Management of
                          Pyrodinium Red Tides. (Proceedings of the              Tyson, R. V. and T. H. Pearson (199 1) Modern
                          management and training workshop, Bandar                   and Ancient Continental SheyAnoxia.
                          Seri Begawan, Brunei Darussalam,                           Special Publication No. 58 of The Geological
                          Philippines, 23-30 May, 1989). Manila,                     Society. London, The Geolocical Society.
                          Fisheries Department, Ministry of
                          Development.                                           Vollenweider, R.A., R. Marchetti, and R. Viviani
                                                                                     (1992) Marine Coastal Eutrophication.
                      Kennedy, V. S. (1984) The Estuary as a Filter.                 (Proceedings of an International conference,
                          Orlando, Academic Press.                                   bologna, Italy, 21-24 march 1990. Reprinted
                                                                                     from the journal Science of the Total
                      Likens, G. E. (1972) Nutrients and                             Environment, Supplement, 1992) Amsterdam,
                          Eutrophication: The Limiting Nutrient                      Elsevier.
                          Controversy. (Proceedings of the Symposium







                                                                                                                             5







                      Table 4. Special journal volumes concerning eutrophication used in the assembly
                                                               of the bibliography


                                                                                MarinePollution Bulletin Volume 23 (1991)
                      Ambio Volume 19, Issue 3 (1990) Special Issue:            Environmental Management and Appropriate
                      Marine Eutrophication.                                    Use of Enclosed Coastal Seas. (Proceedings of

                                                                                the International Conference on the

                      Kieler Meeresforschungen, Sonderheft 6 (1988)             Environmental Management of Enclosed Coastal
                      The Baltic Sea Environment, History-                      Seas'90, held in Kobe, Hyogo Prefecture, Japan,
                      Eutrophication-Recruitment-Ecotoxicology.                 3-6 August, 1990).
                      (Proceedings of the 10th Symposium of the Baltic
                      Marine Biologists, 29 September - 3 October               Netherlands Journal of Sea Research Volume 19,
                      1987).                                                    Issue 3&4 (1984). Nutrients in Estuaries:

                                                                                Eutrophication and Other Aspects.
                      Marine Pollution Bulletin Volume 20, Issue 7              (Proceedings of the ES13AJHydrobiological
                      (1989) Pollution in the Far East.                         Society Symposium, Texel, The Netherlands, I I-
                                                                                13 September, 1984).







                      6
                      SUBJECT INDEXES


                                              SUBJECT INDEX: Phytoplankton Abundance

                                         Words Searched for: abundance; bloom; chlorophyll; chl a; algal growth
                                                                      (142 references)

                      Andersin, A.-B., J. Lassig, L. Parkkonen, and H.            Gran6li, E., S. Schulz, U. Schiewer, D.
                               Sandler (1978)                                              Gedziorwska, W. Kaiser, and M. Plinski
                      Anderson, D. M. (1987)                                               (1988)
                      Anderson, D. M. (1992)                                      Grassle, J. P. and J. F. Grassle (1984)
                      Arzul, G. and P. Gentien (1990)                             Gray, J. S. (1979)
                      Austen, M. C., R. M. Warwick, and M. C. Rosado              Haas, L. W., S. J. Hastings, and K. L. Webb
                               (1989)                                                      (1981)
                      Beatty, L. L. (1991)                                        Hagmeier, E. (1978)
                      Beukema, J. J. (1990)                                       Hardy, J. T. and Z. Zubayli (1976)
                      Beukema, J. J. (1991)                                       Heindnen, A. P. (199 1)
                      Beukema, J. J. and G. C. Cadde (1986)                       Hinga, K. R. (1992)
                      Beukema, J. J. and G. C. Cad6e (1991)                       Hobbie, J. E. and J. J. Cole (1984)
                      Birch, P. B. and J. 0. Gabrielson (1984)                    Hodgiciss, I. J. and B. S. S. Chan (1987)
                      Bodeanu, N. (1992)                                          Howells, G. P. (1972)
                      Boni, L., E. Carpen6, D. Wynne, and M. Reti'                Hull, S. C. (1987)
                               (1989)                                             Hungspreugs, M., W. Utoomprkpom, S.
                      Brand, L. E., M. D. Gottfried, C. C. Baylon, and                     Dharmvanij, and P. Sompongchaiyakul
                               N. S. Romer (199 1)                                         (1989)
                      Breuer, G. and W. Schramm (1988)                            Imai, I., S. Itakura, and K. Itoh (1991)
                      Brockmann, U., G. Billen, and W. W. C. Gieskes              Jochem, F. and B. Babenerd (1989)
                               (1988)                                             Johansson, J.O.R. and R.R. Lewis, 111 (1992)
                      Brockmann, U. and E. Dahl (1990)                            Josefson, A. B. (1987)
                      Brockmann, U. H., E. Dahl, and K. Eberlein                  Josefson, A. B. and R. Rosenberg (1988)
                               (1985)                                             Kaiser, W., A. Irmisch, D. Nehring, F. Georgi,
                      Brown, J. R., R. J. Gowen, and D. S. McLusky                         and G. Bruel (1990)
                               (1987)                                             Kat, M. (1987)
                      Cad6e, G. C. (1986)                                         Kautsky, N., H. Kautsky, U. Kautsky, and M.
                      Cad6e, G. C. (1990)                                                  Waern (1986)
                      Cadde, G. C. (1992)                                         Keller, A. A. (1989)
                      Cad6e, G. C. and J. Hegeman (199 1)                         Keller, A. A. and R. L. Rice (1989)
                      Cederwall, H. and R. Elmgren (1980)                         Keller, A. A. and R. L. Rice (1990)
                      Cosper, E. M., W. Dennison, A. Milligan, E. J.              Kononen, K. and A. Niemi (1984)
                               Carpenter, C. Lee, J. Holzapfel, and L.            Krbncke, 1. (1990)
                               Milanese (1989)                                    Laws, E. A. and D. G. Reda1je (1979)
                      Cosper, E. M., C. Lee, and E. J. Carpenter (1990)           Leppdkoski, E. (1980)
                      Costa, J. E. (1988)                                         Maclean, J. L. (1984)
                      Dauer, D. M. and W. G. Conner (1980)                        Maclean, J. L. (1989)
                      Dauvin, J.-C. and F. Gentil (1989)                          Maestrini, S. Y. and E. Gran6li (1991)
                      Dzurica, S., C. Lee, E. M. Cosper, and E. J.                Mattson, J. and 0. Lind6n (1983)
                               Carpenter (1989)                                   McLusky, D. S., M. Teare, and P. Phizacklea
                      Emara, H.I., M.A. Shriadah, Th.H. Moustafa and                       (1980)
                               M.S. El-Deek (1992)                                Millner, R. S. (1980)
                      Fanuko, N. (1984)                                           Mingazzini, M., A. Rinaldi, and g. Montanari
                      Friligos, N. (1985)                                                  (1992)
                      Gerlach, S. A. (1990)                                       Morton, B. (1989)
                      Giovanaridi, F. and E. Tromellini (1992)                    Moshiri, G. A., N. G. Aumen, and W. G.
                      Gowen, R. J., P. Tett, and K. J. Jones (1992)                        Crumpton (1981)
                      Gran6h, E., P. Carlsson, P. Olsson, B. Sundstr6m,           Murakami, A. (1973)
                               W. Gran6li, and 0. Lindahl (1989)                  Nielsen, A. and G. A@rtebjerg (1984)
                      Grandli, E., W. Graneli, and L. Rydberg (1986)              Nishijima, T. and Y. Hata (1991)









                       Nixon, S. W., A E. Q. Pilson, C. A. Oviatt, P.                 Silva, E. S. (1985)
                                Donaghay, B. Sullivan, S. Seitzinger, D.              Skjoldal, H. R. and 1. Dundas (1991)
                                Rudnick, and J. Frithsen (1984)                       Smayda, T. J. (1989)
                       Okaichi, T. (1987)                                             Smayda, T. J. and A. W. White (1990)
                       Olsen, P., M. Cohn, J. B. Mahoney, and E. Feerst               Soulsby, P. G., D. Lowthion, and M. Houston
                                (1984)                                                          (1982)
                       Olsson, G. E., B. Sundstr6m, and L. Edler (1987)               Spencer, C. P. (1985)
                       Oviatt, C. A., P. Lane, F. F. 111, and P. Donaghay             Stockner, J. G., D. D. Cliff, and K. R. S.
                                (1988)                                                          Shortreed (1979)
                       Paerl, H. W. (1988)                                            Stockner, J. G. and K. S. Shortreed (1988)
                       Pastorok, R. A. and G. R. Bilyard (1985)                       Sukhanova, 1. N., M. V. Flint, G. Hilbaurn, V.
                       Pearson, T. H. (1980)                                                    Karamfilov, A. I. Kopylov, E. Matveea,
                       Pearson, T. H. (1987)                                                    T. N. Rat'kova, and A. F. Sazhin (1988)
                       Pearson, T. H., A. B. Josefson, and R. Rosenberg               Takahashi, M. and N. Fukazawa (1982)
                                (1985)                                                Takano,H.(1987)
                       Pearson, T. H. and R. Rosenberg (1976)                         Tamminen, T. (1990)
                       Pearson, T. H. and R. Rosenberg (1978)                         Taslakian, M. J. and J. T. Hardy (1976)
                       Pearson, T. H. and S. 0. Stanley (1979)                        Thompson, G. B. and J. Ho (198 1)
                       Pekkari, S. (1973)                                             Tsijtsumi, H., T. Kikuchi, M. Tanaka, K. Imasaka,
                       Perciasepe, R. (1992)                                                    and M. Miyazaki (1991)
                       Persson, L.-E. (1987)                                          Vidakovi'c, J. (1983)
                       Phillips, D. J. H. and S. Tanabe (1989)                        Vukadin, H. (1991)
                       Porumb, F. (1992)                                              Walker, D. 1. and R. F. G. Ormond (1982)
                       Price, K. S., D. A. Flerner, J. L. Taft, G. B.                 Wallstr6m, K. (1988)
                                Mackieman, W. Nehlsen, R. B. Biggs, N.                Wang, Z. (1987)
                                H. Burger, and D. A. Blaylock (1985)                  Weigelt, M. and H. Rumohr (1986)
                       Raman, A. V. and K. P. Prakash (1989)                          Weston, D. P. (1990)
                       Renk, H., J. Nakonieczny, and S. Ochocki (1988)                Widbom, B. and R. Elmgren (1988)
                       Revelante, N. and A Gilmartin (1976)                           Wittberg, M. and W. Hunte (1992)
                       Ritz, D. A., M. E. Lewis, and M. Shen (1989)                   Wong, P. S. (1987)
                       Rosenberg, R. (1985)                                           Wu, R. S. S. (1982)
                       Rosenberg, R., J. S. Gray, A. B. Josefson, and T.              Wyatt, T. and I Horwood (1973)
                                H. Pearson (1987)                                     Yang, D. B. (1987)
                       Schiewer, U., R. B6rner, and N. Wasmund (1988)                 Yi, S. K., J.-S. Hong, and J. H. Lee (1982)
                       Seliger, H. H. (1989)                                          Zingone, A., M. Monitresor, and D. Marino
                       Sellner, K. G. and M. M. Olson (1985)                                    (1990)








                       8


                                              SUBJECT INDEX: Phytoplankton Composition


                                Words searched for: assemblage; community structure; species composition; species richness
                                                                        (25 references)

                       Abdul-Hussein, M. M. and C. F. Mason (1988)                  Oviatt, C. A., P. Lane, F. F. 111, and P. Donaghay
                       Anderson, N. J., B. Rippey, and A. C. Stevenson                       (1988)
                                (1990)                                              Pastorok, R. A. and G. R. Bilyard (1985)
                       Beauchamp, S. T. and J. Kerekes (1989)                       Schultz, S., G. Frtebjerg, G. Behrends, G. Breuel,
                       Bodeanu, N. (1992)                                                    P. Ciszewski, U. Horstmann, K.
                       Crema, R., A. Castelli, and D. Prevedelli (1991)                      Kononen, E. Kostrichkina, J. Leppdnen,
                       DeGroodt, E. G., H. F. J. Los, T. A. Nauta, A. A.                     F. Mohlenberg, 0. Sandstr6m, M.
                                Markus, and I. deVries (1992)                                Viitasalo, and T. Will6n (1992)
                       Dortch, Q., D. Milstead, N.N. Rabalais, S.e.                 Skjoldal, H. (1992)
                                Lorenz, D.G. Redaije, M.J. Dagg, M.E.               Sukhanova, I. N., M. V. Flint, G. Hilbaum, V.
                                Turner, and T.E. Whitledge (1992)                            Karamfilov, A. 1. Kopylov, E. Matveea,
                       Gerlach, S. A. (1990)                                                 T. N. Rat'kova, and A. F. Sazhin (1988)
                       Grandli, E., 14. Persson, and L. Edler (1986)                Swartz, R. C., F. A. Cole, D. W. Schults, and W.
                       Josefson, A. B. (1987)                                                A. DeBen (1986)
                       Kononen, K. and A. Niemi (1984)                              Thompson, G. B. and J. Ho (198 1)
                       Kr6ncke, 1. (1990)                                           Tomascik, T. and F. Sander (1987)
                       Mdkinen, A., 1. Haahtela, H. Ilvessalo, and J.               Valente, R. M., D. C. Rhoads, J. D. Germano, and
                                Lehto (1984)                                                 V. J. Cabelli (1992)
                       Moore, C. G. and T. H. Pearson (1984)                        Wittberg, M. and W. Hunte (1992)
                       Nixon, S. W., M. E. Q. Pilson, C. A. Oviatt, P.
                                Donaghay, B. Sullivan, S. Seitzinger, D.
                                Rudnick, and J. Frithsen (1984)








                                                                                                                                        9


                                          SUBJECT INDEX: Red Tides and Nuisance Blooms

                                                 Words searched for: red tide; brown tide; nuisance blooms
                                                                         (38 references)

                                                                                       Maclean, J. L. (1989)
                       Anderson, D. M. (1992)                                          Morton, B. (1989)
                       Arzul, G. and P. Gentien (1990)                                 Murakami, A. (1973)
                       Aubert, M. (1992)                                               Nishijima, T. and Y. Hata (1991)
                       Cho, C.-H. (1991)                                               Nixon, S. W. (1989)
                       Cosper, E. M., W. Dennison, A. Milligan, E. J.                  Ochi, T. (1987)
                                Carpenter, C. Lee, J. Holzapfel, and L.                Okaichi, T. (1987)
                                Milanese (1989)                                        Olsen, P., M. Cohn, J. B. Mahoney, and E. Feerst
                       Cosper, E. M., C. Lee, and E. J. Carpenter (1990)                        (1984)
                       Doucette, G. J. (1989)                                          Phillips, D. J. H. and S. Tanabe (1989)
                       Dzurica, S., C. Lee, E. M. Cosper, and E. J.                    Reguera, B. and Y. Oshima (1990)
                                Carpenter (1989)                                       Seliger, H. H. (19.89)
                       Fiedler, P. C. (1982)                                           Sellner, K. G. and M. M. Olson (1985)
                       Hodgkiss, 1. J. and B. S. S. Chan (1987)                        Silva, E. S. (1985)
                       Hungspreugs, M., W. Utoomprkporn, S.                            Smayda, T. J. (1992)
                                Dharmvanij, and P. Sompongchaiyakul                    Sukhanova, I. N., M. V. Flint, G. Hilbaurn, V.
                                (1989)                                                          Karamfilov, A. 1. Kopylov, E. Matveea,
                       Imai, I., S. Itakura, and K. ltoh (199 1)                                T. N. Raftova, and A. F. Sazhin (1988)
                       Jingzhong, Z., D. Liping, and Q. Baoping (1985)                 Takahashi, M. and N. Fukazawa (1982)
                       Keller, A. A. and R. L. Rice (1989)                             Wang, Z. (1987)
                       Keller, A. A. and R. L. Rice (1990)                             Wong, P. S. (1987)
                       Lam, C. W. Y. and K. C. Ho (1987)                               Wyatt, T. and J. Horwood (1973)
                       Liaci, L. S. (1980)                                             Yang, D. B. (1987)
                       Maclean, J. L. (1984)





                                                          SUBJECT INDEX: Macrophytes

                                                          Words searched for: seaweeds; macroalgae.
                                                                          (20 references)

                       Baden, S. P., L.-O. Loo, L. Pihl, and R.                        Mdkinen, A., I. Haahtela, H. Ilvessalo, and J.
                                Rosenberg (1990)                                                Lehto (1984)
                       Birch, P. B. and J. 0. Gabrielson (1984)                        Menesguen, A. (1992)
                       Cheney, D. P. (1992)                                            Pekkari, S. (1973)
                       Conolly, N. J. and E. A. Drew (1985)                            Quinlan, A. V. (1982)
                       Fletcher, R. L., V. Cuomo, and 1. Palomba (1990)                Raffaelli, D., J. Limia, S. Hull, and S. Pont (1991)
                       Harlin, M. M. and B. Throne-Miller (198 1)                      Schramm, W., D. Abele, and G. Breuer (1988)
                       Hull, S. C. (1987)                                              Smith, D. W. (1984)
                       Kautsky, N., H. Kautsky, U. Kautsky, and M.                     Soulsby, P. G., D. Lowthion, and H. A. C.
                                Waem (1986)                                                     Montgomery (1985)
                       Lee, V. and S. Olsen (1985)                                     Tubbs, C. R. and J. M. Tubbs (1983)
                       Lenzi, M. (1992)                                                Vogt, H. and W. Schramm (199 1)







                       10


                                                  SUBJECT INDEX: Oxygen Concentration


                                                            Words searched for: anoxia; hypoxia
                                                                        (65 references)

                       Andersin, A.-B., J. Lassig, L. Parkkonen, and H.             Oviatt, C. A., A. A. Keller, P. A. Sampou, and L.
                                Sandler (1978)                                               L. Beatty (1986)
                       Andersson, L. and L. Rydberg (1988)                          Oviatt, C. A., J. G. Quinn, J. T. Maughan, J. T.
                       Aneer, G. (1987)                                                      Ellis, B. K. Sullivan, J. N. Gearing, P. J.
                       Baden, S. P., L.-O. Loo, L. Pihl, and R.                              Gearing, C. D. Hunt, P. A. Sampou, and
                                Rosenberg (1990)                                             J. S. Latimer (1987)
                       Boesch, D. F. (1983)                                         Parker, C. A. (1983)
                       Brockmann, U., G. Billen, and W. W. C. Gieskes               Parker, C. A. and J. E. O'Reilly (199 1)
                                (1988)                                              Pastorok, R. A. and G. R. Bilyard (1985)
                       Degobbis, D. (1989)                                          Pearson, T. H. (1980)
                       Dethlefsen, V. and H. v. Westernhagen (1983)                 Perciasepe, R. (1992)
                       Dortch, Q., D. Milstead, N.N. Rabalais, S.e.                 Phillips, D. J. H. and S. Tanabe (1989)
                                Lorenz, D,G. Reda1je, M.J. Dagg, M.E.               Phoel, W. C., K. L. Webb, and C. F. D'Elia (1981)
                                Turner, and T.E. Whitledge (1992)                   Polak, J. and G. D. Haffner (1978)
                       Emara, H.I., M.A. Shridah, Th.H. Moustafa, and               Portnoy, J. W. (199 1)
                                M.S. El-Deek (1992)                                 Price, K. S., D. A. Flemer, J. L. Taft, G. B.
                       Friligos, N. (1981)                                                   Mackieman, W. Nehlsen, R. B. Biggs, N.
                       Gerlach, S. A. (1990)                                                 H. Burger, and D. A. Blaylock (1985)
                       Griggs, G. B. and T. S. Hopkins (1976)                       Rabalais, N. N. and D. F. Boesch (1986-1987)
                       Herdendorf, C. E. (1986)                                     Rabelais, N. N., R. E. Turner, J. W.J. Wiseman,
                       Hognestad, P. T. (1987)                                               and D. F. Boesch (1991)
                       Hosie, D. A., R. F. Uglow, L. Hagerman, T.                   Reys, E. and M. Merino (199 1)
                                Sondergaard, and W. Weile (1991)                    Riisgkd, H. U. and E. Poulsen (198 1)
                       Justi'c, D. (1987)                                           Rosenberg, R. (1985)
                       Justi'c, D. (1991)                                           Rosenberg, R., B. Hellman, and B. Johansson
                       K6hler, A. and F. H61zel (1980)                                       (1991)
                       Lam, C. W. Y. and K. C. Ho (1987)                            Rosenberg, R. and L.-O. Loo (1988)
                       LeppAkoski, E. (1980)                                        Rydberg, L., L. Edler, S. Floderus, and W.
                       LISS, L. 1. S. S. (1990)                                              Gran6li (1990)
                       Malone, T. C. (1991)                                         Sales, D., A. G6mez, and D. Cantero (1983)
                       Millner, R. S. (1980)                                        Sampou, P. and C. A. Oviatt (1991)
                       Mills, C. A., S. I. Heaney, C. Butterwick, J. E.             Sampou, P. A. (1989)
                                Corry, and J. M. Elliott (1990)                     Stachowitsch, M. (1991)
                       Morton, B. (1989)                                            Tolmazin, D. (1985)
                       Nehring, D., S. Schulz, and W. Kaiser (1984)                 Topping, G. (1976)
                       Nehring, D. (1992)                                           Van Es, F. B., V. A. M.A., L. A. Bouwman, and
                       Nilsson, P., B. J6nsson, I. L. Swanberg, and K.                       H. G. J. Schr6der (1980)
                                Sundbdck (199 1)                                    Vollenweider, R.A., A. Rinaldi, and G. Montanari
                       Nixon, S. W. and V. M. Berounsky (1984)                               (1992)
                       Nixon, S. W., C. A. Oviatt, J. Garber, and V. Lee            Weigelt, M. and H. Rumohr (1986)
                                (1976)                                              Welsh, B. L. and F. C. Eller (1991)
                       Ochi, T. (1987)                                              Whiteledge, T. E. (1985)
                       Okaichi, T. (1987)                                           Wu, R. S. S. (1982)









                        MAIN REFERENCE LIST



                        Abdul-Hussein, M. M. and C. F. Mason (1988)                     The first records of "dead" bottoms in the
                        The phytoplankton community of a                              Bornholm basin are from 1948, when no
                        eutrophic reservoir. Hydrobiologia 169:265-                   macrofauna was recorded below 80 m. Records from
                        277.                                                          1954 show that the deepest parts of the Eastern
                        lphytoplankton; reservior; community; pH;                     Gotland Basin and the deep area between Oland and
                        composition; assemblage)                                      Gotland were devoid of macrofauna at that time, but
                         The dynamics of the phytoplankton community                  that the deep areas of the northernmost Baltic
                        of a eutrophic reservoir are described for a two year         proper and the Gulf of Finland were still populated.
                        period. Fifty-eight species were recorded, 25 of               The change continued and during the 1960s the
                        them common. Bacillariophyta dominated during                 communities dominated by lamellibrachs in the
                        the winter and early spring and Chlorophyta during            Bornholm and Gda'nsk Deeps disappeared, and were
                        late spring, to be replaced by a bloom of                     subsequently replaced by polychaete communities.
                        Cyanophyta. The mean and peak biomass of                      These have been wiped out during periods of bad
                        phytoplankton was 8.6 mg 1-1 and 40.8 mg 1-1 in               oxygen conditions, but quickly re-established when
                        1981, and 8.3 mg 1-1 and 37.6 mg 1-1 in 1982.                 conditions improved. The larnmelibrach
                        Temperature accounted for 67.3% and pH for 8% of              community has not been restored. In the Northern
                        the variation in total phytoplankton biomass over             Central Basin and the Gulf of Finland the
                        the two year period, using regression technique.              depopulation of the deep bottoms probably began
                         Both horizontal and vertical patchiness, measured            later, in the late 50's. In the 70s practically no
                        as an index of mean crowding, were recorded in the            macrofauna has been recorded below the permanent
                        reservoir. Horizontal aggregations were associated            halocline in the Central Basin (except the
                        with spring blooms of Chlorophyta and summer                  southernmost parts of it) and the Gulf of Finland.
                        blooms of Cyanophyta, while vertical aggregations             During the 60s and 70s the area with periodically
                        were most marked during the summer bloom of                   unfavorable oxygen conditions has covered about
                        Cyanophyta. Concentrations of phytoplankton were              100,000 km2, which is 25% of the total area of the
                        influenced by wind, the prevailing southwesterly              Baltic Sea.
                        wind accumulating algae in the northeasterly arm of
                        the reservoir during much of the year.                        Anderson, D. M. (1987) Toxic algal blooms
                                                                                      and red tides: A global perspective. In:
                        Andersin, A.-B., J. Lassig, L. Parkkonen, and H.              T. Okaichi, D. M. Anderson and T. Nemoto (ed.)
                        Sandler (1978) The decline of macrofauna in                   Red Tides: Biology, Environmental Science, and
                        the deeper parts of Baltic proper and the                     Toxicology. Elsevier, New York.
                        Gulf of Finland. Kieler Meeresforschungen                     Itoxic; bloorn}
                        Sonderheft 4:23-30.                                            The literature on toxic algal blooms and red tides
                        (abundance; benthic; macrofauna; oxygen; hypoxia;             documents a global increase in the frequency,
                        Baltic; hydrogen sulfide)                                     magnitude, and geographic extent of these events
                          An attempt is made to describe the large-scale              over the last two decades. Some of this increase is
                        changes in the benthic soft bottom macrofauna in              undoubtedly a result of the increased awareness and
                        the deep parts of the Bornholm Basin, the Gulf of             analytical capabilities of the scientific community,
                        Gda'nsk, the Central Basin and the Gulf of Finland,           but a strong correlation between the number of red
                        from the beginning of Baltic zoobenthos research to           tides and the degree of coastal pollution or
                        the present day. The authors also try to correlate            utilization of coastal waters for aquaculture argue
                        these changes with fluctuations in the oxygen                 that there are other contributing factors. It also
                        content and salinity in near-bottom water layer. The          appears likely that toxic algal species have spread
                        paper surveys the literature and presents recent and          within regions over spatial scales of hundreds of
                        earlier unpublished results.                                  kilometers, moving with major water currents and
                          During the later part of last century and the first         storms. Long distance transport of species across
                        decades of the twentieth century no area of the               oceans may have occurred as well, but the evidence
                        Baltic Sea seemed to have been totally devoid of              is not conclusive and the hypothesis controversial.
                        macrofauna. Unfortunately there are considerable
                        gaps in our knowledge of the time before the                  Anderson, D. M. (1992) Toxic dinoflagellate
                        middle of this century. The most striking decline             blooms and red tides in New England and
                        has taken place, generally speaking, after the                abroad: A biogeographic and physiologic
                        exceptionally great inflow in 1951-1952, and the              perspective. 31st Annual Symposium of the
                        subsequent prolonged stagnation.                              Northeast Algal Society, Woods Hole.
                                                                                      Idinoflagellate; red tide; bloom; Alexandrium; Gulf
                                                                                      of Maine}








                       12
                        Toxic red tides of the dinoflagellate Alexandrium          been reported from different parts of the estuary. In
                       fundyense have become persistent phenomena over             this paper, we have calculated trends in nutrient and
                       the last two decades in the southern Gulf of Maine,         oxygen concentrations within the surface and deep
                       having been common occurrences for hundreds of              waters of the Kattegat and adjacent waters. This has
                       years further to the north. This paper will explore         been done with available data for the past decades,
                       the bloom dynamics of this organism in the Gulf,            with reference to nutrient supply and phytoplankton
                       as well as the physiological characteristics of the         production.
                       cells that influence their toxin production.                  Oxygen concentrations within the deep water
                       Additional studies will be presented that relate to         decreased from 4.58 to 4.08 ml 1-1 between 1971
                       the population biology of Alexandrium, both                 and 1982, indicating a 50% increase in oxygen
                       within the Gulf of Maine, and throughout the                consumption. Concentrations of Tot-N, Tot-P and
                       world. Through a combination of traditional field           inorganic nitrogen increased simultaneously, both
                       phytoplankton ecology, physical oceanographic               in the surface water during the winter and in the
                       measurements, remote sensing, toxin analysis,               deep-water during the summer. Changes in Tot-N
                       morphological analysis, and molecular studies, the          and Tot-P were dominated by the Baltic water,
                       complex and fascinating characteristics of this             while local supply to the Kattegat dominated the
                       important organism are gradually becoming known.            changes in inorganic nitrogen. Increases in Tot-N
                       Topics to be emphasized include the long-distance           and Tot-P suggest a successively increasing
                       transport and confinement of Alexandrium                    biomass.
                       populations within a coastal current that originates         The importance of local nutrient supply to the
                       in the rivers of southern Maine; the potential              Kattegat was studied comparing expected nutrient
                       impact of environmental conditions on the                   concentration within the surface water (due to
                       production of toxins in Alexandrium; the role of            exchange with adjacent water) with actually
                       dormant cysts in the bloom dynamics and                     observed concentrations.
                       population distribution of Alexandrium; the
                       possible global dispersal of Alexandrium                    Aneer, G. (1985) Some speculations about
                       populations via ship traffic; and forensic RFLP             the Baltic herring (Clupea                harengus
                       analysis of globally distributed Alexandrium                membras) in connection with the
                       populations.                                                eutrophication of the Baltic Sea. Canadian
                                                                                   Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic        Science 4 2
                       Anderson, D. M., A. W. White, and D. G. Baden               (suppl.1):83-90.
                       (ed.) (1985)       Toxic        Dinoflagellates             JBaltic; herring; filamentous; algae; egg;
                       (Proceedings of The Third International                     mortalityl
                       Conference on Toxic Dinoflagellates, St.                     In this paper the hypothesis is put forward that
                       Andrews, New Brunswick, Canada 8-12                         Baltic herring's (Clupea harengus membras)
                       June, 1985). Elsevier, New York.                            spawning time, spring or autumn, is determined by
                       No abstract                                                 feeding conditions during the adult phase and thus
                                                                                   not generally fixed. The present "absence" or
                       Anderson, N. J., B. Rippey, and A.    C. Stevenson          autumn spawners is thought to be the result of
                       (1990) Change to a diatom assemblage in                     improved feeding condition during the latest decades
                       * eutrophic lake following point source                     as a result of the eutrophication of the Baltic Sea.
                       * u t r i e n t      re-direction:                  a       During two spawning ground studies carried out in
                       palaeolimmnological approach. Freshwater                    1978 and 1982 unusually high mortality rates were
                       Biology 23:205-217.                                         noted for eggs in situ. In 1982, during 4 week close
                       {diatom; assemblage; lake; nutrient}                        to peak of spawning, the mortlaity increased
                       No abstract.                                                substantially, especially for eggs among
                                                                                   filamentous algae. A significant difference was
                       Andersson, L. and L. Rydberg (1988) Trends in               noted between eggs on coarser algae and those
                       nutrient and oxygen conditions within                       among filamentous algae (p < 0.001). During this
                       Kattegat:      Effects     of local        nutrient         period the average mortalities were 33 and 75%,
                       supply. Estuarine, Coastal and Shelf Science                respectively. Very low levels of oxygen were
                       26:559-579.                                                 measured at night among the filamentous algae. An
                       Initrogen; oxygen; phosphorus; nutrient; Baltic}            increase in the amounts of this type of algae as a
                        The Kattegat forms the outer part of the Baltic            response to eutrophication might constitute a new
                       estuary. It is characterized by a stable two-layer          hazard to the reproductive success of the Baltic
                       stratification maintained by approximately equal            herring.
                       supplies of low saline water from the Baltic and
                       high saline oceanic water from the Skagerrak. The           Aneer, G. (1987) High natural mortality of
                       nutrient supply to these waters increased rapidly           Baltic herring (Clupea harengus) eggs
                       during the past decades and oxygen deficits have








                                                                                                                                       13

                        caused by algal exydates? Marine Biology
                        94:163-169.                                                     Anttila, R. (1973) Effect of sewage on the
                        JBaltic; herring; egg; toxic algal exudates; oxygen)            fish fauna in the Helsinki area. OIKOS
                          Results from field studies in 1978 and 1982                   Supplementum 15:226-229.
                        together with results from a laboratory study carried           (sewage; fish; species)
                        out in 1984 indicate that the unusually high natural            The results given are based on fishery studies
                        mortality of Baltic herring (Clupea harengus L.)                begun by the City of Helsinki in 1969 on the
                        eggs observed in situ is presumably caused by toxic             effects of sewage on the fish fauna and fishing in
                        exudates released by filamentous brown algae                    the Helsinki sea area. The main research methods
                        during a limited period which happens to coincide               are test fishing with a series of nets, and fishery
                        with the peak of spawning. Oxygen deficiency is                 inquiries.
                        no longer believed to be the major cause of the                 Sewage has brought about considerable changes in
                        observed unnaturally high mortality. It cannot,                 the quality and quantity of fish fauna in the
                        however, be entirely ruled out.                                 Helsinki sea area. The changes in the fish fauna are
                                                                                        similar to those generally recognized as deriving
                        Ansari, Z. A., B. S. Ingole, and A. H. Parulekar                from sewage. The fish species susceptible to
                        (1986) Effect of high organic enrichment                        pollution have suffered a decline and/or moved to
                        of benthic polychaete population in an                          purer areas. Such species are brown trout Salmo
                        estuary. Marine Pollution Bulletin 17:361-365.                  trutta(L)., whitefish Coregonus lavaretus (L.),
                        (Benthic; polychaete; productivity; diversity;                  burbot Lota lota (L.) and in Leusiscus idus (L.). Of
                        biomass; density; sewagel                                       the major edible fish, pikeperch Lucioperca
                          The benthic polychaete fauna of an estuarine                  lucioperca L. has withstood pollution best.
                        region receiving domestic sewage and wastes from a              The fish biomass in the more eutrophic bays is
                        nearby fish landing jetty was compared to that of a             considerable in size compared with pure areas. In
                        site having normal organic enrichment. The                      addition to the deterioration in the fish species
                        population density, biomass and species diversity               structure there are also flavour defects in fish over a
                        were greater at the sewage receiving site. Some                 sea area of 3,000-4,000 hectares. Flavour defects in
                        species showed preference for sewage site and their             fish are caused by the secondary phenomena of
                        numbers were significantly greater at the sewage                sewage and oil that have entered the water. The
                        site while other species showed no differences.                 mercury and pesticides contents observed in fish
                        Total counts and the biomass were significantly                 have been relatively low.
                        higher at the site of organic enrichment. A
                        quantitatively enhanced polychaete population                   Arndt, H. (1988) Dynamics and production
                        indicates that input of high organic matter                     of a natural population of Brachionus
                        stimulate benthic productivity.                                 plicatilis (Rotaria, Monogonota) in a
                                                                                        eutrophicated inner coastal water of the
                        A *ntonius, A. (1985) Coral diseases in the                     Baltic. Kieler Meeresforschungen, Sonderheft
                        Indo-Pacific: A first record. P.S.Z.N.I:                        6:147-153.
                        Marine Ecology 6:197-218.                                       frotifer; Brachionus; growth; zooplankton; Balticl
                        (coral; disease; Indo-Pacific; Red Sea; Philippines)             The dynamic and production of a natural
                          The so-called "band" diseases of reef corals, the             population of the rotifer Brachionus Plicatilis
                        White Band Disease (WBD) and the Black Band                     (O.F.MlOLLER) were studied by regular field
                        Disease (BBD), were observed in the Red Sea and in              sampling at routine stations in the shallow Darss
                        the Philippines. Since they were previously known               Zingst estuary, southern Baltic (3-7 %- S).
                        only from the western Atlantic, this is the first               Investigations of the horizontal distribution
                        record for the Indo-Pacific region. WBD is neither              revealed significant population growth during the
                        infectious nor contagious and the pathogens is                  summer months at salinities above 3 %o S and at
                        unknown. BBD is highly infectious and contagious                those stations characterized by high eutrophication.
                        and is caused by the cyanophyte Phormidium                      The first individuals hatch from resting eggs in
                        corallyticum. Susceptibility to WBD occurs                      May. Significant reproduction occurs from June to
                        throughout the order Scleractinia, but the effects of           September, when temperatures are above 15 'C.
                        the disease are most severe among Acroporidae.                  Mixing rates were highest during the exponential
                        Susceptibility to BBD seems to be restricted to                 growth phase. Instantaneous rates of growth, birth,
                        Faviidae, with Platygyra and Goniastrea species the             and mortality were estimated. Mean P/B ratios for
                        most heavily afflicted. WBD cannot be influenced                the growing season were high (around 0.7 d-I) and
                        by any parameter tested so far. BBD can be                      were in the range of values obtained from mass
                        enhanced by light and by water eutrophication, and              cultures in the field under subtropical conditions. In
                        its advance can be stopped by antibiotics. An active            Barther Bodden annual biomass production for 1982
                        WBD seems to be a precondition for the origin of
                        BBD.                                                            was 1.1 g fw m-3. In its natural habitat, B.








                        14
                        plicatilis serves as a food source for fish juveniles          promoting or inhibitory telemediators (exocrines)
                        and the mysid Neomysis integer, The seasonal                   present a very important control mechanism, in
                        dynamics of the rotifer population were not                    particular as far as the species compositions and
                        significantly affected by predators.                           periodic successions of phytoplankton are
                                                                                       concerned.       However, this mechanism also
                        Arts, G. H. P., G. V. d. Velide, J. G. M. Roelofs,             ultimately influences the overall equilibria. We
                        and C. A. M. V. Swaay (1990) Successional                      must take into account many facts which show the
                        changes in the soft-water macrophyte                           importance of this last factor.
                        vegetation        of    (sub)Atlantic,          sandy,           Such massive, semi-monospecies dinolflagellate
                        lowland regions during this century.                           blooms are, almost without exception,
                        Freshwater Research 24-.287-294.                               environmentally harmful, many of them also
                        Ivegetation; macrophytes)                                      leading to the toxicity of sea food and relevant
                        SUMMARY                                                        human pathology. However, in specific cases,
                        1. Considerable changes in macrophyte vegetation               such as the DSP intoxications induced by a number
                        can be noticed in 146 originally soft waters, when             of species of Dinophysis, even the slight increase
                        data on the recent aquatic vegetation are compared             in population densities, e.g. >200 cells dm-3, may
                        with historical information from the period 1900-              cause quite dramatic pathology among shellfish
                        60. Changes in nutrient status (N, P, and C) and               consumers and, of course, also important economic
                        accumulation of organic material can be regarded as            losses for mariculture activities.
                        the operative factors.
                        2. The processes observed in soft waters are                   Austen, M. C., R. M. Warwick, and M. C. Rosado
                        acidification, eutrophication and water hardening.             (1989) Meiobenthic and macrobenthic
                        Which process dominates depends on the type of                 community structure along a putative
                        soft water.                                                    pollution gradient in Southern Portugal.
                        3. Acidification as well as eutrophication of water            Marine Pollution Bulletin 20:398-405.
                        bodies may ultimately result in the total                      (benthos; Portugal; community; diversity;
                        disappearance of all aquatic macrophytes,, with the            abundance; sewage)
                        exception of the floating-leafed nymphaeids                      Macro- and meiobenthos were sampled from Ria
                        Nymphaea alba (L.) and Nuphar lutea (L.) Sm.                   Formosa, Portugal along putative sewage pollution
                        Observed successional stages are described and                 gradients in summer 1987 and winter 1988. The
                        summarized.                                                    status of the benthos was assessed using
                                                                                       multidimensional scaling ordination, ABC plots,
                        ,Arzul, G. and P. Gentien (1990) Chemical                      and a variety of univariate indices of community
                        typology of coastal sediments in relation                      structure. Meiobenthos in both seasons and
                        to red tides. In: E. Grandli, B. Sundstr6m, L.                 macrobenthos in winter appeared to respond to
                        Edler and D. M. Anderson (ed.) Toxic Marine                    sewage enrichment only in the immediate vicinity
                        Phytoplankton. Elsevier, New York.                             of the sewage outfalls and channels but ABC plots
                        [red tide; phytoplankton; bloom; organic matter;               indicated that macrobenthic communities were
                        sediments; copper; nutrients; nitrogen; phosphorus;            moderately stressed throughout the area in summer.
                        Alexandrium)                                                   In the summer, human digging for shellfish results
                          The study of different chemical parameters                   in considerable sediment turnover. Since meiofauna
                        characterizing the coastal sediments showed                    may be less affected by physical sediment
                        possible relationships between high levels of                  disturbance than macrofauna this may explain why
                        organic matter and total copper concentrations, and            the macrofauna communities were apparently
                        "red tide" occurrences. Sediment extracts had toxic            disturbed relative to the meiofauna even beyond the
                        effects on the growth of Alexandrium tarnarensis in            influence of the sewage. Sampling meiofauna with
                        April, however, it was not observed in sediment                the macrofauna significantly increased our
                        elutriated in July.                                            understanding of mans impact in this area. There
                                                                                       was little correlation between macro- and
                        Aubert, M. (1992) Sanitary consequences of                     meiobenthos in diversity, abundances, number of
                        eutrophication and related ecological                          taxa and biomass and these idices gave no
                        disequilibria in the marine environment.                       indication of a organic enrichment gradient.
                        In: R. A. Vollenweider, Marchetti and R. Viviani
                        (ed.) Marine Coastal Eutrophication. Elsevier,                 Axelard, D. M., G. C. B. Poore, G. H. Arnott, J.
                        Amsterdam.                                                     Bauld, V. Brown, R. R. C. Edwards, and N. J.
                        Inuisance bloom, dinoflagelate, Dinophysis)                    Hickman (1981)             The effects of treated
                          Considering the rates and dynamics of marine                 sewage discharge on the biota of Port
                        primary productivity it appears quite clear that               Philip Bay, Vitoria, Australia.               In: B. J.
                        besides the essential factors such as nutrient pools           Neilson and L. E. Cronin (ed.) Estuaries and
                        and inputs of energy, the function of growth-                  Nutrients. Humana Press, Clifton, New Jersey.







                                                                                                                                    15
                      fbacteria; nitrification; denitrification; sewage;            (oxygen; hypoxia; seaweeds; macroalgae; increase;
                      microalgae; macrophytes; macrobenthos;                        decrease; macrofauna; lobster; fish; floating;
                      zooplankton; phytoplankton; Australia; diversity;             mortality)
                      fish}                                                            The southern Kattegat is susceptible to
                       The Werribee sewage-treatment farm contributes               eutrophication due to shallow mean depth (23m)
                      more than half of the total nitrogen and phosphorus           and a strong halocline which reduces intrusion of
                      input to Port Philip Bay. This study attempted to             oxygen to bottom waters. The effects of
                      determine the fate of these nutrients and their effect        eutrophication were first observed in the area in the
                      on the biota of the Bay. This was addressed by                autumn of 1980. Since then investigations on
                      comparing community composition, biomass,                     primary producers, fish, lobsters, and benthic
                      productivity, or process rates in the Werribee area           infauna have been conducted to document the effects
                      of the Bay with that in Bay areas more remote from            of eutrophication. Above the halocline in the
                      nutrient discharge.                                           Laholm Bay a change in the macrophyte species
                       Rates of bacterial nitrification and denitrification         from Fucus spp. to filamentous green algae has
                      were greatest in sediments closest to the sewage              been observed. Mortality of benthic macrofauna,
                      discharge point. Up to 15 percent of the inorganic            mainly bivalves, has been observed in most years
                      nitrogen discharge may be lost via sequential                 and seasons. The recruitment of flatfish has not
                      nitrification-denitrification in a 4 km2 area.                been negatively affected. Around the halocline the
                      Epibenthic microalgal biomass and productivity                benthic infauna were seriously affected by oxygen
                      were found to be five times greater at Werribee than          deficiency. Below the halocline, fish disappeared
                      at a control station. The Werribee macrophyte                 and lobsters emerged from burrows when oxygen
                      community showed reduced species diversity,                   saturation declined below 40%. When oxygen
                      dominance of fast growing opportunistic species,              saturation decreased below 15% Norway lobsters
                      loss of large brown algal species, and occasional             were immobilized and their blood-pigment
                      algal blooms, as compared to communities in                   concentration decreased. Benthic infaunal species
                      nutrient-poor areas of the Bay. Classification                emerged from the sediment. Lobsters died when
                      analysis revealed offshore and nearshore groups of            saturation dropped to 10%, while many infaunal
                      macrobenthos in a 2 km2 area near Werribee;                   species tolerated levels of 7-5% for some weeks.
                      species diversity was greatest offshore. The                  Analysis of stomach content indicated that neither
                      Werribee offshore macrofauna was typical of that              fish nor lobsters died from lack of food, but from
                      along the whole northwestern coast of the Bay. In             hypoxia. Subsequent to the reoxygenation of the
                      summer, fish biomass at Werribee was equal to that            bottom water during winter, flatfish and benthic
                      found at stations remote from sewage discharge,               infauna recovered whereas cod and lobster
                      however, community composition differed. At                   population did not.
                      Werribee, the nearshore fish community was                    Beatty, L. L. (1991) The response of benthic
                      dominated by juveniles and small species, while               suspension feeders and their grazing
                      offshore older and larger fish were more abundant.            impact on phytoplankton in eutrophied
                      Phytoplankton productivity decreased with                     coastal ecosystems. Dissertation for Ph.D.,
                      increasing distance from sewage outfalls only                 The University of Rhode Island.
                      during summer. Nitrogen is probably the nutrient              (benthos; MERL; nutrient; composition;
                      critical to phytoplankton biomass production in the
                      Bay but light and/or temperature may limit                    abundance; biomass)
                      productivity over much of the non-summer period.               The eutrophication of coastal waters from land-
                      Baywide phytoplankton productivity was similar to             derived nutrients affects all biological aspects of the
                      that of non-eutrophic coastal marine waters.                  estuarine ecosytem. Changes to the benthic
                      Zooplankton standing crop was low compared to                 community can be pronounced. Not only do
                      that for many estuaries and marine embayments.                benthic species respond to nutrient-induced
                      Densities of zooplankton in the Werribee area were            phytoplankton blooms, but these animals may
                      highly variable, and crustacean species found at              have a subsequent impact on the system.
                      Werribee were also distributed throughout the Bay.             A sixteen-month study was conducted with daily
                       These findings suggest that sewage discharge had             nutrient loading. One of the nutrient levels included
                      affected benthic more than planktonic communities,            enhanced silicon to promote diatom growth and
                      but that the measurable impact of the discharge is            potentially lead to a healthier food chain. Cores
                      limited to a few hundred meters around the outfalls.          were taken monthly to follow changes in benthic
                                                                                    species composition. Laboratory experiments were
                      Baden, S. P., L. 0. Loo, L. Pihl, and R.                      performed on five occasions from March to October
                      Rosenberg (1990) Effects of eutrophication                    to determined the role of benthic grazing in control
                      on benthic communities including fish:                        versus nutrient-enriched systems. Cores were taken
                      Swedish west coast. Ambio 19:113-122.                         from mesocosms and removal rates of natural
                                                                                    assemblages of phytoplankton were determined.







                         16
                          A two to five-fold increase in abundance and                higher in the second year. The observed increases in
                         biomass was observed in enriched over control                annual production between years in the colored
                         mesocosms. A shift in species composition                    lakes were largely due to changes in euphotic depth
                         included the rapid response of facultative                   resulting from variations in hydrology and DOC
                         suspension-feeding spinoid polychaetes, Polydora             export from the lake catchments. Lower discharges
                         ligni and Streblospio benedicti, and amphipod,               in the colored lakes in 1980 were accompanied by
                         Ampleisca abdita and Corophium sp., to                       lower DOC concentration in the clear water lake did
                         phytoplankton compared to the other nutrient                 not produce significant changes in water color,
                         systems, although differences were not statistically         light extinction coefficient nor annual production
                         significant by the second summer. Zooplankton                between year. Rates of primary production at light
                         initially responded to phytoplankton blooms but              optimum (P-max) were consistently higher in the
                         adult benthic suspension feeders dominated the               most colored, acidic lake indicating that relatively
                         grazer biomass within three months of nutrient               high rates of autotrophic production will occur
                         additions.                                                   under acidic conditions if nutrient supply is
                         Benthic grazers could remove up to 75% of water              maintained.
                         column phytoplankton per day. Rates were higher
                         in nutrient-enriched systems where animal biomass            Becker, D. S., N. L. Gerrish, and K. K. Chew
                         was greater than in control closures. Phytoplankton          (1981-1982)          Influence        of      organic
                         >10 um and water temperatures over 15'C were                 enrichment on        dernersal fishes. Coastal
                         also significant factors in observed feeding rates.          Ocean Pollution Assessment News 1:50-52.
                         Benthic species successfully competed with                   (fish; organic enrichment; demersal; Puget Sound)
                         zooplankton for food resources; alttough their               No abstract
                         weight-specific feeding rates are lower than those
                         for copepods, opportunistic characteristics of               Bell, P. F. (1991) Status of eutrophication
                         spinoid polychaetes and amphipods and their ability          in the Great Barrier Reef lagoon. Marine
                         to deposit feed when water column phytoplankton              Pollution Bulletin 23:89-93.
                         is depleted contribute to their success.                     (lagoon; phytoplankton; nutrients)
                         The results of this study are most applicable to               Historical data on the levels of nutrients and
                         shallow, well-mixed coastal areas. As water column           phytoplankton in the GBR lagoon are reviewed.
                         depths decrease and/or food is more accessible to the        The results indicate that background levels of P-
                         benthos, benthic-pelagic coupling increases in               P04 and phytoplankton have increased significantly
                         importance.                                                  over the past 50-60 years and that the levels appear
                                                                                      be at or above the eutrophication threshold level for
                         Beauchamp, S. T. and J. Kerekes (1989) Effects               coral reef waters. Other data indicate that river
                         of acidity and DOC on phytoplankton                          discharge probability has a major impact on the
                         community structure and production in                        nutrient status of the GBR lagoon, but other factors
                         three acid lakes (Nova Scotia). Water, Air,                  such the nitrogen-fixing blue-green alga,
                         and Soil Pollution 46:323-333.                               Trichodesmium, could also be important.
                         acidity; lakes; phytoplankton; assemblage)                   Trichodesmium has the ability to introduce large
                          Phytoplankton community structure             varied        amounts of new nitrogen and it appears that the
                         between the three lakes and between years       within       increased phosphorus levels could be driving its
                         lakes. The Beaverskin Lake phytoplankton                     growth. To-date little effort has been made to assess
                         community was dominated by cyanophytes and                   the impact of eutrophication on the coral reef
                         chlorophytes in the summer and chrysophytes in               communities. Because the background nutrient
                         the winter. Kejimkujik Lake was dominated by                 levels are relatively high both run-off and sewage
                         bacillariophytes in the summer of 1979 but no                discharges could have serious impacts on nearby
                         single group dominant in 1980 or 1981.                       coral reef communities. Tertiary treatment (i.e.
                         Pebbleoggitch Lake phytoplankton consisted                   nutrient removal) of sewage should be required for
                         mainly of chlorophytes in 1979 but low biomass               all discharges in the vicinity of coral reefs and
                         and no dominant groups characterized this lake               special precautions need to be exercised when
                         during the growth season of 1980. Daily integral             designing run-off drainage systems.
                         planktonic primary production measured
                         simultaneously in the three lakes showed that in             Berman, T. and Z. Dubinsky             (1985) The
                         both years annual planktonic primary production              autoecology of Peridinium               cinctum fa.
                         was highest in the clear water lake, Beaverskin              westii from Lake Kinneret. Verhandiunsen
                         Lake, which also had lower dissolved organic                 der Internationalen Verlaasbuchhandlune 22:2850-
                         carbon (DOC) concentration compared to the two               2854.
                         dystrophic lakes. In the clear water lake annual             lautoecology; Peridinium; pH; temperature;
                         production was similar between years but in the              dinoflagellate; Lake Kinneret; freshwaterl
                         two colored lakes annual production was 40%                  No abstract







                                                                                                                                      17

                                                                                      character of the last three winter. The stock of
                        Berounsky, V. M. and S. W. Nixon (1985)                       mussels declined during 1990 to unprecedently low
                        Eutrophication and the rate of net                            levels. All intertidal mussel beds were completely
                        nitrification       in    a    coastal        marine          destroyed by commercial fishermen to stock their
                        ecosystem. Estuarine, Coastal and Shelf Science               subtidal plots. It is recommended that extensive
                        20:773-781.                                                   tidal-flat areas should be closed for such fishery
                        (nitrification; estuaries; nitrogen; nutrients)               activities.
                        Rates of nitrification were calculated for four large
                        (13 m3) estuarine-based microcosms that had been              Beukema, J. J. (1991)               Changes          in
                        subjected to inorganic nutrient enrichment.                   composition of bottom fauna of a tidal-
                        Calculated rates were based on two years of weekly            flat     area      during        a    period         of
                        nitrate and nitrite measurements and ranged from a            eutrophication.    Marine Biology 111:293-301.
                        maximum of 0-55 umol NO-2+3 produced I- I day- I              lbenthos; faunal composition; tidal-flat; Dutch
                        in the control tank (no enrichment) to over 13                Wadden Sea; production; abundance; biomass)
                                                                                        During the last 20 yr the western half of the
                        umol NO-2+3 produced I-1day-l in the most                     Dutch Wadden Sea has undergone significant
                        enriched tank (receiving 18.6 umol NH4 I- I day- 1).          eutrophication: concentrations of P and N
                        Almost all NO-2+3 production was pelagic, little              compounds and planktonic algae have roughly
                                                                                      doubled, as has primary production. Though
                        was benthic. Net NO-3 production or net NO-2                  oxygen levels are often low in summer, anoxic
                        production dominated the net nitrification rates              areas are small and rare due to strong tidal mixing.
                        during different seasons. Good correlations were              During the 1970 and 1990 period, macrozoobenthos
                        found between various oxidation rates and substrate           was sampled annually at 15 stations at Balgzand, a
                        concentrations. The calculated net nitrite production         50-km2 tidal-flat area in the westernmost part of
                        rates were 10 to 1000 times higher than previously            the Wadden Sea. Not only did the estimates of total
                        reported rates for open ocean systems,                        numbers, biomass, and production double during
                        demonstrating the potential importance of                     these two decades, but significant changes in the
                        nitrification to estuarine systems.                           composition of the benthic community were
                                                                                      observed, too: (1) the numerical proportion of
                        Beukema, J. J. (1990) Long-term and recent                    polychaetes increased at the expense of molluscs
                        changes in the benthic macrofauna living                      and crustaceans, (2) the overall mean weight per
                        on tidal flat in the western part of the                      individual of the macrozoobenthos decreased
                        Wadden        Sea.      Proceedings of the 7th                (numbers of individuals of small-size species
                        International Wadden Sea Symposium, Ameland,                  increased more rapidly than those of large-sized
                        The Netherlands.                                              species), and (3) though absolute numbers and
                        lbentbic; macrofauna; tidal flat; Wadden Sea;                 biomass of all feeding types increased, the share of
                        species abundance; biomass)                                   carnivores declined and that of deposit feeders
                          The bottom fauna living on tidal flats in the               increased; the proportion of suspension feeders
                        westernmost part of the Wadden Sea were followed              showed little change. This study refers to true
                        quantitatively by biannual sampling at 15 fixed               macrobenthos only (1-min sieve) and further
                        stations throughout the 1970-1990 period. During              excludes two taxa (Corophium spp. and Hydrobia
                        this period, the following long-term changes were             ulvae) which occasionaly exercised an undue
                        observed;                                                     influence on numbers. Mass mortalites caused by
                        1. biomass doubled and numerical abundance more               low oxygen concentrations were of a small-scale
                        than doubled; as a consequence the size of a'mean'            nature only. Total number of species fluctuated
                        macrobenthic animal declined;                                 without a clear trend. As a consequence of the
                        2. the abundance of more than half of the species             increasing numerical densities, trends in species
                        studied increased significantly;                              numbers were slightly increasing when expressed
                        3. among these species, small deposit-feeding                 per unit area and slightly decreasing when estimated
                        worms were over-represented and some species                  per 100 individuals (by rerefaction).
                        increased more than other species.
                          The above changes are attributed to the recent              Beukema, J. J. and           G. C. Cadde (1986)
                        eutrophication of the area (CADtE 1992). A                    Zoobenthos responses to eutrophication
                        favorable effect is the enhanced stock and                    of the Dutch Wadden Sea. Ophelia26:55-
                        productivity of the benthos. Detrimental effects              64.
                        (caused by prolonged periods of oxygen depletion)             lbenthos; Dutch Wadden Sea; biomass; secondary
                        occurred incidentally and locally. recent (1988-              production; abundancel
                        1990) changes include a marked increase in the                     During the last few decades nutrient
                        species which are known to be sensitive to low                concentrations in the Dutch coastal water have
                        winter temperatures and are ascribed to the mild              increased significantly. Values observed for rates of







                      18
                      primary production as well as for concentrations of            (estuary; classification; susceptibilityl
                      chlo rophyll and for particulate organic matter                No abstract
                      have been higher during recent years than estimates
                      from earlier periods. Thus more food will have been            Birch, P. B. and J. 0. Gabrielson (1984)
                      available for herbivorous benthos during recent                Cladophora growth in the Peel-Harvey
                      years.                                                         estuarine system following blooms of the
                         Both biomass and annual production of the                   cyanobacterium            Nodularia spumigena.
                      macrozoobenthos living on the tidal flats in the               Botanica Marina 27:17-2 1.
                      western part of the Wadden Sea doubled during the              Ibloom; cyanobacteria; estuary; macroalgae;
                      1970 to 1984 period. More than half of the species             Cladophora; Nodularia; seaweeds}
                      contributed to this increase. In the species studied             In recent years severe blooms of the nitrogen-
                      in most detail, Macoma balthica, both reproductive             fixing cyanobacterium Nodularia spumigena have
                      success and growth rate increased significantly                occurred during spring and early summer in the
                      during the 15-year period.                                     eutrophic Peel-Harvey Estuary. Following
                          Though a causal relationship between                       decomposition of these blooms there are blooms of
                      simultaneous increases of nutrient levels, primary             Cladophora and other macroalgae, and more recently
                      production and secondary production cannot be                  of a benthic species of Oscillatoria. Data on
                      proved, such a relationship seems to be natural. So            nitrogen and phosphorus in estuary water and in
                      far, obvious detrimental effects such as mass                  Cladophora tissue, combined with a decomposition
                      mortalities from lack of oxygen appear to be rare in           study of Nodularia, indicate that large amounts of
                      the well-mixed Wadden Sea.                                     nutrients are recycled from Nodularia to other
                                                                                     algae. Control of Nodularia blooms is now of
                      Beukema, J. J. and G. C. Cadde (1991) Growth                   primary importance not only because of serious
                      rates of the bivalve Macoma balthica in                        problems caused directly by it, but also because of
                      the Wadden Sea during a period of                              the nutrients made available upon its decay for
                      eutrophication:            relationships           with        other nuisance algae and bacteria.
                      concentrations of          pelagic diatoms and
                      flagellates. Marine       Ecology Progress Series              Birch, P. B., J. 0. Gabrielson, and K. S. Hamel
                      68:249-256.                                                    (1983) Decomposition of                  Cladophora.
                      lphytoplankton; bloom; flagellates; Wadden Sea;                Botanica Marina 26:165-17 1.
                      diatom; bivalve; growth; Macoma; secondary                     jalgae;      Cladophora; estuary; Australia;
                      productionj                                                    decomposition; nitrogen; phosphorus}
                       Probably as a consequence of eutrophication, both              Cladophora aff. albida is a benthic algA which
                      the length of the annual phytoplankton blooms and              grows in nuisance proportions in the shallow (2m)
                      the mean concentrations of flagellates (dominated              Peel-Harvey estuarine system in Western Australia.
                      by Phaeocystis pouchetii) have increased in the                It grows as small (1-3 cm) ball-like clumps in beds
                      western part of the Wadden Sea during the last                 I - 10 cm deep, the lower self-shaded sections of
                      decades. Planktonic diatoms, on the other hand,                which are in various stages of decomposition.
                      have hardly increased, but fluctuate heavily from               Samples of Cladophora (half of which were pre-
                      year to year. Among the benthic tidal-flat fauna,              killed by freezing) were buried in a bed in nylon
                      which has increased in total numbers and biomass               mesh for up to one year. Initially live Cladophora
                      during the last decades, the bivalve Macoma                    was very resistant to decay; only after two months
                      balthica was studies in detail. The 15 year (1974 to           did significant decomposition begin, resulting in
                      1989) patterns of its annual growth and condition              loss of 50-60% of dry weight, carbon and nitrogen
                      were compared with abundance patterns in                       losses were slower (20-30% in two weeks, 50%
                      phytoplankton components (during the growing                   after three months).
                      seasons of M. balthica). Fluctuations in M.                       It was estimated that up to 60% of the
                      balthica were found to parallel fluctuations of                Cladophora pool of nitrogen and phosphorus could
                      planktonic diatoms but not those of P. pouchetii. It           be available for recycling in one year. This reduces
                      is concluded that M. balthica responded by faster              the dependence of Cladophora on external inputs to
                      growth and higher condition to better feeding                  maintain production.
                      conditions in years of high diatom abundance.
                      Diatoms rather than P. pouchetii or other                      Blackburn, S. I. and Y. Oshima (1989) Review
                      flagellates will be the most important food source             of culture methods for Pyrodinium
                      for M. balthica.                                               bahamense. In: G. M. Hallegraeff and J. L.
                                                                                     Maclean (ed.) Biology, Epidermiology and
                      Biggs, R. B., T. B. DeMoss, M. M. Carter, and E.               Management of Pyrodinium Red Tides. Fisheries
                      L. Beasley (1989)          Susceptibility of US                Department, Ministry of Development, Manila.
                      estuaries to pollution. Review in Aquatic                        The dinoflagellate Pyrodinium bahamese, both
                      Sciences 1:189-207.                                            var. bahamense and var. compressum, has been








                                                                                                                                   19
                       successfully cultured in seawater-based media by             developed between 1960-1988, almost 60% reached
                       several workers. These cultures were sometimes               the greatest development during the years 1983-
                       kept for many years but all of them were eventually          1988. The intensity of the blooms, the growth of
                       lost. This tropical dinoflagellate requires                  the mass species number, and the increase in
                       temperatures of 24-300C, dilute nutrient media and           density induced high levels of global photplankton.
                       soil extract, while a pH optimum of 8 has also               Continually rising, the mean biomass for the
                       been observed. Recommendations for renewed                   Romanian Black Sea areas was ten ti;mes greated in
                       culture attempts are provided.                               1983-1988 than in 1959-1963.
                       Boddeke, R. and               P. Hagel (1991)                Boesch, D. F. (1983) Implications of oxygen
                       Eutrophication         of     the    North        Sea        depletion on the continental shelf of the
                       continental zone. Netherlands Institute for                  Northern Gulf of Mexico. Coastal Ocean
                       Fisheries Research, E:7.                                     Pollution Assessment News 2:26-28.
                       [North Sea; shellfish; fishl                                 foxygen; hypoxia; Gulf of Mexico; nutrientl
                        North Sea landings of demersal fish rose after              No abstract
                       1963 to more than I millions tons from a rather
                       constant level of about 400,000 tons since 1909.             Boni, L., E. Carpend, D. Wynne, and M. Reti
                       Landings of bivalves from the Dutch coastal zone             (1989) Alkaline phosphatase activity in
                       increased greatly after 1950. From the data                  Protogonyaulax         tamarensis. Journal of
                       presented, a structural change in productivity of the        Plankton Research 11:879-885.
                       Southern and Central North Sea in the period 1950-           (bloom; pH; alkaline phosphatase; indicator;
                       1985 as the result of eutrophication of the                  dinoflagellates)
                       continental coastal waters emerges as the most                A non-toxic strain of the marine dinoflagellate
                       likely cause of the enhanced commercial                      Protogonyaulax tamarensis (= Gonyaulaz
                       production. Therefore, the continuing decrease of            tamarensis) has been isolated from a bloom in the
                       the discharge of phosphate to the southern North             Adriatic Sea, off the Emilia-Romagna coast.
                       Sea since the beginning of the eighties, is likely to        Cultures of the cells were grown in the laboratory
                       have negative effects on the production of fish and          in enriched seawater at various initial ambient
                       shellfish in the S-E North Sea.                              orthophosphate (Pi) concentrations, ranging from
                                                                                    0.3 to 40 uM. The growth rate varied from 0.3 to
                       Bodeanu, N. (1992)            Algal blooms and               0.8 divisions day-1, depending on the Pi levels.
                       development of the main phytoplanktonic                      From measurements of kinetic parameters, the
                       species at the Romanian Black Sea                            binding of the artificial substrate p-
                       littoral in conditions of intensification                    nitrophenylphosphate to the P. tamarensis alkaline
                       of the eutrophication process.             In: R. A.         phosphatase was quite strong (KM = 50 uM).
                       Vollenweider, R. Marchetti and R. Viviani (ed.)              Maximal activity was observed at pH 8.4, although
                       Marine Coastal Eutrophication. Elsevier,                     the pH-activity curve was broad, in contrast to that
                       Amsterdam.                                                   of other alkaline phosphatases. Protogonyaulax
                       Ispecies abundance, species composition, Black               tamarensis alkaline phosphatase, measured over a
                       Sea)                                                         24 h period, exhibited an apparent diurnal
                        The growth of mineral salts and organic matter in           fluctuation in activity, in common with the
                       the western Black Sea, caused by intensification in          enzyme from other dinoflagellates.
                       the 1980s and 1990s of anthropic activity in the
                       pontic basin, the Danube and other tributary rivers,         Boni, L., L. Mancini, A. Milandri, R. Poletti, M.
                       determined the increase of the frequency and                 Pompei, and R. Viviani (1992) First cases of
                       magnitude of algal blooms with their detrimental             diarrhoetic shellfish poisoning in the
                       consequences for ecosystems. More than 20                    Northern        Adriatic        Sea.      In: R. A.
                       monospecific algal blooms have occured in                    Vollenweider, R. Marchetti and R. Viviani (ed.)
                       Romanian coastal waters between 1983 and 1988.               Marine Coastal Eutrophication. Elsevier,
                       Of the eight species responsible for the                     Amsterdam.
                       phenomenon, five achieved the greatest blooms                (Adriatic Sea, toxicity)
                       ever known at the Romanian littoral.                             Shellfish poisoning occurs when toxic
                          With the exception of algae which produce                 photoplankton species are present in their
                       monospecific blooms, remarkable development of               environment. Because shellfish such as mussels
                       numerous other species has been recorded. The                are filter feeders they concentrate toxins. It is also
                       number of species with high numerical densities              well known that sometimes also small amounts of
                       (over 100,000 cells 1-1), increasing from one                toxic algae can produce serious shellfish poisoning.
                       period to the next, reached 72 in 1983-1988,                 In the Adriatic Sea, dinoflagellate red tides are a
                       compared with 61 in 1971-1982 and only 38 in                 recurring phenomenon, but no shellfish poisoning
                       1960-1970. Of the total mass species which








                        20

                        has been described despite the presence of                  and chemical variables from 63 different estuarine
                        potentially toxic species such as Alexandrium spp.          systems. Data were analyzed statistically to test
                        (Protogonyaulax) and Dinophysis spp. In June                hypotheses regarding algal productivity and factors
                        1989 several cases of food poisoning characterized          regulating temporal patterns. Prior to statistical
                        by vomiting, abdominal pain and diarrhoea were              analysis, estuarine systems were classified into four
                        recorded along the coast of Emilia-Romangna and             groups based on criteria of physical circulation and
                        Marche, facing the north-westem Adriatic Sea. The           geomorphology. Analysis of grouped data indicated
                        poisoning was attributed to shellfish ingestion,            that algal production and biomass were consistently
                        mostly mussels.       Microscopic investigations            high in warm periods of the year in a broad
                        revealed the presence of Dinophysis spp. in                 spectrum of estuaries and that ratios of available
                        seawater and mussel guts.                  Mytilus          nitrogen to phosphorus were low during periods of
                        galloprovincialis,       Venus gallina,         Tapes       high production, except in highly eutrophic
                        semidecussatus, and Venus verrucosa have been               systems. In general, phytoplankton production and
                        monitored for toxin by mouse bioassay and                   biomass exhibited weak qprrelations with a variety
                        diarrhoetic shellfish poisoning (DSP) was detected          of physical and chemical state variables, perhaps
                        only in mussels. Shellfish samples from Friuli              indicating the significance of rate processes as
                        Venezia Giulia, Veneto, Emilia-Romagna and                  opposed to standing stocks in regulating these
                        Marche were monitored for toxin and from June 22            important features of estuarine systems. A six-year
                        a temporary prohibition on mussel fishing for the           time series of measurements of algal production and
                        period of DSP was imposed.                                  chlorophyll a at stations in middle Chesapeake Bay
                                                                                    exhibited considerable year-to-year variability, with
                        Borum, J. (1985) Development of epiphytic                   a three-fold range in peak values. Summertime
                        communities on eelgrass (Zostera marina)                    maxima were strongly related to annual loadings of
                        along a nutrient gradient in a Danish                       both nitrogen (N) and phosphorus (P) but annual
                        estuary. Marine Biology 87:211-218.                         production appeared to be sustained primarily on
                        feelgrass; epiphytes; community; estuary;                   recycled nitrogen and phosphorus. To generalize
                        biomass; phytoplankton; nutrients)                          from these findings, N and P loading rates were
                          The effect of nutrient enrichment on epiphyte             estimated for 14 different estuarine systems, and a
                        development was examined by following the                   significant positive relationship was obtained
                        seasonal development of epiphyte biomass on                 between phytoplankton production and nitrogen
                        eelgrass (Zostera marina L.) at four localities along       (but not phosphorus) inputs.
                        a nutrient gradient in Roskilde Fjord, Denmark
                        between March and December 1982. In the most                Brand, L. E., M. D. Gottfried, C. C. Baylon, and
                        nutrient-poor area, epiphyte biomass followed a             N. S. Romer (1991) Spatial and temporal
                        distinct bimodal seasonal pattern with maxima in            distribution        of     phytoplankton            in
                        spring and early fall. Low nutrient availability and        Biscayne Bay, Florida. Bulletin of Marine
                        a high rate of eelgrass leaf renewal kept epiphyte          Science 49:599-613.
                        biomass at a low level throughout the summer                [phytoplankton; abundance; distribution; Florida;
                        period. Unlike phytoplankton, the epiphytic                 pigments)
                        community was not stimulated by nutrient                      Biscayne Bay provides a study in contrasts. North
                        enrichment during spring, however from May                  Biscayne Bay has undergone substantial changes
                        though August, the biomass of both components               during the twenties century resulting from the
                        increased exponentially with increasing                     development of the metropolis of Miami around it
                        concentrations of total N in the water. Along the           while south Biscayne Bay has been relatively little
                        nutrient gradient, phytoplankton biomass increased          affected by the dramatic human population increase
                        5- to 10-fold, while epiphyte biomass increased SO-         in South Florida.
                        to 100-fold. Thus differences in nutrient conditions           The phytoplankton at 24 stations throughout
                        among study sites were more clearly reflected by            Biscayne Bay were examined monthly for I year.
                        epiphytes than phytoplankton.                               Phytoplankton were found to be 5 to 10 times
                                                                                    higher in abundance in the north bay compared to
                        Boynton, W. R., W. M. Kemp, and C. W. Keefe                 the south and even more abundant near canal
                        (1982)         A comparative analysis of                    mouth. Eutrophication from freshwater runoff is
                        nutrients and other factors influencing                     the likely cause of the higher abundance of
                        estuarine phytoplankton production. In:                     phytoplankton in the north bay as well as the
                        V. S. Kennedy (ed.) Estuarine Comparisons.                  higher fluorescence response indices and
                        Academic Press, New York.                                   chlorophyll to phaeopigment ratios in the
                        (phytoplankton; productivity; estuary; biomass;             phytoplankton in the north. Phytoplankton are
                        production; NIP ratio; nitrogen; phosphorus}                most abundant in the north bay right after the first
                           We reviewed data concerning phytoplankton                major rains of the rainy season, thought to be the
                        production, chlorophyll a, and associated physical          result of the large amounts of nutrients flushed into







                                                                                                                                 21

                      the bay at that time. Phytoplankton are least                Pollution of the North Sea. An Assesssment.
                      abundant at the end of the dry season after a long           Springer-Verlag, Berlin.
                      period of little runoff. Phytoplankton abundance             JNorth Sea; nutrients; oxygen; effects; bloom;
                      shows virtually no seasonality in the south bay              review)
                      where land runoff is relatively insignificant. The           No abstract
                      south Biscayne Bay ecosystem remains dominated
                      by benthic macrophytes while the north bay shifted           Brockmann, U. and             E. Dahl (1990)
                      to an ecosystem dominated by a relatively dense              Distribution      of    organic       compounds
                      plankton community with a few macrophytes                    during a bloom of Chrysochromulina
                      remaining.                                                   polylepis in the Skagerrak. In: E. Gran6li,
                                                                                   B. Sundtr6m, L. Edler and D. M. Anderson (ed.)
                      Breuer, G. and W. Schramm (1988) Changes in                  Toxic Marine Phytoplankton. Elsevier, New York.
                      macroalgal vegetation of Kiel Bight                          [bloom; Chrysochromulina; phytoplankton;
                      (Western Baltic Sea) during the past 20                      inorganic nutrients; organic; Skagerrak; Kattegatl
                      years. Kieler Meeresforschungen, Sonderheft                   Nutrient elements, bound in dissolved organic
                      6:241-255.                                                   substances, can become a major controlling factor
                      (Baltic; Kiel Bight; Furcellaria; Phyllophora;               for algal growth when inorganic nutrients are
                      Phycodrys; abundance; biomass; coveragel                     depleted. During the late phase of the extended
                       A large scale quantitative survey of the benthic            bloom of Chrysochromulina polylepis in the
                      vegetation of the Kiel Bight (Western Baltic Sea)            Skagerrak/Kattegat during spring              1988,
                      has been performed by analysis of underwater                 concentrations of particulate and dissolved organic
                      television observations and samples obtained by              substances (C, N P) were estimated together with
                      SCUBA diving during 1985-86. This investigation              hydrographic measurements, and nutrient and
                      was compared to a serniquantitative survey carried           phytoplankton analyses. Along a profile through
                      out in 1962-64 by Schwenke (1964, 1964). For the             the Skagerrak between Skagen and HA116 a stable
                      total study (2571 km2), distinct changes in                  and most biologically rich pycnocline at 7-25 in
                      biomass and species composition have been                    depth separated two distinct chemical regimes: (i) a
                      observed. There is an increase of biomass above the          surface layer where nitrate (<0.2 ug at N dm-3) and
                      12 in level (probably with exception of the 6 in             phosphate (<0.02 ug at P dm-3) were nearly
                      level) and a decrease below 12 m. Extensive                  depleted and dissolved organic compounds (DOM)
                      Furcellaria lumbricalis populations have                     reached maximum concentrations (>10 ug at N dm-
                      disappeared. Furcellaria lumbricalis has been                3 and >0.05 ug at P dm-3), (ii) lower layers with
                      replaced by Phyllophora truncata and phycodrys               higher inorganic nutrients and lower DOM. As a
                      rubens which are the predominant species at                  result of this, the pycnocline exhibited a minimum
                      present. Among other possible causes for these               concentration of total dissolved nitrogen (<10 ug at
                      changes, the role of commercial stone fishing and
                      effects of increasing eutrophication in the Kiel             N dm-3) together with maximum cell densities
                      Bight are discussed.                                         (>16XI06 cells dm-3) of C. polylepis. Because of
                                                                                   these vertical nutrient profiles, the cells could
                      Brey,     T.    (1986)         Increase            in        utilize both inorganic and organic bound nutrient
                      macrozoobenthos above the halocline in                       elements from the adjacent layers. The main N-
                      Kiel Bay comparing the 1960s with the                        source was however probably nitrate as seen from
                      1980s. Marine Ecology Progress Series 28:299-                mixing curves. High concentrations of dissolved
                      302.                                                         carbohydrates (>3 umol Glc-eq dm-3) in the mixed
                      Imacrozoobenthos; Kiel Bay; biomass; mollusc)                layer, significantly negative correlated with
                        The macrobenthos of sandy sediments in the 9 to            salinity, indicate that the dominating source for
                      13 m water depth area of Kiel Bay was investigated.          DOM was the Baltic outflow.
                      Data from 1961 to 1965 were compared with data
                      from 1982/83. Biomass of total macrobenthos was              Brockmann, U. H., E. Dahl, and K. Eberlein
                      significantly higher in 1982/83 (14.6 g ash-free dry         (1985)       Nutrient dynamics during a
                      weight m-2) than in 1961 to 1965 (4.7 g AFDW                 Gyrodinium aureolum bloom. In: D. M.
                      M-2). This increase is mainly caused by mollusc              Anderson, A. W. White and D. G. Baden (ed.)
                      species. Eutrophication, changes in predation                Toxic Dinoflagellates. Elsevier, New York.
                      pressure and changes in physical disturbance are             fnutrient; dinoflagellate; phytoplankton; blooml
                      discussed as possible reasons.                                Monospecies cultures of Gyrodinium aureolum
                                                                                   were investigated in two 16 and 20 in deep
                      Brockmann, U., G. Billen, and W. W. C. Gieskes               enclosures for 20 and 22 days respectively.
                      (1988)           North Sea nutrients and                     Nutrients were added at the beginning and after 10
                      eutrophication.          In: W. Salomons, B. L.              or 12 days, simulating coastal front mixing. In
                      Bayne, E. K. Duursma and U. F6rstner (ed.)                   spite of nutrient exhaustion in the upper layer







                      22
                      (nitrate below 0. 1 ug at N dm-3) the cells did not          deep-basin samples; (111) sill samples; (IV)
                      migrate to the nutrient-sufficient lower layer. After        Skagerrak samples. Characteristic species of the
                      two days of nutrient depletion, G. aureolum                  groups were identified with a pseudo F-test.
                      maintained its high cell number. However, the cells          Detrended Correspondence Analysis indicated
                      decreased in the second enclosure during 5 days of           seasonal faunal changes at 42 and 72 in depths. At
                      nutrient deficiency and did not increase following           both depths a shift in numerical dominance from
                      the addition of nutrients, so that other species             amphipods to mysids was found in winter, The
                      become dominant, including diatoms.                          most pronounced changes seemed to occur at 42 m.
                                                                                   Changes in composition and abundance of species
                      Brown, J. R., R. J. Gowen, and D.        S. McLusky          during a renewal of the bottom water indicated that
                      (1987) The effect of salmon farming on                       mysids were influenced by presumed near-bottom
                      the benthos of a Scottish sea loch.                          currents, while amphipods and decapods were not.
                      Journal of Experimental Marine          Biology and          Comparisons of the present amphipod fauna with
                      Ecology 109:39-5 1.                                          the fauna in 1933-37 revealed significant
                      [benthos; abundance; biomass; fish farming;                  differences. The fauna in the deep basin was
                      diversity)                                                   impoverished and the Lilljeborgidae, earlier
                      . The effects of waste from a salmon farm on the             represented by three species are most likely caused
                      benthos of a ljordic sea loch on the western coast of        by eutrophication of the fjord.
                      Scotland have been studied. Within 3 in of the
                      floating cages the sediments was highly reducing,            Cad6e, G. C. (1986) Increased phytoplankton
                      and dissolved oxygen content of the water overlying          primary production in the Marsdiep area
                      the sediment ranged from 35 to 75% saturation. At            (Western Dutch Wadden Sea). Netherlands
                      @!15 in from the cages the sediment was                      Journal of Sea Research 20:285-290.
                      oxygenated, and the dissolved oxygen content of the          (phytoplankton; primary production; Dutch
                      water overlying the sediment was 50-80%                      Wadden Sea; phosphate; eutrophication}
                      saturation. Sedimentary redox potential and                    Annual phytoplankton primary production in the
                      dissolved oxygen content of bottom water showed a            Marsdiep tidal inlet increased from ca 150 g C m-2
                      seasonal variation. The benthic fauna showed                 in the period 1964 to 1976, to ca 300 g C m-2 in
                      marked changes in species number, species                    1981/1982 and 1985. This increase is considerable,
                      diversity, faunal abundance, and biomass in the              but comparable to that observed in the outer Ems
                      region of the fish farm, with four zones of effect           estuary, eastern Wadden Sea, from 240 g C m-2 a- I
                      identified. Directly beneath, and up to the edge of          in 1972/1973 to 400-500 g C m-2 a-1 in
                      the cages, there was an azoic zone. A highly                 1976/1980. Although the increase is most probably
                      enriched zone, dominated by Capitella capitata               due to eutrophication, as illustrated by the regular
                      (Fabricius) and Scolelepis fuliginosa (Clapar@de),           increase in phosphate in the Marsdiep area since
                      occurred from the edge of the cages out to =8 m. A           1950, it is difficult to explain why this affected
                      slightly enriched "transitional" zone occurred at !@25       primary production no earlier than the late
                      m, and a "clean" zone at the distances >25 m. This           seventies. Primary production has probably not
                      study showed that salmon farming had similar                 increased in the more turbid inner parts of the
                      effects on the benthos as other forms of       organic       Wadden Sea, where light is the limiting factor, and
                      enrichment, but the effects were limited to a small          P values were already higher than in the inlet areas.
                      area in the immediate vicinity of the cages.
                      Buhl-Jensen, L. and           J. H. Fossa (1991)             Cad6e, G. C. (1986) Recurrent and changing
                      Hyperbenthic crustacean fauna of the                         seasonal patterns in phytoplankton of the
                      Gullmarflord area (western Sweden):                          westernmost inlet of the Dutch Wadden
                      species richness, seasonal variation and                     Sea from 1969 to 1985. Marine Biology
                      long-term changes. Marine Biology109:245-                    93:291-289.
                      258.                                                         (phytoplankton; abundance; Dutch Wadden Sea;
                      (benthic; fauna; change; amphipods; disappearancel           distoms; flagellates; turbidityl
                         Distribution of 118 species of Amphipoda,                     Data for phytoplankton composition and
                      Mysidacea and Decapoda, sampled in 1984 and                  abundance in the Marsdiep are presented for the
                      1985 with an epibenthic sledge along a transect              period from 1969 to 1985 inclusive. Only a few
                      from the Skagerrak to the inner Gullmarfjord                 species dominated the phytoplankton. A recurrent
                      (Sweden), is described. Amphipods were richest in            pattern was observed in the seasonal succession: in
                      species in the Skagerrak, while most mysid species           winter, total cell numbers were invariably low, but
                      were taken at the sill. Deca-impoverished and the            freshwater algae, sluiced into the Wadden Sea from
                      Lilljeborgidae, earlier represented by three species,        Ussel Lake, showed highest densities in winter. A
                      had disappeared since 1930s. The changes are most            diatom spring peak was observed around mid-April,
                      likely caused by eutrophication of the fjord and             followed by a Phaeocystis pouchetii peak about








                                                                                                                                   23
                      three weeks later. Later in summer usually two               lphytoplankton; trend; Marsdiep; Wadden Sea;
                      more diatom peaks followed by non-diatom peaks               Phaeocystis; blooml
                      were present. The exact timing of the spring peak             Published and unpublished data on phytoplankton
                      varied from year to year, with the extremes being            of the Marsdiep tidal inlet were studied. Most older
                      late March and early May. A relatively late spring           data going back to 1897, are based in net-
                      peak usually coincided with a relatively high                phytoplankton only, the earliest quantitative
                      turbidity in the preceding winter. An increase in            (Uterm6hl) data being from 1965. Phaeocystis sp.
                      total cell numbers was found over the 17-year                bloomed in the Marsdiep after a spring diatom
                      observation period. Diatoms decreased from 1969 to           peak, at least as long ago as 1897. Summer and
                      1974 but have increased since then, reaching values          autumn peaks of Phaeocystis sp., frequent now,
                      above those of 1969 during recent years. Flagellates         were also observed in 1898 and 1899. The duration
                      showed a consistent increase over the entire                 of the Phaeocystis blooms in 1897 to 1899 was
                      observation period.                                          shorter than observed after 1978, but longer than
                                                                                   in the early 1970s. The recent (1987 to 1989)
                      Cad6e, G. C. (1990) Increased bloom. Nature                  duration of Phaeocystis blooms is 2 to 3 times that
                      346:418.                                                     of 1897-1899. The increase surpasses normal yearly
                      (phytoplankton; bloom; North Sea; Phaeocystis;               variation and can be related to anthropogenically
                      nutrient)                                                    caused increase in nutrient concentrations. A
                      No abstract                                                  number of diatom species, at present numerically
                                                                                   dominant in the spring peak, are not mentioned as
                      Cad6e, G.    C. (1992) Trends in Marsdiep                    dominant in the earlier periods of observation. They
                      phytoplankton.           Proceedings of the 7th              are small and passed through the nets used.
                      International      Wadden       Sea     Symposium,           Biddulphia sinensis, at present often abundant, is an
                      lphytoplankton; Marsdiep; diatom; bloom;                     immigrant in the North Sea since 1903, and for
                      phosphorus; nitrogen; North Sea; primary                     that reason absent from the earliest Marsdiep
                      production; composition; biomass)                            observations. No clear trend in duration of diatom
                        Phytoplankton cell-counts indicate an almost               blooms is apparent during 1965 to 1989.
                      continuous increase in non-diatom plankton since             Anthropogenic eutrophication did not affect diatom
                      the early 1970s. Particularly Phaeocystis blooms             blooms. Marsdiep records in the literature of
                      increased in duration. Diatoms fluctuated more               Phaeocystis globosa, P. pouchetii and P. sp. all
                      irregularly. Man-induced eutrophication - increased          refer to the same species.
                      in phosphate and nitrogen, but not in silicate - can
                      explain such trends. They are comparable to those            Caldwell, J. W. (1985) Effects of elevated
                      found in Helgoland, but different from (climate-             turbidity     and     nutrients      on     the     net
                      induced) trends observed in the open North Sea               production        of    a    tropical       seagrass
                      during the Continuous Plankton Recorder survey.              community. Dissertation for Ph.D., The
                      Such climatic effects are apparently overruled by            University of Florida.
                      eutrophication effects in coastal waters. Historical         [turbidity;    nutrients;     seagrass;     dredging;
                      data on Phaeocystis for the Marsdiep area confirm            production; shading)
                      the changes observed; they indicate blooming                   Dredging effects on seagrass communities in the
                      periods lasting some 50 days in 1897 and 1899,               Florida Keys were examined by (1) comparing
                      before eutrophication started. This blooming period          impacts on net production resulting from dredging
                      has tripled in the late 1980s.                               and natural weather events, (2) determining changes
                        Annual primary production was measured less                in community photosynthetic efficiency, (3)
                      regularly, but the first 14C production data were            evaluating shading and nutrient effects on net
                      collected in 1963-1965. Primary production has               production, and (4) developing a systems dynamics
                      remained c. 150 g carbon (C) m-2 a- I up to the              model.
                      early 1970s, but doubled in the early 1980s.                   Net community production was estimated during
                      Production in 1990 might be relatively low due to            numerous meteorological and dredging events using
                      freshwater (including nutrient) discharge from the           the Odum-Hoskins oxygen technique in flow-
                      Usselmeer.                                                   though field microcosms. In other experiments,
                        Chlorophyll-a showed an increase parallel with             shading and nutrients (phosphorus, nitrate, and
                      the primary production increase in the late 1970s,           ammonia) were manipulated to simulate dredge
                      but the annual variation is large. Comparison with           plume conditions. The model examined the
                      the 1951-1953 data is hampered because of                    relationships between seagrass biomass, water
                      differences in the methods used.                             column and sediment nutrients, detritus, and
                                                                                   consumers.
                      Cadde, G. C. and J. Hegeman (1991) Historical                   The greatest depression in net community
                      phytoplankton data of the Marsdiep.                          production resulted from severe thunderstorms and
                      Hydrobiological Bulletin 24:111-118.                         dredging events, respectively. Net community








                         24
                         production measured two years after dredging
                         showed an approximate four-fold decreased.                        Carpenter, E. J. (1970) Effects of phosphorus
                            In field microcosm experiments, significant                    mining wastes on microorganisms of the
                         interaction occurred between shading and nutrient                 Palmico River estuary, North Carolina.
                         concentration. Significant metabolic reduction                    Dissertation for Ph.D., North Carolina State
                         occurred due to shading , even with higher nutrient               University at Raleigh.
                         conditions. All but the lowest concentration                      (Palmico River estuary; blue-green algae; sewage;
                         resulted in significantly increased production in the             phosphorus; mining; photosynthesis)
                         light. Qualitative comparison with a control                        To test the effects of phosphorus mining wastes
                         showed an enhancement of production only in the                   (SPW) and domestic sewage on microorganisms of
                         light.                                                            the Palmico River estuary, six 1400 m3 artificial
                            The model of seagrass production was most                      estuaries and eight 15.1 m3 static pools were
                         sensitive to changes in               nutrient-seagrass           constructed. Concentration, excluding controls, of
                         relationships, seagrass production estimates, and                 SPW in the pools was 1 percent in estuaries ranged
                         seagrass-light interactions. Recovery of seagrass                 from I percent to 51 percent of the total water
                         biomass following numerous dredging events (3.5                   volume. The present day concentration of SPW in
                         years) was longer than that from estimated total                  the lower Palmico River is 0.7 percent (v/v) and is
                         annual thunderstorms encountered (I year) but                     expected to rise as other companies begin mining
                         shorter than recovery from hurricane events (4.1                  operations. Three experiments were carried out, two
                         years).                                                           (54 and 44 days long) in the estuaries and one (15
                            The effects of short-term dredging on net                      days long) in the plastic pools.
                         community production as shown by field                              The experiments showed that the addition of SPW
                         experimentation and the model were less severe                    to estuarine water does not immediately increase the
                         than some weather events because of differences in                photosynthesis or biomass of phytoplankton. This
                         duration and intensity. Lowered post-dredging                     is most likely because phosphorus does not limit
                         photosynthetic efficiency, as defined by unit                     the growth of phytoplankton in the river. As
                         biomass production per unit light, was a result of                shown in a nutrient limitation study, nitrogen
                         degraded system function possibly from sediment                   limits algal photosynthesis in the Palmico estuary.
                         scour from the dredging cut. The major deleterious                However, blue-green algae cell numbers (Anabaena
                         effect of dredging resulted from shading, although                sp. and Spirulina sp.) were 77.2 percent higher
                         some production enhancement could occur from                      (.010<p<.025) than controls in estuaries containing
                         nutrient release. The model suggested that dredging               approximately 13 percent SPW. Although cell
                         effects were prolonged because of current scour                   numbers were 33.2 percent above controls in
                         from the dredging cut, that recovery time was                     estuaries with 3 percent SPW, the difference was
                         comparable to hurricane events, and that more                     not significant at the 5 percent level. Also, blue-
                         investigation is needed in seagrass-nutrient and                  green algae (Anabaena torulosa) numbers were 404
                         light-production relationships.                                   percent higher (.Ol<p<.025) than controls in
                                                                                           plastic pools with 1 percent SPW (v/v) and 295
                         Cambridge, M. L. and A.             J. McComb (1984)              percent above (.010<p<.025) controls with 1
                         The loss of seagrass in             Cockburn Sound,               percent SPW and 0. 1 percent (v/v) artificial sewage.
                         Western Australia. 1. The time, course                            The growth of blue-green algae was probably
                         and magnitude of seagrass decline in                              stimulated by the addition of phosphorus in the
                         relation       to      industrial        development.             SPW and their nitrogen fixing ability allowed then
                         Aquatic Botany 20:229-243.                                        to obtain sufficient nitrogen in waters where this
                         Iseagrass; effluents; Australia)                                  nutrient is limiting. This increase in blue-green
                            The areas of seagrass meadows in Cockburn                      algae may be potentially harmful to the estuary by
                         Sound, a marine embayment in Western Australia,                   changing the algal species composition and by
                         were estimated from historical aerial photographs                 adding fixed nitrogen to an estuary where
                         supplemented by ground surveys, studies on                        photosynthesis is nitrogen limited:
                         meadows in adjoining areas, and coring for rhizome                   An interaction occurred in the pools between
                         remains. Ten species of seagrass with different                   SPW and the artificial sewage mix which resulted
                         habitat tolerances are recorded for the area, with                in photosynthesis 28.8 percent above the controls.
                         Posidonia sinuos Cambridge et Kuo forming the                     The existence of this interaction shows the
                         most extensive meadows. It is estimated that from                 importance of sewage treatment facilities for towns
                         1954 to 1978 the meadow area was reduced from                     in the Palmico River basin. Rate of phosphorus
                         some 4200 to 900 ha., based on leaf detritus                      uptake by microorganisms was 23.1 percent higher
                         production from 23000 to 4000 t (dry wt.) y- 1. The               (p<0.005) than controls in plastic pools with I
                         major loss of seagrass occurred during a period of                percent SPW and 74.9 percent higher (p<005) than
                         industrial development on the shore, and the                      controls in pools with both SPW and artificial
                         discharge of effluents rich in plant nutrients.                   sewage. This indicated that microorganisms are







                                                                                                                                   25

                     taking up the added phosphorus in SPW. The                    constitute the first statistically confirmed biological
                     uptake in pools with both SPW and sewage was                  evidence of this eutrophication, and demonstrate
                     3.2 x that in the pools with SPW added alone. This            that eutrophication is a major process affecting the
                     uptake may reflect the primary productivity                   entire Baltic Sea, and not just restricted coastal
                     interaction which occurred in the pools. No changes           areas.
                     in the Vmax of glucose by bacteria was seen in the
                     studies. This was probably because the rate of                Cederwall, H. and            R. Elmgren (1990)
                     formation of glucose did not increase in an                   Biological effects of eutrophication in
                     experiment of such short duration.                            the Baltic Sea, particularly the coastal
                                                                                   zone. Ambio 19:109-112.
                     Carpenter, E. J. and D. G. Capone (ed.) (1983)                [Baltic; review)
                     Nitrogen in the Marine Environment.                            The reported biological effects of the increased
                     Academic Press, New York.                                     nutrient load on the Baltic Sea are summarized,
                     No abstract                                                   with some comparisons with the Kattegat and
                                                                                   Skagerrak. Interest is focused on the coastal zone,
                     Caspers, H. (1987) Changes in the benthos                     where effects are more obvious than in offshore
                     at a sewage-sludge dumpsite in the Elbe                       areas, but from which results have not often been
                     Estuary.     In: J. M. Capuzzo and D. R. Kester               published internationally. Reports demonstrate
                     (ed.) Oceanic Processes in Marine Pollution. Vol. 1.          environmental degradation over extensive coastal
                     Biological Processes and Wastes in the Ocean.                 ar'eas of the Baltic Sea. Recorded effects include
                     Robert E. Krieger Publishing Company, Malabar,                increased nutrient levels; increased algal blooms,
                     Florida.                                                      chlorophyll a concentrations, and primary
                     (sewage; fauna; settlement; stabilityl                        productivity; decreased water transparency and
                      Twenty years of investigations on the benthos in             decreased depth penetration of Fucus vesculosus;
                     the outer part of the Elbe Estuary, which includes a          increased deposition of organic matter on the
                     sewage-sludge dumpsite, show that the community               bottom and increased frequency and severity of
                     structure was highly unstable. Some changes were              oxygen deficency in bottom waters; and reduction
                     brought about by hydrological factors and the                 of bottom fauna. It is concluded that for most
                     variable pattern of sedimentation. Most of the                Baltic countries efforts to reduce local
                     changes, however, resulted primarily from                     eutrophication are likely to have important positive
                     biological factors, such as the predominance of one           effects, even when reductions in discharges of
                     or two species, the availability of physical space,           nutrients are relatively insignificant in comparison
                     predation, and the life span of the species. The              to the total nutrient load on the Baltic Sea.
                     continual arrival of larvae, belonging to various
                     taxa, caused a more rapid fluctuation in the benthic          Cerco, C. F. (1981)          Nitrification in the
                     community structure than is usually encountered in            upper tidal James River.           In: B. J. Neilson
                     freshwater habitats. Communities in the coastal               and C. E. Cronin (ed.) Estuaries and Nutrients.
                     marine area of the Elbe Estuary might best be                 Humana Press, Clifton, New Jersey.
                     designated as astatic and characterized as unstable           lbacteria; nitrification; ammonia; model}
                     but highly resilient.                                           A field and model study of the nitrification
                                                                                   process in the upper tidal portion of the James
                     Cederwall, H. and R. Elmgren (1980) Biomass                   River, Virginia, has been completed. Attention was
                     increase        of     benthic         macrofauna             devoted to the enumeration of nitrifying bacteria
                     demonstrates eutrophication of the Baltic                     and to the determination of the fate of constituents
                     Sea. Ophelia, Supplementum 1:287-304.                         involved in the nitrification process. Ammonia and
                     labundance; macrofauna; benthic; l3alticl                     nitrite oxidizers are present in the James River
                      Twenty-eight stations around the Baltic islands of           water column in concentrations of 10-1 - 10
                     bland and Gotland, sampled by Hessle in 1920 and              mpm/ml and in the bottom sediments in
                     1923 were revisited in 1976-1977. Using methods               concentrations of 102 - 105 mpm/ml. Elevated
                     similar to those of Hessle, we demonstrate a                  populations are observed in the vicinity of waste
                     statistically highly significant increase in                  discharges suggesting that nitrification of these
                     macrofauna biomass above the halocline (median                wastes begins immediately upon discharge.
                     over 4 times higher, based on 23 stations) over the           Examination of three sets of field data supports the
                     intervening 55 years. Neither differences in                  hypotheses that nitrification occurs. Of particular
                     methods, nor interannual fluctuations can explain             interest is the observation, during two instances, of
                     the large increase, which is considered to represent a        nitrate removal concurrent with nitrification.
                     real long-term change, apparent over the entire
                     Baltic Sea. The only plausible cause is                       Cheney, D. P. (1992) Project development to
                     eutrophication of the Baltic, leading to higher food          harvest the beach-fouling alga Pilayella
                     supplies for the benthic fauna. These results                 littoralis in Nahant Bay, MA. 31st Annual







                        26
                        Symposium of the Northeast Algal Society, Woods              seasonal patterns of growth and tissue
                        Hole.                                                        composition in L. digitata Lamour and L.
                        (seaweeds; beach; fouling; Pilayella; Nahant Bay)            saccharina (L.) Lamour. Marine Ecology
                         ne beaches of Nahant Bay, located on the north              6:181-195.
                        shore of Massachusetts, have been perturbated for            Iseaweeds; growth; nutrient; Laminarial
                        many years by an unusual, presumably mutant,                    Dissolved - nitrate, nitrite, ammonium and
                        free-living form of the brown alga Pilayella                 phosphate were monitored for 2.5 years along a
                        littoralis. Normally, P. littoralis grows as a small         coastal eutrophication gradient originating at the
                        filamentous plant attached to larger algae in the            St. Andrews sewer outfall. Linear growth rates and
                        littoral zone during late winter and spring months.          tissue composition (phosphorus, various nitrogen
                        However, ever since at least 1903, large masses of           fractions and storage carbohydrates) were monitored
                        free-living, perennial form of P. littoralis have been       at the same stations in lamina tissue of Laminaria
                        fouling Nahant Bay beaches, often accumulating at            digitata and L. saccharina. Growth rates were
                        low tide in amounts of hundreds of tons. In recent           considerably enhanced at the eutrophicated stations
                        years, there have been sightings of large casts of P.        both in spring, when exogenous nutrients were at
                        littoralis on beaches south of Nahant Bay, raising           peak values at all stations, and during the summer
                        concerns that the distribution of the free-living            when exogenous nutrients were very low at all
                        form may be spreading. Recently, my laboratory in            stations. Enhanced summer growth rates were
                        collaboration with a fisheries engineer at MIT has           correlated with the increased reserves of N and P
                        embarked upon a project aimed at developing the              accumulated during winter and spring, and
                        necessary harvesting equipment and strategy for              particularly with soluble organic nitrogen reserves.
                        effecting a solution to Nahant's beach-fouling               Accumulation of storage carbohydrates was
                        problem. This project will examine the problem               inversely correlated with growth rate and tissue N
                        from a population biology as well as engineering             and Preserves, presumably because fixed carbon
                        viewpoint. The current distribution, quantity and in         could be incorporated into new protein and thence
                        situ growth rate of Pilayella will be evaluated, in          new tissue only if internal non-protein N reserves
                        order to determine if harvesting will prove                  were available.
                        economically-practical. Molecular techniques will
                        be used to determine the genetic relationship                Copeland, B. J. and D. E. Washlschlag (1968)
                        between presumed mutant and attached forms. A                Biological      responses       to    nutrients       -
                        prototype harvesting system has already been                 eutrophication:               Saline          water
                        developed and is being evaluated.                            considerations.       Advances in water quality
                                                                                     improvement. Water Resources Symposium,
                        Cho, C.-H. (1991)           Mariculture           and        Austin, Texas.
                        eutrophication in Jinhae Bay, Korea.                         Jecosystem; nutrient; production; zooplankton;
                        Marine Pollution Bulletin 23:275-279.                        community; fish}
                        fred tide; mortality; diatom; flagellates)                    1) The addition of a known nutrient source to a
                        The contents of organic matters and sulfide in the           marine community resulted in alteration of the
                        superficial bottom muds, and mass mortality of               metabolic patterns of the ecosystem. An increase in
                        shellfish mainly due to red tides in the Jinhae Bay          the amount of nutrient material caused an increase
                        are reviewed. COD, ignition loss, and sulfide                in photosynthetic production. 2) Species diversity
                        contents increased for the last decade from 1972 to          of zooplankton is reduced in marine environments
                        1982. Causative organisms of red tides also                  receiving various types of organic wastes, which
                        changed from diatom to flagellates. A decrease of            indicates an interruption of normal community
                        shellfish production or mass mortalities of this area        structure by the addition of new nutrient materials.
                        would be caused by a high level of eutrophication,           3) A theoretical case was presented to demonstrate
                        which resulted from both waste discharge from an             that slight toxic effects are pronounced although
                        industrial complex and organic deposits from the             not detectable by conventional means of
                        aquaculture.                                                 measurement. With just a slight increase in
                                                                                     mortality rate the biomass of the fishes affected
                        Colombo, G., I. Ferrari, V. U. Ceccherelli, and R.           would be decreased greatly. 4) Experiments on the
                        Rossi (ed.) (1992) Marine Eutrophication                     metabolic'rate of fishes revealed that slight
                        and Population Dynamics. Olsen & Olsen,                      pollution stresses tend to lower the metabolic rates
                        Fredensborg.                                                 considerably. The depression was greatest when the
                        Contains eighteen papers on various aspects of               fish were already subjected to regular environmental
                        eutrophication.                                              stress, such as low temperature. 5) Most of the
                                                                                     effects of waste materials in the marine
                        Conolly, N.     J. and      E. A. Drew (1985).               environment are subtle. It appears that the
                        Physiology of Laminaria. 111. Effects of                     community approach rather than the organismic
                        a coastal eutrophication gradient on                         approach will be more fruitful in evaluating the








                                                                                                                                       27

                        impact of man-made changes in inland saline water             blooms. In: E. M. Cosper, V. M. Brice1j and
                        ecosystems, notwithstanding the fact that the                 E. J. Carpenter (ed.) Novel Phytoplankton Blooms,
                        effects of stresses on individual populations can be          Causes and Impacts of Recurrent Brown Tides and
                        physically quantifiable.                                      other UnusualBlooms. Springer-Verlag, Berlin.
                                                                                      lbrown tide; bloom; Narragansett Bay; Long
                        Correll, D. L. (1981) Eutrophication trends                   Islandl
                        in the water quality of the Rhode River                       No abstract
                        (1971-1978).        In: B. J. Neilson and L. E.
                        Cronin (ed.) Estuaries and Nutrients. Humana                  Cosper, E. M., C. Lee, and E. J. Carpenter (1990)
                        Press, Clifton, New Jersey.                                   Novel "brown tide" blooms in Long
                        (nutrient; phosphorus) '                                      Island embayments: A search for the
                         Five to eight-year data sets on turbidity and a              causes.    In: E. Gran6li, B. Sunstr6m, L. Edler
                        series of nutrient parameters have been taken in the          and D. M. Anderson (ed.) Toxic Marine
                        Rhode River, a small tidal river tributary to                 Phytoplankton. Elsevier, New York.
                        Chesapeake Bay. Trends of change at headwater                 jAurococcus; brown tide; bloom; phytoplankton;
                        stations indicate changes due primarily to local              Long Island; organic; micronutrients; nutrients;
                        watershed runoff, while changes at stations near the          precipitation; heterotrophic uptake}
                        river's mouth are indicative of changes in                      Unusual blooms of a previously unidentified
                        Chesapeake Bay.                                               chrysophyte, Aureococcus anophaefferens; have
                        The data have been analyzed first by summarizing              occurred in several coastal embayments along the
                        monthly and seasonal means and variances, then by             northeast coast of the USA. The monospecific
                        looking for year-to-year trends. Thus, for example,           blooms were termed the "brown tide" due to the
                        linear regressions of summer and fall turbidity               resulting water color. The first appearance of the
                        versus time for 1971-1978 had very low slopes and             "brown tide" occurred early in the summer of 1985
                        low coefficients of determination. An interesting             over a wide geographic range in non-contiguous
                        finding was the pattern or total phosphorus in                bodies of water. The bloom did not return to some
                        surface waters. At the mouth of Rhode River,                  bays but, on Long Island, New York they recurred
                        seasonal mean concentrations increased steadily for           during the summer of 1986 and in diminishing
                        each season each year from the fall of 1971 to the            densities during the summers of 1987 and 1988.
                        fall of 1976. The most dramatic increases (four-              Historically, a diverse group of small microalgal
                        fold) were observed in the summer and fall. A much            species dominate the phytoplankton biomass and
                        smaller increase occurred in winter and spring                productivity in Long Island bays during the
                        values. In contrast, year-to-year concentrations of           summer. The continued dominance through several
                        total phosphorus in surface waters in upstream                months at high cell densities (> 109 cells 1- 1) of A.
                        stations over the same time period showed less                anophaefferens was the distinctive feature of
                        clear-cut trends. Also, phosphorus loadings from              consequence during these blooms.
                        local watershed runoff fluctuated widely, but had no           Environmental variables which may contribute to
                        steady rapid rise with time. Although total                   the occurrence of the "brown tide" include elevated
                        phosphorus increased dramatically at the mouth of             salinities due to drought conditions, pulses or
                        Rhode River, dissolved orthophosphate, nitrate, and           rainfall delivering organic and/or micronutrients to
                        dissolved ammonia remained essentially constant,              bay waters, reduced grazing and restricted flushing
                        especially in the summer and fall. These data could           of bays. The "brown tide" species appears to be
                        indicate an increasing impact of summertime                   closely related to an open ocean chrysophyte,
                        anoxic bottom waters on the phosphorus dynamics               Pelagococcus subviridis, and possibly was seeded
                        of the upper western shore of the Bay.                        into northeast coastal bays from offshore when
                                                                                      conditions during 1985 were particularly favorable
                        Cosper, E. M., V. M. Brice1j, and E.      J. Carpenter        for its growth. The ability of this species to
                        (ed.) (1989) Novel Phytoplankton Blooms:                      maintain at least minimal populations during the
                        Causes and Impacts of Recurrent Brown                         winter months seems to allow for its recurrence
                        Tides and other Unusual Blooms (Papers                        during subsequent summers. Culture studies have
                        from a conference at Stony Brook, NY,                         shown thatt his species has growth requirements for
                        27-28 October, 1988).               Springer-Verlag,          trace elements, chelators and organic nutrients some
                        Berlin.                                                       of which are different from many common estuarine
                        No abstract                                                   and coastal phytoplankton species. The competitive
                                                                                      advantage of A. anophaefferens over other
                        Cosper, E.   M., W. Dennison, A. Milligan, E. J.              potentially co-occurring species probably related to
                        Carpenter,  C. Lee, J. Holzapfel, and L. Milanese             its heterotrophic and photoadaptive capabilities.
                        (1989)            An     examination of the
                        environmental factors               important to              Costa, J. E. (1988) Eelgrass (Zostera marina
                        initiating and sustaining "brown tide"                        L.)    in    Buzzards        Bay:      Distribution,







                       28

                       production, and historical changes in                          macrofaunal communities in northern
                       abundance. Dissertation for Ph.D., Boston                      Adriatic Sea. Marine Pollution Bulletin
                       University.                                                    22:503-508.
                       feelgrass; periphyton; abundance; growth;                      jAdriatic Sea; macrobenthos; Po River;
                       recolonization; Buzzard Bay)                                   community structure; dystrophic; Italyl
                         The past and present-day distribution of eelgrass             The macrozoobenthic community in the northern
                       (Zostera marina L.) was documented using aerial                Adriatic Sea, south of the Po river, along the
                       photographs, field surveys, nautical charts,                   Emilia-Romagna region coast, was sampled in
                       sediment cores, and first-had accounts. Eelgrass               1985. Sampling site was central to a highly
                       growth correlates with local temperature and                   eutrophicated area with greatly increased intensity
                       insolation, and annual production is =350 g C m-               and frequency of dystrophic events over recent
                       2yr-1. In Buzzards Bay, eelgrass beds cover 41                 decades. The sampled community differs from all
                       km2 of substrate and account for 12% of primary                those described in the same area in a period (1934-
                       production; in shallow bays, eelgrass equals 40% of            1936) previous to the actual degree of
                       production.                                                    eutrophication. Large abundances of species
                          Prior to the "wasting disease" of 1931-32,                  indicative of unstable bottoms, such as the bivalve
                       eelgrass populations equaled or exceeded present-day           Corbula gibba and the polychaete Lumbrineris
                       abundance. Six to 10 years after the disease,                  latreilli were recorded. Moreover, the community
                       eelgrass covered less than 10% of the present-day              structural features indicate a state of immaturity,
                       habitat area. The process of recolonization was                such as in early successional stage communities.
                       similar in many areas: new beds initially appeared             The increased frequency of acute dytrophic events
                       on bare substrates, beds expanded, new beds                    and consequent shortening of the time between
                       appeared, and some beds were removed by                        successive disturbances is proposed as the cause of
                       disturbance. A computer simulation modeled these               bicenosis modification and its current structure and
                       events, and showed that rapid recolonization of                composition.
                       eelgrass populations is highly dependent on new                Crowder, A. and           D. S. Painter (1991)
                       bed recruitment, which in nature depends on seed               Submerged macrophytes in Lake Ontario:
                       dispersal. High disturbance rates slow eelgrass                Current knowledge, importance, threats
                       colonization and lower peak cover.                             to stability, and needed studies. Canadian
                        Local changes in eelgrass abundance are driven by             Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Science 48:1539-
                       anthropogenic and natural disturbances which are               1545.
                       superimposed on the regional pattern of                        Isubmerged vegetation; stability; shading; Lake
                       catastrophic decline and gradual recovery.                     Ontario)
                       Hurricanes, ice scour, and freezing periodically                 The submerged limnetic community in Lake
                       destroyed eelgrass beds in some areas. Eelgrass                Ontario includes algae, bryophytes, and about 30
                       populations in poorly flushed, developed bays, with            species of angiosperms. Their distribution is
                       declining water quality, never recovered from the              accurately known in some areas but not lake-wide,
                       wasting disease or showed new declines in recent               and a whole-lake survey is recommended. In
                       years.                                                         nutrient cycling, submerged vegetation acts as a
                         The distribution of eelgrass is light limited, and           sinks during the summer; metals and metalloids
                       eelgrass beds may disappear in enriched areas                  occur in high concentrations in tissues from some
                       because of increases in algal epiphytes and                    areas. Known herbivores include invertebrates, fish,
                       phytoplankton. To identify what levels of nutrient             and waterfowl. Stands are necessary for many fish
                       loading cause these changes, concentrations and                taxa as breeding or nursery habitats, and for
                       inputs of dissolved inorganic nitrogen (DIN) in                waterfowl, but may be damaged by carp (Cyprinus
                       Buttermilk Bay were measured. Periphyton on                    carpio). Stability has been affected by water levels,
                       eelgrass leaves and plastic screen strips on floats            sedimentation, wave and ice movement, invasive
                       correlated well to mean DIN. Experimental floats               species, herbivory, eutrophication and turbidity, and
                       released nutrients and demonstrated that small                 contaminants. Recovery after control of P loading
                       increases in DIN significantly increased periphyton            has occurred in Irondequoit Bay but is delayed by
                       abundance. The depth of eelgrass growth in                     turbidity in the Bay of Quinte.
                       Buttermilk Bay decreased by 9 cm for every I uM
                       increase in DIN. Periphyton abundance is more                  Cruz, A. A. d. I., C. T. Hackney, and J.P.Stout
                       important than phytoplankton concentrations in                 (1981)          Aboveground net primary
                       limiting eelgrass growth in Buttermilk Bay,                    productivity of three Gulf Coast marsh
                       because water in this bay has short residence time,            macrophytes        in    artificially       fertilized
                       and phytoplankton gradients are less important.                plots. In: B. J. Neilson and L. E. Cronin (ed.)
                                                                                      Estuaries and Nutrients. Humana Press, Clifton,
                       Crema, R., A. Castelli, and D. -Prevedelli (199 1)             New Jersey.
                       Long term eutrophication effects on








                                                                                                                              29

                     (nitrogen; enrichment; tidal marsh; macrophytes}            indefinite future. Knowledge of nutrient enrichment
                     Plots (100 M2) of four tidal marsh communities              in freshwater systems is reviewed as a point of
                     (Juncus roemerianus and Spartina alterniflora in            departure for understanding the response of estuaries
                     Alabama, J. roemerianus and Spartina cynosuroides           to enrichment. Mixed and stratified estuaries
                     in Mississippi) common in the Gulf Coast were               respond in somewhat different fashions. Major
                     enriched with commercial NH4NO3 (23 percent N).             changes associated with enrichment are changes in
                     The fertilizer was applied once at the beginning of         species succession and oxygen depletion in areas of
                     1978 growing season to stimulate a farm-plantation          organic accumulation, low mixing, and poor
                     operation at a dosage (136 g/m2) estimated to               flushing. If of temporary and local chronic nature or
                     return to the soil approximately the same amount            of widespread occurrence, they could lead to
                     of nitrogen contained in the plants. Six 0.25 m2            irreversible loss of species and genetic stocks.
                                                                                 Measures of ecosystem health are discussed, and
                     quadrants were harvested monthly from each                  pertinent management recommendations are put
                     community from April to November. The annual                forth. Of especial importance are the needs to
                     net productivity was estimated with a maximum               establish local species reserves, to manage total
                     minus minimum standing crop technique based on              system integrity, and to develop better lines of
                     a predictive periodic model (PPM). A correction for         communication between scientists and managers.
                     plant mortality during the sampling period is
                     provided in the PPM technique. Annual                       Dauer, D. M. and W. G. Conner (1980) Effects
                     aboveground net primary productivity increased by           of moderate sewage input on benthic
                     59 percent in the Alabama J. roemerianus, 84                polychaete     populations. Estuarine and
                     percent in the Mississippi J. roemerianus, 82               Coastal Marine Science 10:335-346.
                     percent in the S. alterniflora and 26 percent in the        [benthic; sewage; polychaete; abundance; biomass;
                     S. cynosuroides. It appears that short form or high         productivity)
                     marsh macrophytes responded more to nitrogen                The polychaete fauna of a sandy intertidal habitat
                     enrichment than tall form or low marsh plant.               receiving effluent from a sewage treatment plant
                                                                                 was compared to that of a control site. The total
                     Cruz-Kaegi, M. E. and G. T. Rowe (1992)                     number of individuals, total biomass, and average
                     Benthic biomass gradients on the Texas-                     species numbers were significantly greater at the
                     Louisiana shelf. In: (ed.) Nutrient Enhanced                sewage-affected site. The response of individual
                     Coastal Ocean Productivity, NECOP Workshop                  species to nutrient enrichment varied. Some species
                     Proceedings, October 1991. Texas A&M                        showed significantly greater numbers of individuals
                     University Sea Grant Program, TAMU-SG-92-109,               at the sewage-affected site while other species'
                     (benthic abundance)                                         densities showed no difference. All species
                     Macrofauna and bacterial biomass were studied in            maintained greater biomass at the enriched site,
                     relation to depth, distance from the Mississippi            most biomass differences were significant. Those
                     River, primary productivity, and concentration of           species which did not show density differences
                     organic carbon in sediments. Preliminary results            between sites tended to have the greater difference
                     suggest that combined benthic biomass was                   in average weight per individual. In general, species
                     relatively low in the Gulf of Mexico compared to            with either benthic development or some form of
                     that off New England. Low benthic biomass is                brooding behavior were best able to exploit the
                     thought to be a function of sediment load,                  enriched condition by increased densities, or greater
                     unpredictable hypoxic events and trawling pressure,         average biomass per individual. It was concluded
                     counteracting the positive effects of high primary          that for moderate increasee           in    nutrient
                     productivity, fine grain size and relatively high           concentrations, benthic productivity will be most
                     concentrations of organic matter in the sediments.          enhanced in those sediments with very low
                     Darnell, R. M. and         T. M. Soniat (1981)              concentrations of fine sized particles.
                     Nutrient      enrichment        and      estuarine          Dauvin, J. C. and F. Gentil (1989) Long-term
                     health. In: B. J. Neilson and L. E. Cronin (ed.)            changes     in    populations       of subtidal
                     Estuaries and Nutrients. Hamana Press, Clifton,             bivalves   (Abra alba and A. prismatica)
                     New Jersey.                                                 from the   Bay of Morlax (Western English
                     Inutrient; estuary; cycle; ecosystem health)                Channel). Marine Biology 103:63-73.
                      Ecosystem health may be defined in terms of                (Abra; bivalve; organic; population; reproduction;
                     system norms or in terms of human utility. It is            growth; abundance; life history)
                     here defined as that state in which the components          Two populations of Abra alba (Wood) and one of
                     and processes remain well within specified limits of        A. prismatica (Montagu) (Mollusca: Bivalvia) were
                     system integrity selected to assure that there is no        studied over a 10 year period (1977-1987) in two
                     diminution in the capacity of the system to render          muddy fine-sand subtidal communities of the Bay
                     its basic services to society throughout the                of Morlax, France. The survey provided an example








                        30
                        of long-term changes in the three Abra spp.                   phytoplankton blooms in the western part of the
                        populations, which displayed synchronized changes,            northern Adriatic which is under direct influence of
                        with a regular annual cycle and increasing densities          Po River discharge. Surface salinity decreased to 16
                        during 1979-1980 related to the higher                        X 10-3, and concentration of chlorophyll a
                        concentration of organic matter resulting from the            increased up to 17 mg m-3, with oxygen
                        "Amoco Cadiz" oil spill in March 1978. A. alba                supersaturation up to 17 203 X 10-2.
                        rapidly adapts its demographic strategy to eutrophic          Nanoplankton dominated the blooms (up to 76 X
                        conditions by increasing its reproductive potential,          109 cells m-3
                        growth, and abundance. During times of                                          , but diatoms, particularly
                        eutrophication, A. alba has three spawning periods            Chaetoceros spp. (up to 17 X 109 cells M-3), also
                        and two recruitments per year as opposed to two               occurred in large numbers. Large 'organic'
                        spawning periods and two recruitments per year                aggregates were formed in the water column with
                        during oligotrophic conditions. Growth of the                 dimensions (up to 2 m long) and in quantifies never
                        juveniles of this species is insignificant until              previously observed. During late summer and early
                        spring for individuals recruited in the autumn,               fall aggregates were distributed over the entire
                        whereas individuals which settle during spring or             region, and a general contamination of the coasts
                        summer display immediate rapid growth. A.                     occurred. Oxygen concentration was dramatically
                        prismatica has a low capacity to adapt to eutrophic           reduced in the bottom layer of the entire region, an
                        conditions. It has one annual period of sexual                event not observed to such a degree since 1977.
                        maturation at the end of the summer, with                     During that year, in contrast to 1988, large
                        spawning in September-October and settlement                  quantities of freshwater spread over the entire
                        beginning in mid-November. Growth of the                      northern Adriatic causing extended phytoplankton
                        juveniles after settlement is also insignificant until        blooms. In 1988 extremely low horizontal
                        April. These results enable comparison of the                 advection (current velocities usually below 20 cm
                        demographic strategies of these two sympatric                 S-1) primarily favoured an accumulation and high
                        species.                                                      aggregation of detritus, and greatly reduced oxygen
                                                                                      concentration in the bottom layer.
                        DeBoer, J. A., H. J. Guigli, T. L. Israel, and C. F.
                        D'Elia (1978) Nutritional studies of two red                  DeGroodt, E. G., H. F. J. Los, T. A. Nauta, A. A.
                        algae. 1. Growth rate as a function of                        Markus, and I. deVries (1992)             Modelling
                        nitrogen source and concentration. Journal                    cause-effect            relationships               in
                        of Phycology 14:261-266.                                      eutrophication of marine systems: an
                        fred algae; growth; nitrogen; culture)                        integral approach.            In: G. Colombo, 1.
                           Gracilaria foliifera (Forsskal) Borgesen and               Ferrari, V. U. Ceccherelli and R. Rossi (ed.)
                        Neoagardhiella baileyi (Harvey ex KUtzing) Wynne              Marine Eutrophication and Population Dynamics.
                        & Taylor were grown in continuous-flow culture                Olsen & Olsen, Fredensborg.
                        under controlled environmental conditions in 15               (modelling; nutrients; phytoplankton species
                        liter experimental chambers. Growth rate was                  composition; North Sea)
                        related to the source and concentration of nitrogen            There is evidence that the elevated anthropogenic
                        enrichment supplied to the plants. Growth rate                nutrient input into the North Sea is related to
                        appeared to follow saturation-type nutrient uptake            observed changes in primary production,
                        kinetics for plants receiving ammonium, nitrate,              phytoplankton biomass as well as species
                        urea or sewage effluent enrichments. Ammonium                 composition. Mathematical modelling techniques
                        enrichment produced higher growth rates than                  were used in order to analyze the influence of these
                        nitrate or sewage enrichment. The lowest growth               inputs. The overall partitioning of gaines and
                        rates occurred in the chambers receiving unenriched           losses has been simulated with a dynamic global
                        seawater or urea. Half saturation controls (K) for            model. The model simulates the spatial and
                        growth were in the range of 0.2 - 0.4 uM N for all            temporal concentrations of nutrients and
                        N enrichments examined. 'Me low estimated values              phytoplankton in the entire North Sea.
                        of K compared closely with those found for                      A general, more detailed ecological model has
                        microalgae and indicate that both species posses the          been developed for the representation of vertical
                        ability to utilize very low concentrations of N.              inhomogeneities of nutrients and phytoplankton
                                                                                      species composition. Nutrient and phytoplankton
                        Degobbis,       D .    (1989)         Increased               levels were computed for different nutrient inputs
                        eutrophication of the Northern Adriatic                       and varying meterological conditions. The model
                        Sea. Marine Pollution Bulletin 20:452-457.                    results show an interdependence of phytoplankton
                        lphytoplankton; Adriatic Sea; oxygen; mucous                  species composition and nutrient input. However,
                        aggregates)                                                   there is little effect of nutrient inputs on the
                          Very calm and warm weather in late spring and               calculated chlorophyll-a concentrations at deep
                        early summer 1988 supported intense non-seasonal              (stratified) areas.   These results indicate that







                                                                                                                                    31
                      phytoplankton species composition may be more                 chlorophyll a biomass. Enhanced growth of
                      sensitive to changes in the nutrient inputs than the          Atlantic menhaden Brevoortia tyrannus in the low
                      chlorophyll-a concentration.                                  N:Si ration treatment suggested that diatoms
                                                                                    promote transfer of energy to higher trophic levels.
                      Dennis, L. and H. H. Seliger (ed.) (1979) Toxic               Removal of the benthic community and associated
                      Dinoflagellate Blooms (Proceedings of                         sediments had a dramatic effect on pelagic
                      the Second International Conference on                        community structure. Zooplankton were
                      Toxic     Dinoflagellate          Blooms,         Key         holoplanktonic in character and higher trophic
                      Biscayne,      Florida,      31    October -          5       levels were dominated by ctenophores, medusae,
                      November, 1978). Elsevier, North Holland.                     chaetognaths and fish. In the presence of an intact
                      No abstract                                                   benthos the zooplankton had a larger
                                                                                    meroplanktonic component and higher trophic
                      Dethlefsen,  V. and H. V. Westernhagen (1983)                 levels were dominated by larvae of benthic adults
                      Oxygen deficiency and effects on bottom                       (anemones, shrimp) or temporary planktonic adults
                      fauna in the eastern German Bight in                          (mysids).
                      1982. Meeres/orschung 30:42-53.
                      lbenthos; fish; oxygen}                                       Doi, T. and A. Nitta (1991) Ecological
                       In August and September 1982 two cruises were                modelling at Osaka Bay related to long-
                      carried out to investigate the extent and effects of          term     eutrophication. Marine             Pollution
                      02-deficiencies in German and Danish coastal                  Bulletin 23:247-252.
                      bottom waters. In two thirds of the more than 15              Imodelling; biomass; faunal
                      000 km2 covered by the survey 02-content was                   Based upon the ecological model presented by
                      less than 4 ml/l (60% saturation); lowest values              Anderson & Ursin (1977), we constructed an
                      were near I ml/l.                                             adequate model which will quantitatively evaluate
                        In bottom waters with low 02-contents, pH                   the overall impact of industrial large-scale
                                                                                    development on fisheries at Osaka Bay. It is
                      values were generally low (7.7). During the first             expected that the patterns of changes in biomass of
                      cruise water in the area investigated was stratified, a       dominant species, which caused by eutrophication,
                      thermocline was between 10-15 m above the                     will be explained by the model we have established.
                      bottom. In 02-deficiency areas (02-saturation                 The simulated results for two years, 1956-57, are as
                      around 10%) fish catches were low containing dead             a whole comparable to the actual variations.
                      Agonus cataphractus, Pleuronectes platessa and                However, the results for several species, including
                      Limanda limanda. When operating underwater TV                 sea bass, flat fish, crab, mantis shrimp, and
                      dead fish (Agonus cataphractus, Callionymus lara,             cuttlefish, differ significantly from observed data. It
                      Ammodytes sp. and flatfish) were detected lying               was attributed to the lack of accurate parameters of
                      dead on the bottom.                                           anabolism and catabolism for younger-aged stages
                       Evaluation of underwater photography revealed the            of these species.
                      occurrence of dead benthic organisms in areas with
                      low oxygen. The species were Ophiura albida and               Dortch, Q., D. Milstead, N. N. Rabalais, S. E.
                      Venus stritula (paired empty valves). Possible                Lohrenz, D. G. Redalje, M. J. Dagg, M. E. Turner,
                      causes for the occurrence of oxygen deficiencies are          and T. E. Whitledge (1992) Role of silicate
                      discussed and it is concluded that eutrophication             availablilty      in phytoplankton             species
                      processes in combinations have triggered low                  composition and the fate of carbon. In:
                      oxygen conditions in bottom waters.                           (ed.) Nutrient Enhanced Coastal Ocean
                                                                                    Productivity, NECOP Workshop Proceedings,
                      Doering, P. H., C. A. Oviatt, L. L.     Beatty, V. F.         October 1991. Texas A&M University Sea Grant
                      Banzon, R. Rice, S. P. Kelly, B. K. Sullivan, and             Program, TAMU-SG-92-109, fcomposition,
                      J. B. Frithsen (1989) Structure and function                  nutrient ratios, silicate, hypoxia}
                      in a model coastal ecosystem: silicon,                         It has been hypothesized that hypoxia and the fate
                      the benthos and eutrophication. Marine                        of carbon are determined in part by pytoplankton
                      Ecology Progress Series 52:287-299.                           size and species composition, which are influenced
                        Lowering the N:Si ratio (14:1 to 1:1) in nutrient           by many environmental factors, but especially by
                      (N, P, Si) additions to large (13 m3) outdoor                 the supply of N and Si. In particular when N and
                      mesocosms with and without an intact benthic                  Si concentrations are high, the predominant algal
                      community generally resulted in higher standing               species are large, heavily to moderately silicified
                      stocks of diatoms. An enriched diatom flora during            diatoms. While these may be grazed at rapid rates
                      the year-long experiment was not accompanied by a             and fuel productivity at higher pelagic trophic
                      concomitant reduction in the extent of                        levels, a large portion either sinks below the
                      eutrophication caused by nutrient loading, as judged          pycnocline directly or in fecal pellets, perhaps
                      by oxygen concentration and metabolism or by                  leading to hypoxia. When N concentrations are not







                       32
                       limiting and Si concentrations are low, as often              sanguineum Hirasaka and Protogonnyaulax
                       happens on the Louisiana continental shelf, either            tamarensis (Lebour) Taylor. The influence of
                       lightly silicified diatoms or non-diatoms, usually            nitrogen source (i.e. N03 or NH4) on certain iron
                       small, flagellated algal species, predominate. These          stress-mediated effects was studied, and in some
                       organisms yield less vertical flux of organic matter          comparisons were made with nitrogen stress-
                       to the bottom, because most sinking                           mediated changes in biogeochemical composition.
                       phytoplankton is made up of only a few heavily or             The half-saturation constant for iron-limited growth
                       moderately silicified diatom species. Thus, silicate          (KU = 1.7-1()-20 M) of G. sanguineum was
                       availability determines the vertical flux of directly         estimated to be 10-1000 times greater than for other
                       sinking phytoplankton and influences the severity             neritic species investigated previously. Also, the
                       and extent of hypoxia. Any changes in riverine                iron requirement of this dinoflagellate, -in terms of
                       silicate input will affect hypoxia by this                    Fe/C ratios, exceeded those of certain coastal
                       mechanism.                                                    diatoms by one to two orders of magnitude. Fe/N
                       Dortch, Q. and T. E. Whitledge (1992) Does                    ratios demonstrated a larger (1.5-fold) minimum
                       nitrogen or silicon limit phytoplankton                       iron content of N03- than NH4-grown cells, likely
                       production in the Mississippi River                           reflecting the iron content of N03 assimilatory
                       Plume and nearby regions? Continental                         enzymes. Acquisition of nitrogen by Fe-deplete,
                       She@f Research 12:12293-1309.                                 N03-grown cells was sufficiently inhibited to yield
                       Inutrient limitation)                                         symptoms of N deficiency, revealed by decreased
                          The Mississippi River carries very high                    (ca. 1.4-fold) N quotas and free amino acid/protein
                       concentrations of nutrients into the otherwise                ratios compared to Fe-deplete, NH4-grown cells.
                       oligotrophic Gulf of Mexico, resulting in high                Reductions in chlorophyll a (chl a) quotas (Qchl)
                       primary production and hypoxia along the                      and photosynthetic electron transport (PET)
                       Louisiana continental shelf. The hypothesis that              efficiency (as measured by in vivo fluorescence
                       nitrogen availability controls and ultimately limits          indices) occurred under Fe depletion, and are
                       phytoplankton production ont he shelf was tested              consistent with the essential role of iron and chl a
                       by measuring an indicator of nitrogen deficiency,             and PET component (i.e.) cytochrome and Fe-S
                       the ratio of intracellular free amino acids/particulate       proteins) biosynthesis. Nitrogen depletion affected
                       protien (AA/Pr) in the area of the Mississippi
                       River plume on a spring ans summer cruise.                    Qchl similarly, but altered PET efficiency to a
                       Neither AA/Pr ratios or nutrients in the water                markedly lesser extent than did Fe depletion. Iron-
                       showed nitrogen limitation to be widespread.                  depleted G. sanguineum exhibited an enhanced iron
                       Ammonium concentrations were generally quite                  transport capacity, which failed to be manifested
                       high, so the lack of phytoplankton nitrogen                   following a transition from NH4 to N03 nutrition.
                       deficiency can be explained by rapid regeneration             This suppression may result from concurrent iron
                       rates. Nitrogen limitation was most likely in the             and nitrogen stress, due to the inability of Fe-
                       summer at high salinities. However, ratios of                 deplete, NH4-grown cells to rapidly assimilate
                       dissolved nutrient concentrations suggested that              N03. The complete initial inhibition of N03
                       silicate was as likely, or sometimes more likely, to          uptake when Fe-deplete, NH4-grown cells were
                       be limiting than nitrogen.        Although silicate           given saturating iron additions supports this idea.
                       depletion -may not cause a decrease in productivity,          Iron stress caused reductions in chloroplast number
                       it could result in major changes in phytoplanakton            and some degeneration of lamellar organization in
                       size and species composition, and ultimately                  this species. For P. tamarensis, iron limitation
                       influence tropodynamics, regeneration, the fate of            induced the formation of temporary (=pellicle) and
                       carbon, and severity and extent of hypoxia.                   resting (=hypnozygotes) cysts. Degenerative
                                                                                     changes in organelle (i.e. chloroplasts,
                       Doucette, G. J. (1989) Aspects of iron and                    mitochondira and chromosomes) ultrastructure were
                       nitrogen      nutrition      in    two    red      tide       largely restricted to pellicular cysts., consistent
                       dinoflagellates,            G y m n o d i n i u in            with their hypothesized role of maintaining
                       s a n g u i n e u m            Hirasaka            and        variability over brief, rather than extended (c.f.
                       Protogonnyaulax           tamarensis (Lebour)                 hypozygotes) exposure to adverse conditions.
                       Taylor. Dissertation for Ph.D., The Univeristy of
                       British Columbia.                                             Dougherrty, J. E. and M. D. Morgan (1991)
                       (red tide; iron; nitrogen; dinoflagellate;                    Benthic community response (primarily
                       phytoplankton; ultrastructurel                                Chironomidae) to nutrient enrichment and
                           Iron stress-mediated effects on growth,                   alkalinization in shallow, soft water
                       biogeochernical composition, iron and nitrogen                humic lakes. Hydrobiologia 215:73-82.
                       uptake, and ultrastructure have been examined in              (benthic; community; nutrients; lake; pH;
                       the red tide dinoflagellates Gymnodinium                      chironomonids)








                                                                                                                                     33

                        A comparison of the benthic fauna found in two                of this increase appears to be of marine origin. At
                        shallow lakes in the New Jersey Pinelands (USA)               two sites within the plume/hypoxia region,
                        illustrated the impact of elevated pH and nutrients           preliminary estimates are that 50 to 70 percent
                        caused by residential and agricultural disturbance on         more organic carbon is presently accumulating than
                        a naturally acidic, poorly buffered aquatic                   at the turn of the century. These preliminary
                        environment. Detailed community analysis                      interpretations provide strong support for the
                        suggested that change in community composition                central themes of the NECOP program. Analysis
                        was a better indicator of response to disturbance             and interpretation of further supporting information
                        than biological diversity indices. Chironomonidae             is continuing.
                        (insecta) were the predominant components of the
                        benthic macroinvertebrate assemblage of both                  Edgar, R. K. (1970) The effect of nitrogen
                        undisturbed Oswego Lake (low pH, low nutrients)               and phosphorus eutrophication on diatom
                        and Nescochague Lake (fluctuating pH, elevated                community structure. Dissertation for Ph.D.,
                        nutrients). The genera Procladius, Tribelos, and              Rutgers University, The State University.
                        Pagastiella dominated Oswego Lake, where as                   Idiatom; community; nitrogen; phosphorus;
                        Zalutschia zalutschicola, Procladius, Dicrotendipes,          bacteria; phytoplankton)
                        and Tanytarsus dominated Nescochague Lake.                    An experimental, field test of the hypothesis that
                        Glyptotendipes was a common and unique member                 diatom community structure changes with changes
                        of the Nescochague Lake assemblage. Cluster                   in water quality was conducted by partitioning a
                        analysis indicated that the chemical differences              brook with Plexiglass cylinders and maintaining in
                        between lakes were the most important community               each different concentrations of nitrate (0. 1, 1.0 and
                        determinants, although, within each lake, depth and           10.0 mg N03/1) and phosphate (0.3 and 3.0 mg
                        substrate affected the local communities. Oswego              P04/1) for 18 days. The conclusive stability with
                        Lake exhibited a departure nonchironomonid                    respect to treatments of all community structural
                        benthic fauna typical of low nutrient, acid lakes. In         parameters - biotic composition, density, species
                        turn, Nescochague Lake exhibited an enriched                  diversity (H) and redundancy - strongly suggests
                        nonchironomonid fauna including mollusks and                  that this enrichment had no significant effect upon
                        planaria which were not found in Oswego Lake.                 the functional interactions occurring among the
                                                                                      species composing the community. It is suggested
                        Dzurica, S., C. Lee, E. M. Cosper, and E. J.                  that diatom communities are not as sensitive
                        Carpenter (1989)         Role of environmental                functions of water quality as they are purported to
                        variables, specifically organic compounds                     be in that their sensitivity is conditional upon the
                        and micronutrients on the growth of the                       probabilities of environmental changes affecting the
                        chrysophyte                A u r e o c o c c u s              functional status of the community and our ability
                        anophagefferens.         In: E. M. Cosper, V. M.              to detect such changes. Additionally, the results
                        Bricelj and E. J. Carpenter (ed.) Novel                       indirectly support the idea that products of bacterial
                        Phytoplankton Blooms, Causes and Impacts of                   metabolism other than nitrates and phosphates may
                        Recurrent Brown Tides and other Unusual Blooms.               exert a controlling influence over algal
                        Springer-Verlag, Berlin.                                      communities.
                        lbrown tide; bloom; growth}
                        No abstract                                                   EI-Sayed, M. K. (1982) Effect of sewage
                                                                                      effluent on the sediment of Northisvatnet
                        Eadie, B. J., J. A. Robins, P. Blackwelder, S.                (a land-locked fjord), Norway. Marine
                        Metz, J. H. Trefy, B. McKee, and T. A. Nelson                 Pollution Bulletin 13:85-88.
                        (1992)         A retrospective analysis of                    [sewage; fjord; Norway; sedimentsl
                        nutrient       enhanced          coastal        ocean          NordAsvanet is a land-locked anoxic fjord along
                        productivity       in    sediments       from      the        the west coast of Norway which is used as a natural
                        Louisiana      continental shelf.           In: (ed.)         recipient of untreated domestic sewage. The study
                        Nutrient Enhanced Coastal Ocean Productivity'                 of four core sediments collected from the heavily
                        NECOP Workshop Proceedings, October 1991              '       polluted basin of the fjord reflects the enrichment of
                        Texas A&M University Sea Grant Program,                       surface sediments by Fe. Mn, Cu, Zn and organic
                        TAMU-SG-92-109, (production, sediments)                       matter. This surface enrichment is entirely
                         Sediments have been collected and analyzed to                attributed to anthropogenic input.
                        obtain evidence in support of the argument that
                        anthropogenic nutrient loading has led to changes             Elkins, J. W., S. C. Wofsy, M. B. McElroy, and
                        in coastal water quality and increased productivity.          W. A. Kaplan (1981)             Nitrification and
                        Cores representing approximately 100 years of                 production of N20 in the Potomac:
                        input show unmistakable signs of increased                    evidence for variability.          In: B. J. Neilson
                        accumulation of organic carbon beginning early in             and L. E. Cronin (ed.) Estuaries and Nutrients.
                        the 1900s. Organic tracers show that virtually all            Humana Press, Clifton, New Jersey.







                      34
                      f nitrification; ammonia; sewage}                             Egypt. In: R. A. Vollenweider, R. Marchetti
                       Extensive measurements were carried out during               and R. Viviani (ed.) Marine                   Coastal
                      the summer of 1977 and 1978 to define                         Eutrophication. Elsevier, Amsterdam.
                      concentrations of inorganic nitrogen, 02 and N20              [oxygen, chlorophyll}
                      in the Potomac River. The chemistry of the river                Sea water samples were collected from the Eastern
                      varied significantly between 1977 and 1978, with              Harbour and El-Mex Bay during the period from
                      nitrification rates slower near the city of                   November 1987 to January 1989.                      The
                      Washington D.C. by more than a factor of 10 in                concentrations of dissolved oxygen, hydrogen
                      1978. The nitrification rate was inversely correlated         sulphide, inorganic phosphae, nitrate, nitrite,
                      with the rate of fresh water flow into the estuary. It        ammonia, chlorophyll a and oxidizable organic
                      appears that production of N20 in 1978 occurred               matter are scattered in the ranges (0.00-5.11 ml V
                      mainly as a by-product of nitrification. The                  1), (0.00-2.94 mg 1-1), (0.35-17.6 ug at 1-1)
                      quantity of N20 released to the atmosphere                    (0.00-103.5 ug at 1-1), (0.00-21.6 ug at 1-1),
                      represented approximately 0.3 percent of sewage               (0.10-88.0 ug at 1-1), (0.00-5.56 mg m-3) and
                      nitrogen. Conversion was more efficient in the                (0. 10- 13.8 mg 02 1 - 1) respectively.
                      summer of 1971, about 1-5 percent, reflecting                     In general, El-Mex Bay exhibited higher
                      either additional mechanisms for production of N20            concentrations of nutrients and oxidizable organic
                      or larger yields for gas production in nitrification.         matter, which reveal higher eutrophication levels
                                                                                    than the Eastern Harbour. Chlorophyll values were
                      Elingren, R. (1989) Man's impact on the                       low and similar for the surface water of both areas,
                      ecosystem of the Baltic Sea: Energy                           while the bottom water of El-Mex Bay reflected
                      flows today and at the turn of the                            slightly higher levels.         Hydrogen sulphide
                      century. Ambio 18:326-332.                                    concentrations showed wide variations, reflecting
                      fenergy flow; eutrophication; phytoplankton;                  higher values for the Eastern Harbour (1.33 mg V
                      benthic; primary; secondary; fish; production;
                      ecosystem)                                                    1) compared with El-Mex Bay (0.98 mg 1-1).
                       The impact of man on the Baltic ecosystem in the             Hydrogren sulphide-arnmonia concentrations
                      20th century is summarized by estimating changes              showed an impressive relationship, with estimated
                      in major energy flows, expressed as organic carbon.           ratios of H2SINHc of 1.7 and 1.03 for the surface
                      Recent eutrophication has increased pelagic primary           water of the Eastern Harbour and El-Mex Bay
                      production by an estimated 30-70% and                         respectively.
                      sedimentation of organic carbon by 70-190%.                    The N/P ratio reflects higher values for the surface
                      Above the primary halocline, biomass and                      and bottom waters of El-Mex Bay (10.2, 13.2) in
                      production of benthos have increased, while     'in the       comparison with the Eastern Harbour (7.0, 7.4),
                      deep waters of the Baltic proper, oxygen deficiency           and the majority of the investigated areas seems to
                      has led to the loss of formerly important food                be P-limited. The estimated amount of oxygen
                      chains over nearly 100 000 km3 of bottom. The                 present after complete oxidation of organic matter
                      net . result is an approximate doubling of                    ranged from 50 to 55% throughout 1988, which is
                      macrobenthic production, but little increase in               about 14% lower than the values recorded during
                      meiobenthic production. Zooplankton production is             the last ten years in El-Mex Bay.
                      thought to have increased less than primary
                      production, perhaps by about a quarter. Fish catches          Eng, C. T., J. N. Paw, and F. Y. Guarin (1989)
                      in the Baltic have increased more than tenfold, but           The environmental impact of aquaculture
                      this is considered to be due only partly to increased         and the effects of pollution on coastal
                      fishing effort and the near extermination of fish-            aquaculture development in Southeast
                      eating Baltic seals, though hunting and pollution,            Asia. Marine Pollution Bulletin 20:335-343.
                      are likely to be about equally important. Today, the          laquaculture; Asia}
                      Baltic fishery requires about 10% of the primary                Coastal aquaculture is a traditional practice in
                      production in the Baltic to produce its'catches,              Southeast Asia. Accelerated development in the last
                      whereas the remnant seal population needs less than           three decades has created negative environmental
                      0. 1%. At the beginning of this century the fishery           impacts, such as extensive mangrove conversion to
                      required about 1% and the marine mammals an                   ponds, changes in hydrologic regimes in enclosed
                      estimated 5% of the primary production.                       waters due to proliferation of aquaculture structures,
                                                                                    and discharge of high levels of organic matter into
                      Emara, H. I., M. A. Shriadah, T. H. Moustafa, and             coastal waters. Similarly, the increasing
                      M. S. El-Deek (1992) Effects of sewage and                    deterioration of coastal water quality resulting from
                      industrial       wastes      on     the     chemical          the discharge of domestic, agricultural and industrial
                      characteristics of the Eastern Harbour and                    wastes into coastal waters has affected aquaculture
                      El-Mex       Bay     waters      of Alexandria,               production and profitability. Furthermore, the








                                                                                                                                   35
                       increased frequency of red tides in the region has           relationship between these two variables was
                       posed serious threats to coastal aquaculture,                altered.
                       especially to mollusc cultivation. The introduction
                       of management measures to mitigate deteriorating             Faust, M. A. and           R. J. Chrost (1981)
                       coastal water quality and the adverse environmental          Phytosynthesis, extracellular release, and
                       impacts of aquaculture development has now                   heterotrophy of dissolved organic matter
                       become a matter of urgency to the region.                    in Rhode' River estuarine plankton. In:
                                                                                    B. J. Neilson and L. E. Cronin (ed.) Estuaries and
                       Fabrikant, R. (1984) The effect of sewage                    Nutrients. Humana Press, Clifton, New Jersey.
                       effluent on the population density and                       (excretion; DOM; phytoplankton; primary
                       size of the clam Parvilucina tenuisculpta.                   production; bacterial
                       Marine Pollution Bulletin 15:249-253.                           Rates of phytoplankton photosynthesis,
                       fsewage; density; size; bivalves; Parvilucina;               extracellular release of dissolved organic matter
                       sediments; nitrogen; California)                             (DOM), and the assimilation of DOM by
                       Changes in the population density and size of the            bacterioplankton during in situ incubation were
                       clam Parvilucina tenuisculpta were related to                measured in the Rhode River estuary.
                       municipal waste effluent (in particular, organic             Phytoplankton photosynthesis was in the range of
                       nitrogen concentration) off the coast of Palos               3 to 147 ug C I- I h- 1. The release of DOM
                       Verdes, California. Average clam size increased as           app,@,ared to be inversely related to the
                       sediment organic nitrogen concentration increased,           photosynthetic activity of phytoplankton. A large
                       but population density increased until organic               percentage of the total carbon (C) fixed was released
                       nitrogen concentration reached a critical level when         as 14C-DOM, ranging from 4 to 66 percent of the
                       population density decreased dramatically. These             total. Ultrafiltration was used to fractionate the
                       effects were explained in terms of increased                 14C-DOM into size classes from less than 500 to
                       available nutrition ( in the form of sediment                300,000 molecular weight (MW). Bacterioplankton
                       organic nitrogen pollutants) enhancing both
                       population and individual size growth. However,              readily assimilated a wide range of 14C-DOM MW
                       when a critical concentration of organic                     size fractions. Both photosynthesis and phosphorus
                       decomposition products was reached, population               uptake were higher in nanoplankton. A positive
                       density decreased due to the toxicity of the released        linear relationship existed between log surface to
                       compounds. It is suggested that Parvilucina                  volume ratio and log phosphorus uptake per
                       tenuisculpta would make a good bioindicator of               biomass of phytoplankton. Bacterioplankton
                       organic enrichment pollution.                                assimilated phosphorus more rapidly than
                                                                                    phytoplankton. The species composition of
                       Faganeli, J. (1982) Nutrient dynamics in the                 plankton populations also constantly changed. The
                       seawater column in the vicinity of Piran                     14C-DOM represented only 0.4 to 2.3 percent of
                       submarine sewage outfall. Marine Pollution                   the total DOM in the Rhode River. Its quantity and
                       Bulletin 13:61-66.                                           quality appear to be determined by the changing
                       Inutrient; sewage; Adriatic; nitrogen; phosphorus)           phytoplantkon population with produces it, and the
                          Variations of nitrogen and phosphorus                     changing bacterioplankton population which uses
                       concentrations in the vicinity of Piran (North               it. Preliminary data such as these may yield
                       Adriatic) submarine sewage outfall were studies as           important insight into changes occurring in
                       well as the treatment plant operation. On the basis          metabolic patterns of brackish ecosystems due to
                       of the data it was concluded that the influence of the       biological enrichment with nutrients.
                       outfall to the nutrient level in that area is
                       negligible. In comparison the data from the shallow          Ferraro, S. P., R. C. Swartz, F. A. Cole, and D.
                       organically polluted water in the inner part of the          W. Schults (1991) Temporal changes in the
                       Bay of Kopper are reported.                                  benthos along a pollution gradient:
                                                                                    Discriminating the effects of natural
                       Fanuko, N. (1984)            The influence of                phenomena          from       sewage-industrial
                       experimental sewage pollution on lagoon                      wastewater effects. Estuarine, Coastal and
                       phytoplankton. Marine Pollution Bulletin                     Shelf Science 33:383-407.
                       15:195-198.                                                  fbenthos; pollution; sewage; toxic; California;
                       (sewage; Yugoslavia; lagoon; phytoplankton;                  wastewater; sediment}
                       abundance; Adriatic; blooml                                    As pollution from the Los Angeles County
                        In a sewage pollution experiment in the lagoon              Sanitation Districts (LACSD) outfalls decreased
                       system at Strunjan, Yugoslavia, an artificially              between 1980 and 1983, the macrobenthic
                       polluted lagoon showed significantly lower                   community partially recovered and surficial (0-2 cm
                       chlorophyll a biomass and cell density, and the              deep) sediment contamination and toxicity decreased
                                                                                    at 60 m water depth along a pollution gradient from








                       36
                       the outfalls. Pollution from the LACSD outfalls               Laholm Bay. Possible measures to decrease
                       continued to decrease but macrobenthic conditions             nitrogen loading in the coastal waters, such as
                       and surficial sediment quality deteriorated I km,             increased cultivation of catch crops and increased
                       was unchanged 3 km, and improved 5-15 km from                 spreading of manure in the springtime, are
                       the LACSD outfalls between 1983 and 1986. The                 presented. A holistic approach includes measures
                       net effect of natural phenomena is indicated when             that may also prove beneficial to a number of
                       ecosystem changes occur in the opposite directions.           related agricultural problems, e.g. monotonous
                       Our data suggest that the net effect of natural               landscape (very few types of crops, decreasing
                       phenomena (e.g. winter storms, El Nifio) on the               grass- and wet-land areas), sensitivity to
                       benthos was greater than LACSD wastewater                     environmental catastrophes (atmospheric loading by
                       effects I km, about equal to LACSD wastewater                 radioactive materials or by chemicals), surplus
                       effect 3 km, and less than the LASCD wastewater               production, and the threat to almost 200 wild plant
                       effects 5-15 km from the outfalls at the LASCD                species. In addition to direct agricultural measures,
                       1983-86 mass emission rate. Surficial sediment                restoration of wetlands and streams is also
                       samples collected beyond the I km station from the            necessary to reduce nitrogen losses to the coastal
                       LASCD outfalls probably represented >> 3 years of             environment.
                       natural+effluent particulates accumulation, and they
                       were, therefore, better suited for detecting long-terni       Fletcher, R. L., V. Cuomo, and 1. Palomba (1990)
                       trends than for testing short-term temporal                   The      "Green       Tide "     problem,         with
                       variability in surficial sediments significantly              particular       reference       to   the      Venice
                       increased between 1983 and 1986, probably                     Lagoon. British Phycological Journal 25:87.
                       primarily reflecting renewed wastewater effects near          1green tide; macroalgae; Venice Lagoon; sewage;
                       the outfalls and the effect of natural phenomena              nutrient)
                       (e.g. storm-induced sediment transport or erosion)              The excessive growth of macroalgae is a well
                       further from the outfalls. Since natural phenomena            known consequence of the nutrient enrichment of
                       may have an effect on the benthos > 3 years of                coastal waters by increased levels of sewage
                       LASCD wastewater effects, short-term benthic                  discharge and agricultural "run-off'. These growths
                       changes must be interpreted cautiously at the study           are characteristically dominated by green algae, in
                       site.                                                         particular species of Enteromorpha and Ulva, and
                                                                                     are appropriately termed "Green Tides". Such
                       Fiedler, P. C. (1982) Zooplankton avoidance                   growth weas particularly evident during the warm
                       and     reduced       grazing       responses        to       summer of 1989 in the shallow, muddy harbours of
                       Gymnodinium splendens (Dinophyceae).                          the Solent (south coast of England). Problems
                       Limnology and Oceanography 27:961-965.                        caused by these algal growths include the fouling of
                       Izooplankton; red tide; production; grazing)                  nets and dredges, changes in the community
                         A dense subsurface layer of Gymnodinium                     structure of sediment dwelling invertebrates and the
                       splendens, a feature often observed in coastal waters         excessive deposits of rotting driftweed on amenity
                       off southern California was actively avoided by               beaches, requiring removal and disposal by local
                       macrozooplankton. Filtration rates, measured by               Councils. Nowhere is the problem of "Green Tides"
                       uptake of trace amounts of radiocarbon-labeled                more dramatically illustrated than in the Venice
                       diatoms, and ingestion rates, measured by gut                 Lagoon, Northern Adriatic. The present paper
                       fullness, of some herbivorous species were                    considers the causes and consequences of these
                       significantly reduced within the layer. These                 luxuriant macroalgal growths in the Lagoon, the
                       behavioral responses may help exp            ,lain the        biological characteristics of the dominant
                       formation and persistence of dinoflagellate blooms            contributors and the presently used methods of
                       such as red tides in coastal waters often dominated           removal, treatment and utilization.
                       by diatoms with higher maximum growth rates.
                                                                                     Foster, P. (1984) Nutrient distributions in
                       Fleischer, S., S. Hamrin, T. Kindt, L. Rydberg,               the winter regime of the Northern Irish
                       and L. Stibe (1987) Coastal eutrophication                    Sea. Marine Environmental Research 13:81-95.
                       in Sweden: Reducing nitrogen in land                          Inutrient; Irish Sea; nitrogenj
                       runoff. Ambio 16:246-25 1.                                      Quasi-synoptic distribution of salinity and the
                       (nitrogen; Sweden; runoffl                                    concentrations of dissolved inorganic nutrients in
                        Eutrophication caused by excess nitrogen and the             the winter regime of the Northern Irish Sea are
                       resulting plankton blooms in Kattegat have led to             presented. Salinity to nutrient regression analyses
                       oxygen deficits in the bottom waters. Regional                and the distributions of nutrient ratios show that
                       input of nitrogen affects southern Kattegat. The              the characteristics of Atlantic water are variously
                       interdisciplinary project "Land Use-Water Quality"            modified during their northward passage through the
                       has identified the main source and transport routes           Irish Sea. Inherently different chemical
                       of nitrogen in the drainage basin (10 100 km2) of             characteristics of the fresh water sources discharging







                                                                                                                                     37
                        into the Northern Irish Sea generate a                        conceivable that the abundance of the specific
                        conglomeration of water types in the area. Marine             flagellate species is closely related to the riverborne
                        waters along the Irish coast are relatively enriched          P- and N-loads.
                        in silicon, while waters adjacent to the eastern              The research as described in this paper intends to
                        coastal boundary are relatively enriched by                   simulate the phytoplankton biomass and
                        anthropogenic nitrogen sources.              Possible         composition in relation to meteorological and
                        implications of the spatial dichotomy in nutrient             hydrophysical conditions, nutrient loads and
                        status for the seasonal production cycle in the               zooplankton biomass. It can be considered as a
                        northern Irish Sea are considered.                            theoretical contribution towards a better
                                                                                      understanding of the production and eutrophication
                        Fransz, H. G. and J. H. G.        Verhagen (1985)             processes in this polluted and exploited part of
                        Modelling research on            the production               North Sea.
                        cycle of phytoplankton in the southern
                        bight of the North Sea in relation to                         Fraser, T. H. and         W. H. Wilcox (1981)
                        riverborne nutrient loads. Netherlands                        Enrichment of a subtropical estuary with
                        Journal of Sea Research 19:241-250.                           nitrogen, phosphorus and silica. In: B. J.
                        Imodelling; phytoplankton; production; nutrient;              Neilson and L. E. Cronin (ed.) Estuaries and
                        North Sea)                                                    Nutrients. Humana Press, Clifton, New Jersey.
                         The physio-chemical and biological composition               (enrichment; nitrogen; phosphorus; silica; estuary;
                        of North Sea water off the Dutch coast is influenced          phytoplankton)
                        by various factors including meteorological                     Seasonal pulses of nutrients are delivered to
                        conditions, wind and tide induced flows and mixing,           Charlotte Harbor from the Peace River and other
                        river pollution loads, waste loads and various                tributaries. Greatest loads occur during the summer
                        physical, chemical and biological processes. The              wet season. Phosphate and nitrate values are much
                        long term variations (> - I month) of the                     higher in the Peace River than in adjacent
                        biological composition are mainly caused by                   tributaries while ammonium and silica are similar
                        fluctuations in meteorological conditions and                 among the streams.
                        concentrations of nutrients for algae.                          Phosphate dilution curves in the estuary suggest
                         The loads of phosphorus and nitrogen compounds               that changing concentrations along the chloride
                        on the North Sea have increased significantly since           gradient are the result of mixing processes.
                        the early 20th century. Especially the discharge of           Inorganic nitrogen and silica dilution curves
                        phosphorus (P) and nitrogen (N) transported by the            suggest non-conservative processes are occurring,
                        river Rhine has increased about sixfold since 1930.           since their concentrations decrease faster along the
                        The nutrient rich river water originating from the            chloride gradient than can be explained by dilution
                        rivers Scheldt, Meuse and Rhine, mixes with sea               alone. Thus, both inorganic nitrogen and silica
                        water in such a way that 50% of the river discharge           could become limiting factors in different parts of
                        is transported in a 15 km wide strip along the                Charlotte Harbor during portions of the annual
                        Dutch and Belgian coast. Especially in this coastal           cycle, while phosphorus is always abundant.
                        area, the increase in nutrient loads has had a marked           Phytoplankton populations respond positively to
                        influence on the nutrient concentrations. In fact, the        seasonal pulses of nutrients with higher
                        increase in N and P and the essentially constant              productivity occurring during or just after high river
                        discharge of reactive silicate (Si) caused a change in        flow. Productivity increases from the lower harbor
                        nutrient, first depleted by phytoplankton, from N or          to near the river mouth in all seasons. General
                        P some 50 years ago to Si nowadays.                           population levels and productivity are similar to
                          The question, to what extent the increase in                other Florida estuaries, with diatoms dominating
                        nutrient enrichment has given rise to enhanced                the phytoplankton (blue-green algae less than I
                        phytoplankton growth, or to changes in species                percent) community even with the increased
                        composition, is difficult to answer because of a              nutrient levels.
                        lack of reliable data from the past. Nevertheless it
                        is conceivable that at present primary productivity           Frid, C. L. J. and          T. S. Mercer (1989)
                        may occasionally be higher than in the past. The              Environmental monitoring of caged fish
                        upper limit to the recurrent diatom blooms in                 farming in macrotidal environments.
                        Dutch coastal waters is set by the amount of                  Marine Pollution Bulletin 20:379-383.
                        available silicate. An increase in the upper limit is         Ifish farming; benthos; sedimentation)
                        not to be expected due to the constancy of the Si-              Recent years have seen considerable expansion in
                        load during the last 50 years. Some flagellate                fish farming using cages. These have until recently
                        species, however, appear to be phosphorus limited             been located in the sheltered and low current
                        in spring and locally dominate diatoms. Nitrogen              environments of sea lochs and fjords. Significant
                        compounds maintain low concentrations                         benthic enrichment is known to occur at these
                        throughout the summer. Therefore, it is                       sites, but the effects are highly localized. Fish farm







                       38
                       development is now occurring in areas with strong               This paper investigates the relationship between
                       tidal flows. The sitting of caged fish farming in             nutrients, chlorophyll a and physical variables in
                       macro-tidal environments may reduce the                       the upper Saronikos Gulf, an oligotrophic marine
                       environmental impact of the industry on benthic               environment south of the Greater Athens
                       communities at the farm site. However there exists            Metropolitan Area. Phosphate, silicate, ammonia,
                       the potential for accumulation of farm wastes in              nitrite, nitrate, salinity and dissolved oxygen were
                       nearby sedimentary sinks. Additionally the longer             determined at eight stations on 9 occasions during
                       residence time of the wastes in the water column              summer 1982. A thermocline led to the
                       has the potential, especially in regions with already         stratification of the water column and the
                       high nutrient loadings and/or long flushing times,            pycnocline was related to the thermocline. The
                       to lead to stimulation of phytoplankton blooms.               values of oxygen were more or less normal. The
                       Environmental monitoring of such developments                 eutrophication of seawater in the vicinity of the
                       therefore needs to consider these addition effects.           sewage outfall was demonstrated by surface levels
                                                                                     of chlorophyll a being forty to two hundred times
                       Friligos, N. (1981) Enrichment by inorganic                   above background. This parameter provides
                       nutrients and oxygen utilization rates in                     evidence for a high phytoplankton standing stock.
                       Elefsis Bay (1973-1976). Marine Pollution                     However, there were no appreciable differences
                       Bulletin 12:431-436.                                          between the nutrients in the outfall area and those
                       [nutrients; oxygen; Elefsis Bay; anoxicl                      in the background. This suggests rapid uptake of
                        This paper concerns the enrichment by nutrients              nutrients and/or effective dispersal from the outfall.
                       and the oxygen utilization rates of an intermittently
                       anoxic basin. The concentration of nutrients and              Friligos, N. (1985) Impact on phytoplankton
                       dissolved oxygen have been determined during                  populations of sewage discharges in the
                       seasonal surveys of water characteristics. The                Saronikos Gulf (West Aegean). Water
                       oxygen utilization rates ranged between 1.3 and 1.8           Research 19:1107-1118.
                       ml V I month- I from March to June and were                   [sewage; nutrients; phytoplankton; standing stock)
                       considerably higher than those reported for oceanic              Temperature, salinity and concentrations of
                       waters. The nutrients enrichment appears to be                dissolved oxygen, nutrients, chlorophyll a,
                       considerably influenced by eutrophication and                 particulate carbon and nitrogen concentrations in
                       human activity. During anoxic conditions in                   sea water near the Keratsini sewage outfall are
                       summer, the mineralization of organic matter was              reported. Suggestions are made on the proposed
                       associated with consequent accumulation of                    length of the outfall diffuse and the extent of the
                       enormous amounts of nitrogen (ammonia),                       sewage treatment. Eutrophication in the area around
                       phosphates and silicates. Nutrient ratios underwent           the outfall is demonstrated by enhanced chlorophyll
                       great fluctuation mainly due to anoxic conditions.            a, particulate carbon and particulate nitrogen
                                                                                     concentrations, for they provided evidence for high
                       Friligos, N. (1982) Enrichment of inorganic                   phytoplantkon standing stock. However no
                       nutrients in the inner Saronikos Gulf                         appreciable differences in the inorganic nutrient
                       (1973-1976). Marine Pollution Bulletin                        levels between the outfall area and the normal
                       13:154-158.                                                   background were observed. This suggests rapid
                       Inutrients; Saronikos Gulf; Greece; nitrogen;                 uptake of nutrients and/or effective dispersal from
                       phosphorus)                                                   the outfall, The study indicates that in the case of
                        This paper is concerned with the enrichment of               oligotrophic waters and in the absence of the
                       inorganic nutrients in the Inner Saronikos Gulf near          dissolved oxygen depletion, primary treatment may
                       the Athens sewage outfall. This Inner Gulf tends to           be preferable to secondary treatment.
                       accumulate nutrients above the background level,
                       expecially ammonia which was about four times                 Friligos, N. (1989)        Nutrient status on a
                       more than the background value. Comparison of                 silled embayment in the Ionian Sea (Gulf
                       nutrient enrichment was made between the Inner                of Patras). Toxicological and Environmental
                       Gulf and Elefsis Bay. It was found that Elefsis Bay           Chemistry 20-21:21-27.
                       contained considerably more nutrients than the                Inutrient; Gulf of Patras; Mediterranean; nitrate;
                       Inner Gulf. This was mainly due to the different              silicatel
                       sources of nutrients as well as morphology of each            . This paper is concerned with the enrichment of
                       area and the circulation of the waters.                       inorganic nutrients in the Patraikos Fulg. The Gulf
                                                                                     of Patras is a silled embayment opening into the
                       Friligos, N. (1985) Compensation effect of                    Ionian Sea on the west, and through the straits of
                       phytoplankton on nutrients from a                             Rio onto the Gulf of Corinth, on the east. The
                       sewage outfall in summer. Hydrobiologia                       latter communicates though the Corinth canal with
                       126:53-58.                                                    the Aegean Sea. Results of the Patraikos Gulf
                       (sewage; nutrients; phytoplankton; abundancel                 show only slighter greater concentrations of








                                                                                                                                          39
                          nutrients than background, in particular nitrate and           data from 1980-1984 is 1.94 mmol/m3. Mean
                          silicate. Also a comparison is made with the                   nutrient concentrations in the area between the
                          nutrient concentrations in polluted coastal gulfs of           southern entrance of the Great Belt and Darss Sill
                          the Aegean. The different nutrient levels are due to           increased between 1975 and 1984 from 0.8 to 1.6
                          the different sources of nutrients as well as the              mmol/m3 total phosphorus and from about 6 to 10
                          morphology and the circulation of the waters.                  mmol/m3 inorganic nitrogen. Comparatively
                          Gast, V. (1985) Bacteria as a food source                      higher nutrient concentrations at Bokniseck station
                          for microzooplankton in the Schlei Fjord                       are correlated to higher salinity. However, no data
                          and Baltic Sea with special reference to                       are available on nutrient imports into Kieler Bucht
                          ciliates. Marine Ecology Progress Series                       with saline deep water. Unchanged nutrient
                          22:107-120.                                                    concentrations at Bokniseck prior to 1975 are an
                          (bacteria; micro zoopl ankton; Baltic; ciliates-,              argument against any dominant influence of
                          Uronema}                                                       anthropogenic inputs which until 1974 increased to
                            In situ vestigations revealed that number and                annually 1500 t of total phosphorus and 12 700 t
                          biomass of micro zoopl ankto n increased with                  of total nitrogen, plus 5000 t of nitrogen from the
                          eutrophication along the length of the Schlei Fjord            atmosphere. Higher phosphorus concentrations
                          (FRG). The same observation was made for total                 1980-1984 are correlated to severe oxygen
                          bacterial numbers and biomass. Microzooplankton                deficiency in the deep water. Mobilization of
                          of the Schlei and total bacterial numbers showed a             phosphorus from sediments becoming anoxic could
                          minimum in winter and major periods of                         be the reason. Biota could be such sources and
                          development in late summer/autumn and spring.                  sinks of nutrients that influence the nutrient
                          Usually the microzooplankton biomass in the                    balance of Kieler Bucht. To sum up, there are
                          Schlei was greater than the bacterial biomass. In              several processes besides anthropogenic inputs that
                          contrast, the bacterial biomass for 5 of 6 stations in         influence nutrient concentrations in water. An
                          the Baltic       Sea surpassed         that of the             assessment of winter water nutrient concentrations
                          microzooplankton during the summer. Number and                 alone is no adequate tool for the evaluation of the
                          biomass of microzooplankton in both bodies of                  effects of anthropogenic nutrient inputs via rivers,
                          water can mostly be attributed to protozoans of the            sewage, land runoff, groundwater and from the
                          3 to 30 um fraction. Determined with the aid of                atmosphere.
                          radioactivity labeled bacterial cultures, the filtration       Gerlach, S. A. (1990) Nitrogen, phosphorus,
                          rate of 'natural' micro zooplankton populations                plankton and oxygen deficiency in the
                          exhibited      a    distinct      dependency          on       German Bight and in the Kiel Bay. Kieler
                          microzooplanktonic biomass and water temperature.              Meeresforschungen, Sonderheft 7:1-34 1.
                          In March 1982 microzooplankton populations in                  JGerman Bight; Kiel Bay; Baltic; phosphate;
                          the eutrophic Schlei Fjord filtered 5 to 58 % of the           nitrate; nitrite; ammonium; nitrogen; phosphorus;
                          water per day. In the central Baltic Sea in August             nutrients; oxygen; hydrogen sulphide; bloom;
                          1982 the rate was 70 % d- I during the late stage of           phytoplankton; biomass; abundanc6; sediments;
                          a decaying blue-green algae bloom. Laboratory                  turbidity; atmosphere; review; assemblage}
                          experiments with Uronema marinum clearly                       No abstract
                          showed that bacteria concentration exert a
                          considerable imjluence on the development of                   Giesen, W. B. J. T., M. M. v. Katwijk, and C. d.
                          ciliates. Only when a limiting concentration of                Hartog (1990)         Eelgrass condition and
                          about 1 x 106 bacteria ml- I is attained does a                turbidity in the Dutch Wadden Sea.
                          proliferation of ciliates commence. Hence, bacteria            Aquatic Botany 37:71-85.
                          ca.n represent an important food source for                    feelgrass; Zostera; Dutch Wadden Sea; turbidity;
                          microzooplankton, especially in biotopes with a                submerged vegetation; fight}
                          high bacterial number and biomass.                               Populations of eelgrass (Zostera marina L.) in the
                                                                                         Dutch Wadden Sea have witnessed two major
                          Gerlach, S. A. (1988)         Eutrophication of                phases of decline this century. The first was the
                          Kieler Bucht. Kieler Meeresforschungen,                        total disappearance of sublittoral beds during the
                          Sonderheft 6:54-63.                                            wasting disease epidemic of the early 1930s, and
                          JBaltic; nitrogen; phosphorus; nutrients}                      their subsequent failure to recover. The second was
                            Prior to 1975, average winter water nutrient                 the gradual disappearace of littoral eelgrass after the
                          concentrations at station Bokniseck in Kieler Bucht            mid-1960s. It is argued here that both the lack of
                          (Western Baltic) were 1.23 mmol/m3 total                       recovery of the sublittoral beds, and the
                          phosphorus and 12.7 mmol/m3 dissolved inorganic                disappearance of the littoral population, may have
                          nitrogen. Nitrogen concentrations did not change               been effected, to a large extent, by changes in
                          until 1984. The mean of a few total phosphorus                 turbidity. The increasing turbidity can be linked







                       40

                       with progressively increasing eutrophication as              application of this model is quite useful for testing
                       well as deposit extracting and dredging activities.          the environmental consequences depending on
                                                                                    different interventions for phosphorus loading
                       Gieskes, W. W. C. and G. W. Kraay (1977)                     reductions.
                       Continuous plankton records: Changes in
                       the plankton of the North Sea and its                        Goldman, C. R. (1988) Primary productivity,
                       eutrophic southern bight from 1948 to                        nutrients, and transparency during the
                       1975. Netherlands Journal of Sea Research                    early onset of eutrophication in ultra-
                       11:334-364.                                                  oligotrophic Lake Tahoe, California-
                       (plankton; eutrophicationj                                   Nevada. Limnology and Oceanography 33:1321-
                       No abstract                                                  1333.
                                                                                    1primary productivity; transparency; turbidity}
                       Gilmartin, M. and N. Revelante (1980) Nutrient                 For more than half a century, the trophic status of
                       input and the summer nanoplankton                            water bodies has been of interest to limnologists
                       bloom in the Northern Adriatic Sea.                          and oceanographers alike. This report demonstrates
                       P.S.ZN.I.- Marine Ecology 1:169-180.                         the close, inverse relationship between 14C_
                       (nutrient;     phytoplankton;         nanoplankton;          estimated primary productivity and transparency
                       microplankton; eutrophicated)                                during the earliest stages of cultural eutrophication.
                         A four-ye@r oceanographic data set from the                As the population in the Tahoe basin has rapidly
                       Northern Adriatic Sea identified the factors favoring        increased, Lake Tahoe has been characterized by an
                       development of the nanoplankton or microplankton             increase in primary productivity that has averaged
                       components of the phytoplankton crop.                        5.6% yr- I for the last 28 yr. There has been a
                       Latitudinally atypical summer nanoplankton                   concomitant decline in transparency of 0. 37 m yr- 1.
                       blooms, perhaps of recent origin, develop under              During winter months when transparency is
                       vertically stratified conditions in the presence of          highest, the average annual loss has been slightly
                       high nutrient concentrations (including silicates).
                       Including the summer blooms, the nanoplankton                greater (0.40 m yr-1). The average annual Secchi
                       were responsible for more than half the total                depth has decreased by 7 m during the last 19 yr of
                       phytoplankton production about 90% of the time.              intensive monitoring. There has also been a
                       No single mechanism governed phytoplankton cell              significant increase in the light extinction
                       size or size succession, but rather a number of              coefficient. Photosynthetic efficiency has increased
                       mechanisms which were not mutually exclusive.                while there has been a gradual shrinkage of the
                                                                                    euphotic zone. During the same period the total
                       Giovanardi, F. and          E. Tromellini (1992)             N03--N content of the lake has increased
                       Statistical       assessment          of     trophic         significantly, but total P content has not. Lake
                       conditions.       Application of the OECD                    Tahoe primary production has become increasingly
                       methodology              t o      the        marine          P sensitive during the last decade as N has
                       environment.          In: R. A. Vollenweider, R.             accumulated in the system. A gradual increase in
                       Marchetti and R. Viviani (ed.) Marine Coastal                the N:P may prove to be a general evolutionary
                       Eutrophication. Elsevier, Amsterdam.                         characteristic of oligotrophic lakes during the
                       Ichlorophyll, phosphorus, Adriatic Sea}                      earliest stages of eutrophication. The importance of
                        In order to study the time-space variability of the         variability is particularly evident from this study.
                       Po-Adriatic system, a multivariate statistical
                       method has been used. This approach allows the               Goldman, J. C. (1976)           Identification of
                       determination of the source of variability and the           nitrogen as a growth-limiting nutrient in
                       parameters that mainly maintain the system in a              wastewaters and coastal marine waters
                       perturbed state. The OECD classification of                  through continuous culture algal assays.
                       trophic state for inland waters has therefore been           Water Research 10:97-104.
                       applied to the marine environment. This trophic              (wastewater; nitrogen; nutrients; phytoplankton;
                       classification criterion has been interpreted in terms       assay; N/P ratio)
                       of probability of assignment to the different trophic           Two series of continuous culture algal assays
                       categories. Functional inter-rel ation ships between         conducted in 1973 and 1974, totaling 63
                       total phosphorus (TP) and trophic indicators                 experiments, were performed on mixtures of
                       (chlorophyll and peak chlorophyll) have been                 seawater and wastewater - both treated and untreated
                       determined. Based on the regression of TP versus             - from five locations along the coasts of MA and
                       chlorophyll and on the log-normal distribution of            RI. The results conclusively show that nitrogen
                       the chlorophyll data, an empirical model (Monte              was the growth-limiting nutrient in these
                       Carlo method) has been developed, thus determing             wastewaters and in coastal marine environments
                       the probabilities associated with the trophic level in       receiving such wastes. There was a linear
                       the Emilia-Romagna coastal waters.                 The       relationship between total inorganic nitrogen (IN)








                                                                                                                                    41
                        in the influent and particulate nitrogen (PN)                competition. Journal of Experimental Marine
                        representing algal biomass up to a IN                        Biology and Ecology 57:15-24.
                        concentration of about 10 mg 1-1. In addition, the           JpH; compsitition; Phaeodactylum; Dunaliella;
                        N:P ratios in the test alga, Phaeodactylum                   phytoplankton)
                        tricornutum, varied between 10 and 20 (by atoms),            The results of a series of competition experiments
                        whereas the N:P ratios in the wastewater-seawter             between the chlorophyte Dunaliella tertiolecta
                        mixtures were between 4 and 12, thus providing               (Dun) Butcher and the diatom Phaeodactylum
                        additional evidence that nitrogen was limiting.              tricornutum (TFX-1) Bohlin demonstrate
                        Enrichment with nitrogen and/or phosphorus to                conclusively that Phaeodactylum tricornutum
                        span a range of N:P ratios from 3.9 to 20 resulted           dominates in intensive marine cultures when the
                        in a linear response in PN concentration to (sum)N           pH rises above =10. This dominance results
                        additions. Additions of P had no effect on algal             because of the diatom's unique ability among
                        growth. Removal of detergent-P in communities                marine species to tolerate alkaline conditions.
                        practicing marine waste disposal will hence have             When the pH is regulated both freshwater and
                        little impact on the control of eutrophication in            marine algae, once firmly established in culture at
                        coastal waters.                                              their respective pH optima, can resist invasion
                                                                                     from competing species. Hence, pH control may be
                        Goldman, J. C., Y. Azov, C. B. Riley, and M. D.              a method for maintaining species other than P.
                        Dennett (1982)          The effect of pH in                  tricornutum in mass culture. When Dunaliella
                        intensive microalgal cultures. 1. Biomass                    tertiolecta, however, is grown under even slight pH
                        regulation. Journal of Experimental Marine                   stress it becomes susceptible to invasion by
                        Biology and Ecology 57:1-13.                                 Phaeodactylum tricornutum. This susceptibility to
                        JpH; phytoplankton; biomass; Phaeodactylum;                  takeover by P. tricornutum increases with
                        Dunaliella; carbon)                                          increasing pH. In contrast, the freshwater
                        Two freshwater and two marine algal species were             chlorophyte.Chlorella vulgaris Beji., which also is
                        grown in intensive continuous cultures at a fixed            sensitive to increasing pH, is capable of remaining
                        dilution rate of 0.5 day-1, but a varying pH levels          dominant at any pH within its tolerance range when
                        in the range 7.6 to 10.6. Both freshwater species            invaded by the pH-insensitive chlorophyte,
                        Scenedesmus obliquus (Turp.) Kutz. and Chlorella             Scenedesmus obliquus (Turp.) Kurz. Although
                        vulgaris Beij., grew up in pH 10.6 although C.               allelopathic interactions may be responsible for the
                        vulgaris was more adversely affected by alkaline pH          success of Chlorella vulgaris under seemingly
                        than was Scenedesmus obliquus . Of the marine                stressful conditions, the success of Phaeodactylum
                        species, Phaeodactylum tricornutum (TFX-1)                   tricornutum at increasingly higher pH seems to be
                        Bohlin was hardly affected by varying pH up to its           related primarily to the alga's pH tolerance
                        maximum tolerable level of 10.3, whereas growth              characteristics an'd not to any chemical interactions
                        of Dunaliella tertiolecta (Dun) Butcher was                  with competing species.
                        adversely affected by increasing pH and ceased when          Gowen, R. J. and N. B. Bradbury (1987) The
                        the pH exceeded 9.3. These results are consistent            ecological impact of salmonid farming in
                        with the general observations that many marine               coastal waters: A review. Oceano raphy and
                        species cannot tolerate alkaline pH values much                                                      9
                        above 9.5. Moreover, the unique ability of                   Marine Biology: Annual Review 25:563-575.
                        Phaeodactylum tricornutum to grow at pH > 10                 (fish farming; organic enrichment; sediments;
                        probably is a major factor contributing to its well          review)
                        documented success in large-scale outdoor cultures           No abstract
                        that are poorly buffered. It is difficult to separate        Goldman, C. R. (1988) Primary productivity,
                        metabolic from purely chemical factors that                  nutrients, and transparency during the
                        influence the pH tolerance limits of the individual          early onset of eutrophication in ultra-
                        species. The lower pH limits were, however,                  oligotrophic Lake Tahoe, California-
                        distinctly controlled by the production of alkalinity        Nevada. Limnology and Oceanography 33:1321-
                        concomitant with N03- uptake, whereas the upper              1333.
                        pH limits in the case of Scenedesmus obliquus and            [primary productivity; transparency; turbidity}
                        Phaeodactylum tricornutum seemed to be regulated              For more than half a century, the trophic status of
                        primarily by metabolic control. In no case was the           water bodies has been of interest to limnologists
                        availability of inorganic carbon an influencing              and oceanographers alike. This report demonstrates
                        factor in setting the maximum attained pH.                   the close, inverse relationship between 14C_
                        Goldman, J. C., C. B. Riley, and M. R. Dennett               estimated primary productivity and transparency
                        (1982)     The effect of pH in intensive                     during the earliest stages of cultural eutrophication.
                        microalgal         cultures.        11.      Species         As the population in the Tahoe basin has rapidly
                                                                                     increased, Lake Tahoe has been characterized by an








                        42

                        increase in primary productivity that has averaged            suggested that an appropriate value of q can be used
                        5.6% yr- I for the last 28 yr. There has been a               to predict the potential maximum increase in
                        concomitant decline in transparency of 0. 37 m yr- 1.         phytoplankton which would result from a given
                        During winter months when transparency is                     anthropogenic nitrogen discharge. The sensitivity
                        highest, the average annual loss has been slightly            of such predictions to error in determination of q is
                        greater (0.40 m yr-1). The average annual Secchi              discussed, and the values obtained for q compared
                        depth has decreased by 7 m during the last 19 yr of           with observations in algal culture and mesocosms.
                        intensive monitoring. There has also been a                   Grandli, E. (1981) Bioassay experiments in
                        significant increase in the light extinction                  the Falsterbo Channel- nutrients added
                        coefficient. Photosynthetic efficiency has increased          daily. Kieler Meeresforschungen, Sonderheft
                        while there has been a gradual shrinkage of the               5:82-90.
                        euphotic zone. During the same period the total               jbioassay; Baltic; nutrients; phytoplankton;
                        N03--N content of the lake has increased                      primary production; compositionj
                        significantly, but total P content has not. Lake              I In situ enrichment bioassays were performed
                        Tahoe primary production has become increasingly              during the summers of 1978 and 1979 in the
                        P sensitive during the last decade as N has                   Falsterbo Channel, south Baltic Sea. Phosphorus
                        accumulated in the system. A gradual increase in              and/or nitrogen was added daily for up to two weeks
                        the N:P may prove to be a general evolutionary                to 200 1 polyethylene bags with unfiltered surface
                        characteristic of oligotrophic lakes during the               water. Additions of nitrogen or nitrogen plus
                        earliest stages of eutrophication. The importance of          phosphorus invariably increased the biomass and
                        variability is particularly evident from this study.          14C fixation of phytoplankton. Phosphorus
                                                                                      additions had no such effects. Phytoplankton
                        Gowen, R. J., P. Tett, and K. J. Jones (1992)                 species which reacted most strongly to the
                        Predicting marine eutrophication: the                         enrichment were Aphanotheca sp., Nodularia
                        yield of chlorophyll from nitrogen in                         spumigena, Skeletonema costatum, Nitzschia
                        Scottish coastal waters. Marine Ecology                       closterium, Chaetoceros w'ighami and Oocystis sp.
                        Progress Series 85:153-161.                                   The mean C/Chl a quotient was around 70 for
                        lphytoplankton; chlorophyll; prediction; model;               chlorophyll a values below 6 mg m-3 but decreased
                        Scottish water; nitrogen; nitrite; nitrate)                   to about 30 for chlorophyll a values above 10.
                           There is perceived to be a problem of
                        eutrophication in European marine coastal waters              Gran6h, E., P. Carlsson, P. Olsson, B. Sundstr6m,
                        and hence a need to predict the response in terms of          W. Gran6li, and 0. Lindahl (1989) From
                        enhanced biomass of phytoplankton resulting from              anoxia to fish poisoning: The last ten
                        the input of anthropogenic nitrogen. This response            years     of    phytoplankton          blooms        in
                        was investigated indirectly by studying the                   Swedish marine waters. In: E. M. Cosper,
                        relationship between nitrate and phytoplankton                V. M. Brice1j and E. J. Carpenter (ed.) Novel
                        chlorophyll concentrations in waters of the Scottish          Phytoplankton Blooms; Causes and Impacts of
                        west coast. Two-thirds of the 60 data sets analyzed           Recurrent Brown Tides and Other Unusual Blooms.
                        gave significant inverse regression of chlorophyll            Springer-Verlag, Berlin.
                        on nitrate concentration. This result is explained by         (phytoplankton; bloom; Sweden; effects)
                        interpreting synoptic data as representing variation          No abtract
                        in time, with nitrate decreasing as a result of its
                        assimilation by phytoplankton and conversion into             Gran6li, E., W. Graneli, and L. Rydberg (1986)
                        chlorophyll-containing biomass. Thus the absolute             Nutrient limitation at the ecosystem and
                        value of the slope of each significant regression             the phytoplankton community level in
                        estimates the yield (q) of chlorophyll from nitrate           the Laholm Bay, south-east Kattegat.
                        and, indeed, from any form of nitrogen assimilable            Ophelia 26:181-194.
                        by microalgae. The median value for q was 1.05                [nutrient; phytoplankton; abundance; nitrogen;
                        mg chl (mmol N)-1; the range from 0.25 to 4.4                 phosphorus)
                        encompassed 95% of values. Some, but not all, of               Nutrient enrichment experiments in the laboratory
                        the variation in q could be explained by error in             with surface waters from the Laholm Bay, indicate
                        individual estimates due to chemical-analytical and           that phytoplankton is nitrogen-limited. Phosphorus
                        sampling errors or to inhomogencities in each                 addition to phytoplankton samples rarely caused a
                        sampled phytoplankton population. The remaining               biomass increase in aggreement with negligible
                        variation in q included a seasonal trend, which               alkaline phosphatases activity. Usually the
                        might have resulted from changes in phytoplankton             inorganic-N/P quotient in surface waters was also
                        species composition, nutrient limitation status, or           below the Redfield ratio (16:1, by atoms),
                        the balance between anthropogenic and                         indicating potential nitrogen limitation. The supply
                        heterotrophic partitioning of nitrogen. It is                 ratio (runoff and deep water) of inorganic nutrients







                                                                                                                             43
                     to the surface water of the bay was 23N: 1P for            scientists from the German Democratic Republic,
                     March-October and thus indicates a mean shortage           Poland and Sweden. The water used for the
                     of phosphate. During summer when river runoff is           experiments was collected outside Warnemiinde
                     small, the low N/P-ratio in the deep water (10:1)          (GDR); Rostock (GDR), Sopot (P) and Falsterbo
                     which is mixed into surface water suggests nitrogen        (S). The bioassays were performed under similar
                     limitation, in aggreement with the enrichment              laboratory conditions. Nitrogen was the potentially
                     experiments. Benthic denitrification and the low           most limiting nutrient for phytoplankton biomass
                     N/P-ratio of zooplankton excretion may make                formation in coastal water from Rostock, Sopot
                     regenerated primary production nitrogen-limited.           and Falsterbo. During winter, before the spring
                     The recent suggestion by Smith (1984), that                phytoplankton bloom had started, phosphorus was
                     marine ecosystems, like lakes, are phosphorus-             the "most limiting" nutrient in the Rostock area.
                     limited because any nitrogen shortage is alleviated        For the Warnemiinde area, no clear limiting
                     through nitrogen fixation, does not apply to the           nutrient was found, except during July 1984, when
                     bay itself, where water exchange is too rapid to           nitrogen addition doubled the phytoplankton
                     allow for an adjustment of the N/P-supply quotient.        biomass. The lowest algal standing stocks were
                                                                                found for Warnerniinde and Flasterbo, followed by
                     Gran6li, E., H. Persson, and L. Edler (1986)               Sopot. Extremely high chlorophyll-a values were
                     Connection        between       trace      metals,         found outside Rostock. Our results show that these
                     chelators and red tide blooms in the                       coastal areas in the southern Baltic do not differ
                     Laholm      Bay,      SE     Kattegat      -     An        essentially from each other with respect to the most
                     experimental           approach. Marine                    limiting nutrient (sensu Liebig), although their
                     Environmental Research 18:61 - 78.                         nutrient levels are quite different. Nutrient
                     [copper; dinoflagellates; species composition)             limitation experiments are discussed in the context
                       The influence of the trace metals, copper,               of assumed eutrophication of the Baltic.
                     aluminum and iron, and of the strong complexing
                     agents, EDTA and NTA, on phytoplankton growth              Grandli, E. and K. Sundback (1985) The
                     in water from a brackish water bay was investigated        response of planktonic and microbenthic
                     through bioassay experiments.           A diatom           algal assemblages to nutrient enrichment
                     (Skeletonema costatum (Grev.) Clev) and a                  in shallow coastal waters, Southwest
                     dinoflagellate (Prorocentrum minimum (Pav.) J.             Sweden. Journal of Experimental Marine
                     Schiller) were used as test organisms. The growth          Biology and Ecology 85:253-268.
                     of both phytoplankton species was strongly                 Inutrient; nitrogen; phosphorus; microalgae;
                     inhibited by copper. This inhibition was generally         phytoplankton; production; biomass)
                     inhibited by EDTA and NTA. Both phytoplankton                Field and laboratory nutrient (nitrogen and
                     species were considerably less inhibited by                phosphorus) enrichment studies were performed
                     aluminum than by copper at the same metal                  among      natural      phytoplankton           and
                     concentration. While S. costatum      responded to         microphytobenthic assemblages from the brackish
                     copper and chelator additions in the same way in           water Oresund, S.W. Sweden. The response of
                     sea water samples from different seasons, the              algae from a low-nutrient area (Falsterbo Canal)
                     growth of P. minimum exhibited pronounced                  was compared to that of algae from a polluted,
                     seasonal variation. Other parameters than the              nutrient-rich area (Lomma Bay).
                     values of pCu must be considered in order to               The biomass (measured as chlorophyll a) of both
                     account for the experimental results. This work            phytoplankton and microphytobenthos from the
                     supports the theory that alterations in contents of        Falsterbo Canal increased after the addition of
                     trace metals and natural chelators in seawater are         nitrogen. Phytoplankton growth was stimulated by
                     important factors behind shifts in phytoplankton           the addition of phosphorus to the nitrogen-rich
                     species composition.                                       water of the polluted Lomma Bay. Sediment
                                                                                chlorophyll a showed no significant increase after
                     Gran6li, E., S. Schulz, U. Schiewer, D.                    the addition of nutrients in the Lomma Bay. In
                     Gedziorwska, W. Kaiser, and M. Plinski (1988) Is           containers without sediment, phytoplankton uptake
                     the same nutrient limiting potential                       was calculated to account for = 90 % of the
                     phytoplankton biomass formation in                         disappearance of inorganic fixed nitrogen from the
                     different coastal areas of the Southern                    water. In the sediment containers the
                     Baltic? Kieler Meeresforschungen, Sonderheft               microphytobenthos was estimated to account for =
                     6:191-202.                                                 20% of the nitrogen uptake. The rest was
                     [phytoplankton; biomass; Baltic; nutrients;                presumably lost mainly through denitrification.
                     chlorophyll}                                                When containers with microphytobenthos from
                       During the winter 1984 and summer 1985, a                Lomma Bay were kept in the dark, phosphorus was
                     series of limiting nutrient experiments (enrichment        released at a rate of up to = 180 uM m-2 day- 1. We
                     tests) were performed with coastal Baltic water by         suggest that by producing oxygen microbenthic







                        44

                        algae keep the sediment surface oxygenated thereby            Bay. Field and mesocosm studies of the
                        decreasing phosphorus transport from the sediment             effects of eutrophication and organic
                        to the overlying water.                                       input on benthic population.                In: J. S.
                                                                                      Gray and M. E. Christiansen (ed.) Marine Biology
                        Gran6li, E., B. Sundstr6m, L. Edler, and D. M.                of Polar Regions and Effects of Stress on Marine
                        Anderson (ed.) (1990)             Toxic       Marine          Organisms. John Wiley & Sons, New York.
                        Phytoplankton          (Proceedings         of      the       (MERL; benthic; macrofauna; Narragansett Bay;
                        Fourth International Conference on Toxic                      organic; eutrophication; populationj
                        Marine Phytoplankton, Lund, Sweden,                            Benthic macrofaunal population in Narragansett
                        26-30 June, 1989). Elsevier, New York.                        Bay and replicate mesocosms representative of
                        No abstract                                                   portions of Narragansett Bay respond rapidly to
                                                                                      variation in food supply. During five years of
                        Gran6li, E., K. Wallstr6m, U. Larsson, W.                     sampling sharp increases in August mortalities
                        Gran6li, and R. Elffigren (1990) Nutrient                     occur when estimated carbon demands for benthic
                        limitation of primary production in the                       respiration exceed the amount of organic carbon
                        Baltic Sea area. Ambio 19:142-151.                            reaching the bottom. Rapid recovery following
                        JBaltic; enrichment; primary production; nitrogen;            these periods of high mortality indicate a very
                        phosphorus; nutrient; limitation)                             resilient community. Benthic population densities
                         In the Baltic Sea area, including the Kattegat, the          in mesocosms rapidly increase in response to
                        external N/P loading ratios are generally well above          external additions of plant material, and to within
                        the 16:1 Redfield ratio for all subareas (the                 system increases in productivity from nutrient
                        Bothnian Bay, The Bothnian Sea, the Baltic proper             additions. Larval immigration and predation are also
                        and the Kattegat). During winter, the inorganic N/P           important in determining population densities in
                        ratio in surface waters varies. Appreciably higher            the experimental systems but these variables are
                        values than the loading ratio are found for the               less easy to control and the effects are less obvious.
                        northernmost basin, the low-saline Bothnian Bay,
                        while lower values than the loading ratio are found           Grassle, J. P. and J. F. Grassle (1984) The
                        for the Baltic proper and the Kattegat. Nutrient              utility    of    studying       the    effects      of
                        enrichment tests indicate general N limitation in             pollutants on single species populations
                        the Baltic proper and the Kattegat, although                  in benthos of mesocosms and coastal
                        stimulation of algal growth after P enrichment has            ecosystems. In: H. H. White (ed.) Concepts in
                        been found in the Baltic proper during summer                 Marine Pollution Measurements. Maryland Sea
                        blooms of blue-green algae. Blooms of blue-green              Grant, College Park.
                        algae are common in the Baltic proper but hardly              1polychaete; bivalve; amphipod; nutrients;
                        ever occur in the Bothnian Bay and the Kattegat.              abundance; Mediornastus ambiseta; Nucula
                        This has been the case for the last century,                  annulata; Polydora ligni; Ampelisca abdita)
                        indicating natural summer N limitation. Full-scale            No abstract
                        experimental manipulation of the external N/P
                        loading ratio has been carried out in the                     Gray, J. S. (1979)        Pollution -induced
                        HimmerfJdrdan basin, south of Stockholm. Results              changes in populations. Philosophical of the
                        suggest nitrogen as the most limiting nutrient in             Transactions of the Royal Society of London, Part
                        coastal areas of Baltic proper, uninfluenced by direct        B 286:545-561.
                        nutrient discharges. The knowledge of the effects of          1population; community; pollution; organic
                        altered external nutrient supplies for nutrient               matter; abundance; benthic fauna; strategy; log-
                        limitation in the Baltic Sea system as a whole is             normal; indicatorl
                        too limited to allow for reliable predictions.                 The effects of pollution by organic matter, oil or
                        However, the Baltic Sea may have developed                    industrial waste on marine communities are
                        towards a more pronounced N limitation due to a               remarkably similar. Diversity values fall, biomass
                        twofold historic increase in P supply relative to N           and numbers of organism initially rise and then fall
                        supply. At present, the situation may be reversed as          as the pollution load is increased. Diversity indices
                        N supply is probably increasing more rapidly than             are, however, insensitive to pollution-induced
                        P supply. Management of the Baltic Sea            area        changes and have to be assessed subjectively.
                        cannot be based on removal of either N or         P in        Departure from a log-normal distribution of
                        sewage, but must take both elements               into        individuals among species offers a sensitive and
                        consideration, as well as differences between     sub-        objective method of assessing perturbation effects
                        basin and between polluted and offshore areas.                on communities.
                                                                                        Under severe pollution stress, the dominant
                        Grassle, J. F., J. P. Grassle, L. S. Brown-Leger,             species are those which have a flexible life-history
                        R. F. Petrecca, and N. J. Copley (1985)                       ranging from direct development to a planktonic
                        Subtidal macrobenthos of Narragansett                         larva and the ability to undergo short-term genetic







                                                                                                                                           45
                         selection. Species having a somewhat less flexible               Gray, J. S. and E. Paasche (1988) On marine
                         life-history strategy show increased abundance under             eutrophication. Marine Pollution Bulletin
                         conditions of slight pollution. The increase in                  19:349-350.
                         abundance of seven or eight neither rare nor                     (coast; review)
                         common species, which gives the departure from                   No abstract
                         log-normal distribution, is suggested as being the
                         most significant and the earliest detectable change              Griggs, G. B. and T. S. Hopkins (1976) The
                         caused by pollution in a community. Thus the                     delineation and growth of a sludge field.
                         presence of a species in a polluted area may be                  Water Research 10:501 to 506.
                         more a question of life-history strategy than the                (sewage; organic carbon; methane; oxygen;
                         tolerance of adverse environmental conditions. If                sediment; anoxic)
                         this hypothesis is correct, considerable doubt must               The color, odor, organic carbon, and acoustic
                         be placed on the ecological relevance of data from               reflection properties of bottom sediment can be
                         toxicity tests.                                                  used to delineate the area affected by the Athens
                                                                                          sewage outfall. Both color and organic carbon
                         Gray, J. S.     (1992)     Eutrophication in the                 content clearly define the region of high organic
                         sea.      In:   G. Colombo, 1. Ferrari, V. U.                    buildup around the discharge point. Maximum
                         Ceccherelli and R. Rossi (ed.) Marine                            organic carbon values of over 6% were determined
                         Eutrophication and Population Dynamics. Olsen &                  compared to normal regional values of less than
                         Olsen, Fredensborg.                                              0.5%. The bottom area covered by black anaerobic
                         (review; benthic communities; general model;                     sediments has increased 7 fold to nearly 9 km2 in
                         remedial action; research needs)                                 the past 2.5 yr. A smaller core area around the
                          Eutrophication begins with incresed growth rates                outfall can be easily distinguished by its strong
                         of a range of organisms from phytoplankton and                   seismic reflection characteristics believed to
                         macroalgae to benthic animals and fish. This is                  coincide with the production of methane gas.
                         followed by a change in the species composition of
                         communities and then by a reduction in number of                 Haas, L. W., S. J. Hastings, and K. L. Webb
                         species as oxygen concentrationns of water begin to              (1981)        Phytoplankton response to a
                         fall. Finally, anoxia ensues and few organisms                   stratification-mixing cycle in the York
                         survive and only bacterial mats remain.                          River estuary during late summer. In: B.
                           Most data show only correlative relationships                  J. Neilson and L. E. Cronin (ed.) Estuaries and
                         between nutrient input and effects on biological                 Nutrients. Humana Press, Clifton, New Jersey.
                         organisms. For Example, there is no established                  iphytoplankton; hydrographic dynamics; nuisance
                         relationship between nutrient inputs and primary                 bloom)
                         production; nor has a quantative relationship                     As part of a larger multidisciplinary study of the
                         between organic enrichment and changes in benthic                lower York River estuary, phytoplankton response
                         communities been established.                                    to a tidally related cycle of stratification-
                           The Vollenweider nutrient loading concept has                  destratification was examined during August 1978.
                         been widely applied to the management of                         A "red water bloom" dominated by the
                         freshwater lakes. It is shown that the parameters of             dinoflagellate Cocchlodinium heterolobatum'
                         the model cannot be estimated in marine contexts.                initially observed in the lower York River
                         In the marine environment the most widely                        coincident with the spring tide-induced water
                         remedial action for eutrophication is for areas that             column destratifiction event. It is proposed that the
                         are suspected to be affected to prepare budgets of               dinoflagellates initiating the red tide were advected
                         external nutrient loadings and then to find cost-                into the estuary in deep water during the preceding
                         effective ways of reducing the amounts of nutrients.             period of stratification or were derived from cysts in
                         Yet examples from Norway show that such budgets                  the sediments and that des trati fi cation provided
                         can be widely inaccurate and costly political                    access to the surface waters. The extent of the red
                         decisions can be taken based on extremly poor data.              water increased during the ensuing restratifiled period
                           In a research context, for benthic communities                 in the York River, and several lines of evidence
                         subject to eutrophication, two models are proposed;              indicated that C. heterolobatum migrated diurnally
                         one for responses to oxygen saturation and the                   between ammonium enriched waters below the
                         other, a more speculative one for changes in C?N                 halocline (8-10 in) and the relatively nutrient-poor
                         in sediments. It is suggested that, if verified, the             surface waters. Other estuarine systems in which
                         latter will allow quantative dose-response                       phytoplankton blooms associated with alternating
                         predictions to be made, rather than the present state-           periods of stratification-destratification have been
                         of-the-art of simply simply making correlations                  observed are noted. The results illustrate the close
                         between nutrient loads and various properties of                 relationship between phytoplankton and
                         benthic communities.                                             hydrographic dynamics in this estuarine system and
                                                                                          emphasize the necessity to include the study of







                      46

                      hydrographic processes in the study of                        Ifish; Baltic;increase; decrease)
                      phytoplankton dynamics.                                         The discharge of nutrients to the Baltic Sea has
                                                                                    increased considerably during the 20th century.
                      Hagmeier, E. (1978)               Variations         in       There are several indications that this
                      phytoplankton near Helgoland. Rappots et                      eutrophication has affected the fish community.
                      Proc@s-verbaux des Riunions                                   Changes in species composition has been reported
                      Counseil International pour LExploration de la                from coastal areas, e.g. local increases in the
                      Mer 172:361-363.                                              abundance of pikeperch and decreased in whitefish.
                      lphytoplankton; abundance; nutrients; phosphate)              Total fish catches, dominated by herring, sprat, and
                         A summary is given of the observations on                  cod, have increased tenfold in the past fifty years
                      Helgoland Roads between 1962 and 1974. There                  and doubled in the last twenty-five years. This
                      was a tendency of phytoplankton stocks to increase            increase is mainly due to intensified fishing, but
                      during this period, although this was not                     possibly also to eutrophication and decreased fish
                      statistically significant. The increase was probably          predation by seals.
                      related to the significantly rising amounts of
                      nutrients available.                                          Hardy, J. T. and             Z. Zubayli (1976)
                                                                                    Phytoplankton standing crop and sewage
                      Hallegraeff, G. M. (1993)             A review of             nutrient enrichment along the central
                      harmful algal blooms and their apparent                       coast of Lebanon. Environmental Pollution
                      global increase. Phycologia32:79-99.                          11:195-202.
                      [red tides; nuisance blooms; review)                          (phytoplankton; Lebanon; nutrients; chlorophyll a;
                      no abstract                                                   sewage)
                                                                                      Surface nearshore water samples from seven
                      Hallegraeff, M. and J. L. Maclean (ed.) (1989)                stations along the central coast of Lebanon were
                      Biology Epidemology and Management of                         analyzed at different seasons for concentrations for
                      Pyrodinium Red Tides (Proceedings of                          nitrate, nitrite, ammonia, phosphate and
                      the Management and Training Workshop,                         chlorophyll-a standing crop.
                      Bandar Seri Begawan, Brunei Darussalam,                        Concentrations of nutrients and chlorophyll-a are
                      Philippines, 23-30 May, 1989). Fisheries                      higher within 10 km along coastal zone south of
                      Department, Ministry of Development, Manila.                  Beirut and increase with decreasing distance from
                      No abstract                                                   two major untreated sewage outfall. In some cases,
                                                                                    chlorophyll-a standing crop near outfalls (e.g. 2.18
                      Han, M.-S., K. Furuya, and T. Nemoto (1992)                   ing m-3) are about 10 times greater than unenriched
                      Species-specific             productivity            of       stations further south or than values reported from
                      S k e I e t o n e m a                 c o s t a t u m         elsewhere in the eastern Mediterranean. Near
                      (Bacillariophyceae)       in the inner part          of       outfalls, concentrations of phosphate, ammonia and
                      Tokyo Bay. Marine         Ecology Progress Series             chlorophyll-a tend to be greatest in summer, while
                      79:267-273.                                                   nitrate is greatest in winter.
                      lphytoplankton; productivity; Skeletonema; Tokyo                  Preliminary measurements by carbon-14
                      Bay; photosynthetic rate}                                     assimilation indicate that the enriched coastal
                       The composition of red tides in Tokyo Bay varied             region has a higher rate of primary production than
                      with season; those during summer 1986 and 1987                the unenriched area more than 10 km south of
                      were comprised almost entirely of Skeletonema                 Beriut.
                      costatum. Primary productivity by S. costatum
                      ranged from 5.2 to 70.4 % of the total productivity;          Harlin, M. M. and B. Throne-Miller (1981)
                      on an annual basis, its contribution was 18.8 %, as           Nutrient enrichment of seagrass beds in a
                      revealed by species- specific photosynthetic rate             Rhode Island coastal lagoon. Marine
                      (SSP), determined by the micromanipulation of                 Biology 65:221-229.
                      14C-labelled cells under simulated in situ                    (lagoon; seagrass; vegetation; algae; seaweeds;
                      conditions. SSP of S. costatum normalized with                nutrients; growth}
                      cell volume, and indicator of growth activity,                  Seagrass and algal beds showed a variety of
                      showed temporal variations as the species                     responses when the water column was treated with
                      composition of the red tides changed. The volume-             low level additions of ammonium, nitrate and
                      specific SSP was high in the initial phase of the             phosphate. The nutrients were added separately to 3
                      bloom. However, the high volume-specific SSP                  uniform seagrass beds of a temperate coastal lagoon
                      was rather short-lived.                                       during 1979 and 1980. (1) Ammonium caused the
                                                                                    production of dense mats of free-floating green
                      Hansson, S. and          L. G. Rudstani (1990)                algae Enteromorpha plumosa and Ulva lactuca. It
                      Eutrophication          and Baltic        Sea fish            also stimulated growth in both the leaf and root-
                      communities. Ambio 19:123-125.                                rhizome fractions of Zostera marina. This growth







                                                                                                                                          47

                       response in Z. marina was greater in the area where               water quality and fisheries agencies must coordinate
                       current reached 12 cm s- I than in the area with                  monitoring activities, standardize techniques, and
                       little or no current. The concentration of nitrogen               establish and maintain long-term data sets to
                       in the tissue did not change. In contrast, where                  evaluate the effects of water quality and fisheries
                       current was lacking, Z. marina growth increase                    programs separately and together; (2) controlled,
                       with ammonium was small, but the concentration                    mesoscale, whole system experiments should be
                       of nitrogen in the tissue doubled over that in                    performed to quantify rates (e.g. growth, predation,
                       control plots. The growth of Ruppia maritima was                  etc.) of food web interactions; and (3) the scientific
                       inversely related to the growth of green algae in the             community should promote research which
                       same plots. The red alga Gracilaria tilvahiae did not             quantifies the impact of changes in food web
                       grow better in ammonium, but its tissue reddened.                 dynamics on changes in toxic substance levels in
                       (2) Nitrate additions enhanced the growth of the                  Great Lakes fishes.
                       green seaweeds Enteromorpha spp. and U. lactuca,
                       but not Z. marina or R. maritima. G. tilvahiae,                   Hein5nen, A. P. (1991) Bacterial numbers,
                       when fertilized in isolation from other plants,                   biomass and productivity in the Baltic
                       showed a marginal response to this nutrient, and                  Sea: A cruise study. Marine Ecology Progress
                       the tissue always reddened. (3) Phosphate enhanced                Series 70:283-290.
                       growth in Z marina and R. maritima exposed to                     I bacteria;   abundance;        biomass;        Baltic;
                       moderate current. G. tilvahiae growing alone                      productivityl
                       showed a small growth response to phosphate. The                  Bacterial numbers, biomass and productivity were
                       phosphate made no difference in the growth of the                 studied during 2 cruises in the Baltic Proper, Gulf
                       green seaweeds. (4) None of the nutrient                          of Finland and the Bothanian Sea. Bacterial
                       supplements noticeably altered the species                        population in the open sea area had longer turnover
                       composition of either epiphytic or planktonic algae               times and lower productivity than in coastal areas,
                       associated with the beds, although we did detect                  comparable to those found in the open ocean, but
                       small increases in their numbers. The rapid and                   their biomass and abundance were as high as in the
                       dense growth of green algae in nitrogen -enriched                 coastal areas of the Baltic Sea. High bacterial
                       water probably limited growth of adjacent                         productivity in the aphotic water layer in the Gulf
                       seagrasses and red algae. Because these seaweeds did              of Finland is suggested to indicate eutrophication of
                       not use the phosphate, it became available to other               this area.
                       plant components. The overall floral response to
                       nutrient addition in seagrass communities depends,                Herbland, A., A. L. Bouteiller, and P. Raimbault
                       therefore, upon the particular nutrient supplied, the             (1987)   Does the nutrient enrichment of
                       ability of alterate species in the area to compete for            the equatorial upwelling influence the
                       that nutrient and the velocity of current in the                  size structure of phytoplankton in the
                       specific area.                                                    Atlantic Ocean? Oceanologica Acta Special
                                                                                         Volume No. 6:115-120.
                       Hartig, J. H., J. F. Kitchell, D. Scavia, and S. B.               [nutrients; phytoplankton; size structure;
                       Brandt (1991)         Rehabilitation of Lake                      upwellingl
                       Ontario: The role of nutrient reduction                            A study of the size structure of chlorophyll a
                       and food wed dynamics. Canadian Journal of                        (Chla) covering the major part of the equatorial
                       Fisheries and Aquatic Science 48:1574-1580.                       Atlantic Ocean from 5-N to 5-S leads to the
                       fLake Ontario; nutrient; food web; ecosystem)                     conclusion that seasonal nutrient enrichment in the
                         The Laurentian Lakes have a complex history of                  open Eastern equatorial Atlantic does not drastically
                       changes due to eutrophication, invasion of exotic                 affect the size distribution of the primary producers:
                       species, and fisheries and phosphorus management                  90% of the total Chla is everywhere contained in
                       practices. Remedial actions have reduced nutrient                 the <10um fraction on the average. In the coastal
                       loadings and enhanced the role of food web                        upwelling near Dakar, this percentage is less than
                       interactions in improving water quality. Workshops                60%, for the same range of Chla concentrations. In
                       sponsored through the United States - Canada                      the equatorial region the percentage of <1 urn Chla
                       International Joint Commission have addressed the                 is the same in the deep chlorophyll maximum
                       relative importance of nutrient abatement and/or                  located at the top of the nitracline during the warm
                       food web manipulation in affecting water quality                  season and in the subsuperficial maximum of the
                       trends. Both controls have combined to enhance                    upwelling. Therefore, from an ecological point of
                       water clarity in Lake Michigan. Lake Ontario has                  view, the term "upwelling" is misleading: the
                       already exhibited the effects of nutrient controls and            seasonal equatorial upwelling seems to be nothing
                       may be on the verge of manifesting food web                       other than the movement towards the surface of the
                       controls.        Research         and       monitoring            deep chlorophyll maximum, with no appreciable
                       recommendations to elucidate the effects of nutrient              increase of its value and some slight modification
                       and food web controls include the following: (1)                  of its trophic organization.








                         48

                                                                                      phosphate cannot be recycled in the Wadden Sea
                         Herdendorf, C. E. (1986) Rebirth of Lake                     itself, but is rather transported out of the system,
                         Erie:      Recovering        from       phosphorus           thereby enhancing again bloom formation at the
                         enrichment. Ohio Sea Grant, Ohio Sea Grant                   frontal region of the Elbe River.
                         Series, OHSU-RS-51.
                         f lake; Erie; phosphorus; recovery; algae;                   Hesthagen, 1. H. (1977)              Migrations,
                         phytoplankton; oxygen; benthos; fish)                        breeding, and growth in Pomatoschistus
                         No abstract                                                  minitus (Pallas) (Pisces, Gobiidae) in
                                                                                      Oslofjorden, Norway. Sarsia63:17-26.
                         Hesse, K., U. Hentschke, and U. Brockman (1992)              1growth; sand goby; Pomatoschistus; OslofJord;
                         A    synoptic       study     of nutrient          and       length)
                         phytoplankton          characteristics       in     the        Aspects of the biology of the sand goby were
                         German Wadden Sea with respect to                            studied over a period of 21 months. The goby is
                         coastal eutrophication.          In: G. Colombo, I.          common in the littoral from April (at temperatures
                         Ferrari, V. U. Ceccherelli and R. Rossi (ed.)                above 3'C) to July, when breeding takes place, and
                         Marine Eutrophication and Population Dynamics.               from September to December, when the somatic
                         Olsen & Olsen, Fredensborg.                                  growth occurs. At temperatures above 19'C and
                         lphytoplankton; nutrients; Wadden Sea)                       below 4-5'C the goby is rare in the littoral.
                          For the first time seasonal patterns of nutrient and           The growth is very rapid, the 0-group fish
                         phytoplankton distribution were evaluated in an              reaching almost the length of the 1-group fish
                         interdisciplinary synoptic study covering the whole          during their first growing season. Growth is faster
                         area (2,500 km2) of the northern German Wadden               than in other populations from similar latitudes,
                         Sea. Besides the large impact of the river Elbe,             suggested to be due to eutrophication. Spawning
                         nutrient patterns revealed the importance of local           occurs even in less than I m depth. There is an
                         sewage plumes originating from agricultural                  indication that light intensity, together with
                         drainage and coastal purification plants. N to P             temperature, is important for breeding to start.
                         ratios were relatively high over all the area in the           The food consists of any organism of appropriate
                         winter and spring, indicating potential phosphorus           size and texture. Polychaetes are a conspicuous
                         limitation for phytoplankton. growth. During the             component. Feeding occurs intensively all through
                         spring bloom of Phaeocystis globosa, which                   the stay in the littoral, but its lower during the
                         culminated in biomass concentration sof 0.5 mg C             breeding season. Various features of the biology of
                         per liter, phosphorus levels decreased to limiting           the sand goby in OslofJorden appear to be simple
                         concentrations in some of the outer regions of the           and more clearcut when compared to other
                         Wadden Sea. In general, however, nutrient stocks             populations studied, probably due to the stable and
                         were never exhausted, emphasizing the importance             predictable environmental conditions.
                         of turbidity as a major factor controlling primary
                         production in this area.                                     Hinga, K. R. (1990)              Alteration          of
                          In summer high levels of inorganic phosphate and            phosphorus dynamics during experimental
                         low N/P ratios were observed, reflecting rapid               eutrophication          of    enclosed        marine
                         remineralization of organic phosphorus                       ecosystems. Marine Pollution Bulletin 21:275-
                         constituents.    It is suggested that the bulk of            280.
                         inorganic phosphate in summer results from the               (phosphorus; MERL)
                         breakdown of allochthonous phytoplankton blooms                 A 28 month eutrophication experiment was
                         being advected into the region from sites of intense         conducted in marine mesocosms at Marine
                         growth such as the frontal region of the Ebe river           Ecosystems Research Laboratory of the University
                         plume and semi-enclosed coastal basins. Red tides            of Rhode Island. Each mesocosm contained 13 m3
                         of decomposing Noctiluca scintillans were observed           of seawater and a     'layer of benthic sediments
                         in the Wadden Sea and massive blooms of                      transferred from adjacent Narragansett Bay.
                         Glenodinium foliaceum in the lagoons, amounting              Nitrogen, phosphorus, and silica were added daily to
                         to concentrations of 13 mg C per liter and 19 mg C           the mesocosms.
                         per liter, respectively. Mass occurrences of toxic             The paper examines net exchange of phosphorus
                         forms were not recorded, although several species of         between benthic sediments and water column during
                         Dinophysis as well as Alexandrium sp. occurred in            the experiment. At low loading rates the regular
                         low cell numbers in spring and summer.                       annual pattern of phosphate concentrations is still
                         Allochthonus POC input was estimated to be                   evident but the amplitude of the pattern is
                         approximately 85 g C per m2 per year, equalling an           magnified. At higher loading rates the annual
                         excess remineralization of about 13 tons of                  pattern is lost and the effectiveness of the sediments
                         inorganic phosphate per day for the whole area.              to act as a 'buffer' to water column concentrations
                         Owing to inadequate light conditions in the Wadden           is reduced. In some cases the nutrient loading
                         Sea water, it is assumed that this high amount of            caused a release of phosphorus from the sediments.







                                                                                                                                 49

                                                                                   sites. Close correlation was found between the
                      Hinga, K. R. (1992)         Co-occurrence          of        logarithmic concentration of seawater inorganic
                      dinoflagellate blooms and high pH in                         nitrogen and that of tissue nitrogen (r = 0.949).
                      marine enclosures. Marine Ecology Progress                   This also applied to seawater phosphate and tissue
                      Series 86:181-187.                                           phosphorus (r = 0.927). It is conclude that Ulva is
                      I dinoflagellates;    diatoms;      blooms;      pH;         a good bioindicator of seawater eutrophication.
                      phytoplanktonj
                       High abundances      of dinoflagellates in mixed            Hobbie, J. E. and J. J. Cole (1984) Response
                      phytoplankton populations in marine enclosures               of a detrital foodweb to eutrophication.
                      were strongly correlated with high pH during 23              Bulletin of Marine Science 35:357-363.
                      enclosure-years of weekly samples. Diatom blooms             (bacteria; abundance; activity)
                      were not similarly correlated with high pH. The              The response off planktonic bacteria and micro-
                      correlation with high pH was not the result of               protozoa to an experimental eutrophication gradient
                      dinoflagellate blooms themselves drawing down the            in coastal marine waters was investigated. Bacterial
                      C02 and driving up the seawater pH. Examination              and microflagellate numbers, as well as glutamic
                      of individual blooms of >500 cells ml- I indicates           acid mineralization and 3H-thymidine
                      that dinoflagellate cell counts increased only after         incorporation, were measured in a series of 13 m3
                      the pH was driven high (i.e. >8.5). High pH                  mesocosms for 6 months. The systems received a
                      occurred either by natural processes (diatom                 daily addition of sea water (3.7% of total) and
                      blooms) or, in one case, by an artificial                    nutrients so that the nutrients added were 0, 2, 4,
                      manipulation of the pH in the enclosure. There               16 and 32 times the anthropogenic nitrogen,
                      were 9 periods in which the seawater pH exceeded             phosphorus and silica loading of Narragansett Bay,
                      8.5. Dinoflagellate blooms occurred during 7 of              Rhode Island.
                      those events. A high pH affinity for dinoflagellates         Both the biomass and primary production of the
                      could help explain reported successional sequences           planktonic algae increased in direct response to
                      of diatom blooms followed by dinoflagellate                  nutrient loading through the 16X treatment; the
                      blooms and the association of dinoflagellate                 response in the 32X treatment equaled that of the
                      blooms with eutrophication. Seawater pH should               16X treatment. In general, bacterial numbers and
                      probably be included with other environmental                growth (calculated from thymidine uptake) were
                      factors in studies of the mechanisms that control            higher in the more eutrophic tanks but there were
                      the occurrence of field dinoflagellate blooms.               lags in the microbial response to the peaks and
                                                                                   valleys of the algal growth. These lags caused poor
                      Ho, Y. B. (1987)              Ulva         Lactuca           correlation between instantaneous measurements of
                      (Chlorophyta, Ulvales) in Hong Kong                          microbial and algal parameters such as numbers of
                      intertidal waters - Its nitrogen and                         bacteria and algal production. However, when daily
                      phosphorus contents and its use as a                         production was summed for the entire 6 months of
                      bioindicator of eutrophication. Asian                        the study there was excellent correlation between
                      Marine Biology 4:97-102.                                     the total algal production and the total bacterial
                      (green algae; Ulva; sewage; nutrients; tissue;               production (r=0.89) for six tanks. It is difficult to
                      nitrogen; phosphorus; bioindicator; Hong Kong}               convert from 3H-thymidine incorporation to
                       The cosmopolitan green alga Ulva lactuca L. is              absolute quantities of bacterial production. We used
                      often found growing in areas contaminated by                 a conservative conversion factor derived from
                      domestic sewage thus reflecting its ability to thrive        laboratory values for the thtmidine content of
                      under such conditions. In order to study the effects         bacterial cells to calculate bacterial production.
                      of eutrophic waters on the nutrient content of the           Bacterial production (respiration plus growth) was
                      alga and its potential as an indicator species, both         nearly a constant fraction of planktonic primary
                      seawater and Ulva samples were collected from 10             production at all levels of eutrophication and
                      rural and I I urban intertidal sites around the Hong         averaged 31%. Our results are in good agreement
                      Kong Island over a period of two years. Analysis of          with other estimates of the carbon flux through the
                      the water samples showed that the mean dissolved             detrital component of pelagic ecosystems.
                      inorganic nitrogen (N03 and NH4) and phosphate
                      W04) levels in the rural sites were respectively             Hodgkiss, I. J. and       B. S. S. Chan (1987)
                      49.7 ug N I- I and 6.7 ug P 1- 1. Water samples              Phytoplankton          dynamics         in      Tolo
                      from the urban sites contained very high mean                Harbour. Asian Marine Biology 4:103-112.
                      levels of ammonia (222.4 ug N 1-1) and phosphate             (Tolo harbour-, phytoplankton; density; abundance;
                                                                                   composition; nutrients; nitrogen; phosphorus; red
                      (45.3 ug P 1-1) reflecting the extent of sewage              tide; diversity)
                      contamination. The amount of tissue nitrogen and                An intensive study of the Tolo Harbour
                      phosphorus in Ulva from urban areas were                     phytoplankton was carried out between January
                      respectively 71 and 93% more than those in rural             1983 and February 1985. The results presented in







                         50
                         this paper refer to the dynamics of the total                  the normoxic group (P<0.05 in both cases). A net
                         phytoplankton population at two stations, one in               uptake of ammonia occurred in ammonia-enriched
                         the inner harbour and the other in the outer harbour,          conditions - probably along a reversed NH4             +
                         for comparative purposes.                                      gradient, as downhill pNH3 gradients were
                            Results are presented in terms of the total                 maintained in all groups - and may represent the
                         phytoplankton cell density in the entire water                 only means by which some brachial efflux of
                         column at each station; the abundance of the 5                 ammonia could proceed.
                         major species of Bacillariophyceae and Dinophyceae
                         at each station; and the relative contributions of the         Howells, G. P. (1972) The estuary of the
                         6 classes of phytoplankton at each station in 1983             Hudson River, U.S.A. Proceedings of the
                         and 1984.                                                      Royal Society of London, Part B 180:521-534.
                          Increases in total phytoplankton standing crop and            JHudson River estuary; phytoplankton; nutrients;
                         changes in the percentage composition of the                   bloom)
                         component species are related to increasing nutrient             The Hudson River is a major waterway of the
                         levels in Tolo Harbour, The increased contribution             eastern seaboard of the United States. Its two major
                         of the Dinophyceae (also reflected in the increase in          tributaries, the Mohawk and Hudson, combine to
                         red tide incidents) is particularly stressed, because of       form the long narrow estuary of the Lower Hudson.
                         the implications which such algal blooms have for              The area is populated and industrially developed,
                         the Tolo Harbour ecosystem.                                    and it is predicted that both domestic and industrial
                         Hognestad, P. T. (1987) Assessment of the                      demands for water will increase, as well as the
                         environmental            conditions         in      the        demand for waste disposal and for the maintanence
                         Skagerrak and           Kattegat.        ICES, ICES            of its recreational resources.
                         Cooperative Research Report, (nitrogen;                          Recent studies of the ecology of the Estuary,
                         phosphorus; Kattegat; Skagerrak; priarnry                      survey of the levels of pollutants in water, and their
                         production; oxygenj                                            distribution between water, muds and the biota
                         No abstract                                                    indicate that water quality may need control if
                                                                                        problems      of maintenance of fisheries,
                         Hosie, D.   A., R. F. Uglow, L. Hagerman, T.                   eutrophication, and drinking water quality are to be
                         Sondergaard, and W. Weile (1991) Some effects                  avoided. 'Mere is clearly a case for relevant research
                         of . hypoxia        and      medium         ammonia            into the processes and pathways of pollutants
                         enrichment on efflux rates and circulating                     within this aquatic ecosystem, and for the study of
                                                                                        effects of pollutants on biological communities in
                         levels    of ammonia            in     Nephrops                relation to concentration and time of exposure.
                         norvegicus. Marine Biology 110:273-279.                          Estuaries are areas of great natural variations in
                         (hypoxia; ammonia; Kattegat; Skagerrak; decapod;               environmental conditions and their flora and fauna
                         Nephrops norvegicus)                                           is selected and restricted in its variety by the need to
                           Eutrophication has been reported for autumn                  tolerate or regulate in the variable conditions. For
                         months in regions of the Kattegat/Skagerrak,                   this reason, the capacity of estuaries to accept
                         causing stress to bottom-living organisms, The                 pollutants which enhance natural variations is
                         present studies, undertaken in April (1989),                   relatively great. The limit of environmental
                         investigated the effects of hypoxia and high                   acceptance need to be determined by achieving the
                         ammonia levels in the burrowing decapod Nephrops               best reconciliation between industrial development
                         norvegicus (L.). The net ammonia efflux rates and              and the maintenance of amenity.
                         circulating ammonia levels at 6 and 12 'C, at
                         normoxia [partial] pressure Of 02 in the water                 Hull, S. C. (1987) Macroalgal mats and
                         (toff), PW02 = 155 torr)] and hypoxia Pw02 = 24                species abundance: A field experiment.
                         torr) in normal seawater and ammonia-enriched (300             Estuarine, Coastal and Shelf Science 25:519-532.
                         umol ammonia 1-1) seawater were examined. The                  Imacroalgae; mats; benthos; infauna; abundance;
                         hourly weight-specific efflux rates were very                  Ythan estuaryl
                         variable and in all groups included some individuals             A field experiment was carried out whereby the
                         which showed periods of no net efflux, or even a               density of macroalgae (Enteromorpha spp.) was
                         net uptake of ammonia. At each temperature, net                manipulated and the resultant changes in sedimeni
                         efflux-rate differences due to treatments were not             infaunal density were monitored. Four densities of
                         significant (P>0.05; ANOVA, in all cases) and                  Enteromorpha spp. were used: 0, 0.3, 1 and 3 kg
                         only the differences between the net efflux rates of           FW m-2, corresponding to control, low-, medium-,
                         the normoxic groups were significantly affected by             and high-density plots. The experiment ran from
                         temperature (P<0.05; ANOVA). Circulating                       May to October 1985 and was sampled on three
                         ammonia levels were also variable, and at 6'C the              occasions. By July, the density of Corophium
                         ammonia-enriched groups had significantly higher               volutator was reduced at all weed levels when
                         weight-specific blood ammonia content values than








                                                                                                                                      51
                      compared to control plots, whereas densities of                principal factor affecting the physiology of cysts of
                      Hydrobia ulvae, Macoma balthica, Nereis                        Chattonella. No cysts germinate at 10 -C.
                      diversicolor, and Capitella capitata, all increased.           Optimum temperature range is between 20 and 25
                      Samples taken in October when the weed mats were               -C for germination. For maturation (acquisition of
                      buried in the sediment showed fewer differences                germinability) of the cysts, low storage temperature
                      than in July. Macoma, Nereis, and Capitella were               of I I -C or below for more than four months is
                      still significantly more abundant at medium and                essential, whereas no significant maturation is
                      high weed densities. Corophuim showed no                       observed at 20 -C or more. In freshly collected
                      significant treatment effect. There was, however, a            sediments, marked seasonality of germinability was
                      highly significant difference in population size               confirmed in Suo-Nada. The cysts have
                      structure for      Corophium. Measurements of                  germinability between spring and early summer.
                      sediment redox potential and silt content under                The cysts spend a period of spontaneous dormancy
                      medium- and high-density plots revealed rapid                  between autumn and the next spring, and they
                      anoxia with a significant increase in siltation.               mature during the winter season. The life cycle of
                                                                                     Chattonella is therefore well adapted to seasonal
                      Hungspreugs, M., W. Utoomprkporn, S.                           temperature fluctuation in the Seto Inland Sea. And
                      Dharmvanij, and P. Sompongchaiyakul (1989)                     further, alteration between benthic and planktonic
                      The     present      status      of the        aquatic         stage is presumably unconstrained by virtue of
                      environment of Thailand. Marine Pollution                      shallowness of the Seto Inland Sea. The life cycle
                      Bulletin 20:327-3332.                                          of Chattonella can be regarded as superior strategies
                      [Thailand; bloom; red tide)                                    in conclusion for the occurrences of the red tides in
                       The rapidly increasing population and developing              temperate waters such as the Seto Inland Sea.
                      agro-industrial activities in Thailand exert
                      considerable stress on the aquatic environment.                Jaworski, N. A. (1981) Sources of nutrients
                      Untreated municipal wastes are discharged directly             and the scale of eutrophication problems
                      or indirectly to canals and rivers, causing high               in estuaries.        In: B. J. Neilson and L. E.
                      BOD5 values and bacterial contamination close to               Cronin (ed.) Estuaries and Nutrients. Humana
                      populated areas. Improvements in domestic sewage               Press, Clifton, New Jersey.
                      treatment are likely to be prohibitively expensive             [estuary, freshwater, nutrient, budget, comparison}
                      in the near term at least. Eutrophication of coastal            A comprehensive analysis of external sources of
                      waters is an emerging problem. By contrast, few                nutrients is presented including an impact,
                      problems have been documented from trace metals                comparison of external loadings, and the resulting
                      discharged by industries, and the public health                scale of eutrophication. The major emphasis of the
                      threat from seafood contamination does not appear              analysis is on nitrogen and phosphorus.
                      to be significant. Uses of chlorinated hydrocarbon               The relative contribution of various external
                      pesticides are declining sharply, these being                  sources for five major ecosystems is delineated.
                      replaced by organophosphate compounds which                    Discussion of seasonal and long-term trends of
                      degrade rapidly in aquatic environments. Oil                   external sources is presented. The impact of
                      pollution has not been a problem, although fears of            external sources on the eutrophication process is
                      a major spill exists.                                          evaluated. A scale of eutrophication for estuarine
                                                                                     ecosystem is suggested for comparing the impact of
                      Imai, I., S. Itakura, and K. Itoh (1991) Life                  nutrient enrichment.
                      cycle strategies of the red tide causing                        Comparisons of external nutrient loadings and the
                      flagellates Chattonella (Raphidophyceae)                       scale of eutrophication for 13 estuarine and
                      in the Seto Inland Sea. Marine Pollution                       freshwater ecosystems are made. A detailed
                      Bulletin 23:165-170.                                           comparison of the five estuaries of the Chesapeake
                      (red tide; flagellates; cyst; life cycle; blooml               Bay is presented from which relationships between
                        Chattonella antiqua (Hada) Ono and Chattonella               external nutrient loadings (g/m2/yr) and eutrophic
                      marina (Subrahmanyan) Hara et Chihara are the                  conditions are suggested.
                      most noxious red tide flagellates which cause                    Analysis of the relationship between external
                      serious damage to fish farming, especially to                  nutrient loadings, nitrogen/phosphorus ratio, and
                      yellowtail culture, in Japanese coastal waters such            eutrophic state suggests that, for the East Coast
                      as the Seto Inland Sea during summer. Cysts of                 estuarine ecosystems, if the phosphorus loading is
                      Chattonella were identified from sediments of the              1.0 g/m2/yr or less, excessive eutrophic conditions
                      Seto Inland Sea. These cysts overwinter in sea                 can be prevented. The favorable response of the
                      bottom and play an important role in initiating the            Potomac estuary to phosphorus control
                      summer red tides. Most of the cysts adhere to solid            demonstrates that excessive eutrophic conditions
                      surfaces such as diatom frustules and sand grains,             may be alleviated with advanced wastewater
                      which may aid in keeping the cyst populations                  treatment, depending on many factors including
                      within seed beds for red tides. Temperature is a               nutrient loadings.








                         52

                                                                                        form of the silicoflagellate Dictyocha speculum.
                         Jaworski, N. A. and           J. O.Villa (1981) A              This special form does not develop the siliceous
                         suggested        approach        for      developing           skeletons which normally characterize the genus
                         estuarine      water quality           criteria for            Dictyocha, its growth is apparently independent of
                         management of eutrophication.                 In: B. J.        the availability of dissolved silicate. The first
                         Neilson and L. E. Cronin (ed.) Estuaries and                   massive bloom of this organism was observed in
                         Nutrients. Humana Press, Clifton, New Jersey.                  the Kiel Bight area, FRG, in May 1983. We
                         (criteria; management; frameworkl                              suggest that the occurrence of this new type of
                           A conceptual approach for developing water                   bloom is related to changes in nutrient conditions
                         quality criteria for eutrophication management is              due to increased eutrophication.
                         suggested. The three basic components of the
                         framework include source ambient relationships,                Johansson, J. 0. R. and I. R.R. Lewis (1992)
                         effects, and impact analyses. The approach focuses             Recent improvements of water quality
                         on a conceptual method for developing decision-                and biological indicators in Hillsborough
                         making criteria as opposed to the classical water              Bay, a highly impacted subdivision of
                         quality criteria for a single value of limitation. The         Tampa Bay, Florida, USA.                    In: R. A.
                         approach to developing framework of response                   Vollenweider, R. Marchetti and R. Viviani (ed.)
                         relationships which can be readily incorporated into           Marine Coastal Eutrophication. Elsevier,
                         water quality standard-setting processes that include          Amsterdam.
                         environmental considerations and technological and             Ichlorophyll, seagrass, blue-green algae,
                         economic factors.                                              transparencyl
                                                                                          Hillsborough Bay, the eastern uppermost section
                         Jingzhong, Z., D. Liping, and Q. Baoping (1985)                of the Tampa Bay system, is surrounded by a large
                         Preliminary studies on eutrophication and                      metropolitan complex, supports extensive
                         red    tide     problems        in    Bohai        Bay.        industrial activity, and serves as a major shipping
                         Hydrobiologia 127:27-30.                                       port of fertilizer products. The Bay was determined
                         (red tide; Bohai Bay; nutrients; phytoplantkon;                to be highly eutrophic during the late 1960's. The
                         community; composition; productivity; sewage;                  City of Tampa's primary sewage treatment plant
                         trophic state index}                                           and runoff from fertilizer industry activities were
                          A study was carried out in 1978-1981 on the                   considered as the major sources of excessive
                         relationship between eutrophication and the                    nutrient loading. Loadings from both these sources
                         occurrence of red tides in Bohai Bay.                          have been reduced during the last 10 years, which
                          An assessment method using a single parameter                 has probably been the leading cause of improved
                         as well as the multiparameter trophic State Index              water quality parameters such as water clarity,
                         was adopted. DIN, DIP, COD loading and                         dissolved oxygen, and chlorophyll.                  The
                         concentrations and phytoplankton community                     improvements recorded in these parameters may, in
                         (species composition, diversity index, standing                part, be related to large biomass reductions of a
                         crop, chlorophyll a and primary productivity) were             planktonic blue-green alga, which used to dominate
                         used as parameters. The western part of the bay and            the fall and early winter phytoplankton population.
                         two sewage outfall sites showed the highest values             Coincidental with improved water quality, seagrass
                         of chlorophyll a, nitrate, phosphate, standing crop,           and an attached macro-alga have vegetated shallow
                         primary productivity and the greatest population               areas around the bay, which had been barren of
                         instability. Therefore, Bohai Bay, can be regarded as          attached vegetation for several decades.
                         mesotrophic,      but its estuary eutrophic.
                         Anthropogenic factors are mainly responsible for               Jones, R. A. and              G. F. Lee (1986)
                         its eutrophication. A relationship between                     Eutrophication          modeling        for      water
                         environmental factors and red tide species was                 quality management: An update of the
                         found. Noctiluca miliaris, Prorocentrum minimum                Vollenweider OECD model. Water Quality
                         and Skeletonema coastatum have their bloom                     Bulletin 11: 118-.
                         periods from July to September and are the most                [model; fish; yield; phosphorus; biomass;
                         significant species.                                           production)
                                                                                        No abstract
                         Jochem, F. and      B. Babenerd (1989) Naked
                         Dictyocha         speculum - a new type of                     Jonge, V. N. d. and             H. Postma (1974)
                         phytoplankton bloom in the Western                             Phosphorus compounds in the Dutch
                         Baltic. Marine Biology 103:373-379.                            Wadden Sea. Netherlands Journal of Sea
                         IDictyocha;           phytoplankton;           bloom;          Research 8:139-153.
                         silicoflagellate; Baltic}                                      (phosphorus; Dutch Wadden Sea; Rhine}
                          We report on the bloom incidence of a curious                   During the period of July 1970 to July 1971
                         new type of phytoplankton organism: the naked                  phosphorus concentrations (phosphate, dissolved







                                                                                                                               53

                   organic phosphorus and particulate phosphorus)               organic matter over 3 yr changed in a way that
                   have been measured over the whole Dutch Wadden               would be predicted from the faunal changes and
                   Sea including the Ems-Dollard area and the northern          consistent with the hypothesis that sedimentation
                   part of the Usselmeer.                                       had caused the variation. Increased abundance were
                     Phosphate values were in general higher than in            accompanied by increased organic content.
                   the North Sea. Highest concentrations occur in
                   summer in the inner parts as a result of                     Josefson, A. B. and R. Rosenberg (1988) Long-
                   accumulation and mineralization of organic                   term soft-bottom faunal changes in three
                   material. In this way steep gradients are built up           shallow fjords, West Sweden. Netherlands
                   between these inner parts and the tidal inlets, with         Journal of Sea Research 22:149-159.
                   maxima of 2.5 ugst P/l. In winter differences are            (benthic; fauna; abundance; biomass; composition;
                   small and the phosphate distribution is more                 diversity)
                   homogeneous. Very low phosphate values were                   Three West Swedish fjords were investigated at
                   only found in spring and summer in the tidal inlet           the same 14 stations in 1976 and 1986, and 8 of
                   between the islands Vlieland and Terschelling where          these had been investigated in the 1920's. The
                   phosphorus probably becomes limiting for                     stations are situated at 7 to 27 in water depths in
                   plankton growth.                                             protected areas without any significant local
                     Since 1950 phosphate concentrations increased              pollution input, but now with organically enriched
                   three times (0.5 to 1.7 ugat P/I average). Over the          sediments. Comparisons of benthic fauna between
                   same period the river Rhine shows a similar                  1976 and 1986 showed the following significant
                   increase. However, particulate phosphorus                    reductions: in total mean abundance and biomass
                   concentrations only doubled in the Wadden Sea (2.4           (excluding some large and rare species); in
                   to 5.1 ugat P/100 mg carbonate-free suspended                abundance and biomass of molluscs; in abundance
                   matter, on the average). It has been assumed that            of suspension feeders and carnivores. Similarity
                   the difference between the two factors is due to a           indices gave significant differences between 1976
                   considerable increase in microbial activity.                 and 1986. The greatest changes had occurred in the
                                                                                two fjords with the most restricted water
                   Josefson, A. B. (1987) Large-scale patterns                  circulation. Although these faunal changes may be
                   of dynamics in subtidal macrozoobenthic                      attributed to several factors, recently increased
                   assemblages in the Skagerrak: Effects of                     periods of hypoxia in the bottom water, which
                   a production-related factor. Marine Ecology                  could be a result of large-scale eutrophication, are
                   Progress Series 38:13-23.                                    suggested as the main impact on the benthos.
                   Imacrobenthos; assemblage; organic; sediment;
                   abundance)                                                   Justi'c, D. (1987) Long-term eutrophication
                     Macrobenthic infauna at water depths between 10            of the Northern Adriatic Sea. Marine
                   and 300 in was monitored over 5 yr in an 80 km               Pollution Bulletin 18:281-284.
                   wide area off the Swedish west coast. Year-to-year           JAdriatic Sea; anoxia; oxygen; primary production;
                   variations in number of individuals were analyzed            nutrients)
                   for total fauna, trophic and reproductive groups and           In the Northern Adriatic Sea, the occurrence of
                   dominating species. Results demonstrated                     anoxic events near the bottom has considerably
                   significant variations in total abundance                    increased in frequency during the last 15 years.
                   synchronized between stations suggesting the                 Although it has been suggested that increasing
                   importance of some extrinsic factor. Relative                nutrient inflow from land-based sources has caused
                   positions of dominants seemed largely unaltered,             the phenomenon, there has been no direct evidence
                   suggesting a similar response among species to the           for this. An analysis of the oxygen distribution in
                   common factor. Much of the variability was                   the Northern Adriatic Sea between 1911 and 1982
                   accounted for by short-lived predatory and surface-          clearly demonstrates that the probability of anoxic
                   deposit-feeding polychaetes and surface- depo sit-           events near the bottom has increased in time. This
                   feeding cumaceans. A comparison of the variability           process is related to the increasing primary
                   between species with planktotrophic and                      production near the surface. There is strong
                   lecithotrophic larval development showed no                  evidence that the long-term nutrient enrichment of
                   difference between the categories, suggesting that           the Northern Adriatic Sea forces the above changes.
                   the common factor operated on the bottom.
                   Temperature and salinity data suggest only small             Justi'c, D. (1988) Trend in the transparency
                   differences between years. It is argued that the             of the Northern Adriatic Sea 1911-1982.
                   major cause of the common variability pattern is a           Marine Pollution Bulletin 19:32-35.
                   factor related to production in the sea such as              Itransparency; Adriatic; primary production;
                   sedimentation of organic matter, which affects               nutrientsi
                   either of, or a combination of, settlement, somatic            In the northern Adriatic Sea, the Secchi disk has
                   growth and survival of the bottom. Sediment                  been used in oceanographic studies since 1911. An








                         54

                         analysis of the data collected during summers                 Kat, M. (1987)            Toxic and non-toxic
                         between 1911 and 1982 demonstrates that, on the               dinoflagellate blooms on the Dutch
                         average, the Secchi disk depth has decreased in               coast. In: T. Okaichi, D. M. Anderson and T.
                         time. It is likely that a decrease in light penetration       Nemoto (ed.) Red Tides: Biology, Environmental
                         has reduced the benthic primary production and thus           Science, and Toxicology. Elsevier, New York.
                         has increased the probability of an occurrence of             [bloom; dino; abundance; toxic}
                         anoxic events near the bottom. The long-term                   The water of the Dutch coastal area is a mixture
                         nutrient enrichment of the freshwaters discharging            of water entering the North Sea in the south
                         into the northern Adriatic Sea appears to be the              through the Straits of Dover, fresh water from the
                         main factor which has caused the above changes.               rivers Rhine, Meuse and Scheldt and British coastal
                                                                                       water (figure 2.). The seasonal occurrence and year-
                         Justi'c, D. (1991)        Hypoxic conditions         in       to-year frequency for the period 1973-1984 will be
                         the northern Adriatic Sea: Historical                         described of 9 dinoflagellates occurring in a 70 km
                         development               and           ecological            wide area along the coast. Special attention has
                         significance.        In: R. V. Tyson and T. H.                been paid to the presence of toxin producing
                         Pearson (ed.) Modern and Ancient Continental                  dinoflagellates and the results of this program for
                         Shelf Anoxia. The Geological Society, London.                 1986 and 1987.
                         (oxygen; Adriatic; Po River; nitrogen; phosphorus;
                         hydromedusae; meroplankton)                                   Kautsky, N., H. Kautsky, U. Kautsky, and M.
                          In the northern Adriatic Sea the occurrence of               Waern (1986) Decreased depth penetration
                         anoxic events and related benthic mortalities has             of Fucus        vesiculosus (L.) since the
                         considerably increased in frequency during the past           1940's indicates eutrophication of the
                         15 years. This paper summarizes recent findings               Baltic Sea. Marine Ecology Progress Series
                         and presents new evidence on the causes and                   28:1-8.
                         consequences of this phenomenon. Trends in the                flight; depth penetration; seaweeds; chlorophyll;
                         oxygen content 1911-1984, trends in the Secchi                Baltic)
                         disk depth 1911-1982 and long-term changes in the              Although nutrient inputs to the Baltic Sea have
                         communities of benthos and meroplankton are                   increased drastically since the end of the last
                         described. The relative importance of a set of factors        century, there is still little hard biological evidence
                         which create favorable conditions for the                     of a general eutrophication of the Baltic Sea outside
                         development of hypoxia is discussed.                          locally polluted areas. A revisit after 40 yr to some
                                                                                       well-documented diving stations in the outer
                         Kaiser, W., A. Irmisch, D. Nehring, F. Georgi, and            archipelago of the Aland Sea gave us an
                         G. Bruel (1990) Ecological investigation in                   opportunity to register any changes in benthic
                         the     onshore        pelagic        zone       near         vegetation that could be linked to eutrophication.
                         Warnemiinde from March 1985 to March                          By mapping the vertical distribution in coverage of
                         1986. Limnologica 20:33-36.                                   bladder wrack Fucas vesiculosus (L.) at I I stations
                         [nutrients; chlorophyll; pelagic}                             we observed that the lower limit of this alga had
                          From March 1985 to March 1986 ecological                     moved upwards at 10 stations from maximally 11.5
                         investigations were carried out in the pelagic zone           m in 1943/44 to 8.5 m in 1984. Also the depth of
                         near Warnemiinde with the aim of analyzing the                maximum development had withdrawn from 5 to 6
                         annual variations in some oceanological parameters            m in 1943/44 to 3 to 4 m in 1984, while coverage
                         and ascertaining the productivity and eutrophication          at these depths was about the same: 58% and 51 %
                         of this region. Main results are as follows:                  respectively. The deeper specimens today at 8.5 m
                         - All parameters studied show annual variations,              had the same dwarfed appearance as those found at
                         which are greatest for temperature, nutrients and             11.5 m in the 1940's; at that time growth at 8.5 m
                         biological parameters.                                        was luxuriant. During both studies the decrease in
                         - Short term variations (few days) were strong,               F.vesiculosus coverage with depth towards the
                         except in the case of temperature.                            lower limit could be approximately fitted to an
                         - Close connections exist between the biological              exponentially decreasing light attenuation curve.
                         and chemical parameters.                                      Since the structure of Baltic hardbottom
                         - The influence of the discharge from the River               communities is almost totally governed by abiotic
                         Warnow on the ecological conditions could not be              factors, the changes in depth penetration are
                         clarified.                                                    probably caused by decreased transparency of the
                         - As comparisons of chlorophyll and seston                    water column due to eutrophication. Results
                         concentrations with those of the Arkona Basin and             indicate that the decreased water transparency arises
                         the Lijbeck Bay show, the area studied can be                 from a 40 to 50% increase in summer values of
                         characterized as a slightly eutrophic region of the           chlorophyll a and nutrients in the offshore surface
                         Mecklenburg Bay.                                              water of the Baltic Sea since the 1940's.








                                                                                                                                   55
                       Keller, A. A. (1988) An empirical model of                   the same environmental variables as the major
                       primary       productivity         (14 C)      using         limiting factors. Both models provided good fits to
                       mesocosm data along a nutrient gradient.                     the data (explaining 77-82% of the total variance).
                       Journal of Plankton Research 10:813-834.                     The predictive ability of the mechanistic model was
                       1primary production; MERL)                                   significantly greater (p<0.05) than the principal
                        The two parameters of the hyperbolic         tangent        component regression when tested on two
                       equation, Pm and a, were estimated from in situ              independent data sets. Predictive ability between the
                       vertical profiles of primary production using                two models was statistically compared by F - tests
                       mesocosm data along a nutrient gradient. The                 on the residual variability from each method.
                       parameters, derived from 4-h (around noon) 14C               Keller, A. A., P. H. Doering, S. P. Kelly, and B.
                       incubations, were used together with the                     K. Sullivan (1990)        Growth of juvenile
                       photosynthesis-light curve and hourly solar                  Atlantic menhaden, Brevoortia tyrannus
                       radiation data to calculate daily primary production         (Pisces:        Clupeidae)           in      MERL
                       rates (Pd). Approximately 40% of the daily                   mesocosms: Effects of eutrophication.
                       production occurred in the 4h around noon.                   Limnology and Oceanography 35:109-122.
                       Considering parameter uncertainty, there was no              [secondary production; growth; Atlantic menhaden;
                       indication of an increase in variation in production         nutrient; MERL)
                       with increased nutrient loading, nor did biomass-             Growth and mortality of recently hatched Atlantic
                       specific P-I parameters increase. Annual production          menhaden (Brevoortia tyrannus ) were examined for
                       ranged from 82 to 901 gCm-2 year-1 and was                   7 months under two levels of nutrient enrichment
                       highest in the highest nutrient treatment tank,              (with and without silicate enhancement) and control
                       Daily productivity ranged from 0.02 to 9.1 gCm-              conditions in experimental marine mesocosms (13
                       2day-1 and was significantly correlated, in all              m3). Results from six plankton-dominated systems
                       treatments, with a composite parameter BI01k                 confirmed the often hypothesized but rarely
                       (where B is phytoplankton biomass; I0 is daily               demonstrated link between nutrient loading, food
                       radiation and k is the extinction coefficient). Linear       quantity, and growth in marine fish. Weekly
                       regression of Pd against BIOlk indicated that much           abundance and mortality were not significantly
                                                                                    different (P @t 0.05) between controls and treatment
                       of the variability (86%) in productivity was                 mesocosms. On the other hand, von Bertalanffy's
                       explained by light availability and phytoplankton            growth coefficients and mean asymptotic sizes of
                       biomass. Two approaches for predicting                       juvenile Atlantic menhaden were significantly
                       productivity were compared: (i) predicting                   different (P < 0.05) and positively correlated (r2 =
                       production directly from environmental variables             0.98) with mean food availability (measured as the
                       (i.e. B101k ) and (ii) predicting the parameter of the       sum of phytoplankton plus zooplankton carbon),
                       P-I curve from environmental variables and using             which in turn was significantly (P < 0.05) and
                       these to calculate daily production.                         positively correlated (r2 = 0.94) with nutrient
                       Keller, A. A. (1989) Modeling the effects of                 loading (measured as the input of N+P+Si).
                       temperature, light, and nutrients on                         Keller, A. A. and R. L. Rice (1989) Effects of
                       primary productivity: An empirical and a                     nutrient        enrichment          on       natural
                       mechanistic          approach           compared.            populations         of     the      brown         tide
                       Limnology and Oceanography 43:82-95.                         phytoplankton                A u r e o c o c c u s
                       Ichl a; 14C production; primary productivity;                anophagefferens (Chrysophyceae). Journal
                       MERL)                                                        of Phycology 25:636-646.
                         The prospect of reliably predicting production             (brown tide bloom; nutrient; picoalgae; MERLI
                       from environmental variables in heterogeneous                   The brown tide picoalgae Aureococcus
                       estuarine environments offers clear logistic                 anophagefferens Hargraves et Sieburth was present
                       advantages over measurement with the 14C                     in approximately equal numbers in 12 large scale
                       technique, particularly if detailed coverage (in space       (13000 L) mesocosms at the start of a nutrient
                       and time) is desired. To that end, two different             addition experiment in June 1985. Increases in
                       techniques for predicting phytoplankton production           abundance in untreated systems mimicked the
                       were tested and compared using data from                     pattern of bloom development in Narragansett Bay,
                       Narragansett Bay, R.I., and experimental estuarine           Rhode Island, the seawater source for the
                       ecosystems. Primary productivity was first                   experiment. Aureococcus increased to maximal
                       estimated via an empirical technique (principal              values of 2.6 X 109cells L- I and persisted at high
                       component regression), which incorporated                    numbers (> 108 cells L- 1) for 7-8 weeks. In nutrient
                       temperature, light, and nutrients as independent             addition tanks, the picoalgae bloomed briefly (1-3
                       variables. This approach was compared with a
                       traditional mechanistic formulation which included           weeks) but rapidly declined to the usual level (_107








                      56
                      cells L-1 for eukaryotic algae in Narragansett Bay).        loading. Average summer fluxes for treatments
                      The decline in picoalgae abundance was followed by          ranged from about 150 to 1200 umols NH4       + m_2
                      an increase in total diatoms in all nutrient treated        0, with highest rates being recorded at the 2
                      tanks. Mean picoalgae abundance in the mesocosms            highest loading levels.         Benthic nutrient
                      and the bay was significantly (P<0.05) and                  regeneration did not increase in direct proportion to
                      inversely correlated (r=-0.93) with mean                    loading, but appeared strongly related to net
                      concentration of dissolved inorganic nitrogen. The          primary production rates across the enrichment
                      persistence of the brown tide species in control            gradient. Comparison, across the experimental
                      mesocosms and Narragansett Bay appears related to           gradient, of the external nutrient supply rate with
                      its ability to grow at very low concentrations of           the benthic feedback of dissolved nutrients to the
                      dissolved inorganic nitrogen, levels previously             water column indicated that beyond a loading of
                      shown to limit diatom growth.                               about 2000 to 5000 mmols N m-2 yr- I the water
                      Keller, A. A. and R. L. Rice (1990) Variation               column nutrient dynamics became dominated by the
                      in DCMU-enhanced fluorescence relative                      external supply. Results suggest that the
                      to chlorophyll a : Correlation with the                     importance of benthic-pelagic interactions to
                      brown tide bloom. Journal of Phycology                      biogeochernical and ecological cycles of coastal
                      26:202-205.                                                 areas may decrease markedly with nutrient
                      [brown tide blooms; fluorescence; nutrients;                enrichments which exceed the needs of the
                      MERL)                                                       autotrophic components of the ecosystem.
                        DCMU-enhanced fluorescence and extracted                  Kelly, M. and              M. Naguib (1984)
                      chlorophyll a were simultaneously measured in               Eutrophication in Coastal Marine Areas
                      Narragansett Bay, Rhode Island and the MERL                 and Lagoons: A Case Study of 'Lac de
                      (Marine Ecosystems Research Laboratory)                     Tuins'. UNESCO, UNESCO reports in marine
                      mesocosms during the 1985 brown tide bloom.                 science, 29.
                      Marked differences in the relationship between these        1coast; lagoon; review; concept; processes)
                      variables were observed as the phytoplankton                 During the period from September 6 through 18,
                      community shifted from dominance by picoalgae to            1982 a workshop was conducted in Tunis, Tunisia
                      diatoms. The fluorescence to chlorophyll a ration           to discuss and teach about problems of
                      was significantly (P<0.05) higher in the                    eutrophication in coastal marine areas. The history
                      mesocosms and the bay when the brown tide                   of the concept of eutrophication, as developed for
                      species (Aureococcus anophagefferens Hargraves et           north-temperate lakes, was discussed. The major
                      Sieburth) dominated the phytoplankton community             processes involved, including nutrient enrichment,
                      compared with other taxa. Although several factors          excess algal growth, oxygen depletion, and the
                      could have affected the relationship we believe the         microbial processes in anaerobic environments were
                      high ratios are related to the pigment composition          described. Participants described eutrophic
                      and / or small size of the brown tide organisms.            conditions found in coastal areas of their respective
                      Kelly, J. R., V. M. Berounsky, S. W. Nixon, and             coUntries (all bordering the Mediterranean). The
                      C. A. Oviatt (1985)           Benthic-pelagic               eutrophication of Lac de Tuins, perhaps the most
                      coupling and nutrient cycling across an                     eutrophic embayments in the world, was discussed
                      experimental       eutrophication         gradient.         and presented as a case study. During the workshop
                      Marine Ecology Progress Series 26:207-219.                  we realized that the concepts of cultural
                      [nutrient; flux; benthic; pelagic; nitrogen;                eutrophication as originally described for north-
                      phosphorus; MERL}                                           temperate lakes apply imperFectly to the marine
                        Sediment-water exchange rates of dissoloved               environment. But the processes in both
                                                                                  environments are similar, with the addition of large
                      inorganic nitrogen (NH4+, N03-, N02-) and                   quantities of nutrients, excessive algal growth,
                      phosphorus (P04   3-), water column concentrations          depletion of oxygen with consequent microbial and
                      of both dissolved and particulate forms of N and P,         chemical changes, and the death of large numbers of
                      and net primary production (14C) were measured              animals and complete change of ecosystem
                      during a summer period in large (13 m3)                     structure.
                      experimental mesocosms that had been subjected              Kemp, W. M., R. R. Twilley, J. C. Stevenson,
                      to continuous daily nutrient additions (N, P, Si) for       W. R. Boynton, and J. C. Means (1983) The
                      over I yr. The concentrations of combined                   decline of submerged vascular plants in
                      dissolved inorganic plus particulate nutrient forms         the upper Chesapeake Bay: Summary of
                      (N, P) were linearly related to the nutrient input          results     concerning       possible       causes.
                      rate across a loading range from 596 to 34100               Marine Technology Society Journal 17:78-89.
                      mmols N m-2 yr-1. Benthic nutrient regeneration
                      generally increased, although not uniformly, with







                                                                                                                                57
                     fvascular plants; submerged; Chesapeake Bay;                Kennedy, V. S. (ed.) (1984) The Estuary as a
                     vegeation; nutrient; epiphytic; phytoplankton;              Filter. Academic Press, Orlando.
                     algae; biomassl                                             No abstract
                      This paper provides a summary and synthesis of
                     research conducted to investigate possible causes of        Kerr, S. R. and R. A. Ryder (1992) Effects of
                     the decline in abundance of submerged aquatic               cultural eutrophication on coastal marine
                     vegetation (SAV) in the upper Chesapeake Bay                fisheries: a comparative approach. In: R.
                     beginning in the late 1960s. Three factors were             A. Vollenweider, R. Marchetti and R. Viviani (ed.)
                     emphasized in this study; runoff of agricultural            Marine Coastal Eutrophication. Elsevier,
                     herbicides; erosional inputs of fine-grain sediments;       Amsterdam, London, New York, Tokyo.
                     nutrient enrichment and associated algal growth.            (fish yield}
                     Widespread use of herbicides in the estuarine                Several generalities are common to the effects of
                     watershed occurred contemporaneous with the SAV             cultural eutrhopication on fisheries in a variety of
                     loss; however, extensive sampling of estuarine              marine and freshwater ecosystems. Foremost is the
                     water and sediments during 1980-81 revealed that            absence of definitive diagnostic features to permit
                     typical bay concentrations of herbicides (primarily         discrimination between direct eutrophication effects,
                     atrazine) rarely exceeded 2 ppb. On two occasions           and those engendered by other factors, often
                     relatively high values (20-45 ppb) were observed            associated with anthropogenic change. It is also
                     for brief (2-4 h) periods in a small cove following         clear that euthrophication may profoundly modify
                     runoff events. Short (2-6 h) and long (4-6 wk) term         the structure, function and species composition of
                     experiments indicated that ephemeral phytoxic               fish production systems, with attendant
                     effects would be expected in response to these              consequences for both ecosystem function and the
                     highest herbicide concentrations followed by rapid          economic value of the yield. Eutrophication and its
                     recovery. However, normal concentrations (<5 ppb)           associated effects fall into one of four categories:
                     had little measurable effects on plants. Historical         direct effects on essential environmental factors;
                     increases in turbidity have been documented for             diminished suitability of the habitat factors
                     some bay tributaries since the 1940s. During our            necessary to sustain fisheries yeirld; transmission
                     study light (PAR) attenuated by suspended fine-             of effects accelerated by the rapid transfer of
                     grain sediments contributed more to total turbidity         inimical biota among affected ecosystems; potential
                     in bay shallows (< 1.5 in) than did phytoplankton           for elaboration of fisheries yield in terms of
                     chlorophyll a. Diel cycles of PAR available in              products that are not acceptable for human
                     SAV beds indicated that plant photosynthesis was            comsumption. Taken together, the patterns of
                     light-limited for much of the day, and PAR often            change accompanying cultural euthrophication of
                     fell below the compensation level (IC) needed for           fish production systems are generally recognizable,
                     minimal plant growth. Although some SAV                     but are not always amenable to differentiation from
                     species exhibited considerable ability to adapt to          the effects of associated factors, or to precise
                     reduce light by such mechanisms as increased                quantification.
                     pigmentation and stem elongation, increased
                     turbidity has probably reduced overall depth                K61iler, A. and F. H61zel (1980) Investigation
                     distribution of SAV markedly. Effects of the                on health conditions of flounder and
                     continual increase in nutrient enrichment of the bay        smelt in the Elbe estuary. Helgoldnder
                     (documented since 1930) were tested by                      Meeresuntersuchungen 33:401-414.
                     experimentally fertilizing pond mesocosms at                Idisease; health; flounder; smelt; River Elbe; North
                     levels common to the upper estuary. Moderate to             Sea; oxygen; nitrite)
                     high nutrient loadings resulted in significant               Since 1958 the occurrence of flounder (Platichthys
                     increases in growth of epiphytic and planktonic             flesus L.) and smelt (Osmerus eperlanus L.) in the
                     algae and decreases in SAV production, as well as           lower River Elbe has shifted gradually toward the
                     premature seasonal senescence of fertilized plant           mouth of the river into the North Sea: this may be
                     populations. Direct measurements demonstrated the           due to periodical deprivation of oxygen and
                     inhibitory effect of epiphytic growth on SAV                fluctuating peaks of toxic nitrite concentrations.
                     photosynthesis, due largely to light attenuation.           The interior organs of both fish species caught in
                     The results of these various experiments were               the Elbe estuary were examined. Macroscopic
                     synthesized into an ecosystem simulation model              inspections revealed discolouring of the liver to be
                     which demonstrated the relative potential                   most pronounced in specimens 2-3 years of age.
                     contributions of the 3 factors to SAV declines,             Cross-sections of the liver demonstrated
                     where nutrients > sediments > herbicides. Other             histopathological symptoms of oedematous
                     factors and mechanisms are also discussed along             degeneration in smelt, and extreme lipoid
                     with possible resource management options.                  vacuolation in flounder increasing with size and age
                                                                                 of the fishes. The intestine of both species
                                                                                 investigated showed massive desquarnation defects







                        58
                        of the mucosa, occurring in smelts shortly after              high individual numbers per m2 all over the
                        hatching, and in flounders after immigration into             Dogger Bank in contrast to 1951-52, when they
                        the estuary. The observations made suggest the                were found only in few individuals. Extensive
                        influence of toxic compounds distribution in the              patches of the bivalve species Spisula subtruncata
                        aquatic environment on the health of both species.            discovered at the northeastern border of the Dogger
                                                                                      Bank in the fifties were not found. Only small,
                        Kononen, K. and A. Niemi (1984) Long-term                     fast-growing species like Abra prismatica, Tellina
                        variation         of     the       phytoplankton              Jabula and Montacuta bidentata occurred in high
                        composition at the entrance to the Gulf                       individual numbers per m2. In 1987 the total
                        of Finland. Ophelia, supplementum3:101-110.                   biomass shows a reduction of about 30% in the
                        (phytoplankton         abundance;        assemblage;          area compared with 1950-54.
                        composition; blue-green algae; N/P ratio}                      Some hypotheses are given to explain the changes
                         Quantitative data on the phytoplankton in the sea            in macrofauna distribution on the Dogger Bank
                        zone off Tvdrminne in 1968-1981 have been                     between 1950-1954 and 1985-1987, taking into
                        analyzed. The area is characterized by strong                 account the increasing eutrophication and pollution.
                        maxima of diatoms and dinoflagellates in spring
                        and occasional maxima of blue-green algae in late             Lam, C. W. Y. and K. C. Ho (1987) Red tides
                        summer. Rapid changes in hydrography, including               in Tolo Harbour, Hong Kong.                     In: T.
                        interactions of different water masses, are frequent          Okaichi, D. M. Anderson and T. Nernoto (ed.) Red
                        in the area. The year-to-year fluctuations of different       Tides: Biology, Environmental Science and
                        phytoplankton species and groups are discussed                Toxicology. Elsevier, New York.
                        against the background of the hydrographical and              fred tide; oxygen}
                        chemical changes in the Baltic Proper in the 1970s.             Tolo harbour, a 15 km long landlocked inlet in
                        Rises in the surface salinity and nutrient level were         the northeastern    part of Hong Kong, has been
                        reflected by the increased total biomass, especially          severely affected by red tides over recent years. The
                        in summer, during the late seventies, and                     frequency of occurences has markedly increased
                        heterocystic blue-green algae became more                     since 1980 with 69 incidents recorded from 1980-
                        abundant. The vernal marine diatoms were also                 1986. A corresponding increase in dinoflagellate
                        more abundant in the late seventies than in the late          numbers in the inlet was found. More than twenty
                        sixties, but this was partly caused by variations in          causative organisms were identified. Prorocentrum
                        weather conditions in spring. Diatoma elongatum,              tridtinum, P. dentaturn, P. sigmoides
                        which favours low salinity, was more abundant in              Gymnodinium sp., Noctiluca scintillans and a
                        the late sixties. However, many dominant marine               variety of small flagellates occurred most
                        species showed considerable year-to-year fluctuation          frequently. Red tides were found throughout the
                        not directly connected with the changes observed in           whole year with peak occurrence in spring and
                        the environment during the study period.                      autumn. The water quality, oceanography and
                        Kr6ncke, 1. (1990) Macrofauna standing                        meteorological conditions characterizing red tide
                        stock of the Dogger Bank. A comparison:                       occurrence during the period from 1976-1986 were
                        11.   1951-1952       versus      1985-1987 Are               analyzed and reported. 'Me increasing red tides are a
                        changes       in   the     community         of the           consequence of accelerated eutrophication in Tolo
                        northeastern part of the Dogger Bank due                      Harbour following intensive urban development in
                        to environmental changes? Netherlands                         the catchment. The nutrient loadings of nitrogen
                        Journal of Sea Research 25:189-198.                           and phosphorus have increased more than two-fold
                        Imacrofauna; benthic; opportunistic; polychaetes;             in the past decade. Concurrent increase in the
                        bivalves; species composition; abundance;                     nutrient levels in the inlet water has been found.
                        biomass; Dogger Bank}                                         The major impact of red tides at present is causing
                          During April/May 1985-87 some of Ursin's                    fishkills by anoxia.
                        (Ursin, 1960) stations on the Dogger Bank from                Lara, R. J., E. A. Gomez, and A. E. Pucci (1985)
                        April/May 1951-52 were revisited. This paper                  Organic matter, sediment particle size
                        concentrates on results from the 'Tail End', the              and nutrient distributions in a sewage
                        northeastern part of the Dogger Bank. The                     affected shallow channel. Marine Pollution
                        polychaete species Ophelia borealis and Goniada               Bulletin 16:360-364.
                        maculata, which were dominant species in 1951-52,             (nitrogen; phosphorus; Blanca Bay; sediment;
                        showed similar distributions in 1985-87 on the                protein)
                        whole of the Dogger Bank. Changes in the                        Sediment and seawater samples were taken in a
                        macrofauna distribution are obvious in the increase           sewage affected channel in Blanca Bay, Argentina.
                        of opportunistic small polychaete species like
                        Spiophanes bombyx, Scoloplos armiger and                      Protein content, 'humic substances' and silt-clay
                        Magelona spp. In 1985-87 these species occurred in            percentage were evaluated in the sediments; NH4







                                                                                                                                            59
                          P04 3+ and 'dissolved organic matter' in seawater.              the frequency of dividing cells (FDC) method as
                          A highly significant correlation (r---0.747, n=59)              being 38 g C m-2 yr-1 at the control station and
                          was obtained for the relation between protein and %             50 g C m-2 yr- I at the eutrophication stations. To
                          silt-clay. The 'humic substances' distribution                  estimate the mean in situ bacterial cell volume a
                          depends more on the distance from the outfall than              correlation between FDC and cell volume was used.
                          does the protein content, probably because of the               The increased annual primary production in the
                          important relation of the latter with the sediment              eutrophicated area was due mainly to higher
                          particle size. The dissolved components showed a                production during spring and autumn, largely by
                          dilution pattern similar to that of a contamination             phytoplankton cells (mainly diatoms) retaind by a
                          plume in a moving water mass, reaching normal                   10 um filter. Primary production during summer
                          values at 1700 m from the outfall.                              was similar in the two areas, as was the
                                                                                          distribution on different size fractions. This could
                          Larsson, U., R. Elmgren, and F. Wulff (1985)                    possibly explain the similar bacterial production in
                          Eutrophication         and      the    Baltic       Sea:        the trophic layers at all stations since the bulk of
                          Causes and consequences. Ambio 14:9-14.                         bacterial production occurs during summer. It was
                          (nitrogen; Phosphorus; Baltic)                                  demonstrated that selective filtration does not
                           New estimates of the total nutrient (N and P) load             quantitatively separate photoautotrophs and
                          to the Baltic Sea are considerably higher than earlier          bacteria. A substantial fraction of the primary
                          calculations. Estimated total nitrogen load is 1.2 X            production occurs in the size fraction <3um. The
                          106 tons/year, total phosphorus load 77 X 103                   primary production encountered in the 3-0.2 um
                          tons/year. These figures may still be too low. The              fraction was due to abundant picoplankton (0.5 to
                          load may have increased about 4x for total nitrogen             gX 107 ind l- 1), easily passing 3 um filter. The
                          and about 8x for total phosphorus, due to man's                 picoplankton was estimated to constitute up to
                          activities.                                                     25% of the total phytoplankton biomass in the
                            Available data indicate that phosphorus is                    control area and up to 10% in the eutrophication
                          deposited in large amounts in the sediment, and that            area.
                          nitrogen is lost from the sediment through
                          denitrification.                                                Laws, E. A. (1983) Man's impact on the
                                                                                          marine nitrogen cycle.            In: E. J. Carpenter
                          Larsson, U. and                   Hagstr6m (1982)               and D. G. Capone (ed.) Nitrogen in the Marine
                          Fractionated         phytoplankton            primary           Environment. Academic Press, New York.
                          production, exudate release and bacterial                       [nitrogen; cycle; budget; New York Bight; sewage;
                          production in a Baltic eutrophication                           Kanaohe Bay}
                          gradient. Marine Biology 67:57-70.                              No abstract
                          (phytoplankton; primary production; bacteria;
                          Baltic)                                                         Laws, E. A. and D. G. Reda1je (1979) Effect of
                             The distribution of phytoplankton primary                    sewage enrichment on the phytoplankton
                          production into four size fractions (>10um, 10-                 population of a subtropical estuary.
                          3um, 3-0.2 um and <0.2 um), the utilization of                  Pacific Science 33:129-148.
                          algal exudates by bacteria and the bacterial                    Isewage; phytoplankton; estuary; primary
                          production were studied in a eutrophication gradient            production; Kanaeohe Bay; chlorophyll a; biomass;
                          in the northern Baltic proper. The polluted area                nutrients; light; growth ratel
                          exhibits substantially increased nutrient, especially            Phytoplankton primary production; concentrations
                          nitrogen, levels while only minor differences occur             of chlorophyll a, particulate carbon and nitrogen,
                          in salinity and temperature regimes. Total primary              adenosine triphosphate, inorganic nitrogen and
                          production was 160 g C m-2 yr- I at the control                 phosphorus; and secchi depths were measured at
                          station and about 275 g C m-2 yr- I at the                      four stations in Kanaeohe Bay, Oahu, on a
                          eutrophicated stations. The estimated total exudate             biweekly basis for 20 months prior to diversion of
                          release was 16% of the totally fixed 14CO2 in the               sewage discharges from the bay. Nutrient
                                                                                          enrichment experiments designed to determine
                          control area and 12% in the eutrophicated area                  biomass limitation indicated that phytoplankton
                          (including the estimated bacterial uptake of                    biomass, as measured by chlorophyll a, was
                          exudates). The difference in 14CO2 uptake rates                 nitrogen-limited in all parts of the bay, and that
                          between incubation of previously filtered water (.6,            phosphorus was simultaneously limiting in the
                          <2, <1 urn) and unfiltered water was used to                    sector of the bay furthest from the sewer outfalls.
                          estimated bacterial uptake of phytoplankton                     Mean light-saturated productivity indices in all
                          exudated which were found to contribute about half              parts of the bay were about 11-12 ing C mg-1 chl a
                          of the estimated bacterial carbon requirement in                hr- 1, values close to the maximum reported for
                          both areas. Bacterial production was estimated by               phytoplankton in eutrophic marine environments.







                       60
                       Based on the results of dawn-to dusk C-14                   community as a result of the sewage discharges
                       incubations and an estimated phytoplankton C: chl           appear to have resulted from the elevated
                       a ratio of 50 by weight, phytoplankton growth               concentrations of plankton in the water, various
                       rates were estimated to fall in the range of 4-6            measures of seston concentration appear to be the
                       percent per hour in all parts of the bay. Such              most ecologically significant indicators of nutrient
                       growth rates are close to the maximum growth                enrichment in the system.
                       rates reported for marine phytoplankton grown on
                       light-dark cycles in continuous culture, suggesting         Lee, G. F. and R. A. Jones (1981) Application
                       that phytoplankton growth rates (as opposed to              of the OECD eutrophication modeling
                       biomass) were limited primarily by suboptimal or            approach to estuaries. In: B. J. Neilson and
                       supraoptimal light intensities rather than by               L. E. Cronin (ed.) Estuaries and Nutrients. Humana
                       nutrients. Based on these growth rates and an               Press, Clifton, New Jersey.
                       assumed phytoplankton C:N ratio of 5.68 by                  Imodeling; lake; estuary}
                       weight, nitrogen recycling was estimated to account           Approximately five years ago, the Organization
                       for 80 percent of phytoplankton nitrogen uptake in          for Economic Cooperation and Development
                       the part of the bay receiving direct sewage inputs,         (OECD) initiated a 22 country, 200 lake and
                       and for over 90 percent of phytoplankton nitrogen           impoundment study of nutrient load-eutrophication
                       uptake in the other sectors of the bay. Estimates of        response relationships. Emphasis in the study is
                       living and detrital particulate carbon were made            being given to the evaluation of the Vollenweider
                       based on an assumed C: ATP ratio in living                  models for correlating nutrients load with
                       organisms of 285 by weight. From this                       eutrophication response. The U.S. part of this
                       partitioning, living carbon was found to vary by a          study included the investigation of about 40
                       factor of 3-4 between the sewage-enriched and               waterbodies or parts thereof. The results of the U.S.
                       unenriched sectors of the bay. However, estimated           and the other studies all show a strong correlation
                       detrital carbon concentrations were uniform                 between the phosphorus load to a water body as
                       throughout the bay, as were the measured                    normalized by mean depth and hydraulic residence
                       concentrations of inorganic nitrogen. These results         time, and the planktonic algal chlorophyll, Secchi
                       are consistent with the interpretation that the             depth (water clarity), and the hypolinmetic oxygen
                       population of microorganisms, both bacteria and             depletion rate. These relationships have been
                       phytoplankton, are substrate- limited in all sectors        developed to a sufficient degree of sophistication so
                       of the bay.                                                 that they are the method of choice for estimating
                                                                                   the impact of altering the phosphorus load to a P-
                       Laws, E. A. and D. G. Reda1je (1982) Sewage                 limited waterbody on eutrophication-related water
                       diversion effects on the water column of                    quality.
                       a subtropical estuary. Marine Environmental                  While the U.S. OECD waterbodies were primarily
                       Research 6:265-279.                                         lakes and impoundments, included as part of the
                       (phytoplankton; Kaneohe Bay; sewage; estuary;               data base upon which the statistical correlataions
                       growth}                                                     were made were three parts of the Potomac estuary.
                        A study of the phytoplankton community and                 It appears that in general, the OECD eutrophication
                       water column chemistry in Kaneohe Bay, Oahu,                modeling approach is applicable to estuarine
                       Hawaii, before and after the diversion of secondary         systems as well as lakes and impoundments. In
                       treated sewage from the bay has shown that changes          addition to reviewing the U.S. OECD study results,
                       in total nutrient concentrations in the water column        this paper presents a discussion of the
                       cannot be accurately predicted without taking into          modifications that may need to be made in the
                       account water column-benthos interactions. During           OECD-Vollenweider eutrophication modeling
                       the first year after sewage diversion, the                  approach in order to apply it to some estuarine
                       decomposition of about 400 tonnes of benthic                systems.
                       organisms, primarily filter feeders, resulted in water
                       column dissolved organic nitrogen and phosphorus            Lee, V. and S. Olsen (1985) Eutrophication
                       concentrations roughly an order of magnitude                and management initiatives for the
                       higher than those expected in the absence of such           control of nutrient inputs to Rhode
                       interactions. The biomass of phytoplankton appears          Island coastal lagoons. Estuaries 8:191-202.
                       to have been N limited both before and after sewage         flagoon; management; macroalgae; nutrient; salt
                       diversion, with internal nutrient recycling                 pond; seaweeds; macroalgae)
                       accounting for 70-99% of phytoplankton nutrient              An assessment of developing eutrophic conditions
                       uptake. Both the biomass and growth rate of the             in small temperate lagoons along the coast of
                       phytoplankton declined as a result of the sewage            Rhode Island suggests that in such shallow,
                       diversion, with post-diversion growth rates                 macrophyte based systems the response to nutrient
                       evidently well below nutrient-saturated values.             enrichment differs from that described for
                       Since the principal stresses on the bay's coral reef        planktonic based systems. The nitrogen loadings







                                                                                                                                   61

                      per unit area of the salt ponds are 240-770 mmol N           (Webster): A mesocosm study. Biological
                      per m2 per year. Instead of the high nutrient                Bulletin 171:143-160.
                      concentrations, increased phytoplankton biomass              Inutrients; reproduction; polychaete; MERQ
                      and turbidity, leading to eventual loss of benthic            The influence of organic enrichment on growth
                      macrophytes described for such systems as the                and planktontrophic development of the spinoid
                      Chesapeake, Patuxent and Appalachicola Bay,                  polychaete Streblospio benedicti Webster was
                      nutrient enrichment of the Rhode Island lagoons              examined in two mesocosm experiments conducted
                      has led to increased growth of marine macroalgae.            at the MERL facility, University of Rhode Island.
                      The increased macroalgal growth appears to alter             Specimens of S. benedicti were collected and their
                      the benthic habitat and a shift from a grazing to            reproductive traits monitored near the conclusion of
                      detrital food chain appears to be impacting                  a two-year eutrophication experiment. Nutrient (N,
                      important shellfisheries. As more extensive areas of         P, and Si) enrichment at 8X and 32X the average
                      organic sediments develop, geochernical cycling              aerial input into Narragansett Bay, Rhode Island,
                      changes, resulting in higher rates of nitrogen               resulted in increases in body length, segment
                      re mineralization and accelerated eutrophication.            number, and length per segment, and a doubling of
                      The major sources of nitrogen inputs to the salt             brood size in S. benedicti females. These increases
                      ponds have been identified and a series of                   were substantially higher during May (120C) than
                      management initiatives have been designed to limit           August (200C). Enrichment effects were stronger in
                      inputs from present and potential development                the 8X than 32X nutrient treatment. In the sewage
                      within the watersheds of the lagoons.                        sludge experiment body size increased 20% over
                                                                                   control values at the highest (8X) sludge treatment
                      Lenzi, M. (1992)            Experiences for the              level (nitrogen loading equivalent to the 8X
                      management          of     Orbetello        Lagoon:          nutrient treatment) but no significant increase was
                      eutrophication and fishing.                In: R. A.         noted at the 4X sludge level, which received half as
                      Vollenweider, R. Marchetti and R. Viviani (ed.)              much nitrogen as the 8X sludge treatment. Mean
                      Marine Coastal Eutrophication. Elsevier,                     brood size increased by a factor of 4.6 over controls
                      Amsterdam.                                                   in the 8X sludge treatment and by a factor of 2.3 in
                      Iseaweeds, fish yield}                                       the 4X sludge treatment. Within the range of adult
                        The development of human activity has caused               body sizes observed, brood size enhancement
                      hypertrophic conditions in Orbetello Lagoon.                 occurred independent of increased length or segment
                      Decisions are based on increasing water circulation          in both nutrient and sludge enrichment treatments.
                      and on removal of part of the seaweed biomass.               The ability to translate elevated food supply directly
                      Consequently, important changes in the trophic               into increased reproductive output may underly
                      structure of the ecosystem have taken place, with a          opportunistic dynamics in macrobenthos. Brood
                      significant increase in animal bomass. This fact             size enhancement of the magnitude observed
                      has persuaded us that management of a lagoon                 probably contributes to the high S. benedicti
                      environment with high production is possible.                densities found in polluted or organically enriched
                      Leppdkoski, E. (1980) Man's impact on the                    settings.
                      Baltic ecosystem. Ambio 9:174-18 1.                          Liaci, L. S. (1980) Pollution effects on
                      [Baltic; oxygen; review; benthos; abundance;                 marine biota. Memorie di Biologie Marina e di
                      compositionj                                                 Oceanographia Suppi.10:85-94.
                        The drainage from about 250 river systems and              (organic; colored tides; dinoflagellates}
                      the municipal and industrial wastes of some 17                 Effects of organic substance pollution on marine
                      million people sooner or later end up in the Baltic,         organisms have been studied and related to
                      which has been described as one of the most                  eutrophication. The study refers effects of coloured.
                      severely polluted sea areas in the world. Human              tides due to Dinoflagellates on mollusca and fishes.
                      activities have caused excessive eutrophication and          The pattern of uptake and accumulation of some
                      resulted in damaging oil spills, and the chronic             heavy metals was taken into consideration.
                      discharge of heavy metals and other toxic                      In fact, some specimens clearly showed that their
                      substances like PCBs which are seriously affecting           uptake was directly proportional to the
                      the biomass of the Baltic. Even though the Baltic            concentration of the heavy metal in the sea. Other
                      is one of the most thoroughly studied seas, much             factor such as salinity, temperature etc. and their
                      remains to be done and the author concludes that we          role on uptake, accumulation and elimination of the
                      will probably never fully understand it as a "natural        metal are reported. Furthermore, the effects of
                      and man-influenced system".                                  pesticide pollution has been examined with special
                                                                                   reference to the episode occurring in the harbour of
                      Levin, L. A. (1986) Effects of enrichment                    Brindsi where methaldehyde was spilt.
                      on reproduction in the opportunistic                           As a consequence of pollution, skeletal and gill
                      polychaete          Streblospio           benedicti          deformities, as also defects of reproduction, growth,







                          62
                          number of eggs and epidermal papillomas and
                          hepatic tumors were observed. Alteration of the                  Lucht, F. and M. Gillbricht (1978) Long-term
                          biocenosis and involutions of ecological series due              observations on nutrient content near
                          to organic slimes have been noted.                               Helgoland in relation to nutrient input of
                                                                                           the River Elbe. Rappots et Proc@s-verbaux des
                          Likens, G. E. (ed.) (1972) Nutrients and                         Rgunions
                          Eutrophication: The Limiting Nutrient                            Counseil International pour LExploration de la
                          Controversy           (Proceedings            of      the        Mer 172:358-360.
                          Symposium              on        Nutrients           and         [nutrients; Helgoland; River Elbe; phosphate;
                          Eutrophication: The Limiting Nutrient                            nitrogen; discharge; freshwater}
                          Controversy,         W.K. Kellog Biological                      No abstract
                          Station, Michigan State University, ]I-
                          12 February, 1971). American Society of                          Maclean, J. L. (1984) Indo-Pacific toxic red-
                          Limnology and Oceanography and the Allen Press,                  tide occurrences, 1972-1984.                 In: A. W.
                          Lawrence, Kansas.                                                White, M. Anraku and K.-K. Hooi (ed.) Toxic Red
                          No abstract                                                      Tides and Shellfish Toxicity in Southeast Asia.
                                                                                           Southeast Asian Fisheries Development Center and
                          LISS (1990)          Status report and interim                   the International Development Research Center,
                          actions for hypoxia management. Long                             (toxic; red tide; blooml
                          Island Sound Study, U.S. Environmental                           No abstract
                          Protection Agency, [oxygen; hypoxia; modeling;
                          impacts; sewage; runoff; management; nitrogen;                   Maclean, J. L. (1989) Indo-Pacific red tides,
                          Long Island Soundl                                               1958-1988. Marine Pollution Bulletin 20:304-
                          No abstract                                                      310.
                                                                                           (red tides; Indo-Pacific; dinoflagellate; blooml
                          Littler, M.  M., D.   S. Littler, and B. E. Lapointe               A summary of recent toxic red tides in the
                          (1986)      Baseline studies of herbivory and                    southwestern Pacific region is given, showing that
                          eutrophication            on      dominant           reef        the dinoflagellate Pytodinium bahamense var.
                          communities          of Lboe         Key      National           compressa remains the major causative organism of
                          Marine Sanctuary. NOAA, NOAA Technical                           paralytic shellfish poisoning and is apparently
                          Memorandum, NOS MEMD 1.                                          continuing to spread around the region. Noticluca
                          (algae; community; nutrient; limitation)                         scintillans blooms occur in some countries and
                            Presently, only limited knowledge is          available        have been associated with mass mortality of fish.
                          regarding the dominant algal assemblages at Looe                 The raphidophyte Chattonella (=Hornellia) has
                          Key National Marine Sanctuary and the effects of                 been implicated in both fish and shrimp kills. A
                          herbivory and nutrient limitation in controlling the             relationship with El Nino-Southern Oscillation
                          structure of these communities. The goals of this                (ENSO) events and some similarities with recent
                          research are to: (1) provide a preliminary inventory             plagues of the crown-of-thorns starfish (Acanthaster
                          and general distributional assessment of dominant                planci) are discussed.
                          algal communities, (2) initiate pilot studies,of the
                          effects of nutrient enrichment and grazing on                    Maestrini, S. Y.        and     E. Gran6li (1991)
                          structure of the reef communities and (3) contrast               Environmental                conditions             and
                          findings with other reef habitats for which                      ecophysiological        mechanisms which led
                          comparable data are available. This research                     to the 1988 Chrysochromulina polyepis
                          accomplishes these goals. Increases our                          bloom: An hypothesis. Oceanologica Acta
                          understanding of ecological processes that influence             14:397-413.
                          dominant reef communities and provides data of use               Ibloom; nuisance; nitrogen; Scandinavianj
                          in management decisions directed towards                              Information available on the                   1988
                          preserving Looe Key National Marine Sanctuary in                 Chrysochromulina polyepis bloom in Scandinavian
                          a natural state.                                                 coastal waters is evaluated. Special attention is paid
                                                                                           to the early bloom stage and the sequence of both
                          LoCicero, V. R. (ed.) (1975)                     Toxic           environmental and physiological mechanisms
                          Dinoflagellate Blooms (Proceedings of                            leading to the bloom, and a tentative, integrated
                          the First International Conference on                            scheme is given of causes which led to the observed
                          Toxic Dinoflagellate Blooms, Boston, 4-                          events.
                          6 November, 1974) (MIT Sea Grant                                     Environmental conditions favourable for
                          Report MITSG 75-8). Massachusetts Science                        Chrysochromulina polyepis are considered to have
                          & Technology Foundation, Wakefield,                              resulted from: a) an exceptionally high runoff of
                          Massachusetts.                                                   nitrogen-rich water in winter and early spring; b)
                          No abstract                                                      strong mixing of the water column, immediately








                                                                                                                                    63
                     followed by a long period of vertical stability and            production of the toxin seems to be favoured by
                     stratification; c) a diatom bloom 30% larger than              phosphorus deficiency, however, a large input of
                     usual, peaking around 20 March; and d) a second                nitrogen in combination with a reduction in the
                     diatom bloom in mid April, largely dominated by                phosphorus loading is believed to have contributed
                     Skeletonema costatum. These events combined to                 indirectly to the bloom, by changing the nutrient
                     cause the euphotic layer to become silicate-                   status of the coastal waters from being nitrogen- to
                     exhausted, phosphorus-poor and fairly nitrogen-                phosphorus-limited.
                     rich. The lack of silicate prevented diatom growth.
                     Weak turbulence and strong stratification favoured             Mdkinen, A., I. Haahtela, H. Ilvessalo, and J.
                     growth of non-siliceous, motile nanoplankton.                  Lehto (1984) Changes in the littoral rocky
                      C polyepis is believed to have outcompeted co-                shore vegetation in the Seili area, SW
                     existing algal species by producing a toxin acting             Archipelago of Finland. Ophelia Suppl.
                     first as a grazer repellent, while its cell density was        3:157-166.
                     still below 104 individuals 1-1. At the conjectured            Imacroalgae; seaweeds; species composition; rocky
                     location of first appearance of the bloom (or at one           shore; Archipelago}
                     of several locations), in the Skagerrak near Gullmar           The littoral macrophyte communities were studied
                     Fjord, the grazing repellent forced a shift of grazing         in 1968-69 by Ravanko at 23 rocky shores around
                     to other algae around the latter part of April. With           Seili, SW archipelago of Finland. Four of these
                     increased population density of C. polyepis (106               shores were revisited in 1981-82. The most
                     cells 1-1), the toxin then became sufficiently                 noticeable finding was the altered species
                     concentrated to affect directly not only by grazers,           composition in the area. The number of green algae
                     but all other organisms. From late April, the C.               and phanerograms had increased and the number of
                     polyepis population increased free from grazing                brown and red algae decreased. The macrophyte
                     and other losses. In conditions of light and nutrient          biomass (fresh and dry weight m-2) had drastically
                     sufficiency, a high growth rate (corresponding to              decreased because of the total lack of Fucus
                     0.8 div. d-1) was achieved. Actively growing cells             vesiculosus.
                     were buoyant and remained in the upper part of the             Mdkinen, A., J. KddriA, and M. Rajasilta (1988)
                     water column.                                                  Factors controlling the occurrence of
                       With increasing population density (107 cells I-             Furcellaria lumbricalis (Huds.) Lamour
                     1), nutrient became exhausted and self-shading                 and Phyllophora truncata (Pallas) Zinova
                     decreased available light. By mid May, the growth              in the upper littoral of the Archipelago
                     rate had decreased to zero, and the population started         of SW Finland. Kieler Meeresforschungen,
                     to become senescent. C. polyepis deteriorated in               Sonderheft 6:140-146.
                     physiological state, perhaps party because of self-            (red algae; Furcellaria; Phyllophora; plankton;
                     poisoning, and this led to sinking. No further                 light; Mytilus; archipelago}
                     growth occurred, but cell densities showed higher               The influence of eutrophication on the occurrence
                     values (several 107 cells V 1, with maximum                    of the red algae Furcellaria lumbricalis and
                     density between 5 and 10 in) because distribution              Phyllophora truncata was studied in the sea area of
                     became patchy both horizontally and vertically. At             Turku. Due to increased sediment load and
                     the end of May a significant part of the population            planktonic production, light penetration in the
                     had died, and cell leakage produced an increase in             water has decreased in the northern parts of the
                     dissolved organic matter. The resultant lower                  study area. Furthermore, the quality of the sea
                     turbidity and regenerated nutrients then allowed               bottom has changed. Plots of I m2 (N=100) in the
                     other flagellates and some diatoms to resume                   upper littoral zone (0.5-6m) were studied by
                     growth. The remaining C. polyepis cells sunk to                SCUBA diving, in order to investigate the factors
                     the pycnocline (15-20 in), which acted as a barrier            controlling in the occurrence of the red algae. Two
                     and greatly retarded this sinking, by which means              transects were situated in the eutrophicated area, and
                     the cells became concentrated, and produced the                two in the reference area. In the plots, the
                     highest reported cell densities at the pycnocline. It          percentage cover of each plant species and of
                     is assumed that the bloom later sedimented.                    Mytilus edulis was documented, and the Secchi disc
                       Since relevant environmental conditions for the              visibility and depth was measured.
                     initiation of the bloom occurred over a very large              The numerical data were analyzed by correlation
                     area (75.103 km2) and the dominant currents were               analysis and stepwise multiple regression analysis
                     not altogether consistent with the spreading of the            (BMDP2R). In the eutrophicated area, abiotic
                     bloom, polygenesis of the bloom should be                      factors (percentage cover of plain bottom and
                     considered a possibility.                                      bottom quality) explained 81.28% of the variation
                        To what extent long-term global change and                  of red algae cover. In the reference area, the biotic
                     eutrophication might have contributed to this                  factors (total number of species and Mytilus cover
                     exceptional bloom remains unclear. Since the








                        64

                        in %) were the most important factors, explaining             and temporal extent of bottom water anoxia has
                        66.4% of red algae cover.                                     increased in response to higher phytoplankton
                                                                                      productivity due to anthropogenic nutrient loading.
                        Malone, T. C. (1984)                Anthropogenic             However, synoptic observations of environmental
                        nitrogen       loading       and       assimilation           conditions (river flow, temperature, salinity,
                        capacity of the Hudson River estuarine                        dissolved oxygen, and nutrients) and phytoplankton
                        system, USA.         In: V. S. Kennedy (ed.) The              from 1984 to 1988 indicate that oxygen depletion
                        Estuary as a Filter. Academic Press, Orlando.                 is not related to phytoplankton productivity on
                        fnitrogen; phytoplankton; production; regeneration;           seasonal to interannual scales. Rather, nutrient
                        Hudson River; sewage; capacity}                               loading is linked to oxygen depletion and summer
                         The coastal plume of the Hudson River estuary                anoxia via the spring accumulation of
                        receives inputs of new nitrogen of sewage origin              phytoplankton biomass which is more than
                        from the lower estuary and of offshore origin from            sufficient to fuel oxygen depletion. Thus,
                        adjacent coastal water. As a consequence of these             interannual variability in the magnitude of summer
                        inputs, the plume is one of the most productive               anoxia is primarily driven by climate factors which
                        coastal systems in the world's ocean. The extent to           govern vertical density stratification (mixing).
                        which such high production reflects the input of
                        sewage-nitrogen depends on the capacity of                    Mambeke, F. v., M. A. Bianchi, and G. Cahet
                        phytoplankton to assimilate new nitrogen input to             (1984) Short-term b        "acterial reactivity of
                        the plume and on the magnitude of sewage-nitrogen             nitrogen-enriched seawater of a eutrophic
                        input relative to coastal inputs, i.e., on the capacity       lagoon. Estuarine, Coastal and Shelf Science
                        of the plume to "filter" inputs of new nitrogen.              19:291-301.
                         The importance of new nitrogen varies seasonally             fbacteria; nitrogen; lagoon; growth; respiration}
                        relative to nitrogen recycled within the plume.                We carried out, in September'       24 h experiment
                        Regenerated production increases from 10% of total            to determine the potential rea-\Lity of bacterial
                        phytoplankton production during winter to a                   communities found in the sea wat@r i.n Arcachon
                        maximum of 80% during summer. Sewage-                         Basin (France). To create eutro ic            systems,
                        nitrogen supports an average of 54% of new                    batches of seawater were enriched wit 50     mg  I   of
                        production during the spring bloom period (March-             either ammonium chloride or amino aci          Samples
                                                                                                                                    r
                        May) compared to 121% during the subsequent                   were taken every 3 h. Quantitative measrements
                        period of stratification (June-October) and 221%              were made of direct counts (AODC), biomass and
                        during winter (November-February). On an annual               ATP content. The heterotrophic bacterial
                                                                                                                                       t eir
                                                                                                                                       'h,
                        basis, these estimates indicate that phytoplankton            communities were defined in terms of t (
                        production has increased by ca. 30% in response to            catabolic potentialities and 'specific' diversity.
                        the input of sewage-nitrogen.                                 Bacterial heterotrophic activity was established b'
                                                                                                                                            y
                          These patterns have important implications in               measuring heterotrophic uptake and the
                        terms of cross-shelf transport and exchange. The              mineralization percentage of labelled glucose or
                        supply of new nitrogen from offshore is highest               amino acids. From these data, ratios of AMP/ATP
                        during March-May and, along with sewage-                      and P/B were calculated where P is the uptake of
                        nitrogen, appears to support a large seaward export           labelled substrate and B is the biomass.
                        of nitrogen in the form of phytoplankton biomass.              After the nitrogen enrichment an increase of the
                        In contrast, most new nitrogen is exported via                respirat.ion was seen at first. After 6 h, a biomass
                        plankton fraction of phytoplankton food webs                  peak appeared associated with a continuous increase
                        during summer. Consequently, a relatively small               in the number of cells. Bacterial growth was
                        fraction of phytoplankton production is available to          concurrent with a qualitative modification of the
                        fuel oxygen demand below the pycnocline during                community: UAI increased, and diversity dropped.
                        summer when assimilation capacity is greatest.                A less diversified community resulted suggesting
                                                                                      an immature ecological state (zymogenous
                        Malone,      T.    C.    (1991)        River flow,            bacteria). Low values of respiration percentage
                        phytoplankton production and oxygen                           (20%) characterized high growth yields.
                        depletion in Chesapeake Bay. In: R. V.
                        Tyson and T. H. Pearson (ed.) Modem and Ancient               Marchetti, R. (1992)* The problems of the
                        Continental Shelf Anoxia. The Geological Society,             Emilia Romagna coastal waters: facts and
                        London, England.                                              interpretations.       In: R. A. Vollenweider, R.
                        (oxygen; phytoplankton; Chesapeake Bay; climate;              Marchetti and R. Viviani (ed.) Marine Coastal
                        anoxia)                                                       Eutrophication. Elsevier, Amsterdam.
                         Oxygen depletion leading to a summer anoxia in               [gels, Adraitic Sea}
                        subpycnocline waters of the mesohaline reach of                In this work, the two main problems concerning
                        Chesapeake Bay has been a annual event for at least           the upper Adriatic coastal waters are examined: the
                        five decades. It is generally assumed that the spatial        so-called algal blooms and the gels or excretions.







                                                                                                                                      65
                       The former comprises the uncontrolled reporduction            centimeters of sediment each year, resulting in
                       of microalgae causing an enormous mass of living              production of H2S in the uppermost layer.
                       matter which is incompatible with bathing, the                Originally, the benthic fauna was dominated (as per
                       decomposition of which causes oxygenc consuption              numbers of individuals) by Nucula nitidosa and (as
                       and the death of the animals living on the sea                per biomass) by Echinocardium cordatum and
                       bottom. This phenomenon is not new and is                     Ophiura spp. After 6-15 months of mussel
                       strongly connected with the polluting loads from              culturing these and other species disappeared and
                       the Po and other minor rivers along the coast. The            were replaced by opportunistic polychaetes
                       latter - in respect to the upper Adriatic coatal waters       (Capitella capitata, Sclelepis fuliginosa, and
                       during the summers of 1988 and 1989 - is due to               Microphthalmus sczelkowskii). The abundance of
                       the excretion of products which are normally                  these species fluctuated due to changes in the
                       emitted by algal cells with various functions and             position of the redoxcline and their annual life
                       which, under circumstances still not completely               cycle. The anaerobic sediments and mass occurrence
                       understood, can reach enormous amounts as                     of opportunistic polychaetes were localized to a
                       occurred in the summer of 1989. In the July of                zone under and 5-20m around the cultures. After
                       that year, it was calculated that about 10,000 km2            harvesting of the mussels only limited recovery
                       of sea were covered by a layer of gel. The nature of          was observed after one and a half year.
                       the compounds of which the gel is formed hs been
                       individuated in polysaccharides forming a structure           McComb, A. J., R. P. Atkins, P. B. Birch, D. M.
                       incorporating 98-99% of water and which is                    Gordon, and R. J. Lukatelich (1981)
                       completely harmless for humans. The most                      Eutrophication          in    the      Peel-Harvey
                       probable cause of the formation of these gels has             estuarine system, Western Australia. In:
                       been identified with the strong meteorological and            B. J. Neilson and L. E. Cronin (ed.) Estuaries and
                       climatic anomalies which characterized that period,           Nutrients. Humana Press, Clifton, New Jersey.
                       traces of which have not been found in the data of            1green algae; Cladophora; phytoplankton; nutrient;
                       the preceding 100 years.                                      Australia)
                          The conclusions of this analysis are that,                  The most obvious symptom of eutrophication in
                       although for the first of the two events adequate             this estuarine system is a green alga, Cladophora,
                       action on the sources of contamination would have             which was sparse in 1966 but now accumulates and
                       some probability of success, for the second there is          rots on the shores. The work is part of a continuing
                       no reasonable counter-action to be proposed at                study designed to asses the relationships between
                       present.                                                      nutrient input and the growth of Cladophora and
                                                                                     phytoplankton.
                       Matsuoka, K. (1989) Morphological features                      The system consists of two shallow basins,
                       of the cyst of Pyrodinium bahamense var.                      interconnected and linked to the ocean by a narrow
                       compressum. In: G. M. Hallegraeff and J. L.                   channel. It is fed by three rivers; 90 percent of river
                       Maclean (ed.) Biology, Epidemology and                        flow occurs during four winter months.
                       Management of Pyrodinium Red Tides. Fisheries                   Phytoplankton and water nutrient levels are low
                       Department, Ministry of Development, Manila.                  in summer, but high during and after an input of
                       (dino; Pyrodinium; cyst}                                      river nutrients in winter. Nitrogen: phosphorus
                        Cysts of Pyrodinium bahamense var. compressum                ratios, regression analyses, and nutrient limitation
                       and several similar species are compared with                 assays suggest that nitrogen is potentially limiting
                       special attention to differences in process characters.       in summer and autumn, phosphorus in winter and
                       Keys to these species with and without references             spring. The Harvey typically supports higher
                       to archeophyle features are provided.                         phytoplankton levels that the Peel. Diatom
                                                                                     populations may be replaced by blue-green in
                       Mattson, J. and 0. Linddn (1983) Benthic                      summer in the Harvey.
                       macrofauna succession under mussels,                            Cladophora forms detached sphere of branched
                       Mytilus edulis L. (Bivalvia), cultured on                     filaments and is only prominent in the Peel.
                       hanging long-lines. Sarsia 68:97-102.                         Changes in biomass and growth of confined
                       lbenthic; macrofauna; succession; culture;                    populations in the field, together with laboratory
                       sediments; Capitella; Nucula; opportunistic;                  experiments, show that growth occurs when
                       abundance; biomass}                                           temperatures and light intensities are high, not in
                         Cultures of the mussel Mytilus edulis produce               winter when water column nutrient levels are high.
                       accumulations of feces as well as mussels on the              Water from between the algal spheres has increased
                       sea floor below the cultures. Changes in the                  levels of phosphorus compared with the water
                       sediment composition and benthic community                    column above, emphasizing the possible
                       structure under such cultures were studied over a             importance of nutrient release from decaying
                       three-year period on the Swedish west coast.                  material below. It is suggested that phytoplankton
                       Deposition of organic matter created several                  are important in trapping water-column nutrients







                       66
                       during and after river nutrient input, and that              aspects clearly explains the Ulva mass blooms by
                       subsequent Cladophora and phytoplankton growth               the dynamic trapping of water masses in bays
                       depends on nutrient recycling.                               where tidal residual drift vanishes, and shows the
                                                                                    main responsibility to be the increase of nitrogen
                       McErlean, A. J. and G. Reed (198 1) Indicators               inputs (from agricultural sources) in triggering the
                       and indices of estuarine overenrichment.                     recent magnification of a natural phenomenon.
                       In: B. J. Neilson and L. E. Cronin (ed.) Estuaries
                       and Nutrients. Humana Press, Clifton, New Jersey.            Messner, U. and J.-A. v. Oertzen (1990) Recent
                       [indicator; index; estuary; eutrophicationj                  changes in the phytal zone of Greifswald
                        Indicators and indices of nutrient overenrichment,          Bay. Limnologica 20:183-186.
                       which might be applied to the problems of                    JGreifswald Bay; submerged vegetation; coverage;
                       estuarine overenrichment, are reviewed from the              plankton; light; red algae}
                       literature from the time of the national symposium             The phytal zone of Greifswald Bay, a coastal
                       on eutrophication (1968) to the present. While               water in the northeast of the GDR was studied from
                       many existing methods have been applied to                   spring to autumn in 1985. The submersal
                       estuarine work and some new ones have been                   vegetation was mapped, and it was found that the
                       developed, there do not appear to be a large number          coverage of the bottom had decreased from 90%
                       of usable techniques for estuarine investigation.            (Seifert, 1938) to about 10%. The authors consider
                                                                                    increasing plankton production and the deterioration
                       McLusky, D. S., M. Teare, and P. Phizacklea                  of light conditions at the bottom owing to
                       (1980) Effects of domestic and industrial                    eutrophication are the main causes of this decline.
                       pollution on distribution and abundance                      Quantitative studies of the macrofauna of the phytal
                       of aquatic oligochaetes in the Forth                         zone show that the zone covered by red algae
                       estuary. Helgoldnder Meeresuntersuchungen                    [mainly Furcellaria fastigiata (L.) Lamour in the
                       33:384-392.                                                  investigation area] is populated by a large number
                       fdistribution; abundance; Oligochaetes; Forth                of species in various growth stages. The fauna
                       estuary; macrofauna; diversity}                              inhabiting the less ramified Potamogeton
                         The Forth estuary is a major estuary on the cast           pectinatus L. and Zostera marina L. stands was less
                       coast of Scotland; it receives effluents from                diversified. It can be assumed that the decline of the
                       domestic and industrial (petro-chemical and                  red algae stocks to insignificant remains has led to
                       distilling) sources. Following a study on the                major changes in the food web and energy flow.
                       distribution of macrofauna of the intertidal areas in        Although no quantitative data can yet be offered, it
                       relation to pollution (McLusky et al., 1978), this           must be feared that loss of this habitat threatens the
                       paper is concerned with the distribution and                 continued existence of a herring population there.
                       abundance of aquatic oligochaetes and the small              The dense bluegreen blooms in mid-summer may
                       polychaete Manayunkia aestuarina in relation to              restrict the use of these waters by holiday makers
                       estuarine salinity, organic enrichment, and                  for bathing. The changes that have taken place thus
                       industrial effluent. In the most polluted parts of the       seem to jeopardize many of the uses to which
                       estuary oligochaetes are the sole inhabitants of the         Greifwald Bay has been put.
                       mudflats; in other less polluted flats they are very
                       abundant. In the least polluted parts the numbers of         Millner, R. S. (1980) Pulp and paper mill
                       oligochaetes diminish as the numbers and diversity           waste pollution in the Swale, a tidal
                       of macrofauna increases. Estimates of the                    channel on the east coast of England.
                       production of oligochaetes are given.                        Helgoldnder Meeresuntersuchungen 33:366-376.
                                                                                    (pulp; paper; oxygen; benthos; abundance)
                       Menesguen, A. (1992)            Modelling coastal             The effect of pulp and paper mill waste discharges
                       eutrophication: the case of French Ulva                      in the Swale, a tidal channel on the southeast coast
                       mass blooms.           In: R.A.Vollenweider, R.              of England, has been studied. A pulsing tidal
                       Marchetti and R.    Viviani (ed.) Marine Coastal             movement in the Swale results in effluent being
                       Eutrophication. Elsevier, Amsterdam.                         trapped within the estuary for up to 20 days. This
                       (Ulva, macroalgae)                                           has resulted in adverse effects on the quality of the
                       During the last decade, the excessive proliferation          water and sediment along a substantial part of the
                       of Ulva sp. (Chlorophyceae) during spring and                estuary with the greatest effect occurring east of the
                       summer has been detrimental to recreational use of           mill in the direction of the residual current. A
                       several beaches of Brittany (France).            These       reduction in the dissolved oxygen concentration
                       worldwide mass blooms are well known in                      occurred along a 13-kin stretch of the estuary with
                       eutrophicated lagoons (e.g. Venice, Tunis), but are          mean values falling to 53% saturation near the
                       paradoxical along open beaches with a large tidal            mill. High levels of organic matter in the sediment
                       range and low terrestrial nutrient inputs. Numerical         reflect the deposition of material from the mill
                       modelling of the coupled physical and biological             effluent stream and loss on ignition values of up to








                                                                                                                               67
                     12 % were found east of the mill, falling to 5 %            has been found in data sets, indicating phosphorus
                     within 4 km northwest of the mill. The macrofauna           as the primary stimulating algal growth nutrient
                     of the intertidal mudflats was typical of a stressed        while, from a compositional point of view,
                     environment with a low number of species and                diatoms always accounted for most of the
                     with a few being represented by large numbers of            phytoplankton increase. A similar effect of diatom
                     individuals. The dominant species was the sabellid          dominance has also been observed in autumn assays
                     polychaete Manayunkina aestuarina which reached             conducted on a differently shaped community
                     peak numbers of over 1.5 million m-2 1.5 km east            (represented by Chaetoceros spp. and Gymnodinium
                     of the mill. An increase in the total biomass near          sp.) while nitrogen and phosphorus together
                     the mill is thought to be associated with organic           stimulated phytoplankton growth.
                     enrichment from the mill wastes.
                                                                                 Montgomery, R. T., B. F. McPherson, and E. E.
                     Mills, C. A., S. I. Heaney, C. Butterwick, J. E.            Emmons (1991)          Effects of nitrogen and
                     Corry, and J. M. Elliott (1990)              L a k e        phosphorus additions on phytoplankton
                     enrichment and the status of Windermere                     productivity and chlorophyll a in a
                     charr, Salvelinus alpinus (L.). Journal of                  subtropical estuary, Charlotte Harbor,
                     Fish Biology 37 (Supplement A): 167-174.                    Florida.      U.S. Geological Survey, Water-
                     Ifish; lake; trophic status; nutrient; enrichment;          Resources Investigations Report 91-4077.
                     deoxygenation; feedingj                                     f nitrogen;    phosphorus;         phytoplankton;
                      All English population of Artic charr, Salvelinus          productivity; estuary; Charlotte Harbor)
                     alpinus (L.), are found in the Lake District                   The response of natural phytoplankton
                     (northwest England). There are at least four races of       assemblages in a subtropical coastal plain estuary,
                     charr in Windermere, the largest lake in England;           Charlotte Harbor, Florida, to inorganic nitrogen and
                     the North and South basins of the lake each contain         phosphorus additions was determined from
                     two distinct races that spawn in autumn and spring          measurements of relative changes in both the
                     respectively. The spring spawners in both basins            uptake of carbon-14 and concentrations of
                     probably represent less than 15% of the total               chlorophyll a. The effects of nitrate plus nitrite
                     population in the lake.                                     nitrogen, ammonia nitrogen, and orthophorus
                      Changes in the population density of charr in the          additions over a series of concentrations were
                     lake are described briefly and examined in relation         evaluate through in situ experiments conducted
                     to the trophic status of the lake. Other factors that       during periods of seasonally low and high river
                     could possibly affect the charr population are              inflows. The responses to nutrient additions were
                     reviewed, especially the influence of climate               evaluated for three different size fractions of
                     change.                                                     phytoplankton. Relative changes of phytoplankton
                                                                                 carbon uptake and chlorophyll-a concentrations
                     Mingazzini, M., A. Rinaldi, and G. Montanari                were highly variable with regard to season,
                     (1992)      Multi-level nutrient enrichment                 location, nutrient, and size fractions.
                     bioassays on Northern Adriatic coastal                       Within areas of the estuary characterized by lower
                     waters.     In: R. A. Vollenweider, R. Marchetti            salinities, phytoplankton exhibited a distinct
                     and R. Viviani (ed.) Marine                 Coastal         seasonal pattern to additions of inorganic nitrogen.
                     Eutrophication. Elsevier, Amsterdam.                        Under seasonally high freshwater inflow,
                     (species abundance, nutrient enrichment, Adriatic           phytoplankton show little response to inorganic
                     Sea, limitation)                                            nitrogen additions, whereas under seasonally low
                        In order to evaluate the role of nutrients on            inflow, phytoplankton responded to the inorganic
                     phytoplankton growth inNorthern Adriatic coastal            nitrogen additions. The seasonally high freshwater
                     waters, nutrient enrichment bioassays at three              inflow increased ambient inorganic nitrogen
                     different complexity levels of the experimental             concentrations and water color. The high water
                     system were undertaken.          The algal growth           color greatly reduced light penetration in the water
                     responses both to inorganic (P and N) and to                column and limited phytoplankton productivity.
                     organic (group B vitamins) added nutrients were             The effect of nutrient additions in the higher
                     measured on Skeletonema costatum and                        salinity reaches of the estuary indicates that, under
                     Prorocentrum micans, which are considereed the              normal conditions, these areas are continually
                     most representative species in local blooms within          nitrogen limited. During periods of high freshwater
                     the two groups of diatoms and dinoflagellates,              inflow during the summer months, the estuary can
                     respectively.     The results obtained from the             be divided conceptually into a low-salinity zone
                     simplest experimental level, in which the cultured          where phytoplankton production is mediated by
                     algae were added to filtered sea water, are compared        light availability, as determined by high water
                     with the superior levels in which the same species          color, abd a high-salinity zone where
                     were naturally abundance in phytoplankton                   phytoplankton production is nitrogen limited.
                     communities of tested samples. A good agreement             Seasonal nutrient concentration data and








                       68

                       comparisons among inorganic nitrogen inputs and              the shores of the partially enclosed Tolo Harbour
                       observed phytoplankton productivity support the              have created Hong Kong's first critical marine
                       experimental bioassay results. Each of these lines           environmental problem, secondary sewage
                       of evidence indicates that, exclusive of seasonal            treatment schemes having been inadequate to
                       riverine influences that affect light penetration of         prevent this. Agricultural wastes (notably pig
                       the water column, nitrogen availability normally             manure) compound the problem in Tolo Harbour,
                       limits phytoplankton production within the                   but virtually everywhere in the New Territories
                       Charlotte Harbor estuarine system.                           lowland water courses are polluted from this source
                                                                                    leading to the degradation of most enclosed bays.
                       Moore, C. G. and           T. H. Pearson (1984)              Sufficient evidence is at hand to understand local
                       Response of a marine benthic copepod                         long-term trends in environmental degradation.
                       assemblage         to   organic        enrichment.           Hong Kong's coastal water are polluted generally;
                       Proceedings of the Second International Conference           Tolo Harbour, grossly so. Concern exists regarding
                       on Copepod, Ottawa, Canada.                                  the safety of bathing beach water quality,
                       (benthic; copepods; assemblage; sewage; Scottish             contaminated sea food, and the overall quality of
                       coast; density}                                              other enclosed bodies of water in Hong Kong.
                       No abstract
                                                                                    Moshiri, G. A., N. G. Aumen, and W. G.
                       Mori, K. (1979)          Effects of artificial               Crumpton          (1981)        Reversal of the
                       eutrophication on the metabolism of the                      eutrophication process: A case study.
                       Japanese oyster Crassostrea gigas. Marine                    In: B. J. Neilson and L. E. Cronin (ed.) Estuaries
                       Biology 53:361-369.                                          and Nutrients. Humana Press, Clifton, New Jersey.
                       (oyster; Crassostrea; gonads; development;                   Ibloom; dinoflagellates; fishkill)
                       spawning; fats; mortality; Matsushima Bay; Japan;              Bayou Texar, Pensacola, Florida, is a bayou
                       growth}                                                      estuary which was advancing toward eutrophy, due
                        Matsushima Bay, one of the richest oyster-culture           to nutrient loadings from various sources. The
                       areas in Japan, is subject to heavy artificial               occurrence of characteristic symptoms of
                       eutrophication, mainly from the inflow of city and           eutrophication, coupled with the closing of the
                       factory sewages. The physiological activity in the           bayou for water contact recreation, led to the
                       oyster Crassostrea gigas in hanging cultures (i.e.           initiation of an intensive seven-year study. Initial
                       suspended in wire-mesh cages) in this embayment              results indicated that Carpenter's Creek is a prime
                       declined markedly with progressive development of            source of most nitrogen species and that an
                       the gonads; this decline in activity coincides with          exchange exists between dissolved phosphates and
                       eutrophic ation -induced accumulation of fatty               those adsorbed onto sediments. Carbon fixation
                       material in the epithelia of the digestive respiratory       rates varied, with the stations closest to Carpenters
                       substrates in order to maintain its increased                Creek exhibiting the most productivity. It also
                       physiological needs. However, the fats are                   appeared that nitrates may be more important in
                       inefficient energy sources for the oyster and hence,         controlling rates of carbon fixation than
                       during each spawning season, 50% mortality                   phosphates. An ensuing study directed at phosphate
                       occurs. In addition, such phenomena as                       exchange suggested that reducing conditions in the
                       overmaturation of the gonad and disturbance of the           muds cause substantial release of iron-bound P04
                       lipid and steroid metabolism seem to accelerate this         from the sediment-water interface followed by
                       mass mortality. On the basis of the results, the             adsorption onto particles in the aerobic flocculent
                       author has compiled a schematic diagram which                layer above the interface. This mechanism could
                       illustrates the possible causes of mass mortality            allow sufficiently rapid exchange Of P04 between
                       among C gigas in an eutrophic environment such               sediment and water resulting in a low, stable
                       as Matsushima Bay.                                           concentration in the water as observed. Other
                                                                                    investigations involving bacterioplankton,
                       Morton, B. (1989) Pollution of the coastal                   dissolved glucose, and heterotrophic production
                       waters of Hong         Kong. Marine Pollution                indicated that algal primary productivity is the
                       Bulletin 20:310-318.                                         major source of dissolved glucose. A final study
                       JHong Kong; Victoria Harbour; Tolo Harbour;                  demonstrated        a    paucity      of     benthic
                       oxygen; phytoplankton; algae; Ulva; red tides;               macroinvertebrates, probably due to a graded
                       benthos; abundance; benthos; fish}                           suspension of particles at the sediment-water
                       I This paper reviews the available literature on             interface and the absence of a sharply defined
                       Hong Kong's marine coastal pollution. The highly             bottom. The zooplankton community exhibited a
                       urbanized and industrial cities of Victoria and              low diversity while numbers of individual species
                       Kowloon pollute Victoria Harbour with untreated              were high. The phytoplankton community was
                       domestic sewage and industrial effluents. The                composed primarily of dinoflagellates, with
                       development of new cities, Shatin and Tai Po, on             diatoms, cryptophytes, chlorophytes and








                                                                                                                                    69

                        microflagellates occurring in lesser quantities. It           monthly during the summers of 1975 and 1976 in
                        was also suggested that the importance of toxins              several shallow north Florida coastal and estuarine
                        from algal blooms to fish kills may be greater than           systems by inorganic carbon-14 uptake and
                        previously indicated. Specific recommendations                phosphorus-32 bioassays. The results of these
                        made after the fourth year of study were                      nutrient enrichments experiments suggest that
                        implemented in most part and led to a substantial             phosphorus is frequently more important than
                        improvement of water quality and the subsequent               nitrogen in limiting phytoplankton productivity in
                        opening of the bayou to the public for recreational           nearshore northern Gulf of Mexico. A multiple
                        use.                                                          regression mo 'del was constructed to determine
                                                                                      which combinations of environmental and nutrient
                        Murakami, A. (1973) Red tide in the Seto                      variables could explain the most variation of
                        Inland      Sea. Information         Bulletin       on        phytoplankton productivity in these coastal
                        Planktology in Japan 19:131-132.                              systems. The final regression model was:
                        [Japan; nitrogen; phosphorus; red tide; bloom)                P.P. = 32.1 + 48.4 S.R.P. = 0.54 Salinity
                         In the past 10 yr, a serious situation of red tide           where: P.P. is phytoplankton productivity in ugCl-
                        has developed in the Inland Sea. The probable cause           1 hr-1, S.R.P. is soluble reactive phosphate in ug-
                        is excessive eutrophication. In the Inland Sea, the           atom P04 1-1, and salinity is part-per thousand.
                        concentrations of soluble inorganic N and P in
                        seawater have increased greatly compared with                 This model explained 64 percent of the variation in
                        concentrations found 20 yr ago. The only                      phytoplantkon productivity.
                        fundamental countermeasure of such red tide is to              Nitrogen has been identified as the primary
                        eliminate the source of excessive eutrophication.             limiting nutrient for phytoplankton in coastal
                                                                                      waters and it has been proposed that the removal of
                        Musayeva, E. 1. (1985) Mesoplankton near                      phosphorus from marine waste discharges will have
                        the Bulgarian Coast. Oceanology of the                        little impact on the control of eutrophication. The
                        Academy of the Sciences of the USSR 25:647-                   observation that phosphorus is important in
                        652.                                                          limiting phytoplankton productivity in these
                        tzooplankton; biomass; mesoplankton)                          coastal and estuarine areas suggests that water
                         The distribution of mesoplankton in Burgas Bay               quality planning for the coastal zone is best done
                        in 53 bottle samples taken in October-November                on a regional basis, with consideration given to
                        1982 is discussed. A drop in the total biomass of             local nutrient cycling processes.
                        zooplankton from north to south can be traced on a
                        northern meridianal section (Cape Krotiriya to Cape           Nakanishi, H., M. Ukita, M. Sekine, M.
                        Kaliakra), probably resulting from a decrease in the          Fukagawa,      and     S.    Murakami         (1992)
                        eutrophication effect of the Danube in this                   Eutrophication control in the Seto Inland
                        direction. The plankton off the Bulgarian coast was           Sea. In: R. A. Vollenweider, R. Marchetti and
                        in typical autumn condition. In the southern part of          R. Viviani (ed.) Marine Coastal Eutrophication.
                        Burgas Bay, where there is a discharge current                Elsevier, Amsterdam.
                        carrying eutrophicated sewage from the city of                Ifish yield, Japan}
                        Burgas, various stages in the development of the              The Seto Inland Sea, surrounded by the four large
                        community, from a young community in the inner                islands of Honshu, Shikoku and Kyushu, is famous
                        end of the bay to a mature one at its outlet, were            for its scienic beauty and coastal fishery. However,
                        observed.                                                     the beauty of this areas has been threatened by a
                                                                                      high concentration of human population and
                        Myers, V. B. and            R. 1. Iverson (1981)              industry which contribute to water pollution and
                        Phosphorus          and      nitrogen         limited         euthrophication problems.
                        phytoplankton               productivity            i n         In this study, we examine the present water
                        northeastern Gulf of Mexico coastal                           pollution problems of this area; we have studied the
                        estuaries.     In: B. J. Neilson and L. E. Cronin             history of water pollution in the Seto Inland Sea,
                        (ed.) Estuaries and Nutrients. Humana Press,                  the influx of nutrients into all sections of this area
                        Clifton, New Jersey.                                          and the relationship between euthrophic levels and
                        (nitrogen; phosphorus; limitation; phytoplankton;             fishery productions in each section of the Seto
                        productivity; nutrients)                                      Inland Sea. We have also analyzed the secondary
                           An understanding       of nutrient limitation of           organic pollution which is a result of the primary
                        estuarine phytoplantkon growth is important in                photosynthesis production and the comprehensive
                        making environmentally sound decisions                        eutrhopic situation of the sea and each of its
                        concerning watershed development and the use of               sections, in comparison with other coastal seas in
                        aquatic environments for waste disposal.                      Japan.
                        Experiments to determine nutrient limitation of                From the results of this evaluation, we propose
                        phytoplankton productivity were conducted                     the following four strategies for eutrophication








                     70
                     control in the Seto Inland Sea: (1) Elimination of           (nitrogen-, phophOTUS; nutrient; Baltic;
                     nitrogen (N) and phosphorus (P) discharging loads            hydrographicl
                     by means of controlled chemical fertilizer                    Long-term nutrient trends were studied in the deep
                     consumption and recycling of human and livestock             water (in general 1958-1982) and in the winter
                     excreta as fertilizer (as a conclusion of the budget of      surface layer (in general 1958-1983) of the Baltic
                     N and P in Japan); (2) Consolidation of treatment            proper. Phosphate accumulated in the deep water,
                     facilities for the point sources of pollutants such as       on average, over the whole period under
                     domestic sewage and industrial waste water; (3)              investigation, whereas nitrate has decreased
                     Diversion of the discharging N and P loads from              significantly since 1979. The concentrations of
                     the Seto Inland Sea into the adjacent open sea aras          these nutrients also increased in the winter surface
                     of Japan w;hich have a larger carrying capacity              layer. The highly significant overall trends in this
                     through the exclusion system such as a sewer                 layer correlated closely with an increase in salinity.
                     system (through comparison with each adjacent sea            The reasons for the long-term variations in
                     area of Japan); (4) Dredging of sediments over the           nutrients and the consequences of the eutrophication
                     polluted zones.                                              observed are briefly discussed.

                     Nalewajko, C. and M. A. O'Mahony (1989)                      Nehring, D. (1992) Eutrophication in the
                     Photosynthesis of algal cultures and                         Baltic Sea.         In: R. A. Vollenweider, R.
                     phytoplankton following an acid pH                           Marchetti and R. Viviani (ed.) Marine Coastal
                     shock. Journal of Phycology 25:319-325.                      Eutrophication. Elsevier, Amsterdam.
                     JpH; acid; lake; phytoplankton; photosynthesis)              (nitrogen, phosphorus, oxygen, Baltic Seal
                      In acidifying lakes, pH decreases abruptly          in        Eutrophication is identified as one of the most
                     response to acid precipitation events. We tested the         serious problems in the Baltic Sea. Trend studies
                     hypothesis that in comparison to a circumneutral             covering the period 1958-89 show increasing
                     lake, phytoplankton photosynthesis in an                     phosphate and nitrate concentrations in the surface
                     acidifying lake is less sensitive to a rapid decrease        layer in winter and in the deep water below the
                     in pH (acid pH shock).                                       permanent halocline.         Consequences of the
                        Phytoplankton in Plastic Lake, which is                   eutrophication are discussed with respect to the
                     undergoing acidification, was characterized by a             biological productivity and the determination of the
                     predominance of Pyrrophyta, and phytoplankton                oxygen conditions in stagnant Baltic deep waters.
                     photosynthesis decreased to a lesser extent in               Conditions for eutrophication in the Baltic Sea are
                     response to an acid pH shock than the                        compared with those in the Mediterranean Sea.
                     photosynthesis of populations from St. Nora Lake,
                     a circumneutral lake located nearby, in which                Nehring, D., S. Schulz, and W. Kaiser (1984)
                     Pyrrophyta were not abundant. Rates of                       Long-term phosphate and nitrate trends in
                     phytoplankton photosynthesis in acid pH shock                the Baltic Proper and some biological
                     experiments were significantly correlated with               consequences:        A contribution to the
                     hydrogen ion but not with dissolved inorganic                discussion concerning the eutrophication
                     carbon (DIC) concentrations.                                 of these waters. Rappots et Proc&-verbaux des
                      Depression of photosynthesis following an acid              Rgunions
                     pH shock occurred in axenic cultures of Chlorella            Counseil international pour LExploration de la
                     pyrenoidosa Chick but was not observed in axenic             Mer 183:193-203.
                     cultures of the acidophilic alga Chlorella                   (Baltic; nutrients; nitrogen; phosphorus; fish;
                     saccharophila (Krug.) Nadson or in three species             oxygen; primary production; phytoplankton;
                     isolated from Plastic Lake. However, the three               zooplankton)
                     isolates were not acidophilic during growth. We                The phosphate and nitrate levels in the winter
                     conclude that phytoplankton in acidifying lakes              surface layers of the central Arkona, Bornholm, and
                     consists predominantly of species which are                  southern Gotland Seas roughly tripled from 1969 to
                     tolerant to acid pH for short periods (hours) but            1978 (phosphate: 0.2 to 0.6 umol 1-1; nitrate: 1.5
                     cannot grow at these pHs.                                    to 4.0 umol V 1). In the deep water below the
                                                                                  halocline, long-term accumulation of these
                     Nehring, D. (1981) Phosphorus in the Baltic                  nutrients was also found in the Gda'nsk, Gotland,
                     Sea. Marine Pollution Bulletin 12:194-198.                   FArb, and Landsort Deeps. Ibis process was most
                     (Baltic Sea; phosphorus; Gotland Seal                        significant at a depth of 100 rn in the Gotland
                     No abstract                                                  Deep, where on average phosphate increased from
                     Nehring, D.    1984) The further development                 about 1 to 2.5 umol 1-1 between 1958 and 1978,
                     of the nutrient situation in the Baltic                      and nitrate from about 4 to 8 umol 1-1 between
                     proper. Ophelia Suppi.3:167-179.                             1969 and 1978.








                                                                                                                                 71

                        The biological effects of the nutrient increase on         estuary, SW Netherlands, after it has been
                        the pelagic system of the Baltic are obviously low         transformed into a salt-water lake. In summer 1978,
                        and masked by inadequate observation frequency or          after a development of 8 years of opportunistic
                        by annual fluctuations. On the other hand the              colonization by seeds and rhizomes, all potential
                        increasing yields of the Baltic fisheries do not seem      habitats in the lake were occupied and covered 44
                        to be the result of the growing fishing effort alone       km2 of sheltered sediment areas with a water depth
                        but are the consequence of higher biological               of 0-2.5 in. After man-induced changes in
                        production.                                                environmental conditions the eelgrass population
                                                                                   dropped down in 1980 to about half the 1978
                        Neilson, B. J. and L. E. Cronin (ed.) (1981)               situation. The possible causes of this sudden
                        Estuaries and Nutrients.          Humana Press,            decline have been discussed, viz seed production and
                        Clifton, New Jersey.                                       germination, water temperature, wasting disease,
                        No abstract                                                transparency of the water and macro-algal
                                                                                   competition. The most plausible explanation for
                        Nielsen, A. and G. frtebjerg (1984) Plankton               mass decline of eelgrass in Lake Grevelingen in
                        blooms in Danish waters. Ophelia,                          1980 is associated with an increase in organic
                        Supplementum 3:181-188.                                    matter deposition on the bottom, following a
                        (phytoplankton; primary    production; nitrogen;           change in nutrient loading of the lake, causing rapid
                        bloom}                                                     deoxygenation and toxification of the sediments,
                        In the past fifteen years there seems to have been         and consequent die back of rhizomes and roots.
                        an increase in the occurrence of massive plankton          Water temperature and salinity may have played a
                        blooms along the coast of the North Atlantic               minor role in the eelgrass wax and wane.
                        Ocean, including the North Sea, the Kattegat and
                        the Belt Sea. Some of the plankton blooms have             Nilsson, P., B. J6nsson, I. L. Swanberg, and K.
                        caused fish mortality, either directly by poisoning        Sundbdck (1991)         Response of marine
                        of the fish, or indirectly by suffocation due to           shallow-water sediment system to an
                        oxygen deficiency. It is indicated in the paper that       increased load of inorganic nutrients.
                        the increased pollution load on the coastal zone           Marine Ecology Progress Series 71:275-290.
                        may play an important role in the development of           (sediment; nutrients; microflora; production;
                        massive plankton blooms in Danish waters.                  biomass; composition; productivity; meiofauna;
                                                                                   bacteria; grazing; oxygen)
                        Niemi, A. (1972)          Observations           on          An outdoor experimental system was used to
                        phytoplankton in eutrophied and non-                       investigate the effect of an increased load of
                        eutrophied archipelago waters of the                       inorganic nitrogen and phosphorus on the lower
                        southern coast of Finland. Memoranda                       trophic levels of the food web of a shallow-water
                        Societatis pro. Fauna et Flora Fennica 48:63-74.           sandy sediment. Estimates of structural changes
                        lphytoplankton; Finland; biomass; composition)             were based on relationships between the biomass of
                        A comparison is made of the summer course of               autotrophs, heterotrophic bacteria and meiofauna
                        the biomass and the composition of the                     and their qualitative composition. Effects on the
                        phytoplankton populations of 3 archipelago zones           functions of the sediment community were assessed
                        in clean and polluted conditions off the southern          by measuring primary and bacterial productivity and
                        coast of Finland. In summer low phytoplankton              meiofaunal grazing rates using radiolabelling, as
                        biomass follow a vigorous spring bloom in the              well as measuring changes in oxygen and nutrient
                        oligotrophic areas. Strongly eutrophic waters are          fluxes and carbon pools. The sediment system
                        characterized by high biomasses (primarily due to          responded within 2 to 3 wk to the nutrient
                        the blue-green alga 0scillatoria agardhii) persisting      enrichment. Meiofauna biomass increased, resulting
                        throughout the summer. In addition to                      in higher relative importance of oligochaetes and
                        phytoplankton biomass, the composition of                  harpacticoid copepods. Primary productivity
                        phytoplankton and the occurrence of certain                increased faster than meiofaunal grazing, resulting
                        indicator group may be a good criteria of the quality      in an increase of microalgal biomass by a factor of
                        and level of eutrophication.                               4. Diatom and filamentous cyanobacteria were
                                                                                   favoured by the increased nutrient levels. The
                        Nienhuis, P. H. (1983) Temporal and spatial                stimulated photosynthetic activity has a negative
                        patterns of eelgrass (Zostera marina L.)                   feedback on the producing sediment layer, which
                        in a former estuary in the Netherlands,                    was lifted off by oxygen bubbles entrapped in the
                        dominated by human activities. Marine                      mucus-rich top most layer. Stimulated growth of
                        Technology Society Journal 17:69-77.                       the filamenous green alga Enteromorpha clathrata
                        (eelgrass; submerged vegetation; Netherlandsl              resulted in a biomass of ca 2 g C m-2 after 4 wk,
                         A review is given of the temporal and spatial             which was more than 2 times the biomass of
                        patterns of the eelgrass population in Grevelingen         microautotrophs living in the sediment. Bacterial








                       72

                       productivity responded only weakly to the nutrient
                       additions and the grazing pressure on bacteria was           Nixon, S. W. (1981) Remineralization and
                       high during the whole 4 wk experiment. Meiofauna             nutrient cycling in coastal marine
                       removed on average about 4 % of the microalgal               ecosystems.         In: B. J. Neilson and L. E.
                       biomass and 12 % of the bacterial biomass per day            Cronin (ed.) Estuaries and Nutrients. Humana
                       in treatments with increased nutrient levels.                Press, Clifton, New Jersey.
                       Although autotrophic organisms were more                     (nutrients; remineralization; cycling)
                       important carbon sources than bacteria for                    Our views of remineralization and nutrient cycling
                       meiofauna,      the impact of grazing on                     in coastal marine ecosystems have changed
                       microautotrophs was small, whereas grazing may               considerably over the last 30 years. The major trend
                       be important in regulating bacterial growth.                 has been an increasing appreciation for the
                       Measurements of ammonium, nitrate, phosphate                 complexity of processes involved, including some
                       and silicate flux showed that shallow-water                  marked changes in our perception of the association
                       sediment with a high primary productivity in the             between bacteria and particulate matter in the sea.
                       top layer functions as a sink for inorganic                  Among the more recent development in this area is
                       nutrients. In terms of biomass, the addition of              a growing awareness of the importance of the
                       nutrients led to a dominance of meiofauna.                   coupling between benthic and pelagic communities
                       However in terms of productivity, autotrophs                 in coastal waters. There appears to be a strong
                       predominated and thus, during the initial phase of           linear correlation between the organic matter
                       increasing nutrient levels, the entire sediment              produced in the overlying water and the amount of
                       system was dominated by autotrophic processes.               organic matter consumed on the bottom in almost
                                                                                    all of the coastal environment for which annual data
                       Nishijima, T. and Y. Hata (1991) Growth                      are available. The large amount of organic matter
                       potentials of red tide phytoplankters in                     consumed by the benthos (perhaps 25-50 percent of
                       coastal seawater by AGP assay. Marine                        that produced) is associated with a large flux of
                       Pollution Bulletin 23:175-179.                               inorganic nutrients from the sediments to the
                       fred tide; algal bloom; growth potential; nutrients)         overlying water. The stoichiometry of net benthic
                        The method for the preparation of algal inocula             nutrient regeneration differs from that of pelagic
                       for AGP (algal growth potential) assay was studied,          regeneration, however, and simple Redfield type
                       and the growth potentials and growth limiting                models probably cannot be applied. The amount of
                       nutrients of red tide phytoplankters in coastal              fixed inorganic nitrogen returned to the water across
                       seawater were determined. The red tide                       the sediment-water interface appears to be about
                       phytoplankters Heterosigma akashiwo, and                     half of that expected on the basis of the flux of
                       Skeletonerna costatum were used as assay                     phosphorus. This behavior, along with the fact that
                       organisms. When using AGP assay the growth                   an appreciable amount of organic matter in coastal
                       potentials were found to be dependent on the                 waters gets remineralized on the bottom,
                       preparation of the algal inoculm. Accurate growth            contributes to the low NIP ratio that is
                       potentials were obtained only when sufficiently              characteristic of these areas and may be responsible
                       nutrient- starved cells were inoculated into the             for the observation that nitrogen is a direct
                       samples. Insufficient starvation of the cells resulted       measurements of the flux of dissolved N2 across
                       in an overestimation. Based from the results of the          the sediment-water interface indicate that
                       assay methods, the growth potentials of Osaka Bay            denitrification is probably responsible for the loss
                       water were about 104 cells/ml for H. akashiwo and            of fixed nitrogen during decomposition in the
                       about 105 cells/ml for S. costaturn. Moreover, the           sediments. If this is a widespread phenomenon,
                       water was found to have a potential to develop to            estuaries, bays, and other coastal waters may be
                       the density of red tide for both organisms. The              major sinks in the marine nitrogen cycle and
                       growth limiting nutrients of the water for both red          important terms in the global nitrogen budget.
                       tide organisms were determined to be nitrogen and            However, the fact that eutrophication appears to be
                       phosphorus.                                                  an increasing problem in many estuaries is dramatic
                                                                                    warning that anthropogenic nutrient inputs can
                       Nixon, S. W. (1980)              Between coastal             overwhelm the recycling and remineralization
                       marshes and coastal waters - A review of                     processes in coastal waters.
                       twenty years of speculation and research
                       on the role of salt marshes in estuarine                     Nixon, S. W. (1982) Nutrient dynamics,
                       productivity and water chemistry. In: P.                     primary production and fisheries yields of
                       Hamilton and K. B. MacDonald (ed.) Estuarine and             lagoons. Oceanologica Acta Supplirnent4:357-
                       Wetland Processes. Plenum Publishing Co., New                371.
                       York.                                                        flagoon; primary production; fish yield; lake;
                       Imarsh; estuary; nitrogen; phosphorus}                       nutrientl
                       No abstract








                                                                                                                                     73
                           There is a great range in many of the                      of nutrient and sediment input and the chemical
                         characteristics of the lagoons which make up 13%             composition of sediments accumulated in the
                         of the world coastline, including size (a few ha up          estuary shows that Chesapeake Bay retains only
                         to 800,000), shape, annual temperature range, fresh          some 3-6% of the nitrogen, 11-17% of the
                         water input, exchange with the sea, anthropogenic            phosphorus and 33-38% of silicon brought into its
                         inputs, and human uses. While these differences              waters during a year in which no major flood
                         appear to have a marked influence on the species             occurred.
                         composition of lagoon ecosystems around the                   This behavior suggests that current problems of
                         world, there are also some remarkable similarities           estuarine eutrophication are more a consequence of
                         in nutrient dynamics, the standing crop of                   present nutrient inputs than an inevitable or
                         phytoplankton, annual primary production, and                inescapable legacy of past enrichment. It also
                         fisheries yields of many lagoons. For example, in            follows that the management or manipulation of
                         many of the systems reviewed, the annual                     nutrient loadings to estuaries may lead to a more
                         phosphate cycle was similar in timing and                    rapid response in environmental quality than
                         magnitude, primary production amounted to some               previously predicted.
                         200-400 g C m-2 yr-1, and fisheries landings were
                         on the order of 50- 100 Kg ha- I yr- 1. There appears        Nixon, S. W. (1988) Physical energy inputs
                         to be an empirical correlation between primary               and the comparative ecology of lake and
                         production and fisheries yields in a great variety of        marine       ecosystems. Limnology                and
                         marine systems which may be similar in slope to              Oceanography 33:1005-1025.
                         that found in large lakes. However, the yield of             flake; estuary; physical energy; tide; nutrientl
                         marine systems at any given level of primary                  Although freshwater and marine systems both
                         production appears to be 10-20 times greater. The            receive light and heat energy from the sun and are
                         yield of lagoon fisheries per unit area is commonly          mixed by the wind, only marine systems receive
                         as high or higher than that from the most                    additional mechanical energy from the tide. This
                         productive coastal and offshore fisheries.                   input is very small relative to the flux of solar
                                                                                      energy but may exceed that from wind. Some
                         Nixon, S. W. (1987)          Chesapeake           Bay        obvious. physical consequences of this additional
                         nutrient     budgets       -   a     reassessment.           energy input include the development of intertidal
                         Biogeochemistry 4:77-90.                                     habitats, the presence of stronger currents, and more
                         lChesapeake Bay; nutrient; budget; nitrogen;                 vigorous vertical mixing. It is argued that these
                         phosphorus; silicon; management)                             (and perhaps other) consequences lead to coastal
                           Recently published annual mass balances or                 marine ecosystems which differ in a number of
                         budgets for nitrogen, phosphorus, and silicon in             important ways from temperate lakes.
                         Chesapeake Bay have pictured the estuary as                    There is some evidence that coastal marine
                         retaining a very large fraction, perhaps all, of the         systems generally maintain a larger standing crop
                         nutrients that enter from land drainage, the                 of benthic animals and that these fauna are more
                         atmosphere, and anthropogenic discharges.                    effective in mixing the bottom sediments. As a
                         However, those budgets have been based on                    result of better sediment mixing (and perhaps
                         estimates of the net exchanges of nutrients at the           warmer and better oxygenated bottom water),
                         mouth of the Bay or on the rates of accumulation             organic matter deposited on the bottom of coastal
                         of nutrients and sediments calculated from the               marine areas may be more completely metabolized
                         distribution of various geochernical tracers in the          and less C, N, and P retained than in lake
                         sediments. While conceptually straightforward, the           sediments. Materials are more tightly bound to
                         first approach is subject to large erTors because it         particles, like many metals, may behave similarly
                         requires the determination of a small "signal"               in lake and marine sediments. Although many lakes
                         against a large background of tidal "noise". The             are strong sinks for nutrients and metals, marine
                         second approach has led to overestimates of the              bays and estuaries may be much less effective in
                         nutrient trapping efficiency of the bay because              retaining nutrients.
                         tracer-derived sediment deposition rates have been            A major consequence of the input of tidal energy
                         multiplied by the surface area of the whole bay or           appears to be a more intensive yield of fish from
                         various parts of the bay rather than by the smaller          marine systems compared with temperate lakes.
                         area of active sediment deposition. This approach is         The data suggest that this more intense yield is not
                         also incorrect because the average, long-term rates          due to the size or interconnection of marine areas or
                         of sediment deposition measured by the                       to higher primary production, Rather, the efficiency
                         geochernical tracers, including major floods, have           of transfer of primary production to fish appears to
                         been compared to shorter-term records of nutrient            be greater. Tropical lakes appear more like marine
                         input.                                                       systems in this regard, and this may be related to
                           The more appropriate calculation of nutrient               lower thermal stability and more effective wind
                         retention based on contemporaneous measurements








                      74

                      energy transfer because of a small Coriolis effect at        the yield of fish form marine ecosystems developed
                      low latitudes.                                               in Western Europe and

                      Nixon, S. W. (1989) An extraordinary red                     Nixon, S. W. and V. M. Berounsky (1984) The
                      tide and fish kill. In: E. M. Cosper, V. M.                  role of nitrification in contributing to
                      Bricelj and E. J. Carpenter (ed.) Novel                      low oxygen conditions in an urban
                      Phytoplankton Blooms Causes and Impacts of                   waterway. Rhode Island Water Resources Center,
                      Recurrent Brown Tides and Other Unusual Blooms.              FY-1983.
                      Springer-Verlag, Berlin.                                     Initrification; oxygen; Providence River}
                      (Narragansett Bay; red tide; sewage}                         No abstract
                      No abstract
                                                                                   Nixon, S. W., J. R. Kelly, B. N. Furnas, C. A.
                      Nixon, S. W. (1990)            Quanifying          the       Oviatt, and S. S. Hale (1980) Phosphorus
                      relationship between nitrogen input and                      regeneration and the metabolism of
                      the productivity of marine ecosystems.                       coastal marine bottom communities. In:
                      Eighth Marine Technology Conference and                      K. R. Tenore and B. C. Coull (ed.) Marine Benthic
                      International Symposium for Ecology, Tokyo,                  Dynamics. University of South Carolina Press,
                      August 1990, and Shimane, September 1990,                    Columbia, South Carolina.
                      Japan.                                                       f phosphate; Narraganett Bay; flux; sediment)
                      (nutrients; productivity; relationship; estuary;               In situ measurements of the exchange of
                      nitrogen)                                                    phosphate between sediment and the overlying
                       The concept that the input of dissolved inorganic           water at three stations in Narragansett Bay, Rhode
                      nutrients, especially nitrogen, regulated the basic          Island, showed that there was almost always a net
                      level of primary production and, hence, the yield of         flux out of the sediments. The magnitude of the
                      fish from marine ecosystems developed in Western             flux ranged from near zero in winter to almost 60
                      Europe and Scandinavia about a century ago. This             umols M-2 hr-l in summer. The flux was strongly
                      "agricultural model" of marine production was                correlated with temperature during the spring
                      conceived only after quantitative biological                 warming and did not decrease with increasing
                      sampling methods and analytical techniques for               phosphate concentrations in the overlying water.
                      measuring nutrients in the sea became available              Calculations indicate that the phosphate cycle in
                      during the late 1800s and early 1900s.                       coastal waters such as Narragansett Bay is
                       Verification of the model has been slow because             dominated by sediment-water exchanges. Some 120
                      of difficulties in measuring the rate of nutrient            mg-at of inorganic P m-2 yr-1 were released
                      input to marine areas, problems in measuring                 annually to the overlying water, or enough
                      primary production, lack of long-term                        phosphorus to support about 50% of the annual
                      comprehensive data, a system-specific view among             phytoplankton primary production. The flux of
                      researchers that discourages broad comparisons, and          dissolved organic phosphorus was erratic and lower,
                      a reluctance to undertake ecosystem-level                    and appreciable uptake as well as release was often
                      experiments in marine ecology. Widespread use of             observed.
                      the 14C technique after about 1950, recent efforts             Laboratory experiments using replicate cores
                      to develop nutrient budgets, and the completion of           collected from the bay at different times of year
                      a long-term nutrient addition experiment using               showed that oxygen uptake, carbon dioxide release,
                      marine mesocosms, have now provided data used in             and phosphorus exchange by the sediments were
                      this report to quantify the broad, general                   also influenced by the availability of fresh organic
                      relationship between primary production and                  matter. It was clear from the laboratory and field
                      fisheries yields from the sea have only been                 measurements that the regeneration of organic
                      assembled in the past few years, but the evidence is         matter by the benthos results in a return of
                      now compelling. Despite the great complexity of              inorganic nutrients to the water column that is
                      marine ecosystems, the simple first-order                    anomalously low in fixed nitrogen relative to
                      relationship between nutrient inputs and                     phosphorus. This remarkable feature of benthic
                      productivity that was first conceived a century ago          regeneration, along with the fact that a large
                      seems generally correct.                                     amount of organic matter is decomposed on the
                                                                                   bottom in shallow areas compared with the open
                      Nixon, S. W. (1992)           Quantifying          the       sea, appears to be responsible for the
                      relationship between nitrogen input and                      characteristically low N/P ratio of coastal marine
                      the productivity of marine ecosystems.                       waters and for the importance of nitrogen rather
                      Advanced marine Technology Conference, No.5,                 than phosphorus as a major limiting nutrient in
                      Japan, The concept that the input of dissolved               these areas.
                      inorganic nutrients, especially nitrogen, regulated
                      the basic level of primary production and, hence,








                                                                                                                                        75
                      Nixon, S. W., C. A. Oviatt, J. Frithsen, and B.                 Idiel; dissolved oxygen; metabolism; nitrogen;
                      Sullivan (1986)            Nutrients        and      the        nutrients; phosphorus; salt marsh; silica;
                      productivity of estuarine and coastal                           Narragansett Bay)
                      marine ecosystems. Journal of Limnological                        Simultaneous measurements of the diel patterns
                      Society of Southern Africa 12:43-71.                            of dissolved 02, pH-C02, dissolved organic
                      (nutrients; primary productivity; estuary; coastal;             nitrogen, ammonia, nitrite, nitrate, dissolved
                      microheterotrophs; recycling; MERL)                             organic phosphorus, phosphate, and silicate were
                        Recent research on estuarine and coastal marine               made on four occasions in a shallow salt marsh
                      ecosystems has revealed two particularly interesting            embayment (Bissel Cove, Narragansett Bay, Rhode
                      things about nutrient and productivity. First is the            Island, U.S.A.) that was closed to tidal water
                      observation that these areas are among the most                 exchanges for 24-h periods. In spite of high rates of
                      intensively fertilized environments on earth. Second            community photosynthesis and respiration, there
                      is the common finding that much of the                          appeared to be little diel exchange in dissolved
                      characteristically high primary productivity of these           nutrient concentrations, especially with respect to
                      shallow waters is supported by nutrients released or            inorganic nitrogen. During summer and early fall,
                      recycled by pelagic and benthic microheterotrophs.              inorganic nutrients appeared to cycle within the
                      Since nutrient inputs to coastal areas have probably            sediment-detritus system of the embayment
                      been increasing and are likely to continue to do so,            bottom, rather than being released to the overlying
                      it is particularly important to understand the                  water. This suggest that there would be little export
                      relationship between nutrient loading and nutrient              of inorganic nutrients from the marsh during tidal
                      cycling and the extent to which their interactions              exchanges with the estuary. The behavior of this
                      may set the levels of primary and secondary                     marsh embayment contrasts with reports from other
                      production in coastal systems.                                  marsh areas where large net imports or exports of
                        That some direct relationship exists between the              nutrients have been observed. The concentrations of
                      input of nutrients and the productivity of higher               dissolved organic phosphorus and nitrogen were
                      trophic levels has been a principle of marine                   higher than inorganic forms, and showed
                      ecology since the turn of the century. It is                    substantial variation over each diel sampling
                      surprisingly difficult, however, to find quantitative           period. The relationship between photosynthetic or
                      evidence showing that estuaries, lagoons, or other              respiratory gas exchange and nutrient cycling in
                      coastal waters respond to eutrophication by                     waters influenced by benthic community
                      producing a larger biomass of animals. Part of this             metabolism is subtle and complex, and cannot be
                      difficulty arises because the amount of nitrogen or             adequately approximated by simple models such as
                      phosphorus incorporated in animal tissue is a very              the Redfield ratio.
                      small term in the total nutrient budget of an
                      estuary, and the accuracy and precision of ecological           Nixon, S. W. and M. E. Q. Pilson (1983)
                      field measurements may not be adequate to the task.             Nitrogen in estuarine and coastal marine
                      In addition, the response of natural systems to                 ecosystems.         In: E. J. Carpenter and D. G.
                      nutrient enrichment is compounded by changes in                 Capone (ed.) Nitrogen in the Marine Environment.
                      climate, hydrography, harvesting effort and                     Academic Press, New York.
                      technology, and pollution.                                      Initrogen; estuary; budget; distribution)
                       Attempts to avoid these problems by carrying out               No abstract
                      controlled nutrient addition experiments in the field
                      or with mesocosms have been much rarer in marine                Nixon, S. W. and M. E. Q. Pilson (1984)
                      ecology than limnology. The results that are                    Estuarine total system metabolism and
                      available for such studies seem to suggest that there           organic exchange calculated from nutrient
                      is a modest enhancement of primary production                   ratios: An example from Narragansett
                      with nutrient addition, but that most of this extra             Bay. In: V. S. Kennedy (ed.) The Estuary as a
                      organic matter is rapidly consumed, presumably by               Filter. Academic Press, Orlando.
                      microheterotrophs. In other words, as nutrient                  [Narragansett Bay; estuary; nutrient; denitrification;
                      inputs rise, so does the rate of nutrient recycling.            net ecosystem metabolism; phosphorus; budget}
                      Only a small fraction of the added nutrients appears              The average ratio of the concentration of dissolved
                      as an increment in the production of higher trophic             inorganic nitrogen (DIN) to phosphorus (DIP)
                      levels.                                                         found in many estuaries differs from that in the
                                                                                      rivers, sewage, rain, and offshore waters that
                      Nixon, S. W., C. A. Oviatt, J. Garber, and V. Lee               contribute nutrients to these systems. These
                      (1976)      Diel metabolism and nutrient                        differences are largely the result of various
                      dynamics in a salt marsh embayment.                             biological processes which take place in the
                      Ecology 57:740-750.                                             estuary, including denitrification, the net production
                                                                                      of organic matter, and the consumption and
                                                                                      remineralization of organic matter carried into the








                       76
                       estuary. Net production in this case represents the           and the overlying water column were made in a
                       total amount exported, harvested, and removed                 shallow coastal lagoon on the ocean coast of Rhode
                       through long-term burial that is in excess of the             Island, U.S.A. The release of ammonia from mud
                       amount imported and consumed within the estuary.              sediments in the dark (20-440 umol per m2 per h)
                       It is not the same as the commonly reported net               averaged ten times higher than from a sandy tidal
                       production by the autotrophic components of the               flat (0-60 umol per m2 per h), and while mud
                       system. Together with physical mixing and                     sediments also released nitrate and phosphate, sandy
                       chemical exchange processes which take place in               sediments took up these nutrients. Fluxes of
                       the system, these biological transformations                  nutrients from mud sediments, but not from sandy
                       provide a dynamic "filter" which often makes the              areas, markedly increased with temperature.
                       quantity and form of nutrients exported from an               Ammonia release rates for mud sediments in the
                       estuary quite different from those it imports. These          light (0-350 umol per m2 per h) were lower than
                       changes can themselves provide insight into the               those in the dark and it is estimated that some 25%
                       internal processes of the estuary.                            of the ammonia released to the water column on an
                           For Narragansett Bay (RI, USA) we have                    annual basis may be intercepted by the benthic
                       combined measurements of the annual nutrient                  microfloral community. Estimates of the annual
                       input with the ratio of the annual time and volume-           net exchange of nutrients across the sediment-water
                       weighted mean concentrations of DIN and DIP                   interface, weighted by sediment type for the lagoon
                       found in the Bay, measurements of the annual rate
                       of denitrification, and data on the chemical                  as a whole, showed a release of 450 mmol per m2
                       composition of the plankton to calculate the total            of ammonia, 5 mmol per m2 of phosphate, 5
                       system metabolism of the Bay. The result suggests             mmol per m2 of dissolved organic phosphorus, and
                       that the system is autotrophic, with net production           an uptake of 80 mmol per m2 of nitrate. Although
                       exceeding consumption by about 80 g C m-2         y- I .      rates of ammonia and nitrate exchange were
                       Since only a small portion of this organic matter             comparable to those described for the deeper
                       accumulates in the sediments (- 6 g C m-2      y- 1) or       heterotrophic bottom communities of nearby
                       is removed in the fishery (- I g C m-2     Y-1), some         Narragansett Bay, rates of benthic phosphate release
                       70-75 g C M-2    y- I may be exported from the Bay,           were significantly lower. On an annual basis the
                       an amount equal to 22-24% of the reported                     Bay benthos released approximately 20 times more
                       production by the phytoplankton.                              inorganic phosphate per unit area than did the
                                                                                     lagoon benthos. As a result, the N/P ratio for the
                       Nixon, S. W., M. E. Q. Pilson,       C. A. Oviatt, P.         flux from the sediments was 74:1 in the lagoon,
                       Donaghay, B. Sullivan, S. Seitzinger, D. Rudnick,             compared with 16:1 in "average" marine plankton
                       and J. Frithsen (1984) Eutrophication of a                    and 8: 1 for the benthic flux from Narragansett Bay.
                       coastal       marine        ecosystem         -     An        The lack of remineralized phosphate in the lagoon
                       experimental study using the MERL                             is reflected in water column phosphate
                       microcosms. In: M. J. R. Fasham (ed.) Flows                   concentrations (always <lum) and water column
                       of Energy and Materials in Marine Ecosystems.                 N/P ratios (anual N/P = 27) and suggests that the
                       Plenum Publishing Co., New York.                              lagoon may show phosphate limitation rather than
                       tnutrients;       phytoplankton          assemblage;          the nitrogen limitation commonly associated with
                       phytoplankton abundance; secondary production;                marine systems.
                       MERLI                                                         O'Connor, D. J. (1981)                Modeling of
                       No abstract                                                   eutrophication        in    estuaries.      In: B. J.
                       NOAA (1990)             Estuaries of the United               Neilson and L. E. Cronin (ed.) Estuaries and
                       States                                                        Nutrients. Humana Press, Clifton, New Jersey.
                       Vital    statistics of a national resource                    [nutrient; model; phytoplankton; estuary)
                       base. NOAA, A special NOAA 20th anniversary                   No abstract
                       report, jestuary; resource; review)                           O'Reilly     and        D.    A.    Busch (1984)
                       N  .o abstract                                                Phytoplankton      primary production on the
                                                                                     northwestern       Atlantic shelf. Rappots et
                       Nowicki, B. L. and S. W. Nixon (1985) Benthic                 Proc@s-verbaux des Rgunions
                       nutrient remineralization in a coastal                        Counseil International our LExploration de la
                       lagoon ecosystem. Estuaries 8:182-190.                        Mer 183:255-268.          P
                       jammonia; nitrate; nitrite; phosphate; phosphorus;            fAtlantic shelf; phytoplankton; primary
                       lagoon; Narragansett Bay; flux; N/P ratio)                    production; sewage)
                          In situ measurements of the exchange of                       Phytoplankton production of particulate and
                       ammonia, nitrate plus nitrite, phosphate, and
                       dissolved organic phosphorus between sediments                dissolved organic carbon was measured using 14C
                                                                                     simulated in situ sunlight incubation method








                                                                                                                                    77

                       during 23 survey of the Mid-Atlantic Bight,                   (silicon; nitrogen; phosphorus; evidence;
                       Georges Bank, and the Gulf of Maine. Annual                   phytoplankton; diatoms; flagellates)
                       phytoplankton production (particulate plus                     Diatom phytoplankton populations are the usual
                       dissolved) ranged between 260 and 470 g C m-2 yr-             food for zooplankton and filter feeding fishes and
                       1 in various regions, which places this continental           contribute in a direct way to the large fishable
                       shelf system among the most productive in the                 populations in coastal zones. Flagellates, on the
                       world. The highest rates of daily phytoplankton               other hand, are frequently poor foods for most
                       production were consistently found off the coast of           grazers and can lead to undesirable eutrophication
                       New Jersey in the sewage-polluted apex of the New             effects. Arguments are presented that silicon is
                       York Bight, followed by the shallow, well-mixed               often the controlling nutrient in altering a diatom
                       waters on Georges Bank. In general, high daily                to a flagellate community. The alteration is
                       rates of primary production (I g C m-2 yr-1) were             governed by the relative magnitudes of the natural
                       observed during most of the months sampled and                fluxes of the nutrients nitrogen, phosphorus and
                       were not limited to the 'spring bloom'period.                 silicon to the receiving water body and the recycled
                         Available data indicate that microheterotrophs              fluxes of nitrogen and phosphorus for oceanic,
                       above the thermocline (not the seabed) supply most            estuarine and inland water bodies.
                       of the mineralized nutrients required by the                  Okaichi, T. (1987) Red tide problems in the
                       productive summer phytoplankton communities.                  Seto Inland Sea, Japan. In: T. Okaichi, D.
                       Size-fractionation of the 14C-Iabeled particulate             M. Anderson and T. Nemoto (ed.) Red Tides:
                       organic carbon revealed that netplankton (> 20 um)            Biology, Environmental Science, and Toxicology.
                       are major primary producers during the spring and             Elsevier, New York.
                       fall blooms in the Mid-Atlantic Bight, on Georges             (red tides; blooms; oxygen; abundance}
                       Bank, and in the Gulf of Maine; however, the                   With the development of industries along the
                       nanoplankton (< 20 um) arc responsible for most               coast of Seto Inland Sea, Japan, aquaculture of
                       of the annual photosynthesis of organic carbon. On            yellowtail, oyster and nori (laver) have been
                       the annual basis, the percentage of particulate               suffering from outbreaks of red tides. During these
                       carbon productivity by nanoplankton increased from            two decades 20 billion yellowtail worth about 20
                       the shallow to the deep water. Euphotic per cent              billion yen were killed. Comprehensive surveys on
                       extracellular release (PER) of dissolved organic              the cause of outbreaks of red tides are carried out by
                       carbon by phytoplankton ranged between 0 and 55               workers at Universities and Prefectures.
                       %, averaging 15 %, and increased from the shallow             Countermeasures to avoid the fishkill are devised
                       to the deep waters of the continental shelf. No well-         and the monitoring systems for red tides, PSP and
                       defined seasonal cycle in euphotic PER was evident            DSP within Prefectures are organized by the Bureau
                       from our data.                                                of fisheries.

                       Ochi, T. (1987) The development of anoxic                     Okaichi, T., D. M. Anderson, and T. Nemoto (ed.)
                       water and red tide associated with                            (1988) Red Tides: Biology, Environmental
                       eutrophication in Hiuchi Nada Inland                          Science, and Toxicology (Proceedings of
                       Sea, Japan. In: T. Okaichi, D. M. Anderson                    the International Symposium on Red
                       and T. Nemoto (ed.) Red Tides: Biology,                       Tides, Takamastu Perfecture, Japan, 10-
                       Environmental Science, and Toxicology. Elsevier,              14 November, 1987). Elsevier, New York.
                       New York.                                                     No abstract
                       fred tides; oxygen)
                         The mechanism of anoxic water mass formation                Olenin, S. N. (1990) Benthic "desert" and
                       was investigated in the eastern part of Hiuchi-Nada.          transitional      ecological      zone      at     the
                       It was found that the oxygen consumption by the               bottom of the eastern part of the Baltic
                       sediment was unexpectedly small and that the                  Sea. Oceanology of the Academy of Sciences of
                       oxygen consumption by organic matter freshly                  the USSR 29:751-753.
                       deposited on the bottom from phytoplankton                    lbenthic; desert; Baltic; transition; macrofaunal
                       blooms, followed by frequent breakdown of the                  As a result of studies performed during 1981-1987
                       thermocline were important -contributing factors in           on the slope and floor of the Gotland basin in the
                       the formation of anoxic water masses in Hiuchi-               eastern Baltic Sea, a transitional ecological zone
                       Nada.                                                         was distinguished between the benthic "desert",
                                                                                     which is devoid of macrofauna and situated on the
                       Officer, C. B. and J. H. Ryther (1980) The                    floor and slope of the basin below 110- 120 in, and
                       possible importance of silicon in marine                      the upper sections of the benthic zone above 80-90
                       eutrophication. Marine Ecology Progress                       m, which has a comparatively rich and varied
                       Series 3:83-91.                                               bottom populations. The zoobenthos of the
                                                                                     transitional zone is extremely poor and is








                     78
                     characterized by a predominance             of mobile          present day levels of sewage effluents. For a 32-fold
                     invertebrate forms.                                            increase in nutrients, system apparent production
                                                                                    increased by only a factor of 3.5. Seasonal patterns
                     Olsen, P., M. Cohn, J. B. Mahoney, and E. Feerst               of autotrophy during the winter-spring diatom
                     (1984) Ganyaulax excavata Monitoring in                        bloom and heterotrophy during summer and early
                     New Jersey. Coastal Ocean Pollution                            fall occurred at all treatment levels. With the
                     Assessment News 3:25-26.                                       exception of the 8X treatment, all treatments above
                     fnuisance bloom; Gonyaulax; red tide; nutrient;                2X had a greater respiratory demand in the water
                     New York Bay; New Jerseyj                                      column than the benthos. The highest treatment
                     No abstract                                                    mesocosm (32X) went briefly anoxic during the
                                                                                    second summer of the experiment during a period
                     Olsson, G.   E., B. Sundstr6m, and L. Edler (1987)             when little productivity was occurring in the water
                     In situ      studies of the effects of humic                   column.
                     acids on dinoflagellates and diatoms. In:
                     T. Okichi, D. M. Anderson and T. Nemoto (ed.)                  Oviatt, C. A., P. Lane, F. F. III, and P. Donaghay
                     Red tides:   Biology, Environmental Science, and               (1988)      Phytoplankton            species        and
                     Toxicology. Elsevier, New York.                                abundance in response to eutrophication
                     {blooms; humid                                                 in coastal marine mesocosms. Journal of
                        Experiments with 160 1 plastic bags were                    Plankton Research 11: 1223-1244.
                     performed in September 1986 in situ on the west                Inutrient; species composition; phytoplankton;
                     coast of Sweden. One series of bags were filled                assemblage; abundance; MERLI
                     with water containing the natural phytoplankton                  In a mesocosm nutrient enrichment experiment
                     community dominated by dinoflagellates (>80% of                the species (or categories) and abundances of
                     the total phytoplankton biomass). The other series             diatoms, dinoflagellates, flagellates, monads and
                     was filled with I um. filtered sea water inocculated           ciliates were identified and counted over a 16 month
                     with the diatom Phaeodactylum tricornutum.                     period. Diatoms and ciliates increased with
                     Phosphorus or nitrogen was added alone or together             increasing nutrient treatment while monads and
                     with commercially available humic acids to both                flagellates, less than 10 um, did not. In some
                     series. Bags with no additions (C) or with only                instances grazing controlled abundances to low
                     humic acids added (CH) were used as controls. P.               levels in nutrient enriched treatments. By contrast,
                     tricornutum was stimulated by nitrogen addition,               in the field diatoms sometimes appeared to decrease
                     while no positive response was obtained by any                 while small phytoplankton less than 10 um
                     nutrient addition to the dinoflagellate bags.                  appeared to increase under eutrophic conditions.
                     Dinoflagellate biomass increased several fold when             While nuisance species were occasionally present in
                     humic acids were added together with nitrogen.                 various nutrient treatments, the intensity and
                     Also the alkaline biomass phosphatase activity                 frequency of their presence did not tend to increase
                     (APA) increased drastically both in the CH and                 with nutrient treatment. Generally species (or
                     nitrogen + humic acid bags. Tentative conclusions              categories) did not appear to change with nutrient
                     are: 1) The dinoflagellates were inhibited by heavy            treatment.
                     metals and the humic acids alleviated this
                     inhibition by working as chelating agents. 2) The              Oviatt, C. A., J. G. Quinn, J. T. Maughan, J. T.
                     diatom was not inhibited by heavy metals because               Ellis, B. K. Sullivan, J. N. Gearing, P. J. Gearing,
                     it could still grow quite well without humic acids.            C. D. Hunt, P. A. Sampou, and J. S. Latimer
                     3) As APA increased in the dinoflagellate control              (1987) Fate and effects of sewage sludge
                     bag with only humic acids we assume that nitrogen              in the coastal marine             environment: A
                     in the humic fraction to some extent was available             mesocosm experiment. Marine Ecology
                     for the dinoflagellates.                                       Progress Series 41:187-203.
                                                                                    1production; respiration; fate; nutrients; sludge;
                     Oviatt, C. A., A. A. Keller, P. A. Sampou, and L.              oxygen; grazing; MERL)
                     L. Beatty (1986) Patterns of productivity                        A mesocosm experiment to assess the fate and
                     during      eutrophication:          A      mesocosm           effects of sewage sludge in the coastal marine
                     experiment. Marine Ecology - Progress Series                   environment was conducted over 4 mo. during the
                     28:69-80.                                                      summer of 1984 with 9 different treatments of
                     foxygen; net ecosystem production; MERLI                       sewage sludge and nutrient additions. Evidence from
                      In a 28 months mesocosm experiment, levels and                settling rate studies, accumulations of carbon and
                     patterns of productivity and respiration were                  pollutant organics and ratios of A13C in the
                     observed for a range of nutrient additions selected to         sediment indicated up to 83% of the sludge
                     provide a gradation from conditions in lower                   particulate inputs settled to the bottom and up to
                     Narragansett Bay, Rhode Island, USA, to                        51% accumulated there. While no toxicity due to
                     maximum impact for an urban estuary receiving                  organics or metals was apparent, prolonged hypoxia








                                                                                                                                    79

                       and even anoxia occurred in upper treatment levels.           and to incorporate such criteria into the design of
                       At summer temperatures, sludge particulate inputs             water quality management strategies applicable to
                       in excess of 1 g C m-2 d- I caused these hypoxic              both coastal marine and freshwater habitats.
                       conditions. In contrast to low primary production
                       in low and medium sludge treatments during the                Pagou, K. and            L. Ignatiades (1988)
                       last 2 mo. of the experiment, the highest sludge              Phytoplankton seasonality patterns in
                       treatment had high production. We attribute these             eutrophic marine coastal waters. Biological
                       patterns to excessive grazing pressure from                   Oceanography 5:229-241.
                       zooplankton and benthic fauna in the lower 2                  [phytoplankton; seasonality; Aegean Sea)
                       treatments and hypoxia-retarded grazing in the upper          Phytoplankton seasonality patterns were examined
                       treatment. In the upper treatments, peaks of                  in an inshore eutrophic station fertilized
                       production stimulated peaks of excessive respiration          continuously by domestic sewage. Data of certain
                       suggesting that respiration of sludge particulates            physical (temperature), chemical (P-P04, N-N031
                       was enhanced or co-metabolized with the production            and Si-S102 concentrations), and phytoplanktonic
                       of fresh organic material.                                    (chi a, total cell, diatom, and dinoflagellate
                                                                                     concentrations) parameters were analyzed by time
                       Paerl, H. W. (1988) Nuisance phytoplankton                    series analysis (autocorrelation, cross correlation).
                       blooms in coastal, estuarine, and inland                      The phytoplanktonic and chemical parameters
                       waters. Limnology and Oceanography 33:823-                    exhibited significant seasonal variability-in spite of
                       847.                                                          the constant fertilization of the water-which was
                       (bloom; phytoplankton; marine; estuary;                       associated   with the seasonal variability of
                       freshwater; cyanobacteria; dinoflagellates; review)           temperature.
                          Multiple interacting physical, chemical, and
                       biotic factors, in proper combinations lead to the            Parker, C.   A. (1983)     Localized        hypoxia
                       development and persistence of nuisance algal                 recurs in    the New York Bight. Coastal
                       blooms. Upon examining combinations of                        Ocean Pollution Assessment News 3:1-3.
                       environmental conditions most likely to elicit                (oxygen; New York Bight)
                       nuisance blooms, commonalities and analog                     No abstract
                       situations become more apparent among coastal
                       marine         (d i n o f I a g e I I a te - d o m i n a te d), Parker, C. A. and J. E. O'Reilly (1991) Oxygen
                       estuarine(di nofl agell ate- and cyanobacteria-               depletion       in Long Island Sound: A
                       dominated), and freshwater (eyanobacteria-                    historical perspective. Estuaries 14:248-264.
                       dominated) ecosystem. A combination of the                    foxygen; hypoxia; historical; Long Island Sound)
                       following hydrological, chemical, and biotic factors           A retrospective analysis of available data was
                       will most likely lead to bloom-sensitive waters: a            conducted to characterize the spatial distribution and
                       horizontally distinct water mass; a vertically                temporal trends in dissolved oxygen (DO)
                       stratified water column; warm weather conditions,             concentrations in Long Island Sound (LIS) over the
                       as typified by dry monsoon tropical climates and              past four decades. A general cast-west gradient of
                       summer seasons in temperate zone; high incident               decreasing bottom DO was evident in all historical
                       photosynthetically active radiation (PAR); enhanced           data examined. In our review of data from the 1950s
                       allochthonous organic matter loading (both as DOC             , collected by Gordon Riley and colleagues, and
                       and POC); enhanced allochthonous inorganic                    from contemporary surveys, we found no evidence
                       nutrient loading (nitrogen and/or phosphorus);                of hypoxia (DO :@ 3.0 mg 1- 1) in the Eastern Basin;
                       adequate availability of essential metals, supplied           however, in the deeper waters of the Central Basin,
                       by terrigenous inputs or upwelling; underlying                there is some evidence for recent (1986) emergence
                       sediments physically and nutritionally suitable as            of moderate hypoxia. The Western Basin
                       "seed beds" for resting cysts and alkinetes; algal-           experienced episodes of hypoxia during the 1970s
                       micrograzer (protists and rotifers) synergism, which          which became more recurrent and possibly more
                       also enhances nutrient cycling without                        severe in the late 1980s. The most severe,
                       consumption of filamentous and colonial nuisance              persistent and chronically recurrent hypoxia
                       taxa; and selective (for non-nuisance taxa) activities        occurred throughout the water column of the East
                       of macrograzers (crustacean zooplankton, larval               River and in bottom water of the Western Narrows.
                       fish).                                                        An unprecedented episode of anoxia was observed in
                         Nuisance bloom taxa share numerous additional               both the Western and Eastern Narrows regions of
                       physiological and ecological characteristics,                 LIS in 1987. Previously, anoxia occurred rarely,
                       including limited heterotrophic capabilities, high            was short-lived, and was confined to the East River.
                       degrees of motility, and toxicity. Given such a set           Statistical trend analyses revealed a significant
                       of commonalities, it would appear useful and                  increase in the summer minimum bottom DO in
                       timely to identify and address generally applicable           the lower and middle reaches of the East River over
                       criteria for deeming a water body "bloom sensitive"           the past 20 years. Beginning in 1981, however, DO








                      80
                      declined markedly in the adjacent Narrows bordering           Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and
                      the Nassau County nearshore. The improvements                 Ecology 20:1-41.
                      in East River water quality over the previous 15-20           (sediments; benthic fauna; species; anoxic;
                      years appear to have been gained at the expense of            effluent)
                      poorer water quality in the western sound.                      Changes are described in the benthic fauna of
                      Mechanisms potentially responsible for the recent             Lochs Linnhe and Eil in response to organic
                      decline the bottom DO in western LIS are                      enrichment of the loch sediments, brought about by
                      suggested.                                                    the input of effluent material from a pulp and paper
                                                                                    mill. Fluctuations in the amount of effluent
                      Pastorok,    R. A. and       G. R. Bilyard (1985)             discharges are related to subsequent successional
                      Effects of sewage pollution on coral-reef                     changes in the fauna. As organic enrichment
                      communities. Marine Ecology Progress Series                   proceeds, there is progressive elimination of
                      21:175-189.                                                   species, accompanied by an increase in the numbers
                      Isewage; coral reef, lagoon; species composition;             of the surviving species, Excessive organic
                      abundance; benthic algae; primary production;                 deposition leading to anoxic conditions at the
                      nutrient; oxygen; Kaneohe Bay; turbidity;                     sediment/water interface results in the elimination
                      sedimentation}                                                of all but a few annelid species. The observed
                        Sewage pollution is an increasing problem in                successional changes are discussed in the light of
                      tropical marine environments. In this review we               recent hypotheses concerning ecological changes in
                      synthesize present knowledge of the effects of                relation to environmental stress.
                      sewage pollution on coral-reef communities, and
                      suggest directions for future research. A wide range          Pearson, T. H. (1990)          Marine pollution
                      of sewage impacts on coral-reef communities has               effects of pulp and paper industry wastes.
                      been reported. Little or no impact has been                   Helgoldnder Meerestuntersuchungen 33:340-365.
                      observed on some reefs in well-flushed waters that            (pulp; paper; oxygen demand; benthic; abundance;
                      receive small quantities of effluent, whereas large           sediment; composition}
                      discharges of effluent into poorly-flushed lagoons               The scale of waste discharges to the marine
                      and bays have caused major changes in species                 environment from the pulp and paper industry in
                      composition and abundance. The 3 components of                various parts of the world is outlined and a brief
                      sewage effluent most detrimental to coral                     description of the major characteristics of such
                      communities are nutrients, sediments, and toxic               wastes is given. The information available on the
                      substances. Nutrient enrichment by sewage effluent            direct toxicity of these wastes to marine fauna and
                      may enhance bentbic algal biomass and primary                 flora is assessed including both lethal and sublethal
                      production in the water column. Increased primary             effects. The environmental impact of waste
                      production in the water column favors benthic                 discharge and subsequent ecosystem modifications
                      filter-feeding invertebrates which, with the benthic          are considered in detail; the complex adjustments to
                      algae, may out-compete corals and other reef-                 the nutrient and carbon budgets of the water column
                      building organisms. Anthropogenic inputs of                   and sediment involved in direct alterations to their
                      dissolved nutrients and organic particulate matter            oxygen balance and other indirect eutrophication
                      may also depress oxygen levels. While heavy                   effects are described. It is concluded that whereas the
                      sediment loads on corals may be lethal, lesser                direct toxicity of these wastes has minimal effect in
                      quantities may inhibit growth, cause changes in the           the marine environment the complex problems
                      growth forms of colonies, decrease coral cover, alter         created by increasing the oxygen demand on the
                      species composition of reef-building organisms,               receiving waters can have considerable impact in
                      and inhibit coral recruitment. Toxic substances may           inshore areas. Methods of minimizing the effect of
                      induce metabolic changes in corals, decrease rates of         such impacts and of forecasting their extent are
                      growth and reproduction, or reduce viability of               outlined.
                      corals. Although further research is needed on all
                      three major components of sewage effluent, the                Pearson, T. H. (1987) Benthic ecology in an
                      most critical need is for comprehensive, long-term            accumulating sludge-disposal site. In: J.
                      studies of sewage impacts. The combined effects of            M. Capuzzo and D. R. Kester (ed.) Oceanic
                      particulate and toxic substances are especially               Processes in Marine Pollution. Vol.]. Biological
                      poorly documented at this time.                               Processes and Wastes in the Ocean. Robert E.
                                                                                    Krieger Publishing Company, Malaba, Florida.
                      Pearson, T. H. (1975) The          benthic ecology            lbenthic; sludge; Eh; sediments; pH; abundance;
                      of Loch Linnhe and Loch Eil, a sea-loch                       biomass; species; annelids; nematods; deposit-
                      system on the west coast of Scotland.                         feederl
                      IV.    Changes in           the benthic fauna                   The distribution of benthic fauna in the area of the
                      attributable        to    organic       enrichment.           sludge-disposal site in the Firth of Clyde, Scotland,
                                                                                    is related to the gradient of increasing organic








                                                                                                                                    81

                       enrichment created by dumping. Faunal succession                The influence of effluents from cellulose
                       in relation to enrichment is related to changing             industries on the benthic faunas of comparable
                       productivity along the gradient. Community                   fjordic systems on the west coasts of Sweden and
                       changes ar6 ascribed to progressive maximization of          Scotland is assessed. Generalizations are made
                       carbon utilization as input levels increase; this            about sequential changes in the interrelationship of
                       involves responses at many levels of organization.           benthos and sedimentary structure. Estimates are
                       It is concluded that the benthic ecosystem has fully         made of the rates of such changes along a gradient
                       adapted to the continuously high organic carbon              of environmetal stress brought about by the organic
                       input.                                                       enrichment of marine sediments and these can be
                                                                                    used to assess the probable effect of large inputs of
                       Pearson, T. H., A. B. Josefson, and R. Rosenberg             organic material to marine sediment. The
                       (1985)      Petersen's        benthic        stations        advantages and disadvantages of using indicators
                       revisited. 1. Is the Kattegat becoming                       species, comparing faunal groups, and using
                       eutrophic? Journal of        Experimental Marine             diversity indices in the description of ecological
                       Biology and Ecology 92:157-206.                              changes are briefly considered.
                       (benthic; macrofauna; abundance; biomass;
                       increase; decrease; composition; Balticl                     Pearson, T. H. and          R. Rosenberg (1978)
                         The macrobenthic fauna present at the stations             Macrobenthic succession in relation to
                       sampled by C.G.J. Petersen in 1911-1912 in the               organic enrichment and pollution of the
                       Kattegat were re-assessed in 1984 using equipment            marine environment. Oceanography and
                       and techniques similar to those used in the original         Marine Biology: Annual Review 16:229-311.
                       surveys. The total biomass of organisms present in           (macrobenthos; benthic; organic enrichment;
                       1984 was found to be significantly reduced in the            sediments; abundance; biomass; spatial; temporal;
                       north and west of the area and in areas shallower            diversity; similarity; indicator; opportunistic}
                       than 25 m. These changes were largely attributable           No anstract
                       to decreases in the populations of large echinoid,
                       Echinocardium. When echinoids were excluded,                 Pearson, T. H. and          S. 0. Stanley (1979)
                       significant increases in the biomass of other                Comparative measurement of the redox
                       organisms present in 1984 were found to the east of          potential of marine sediments as a rapid
                       the area and in areas deeper than 25 m. In general           means of assessing the effects of organic
                       the majority of species were found to be smaller in          pollution. Marine Biology 53:371-379.
                       individual size in 1984 when compared with the               [sediments; redox potential; macrofauna; benthos;
                       earlier surveys. Dominance comparisons based on              abundance; species; biomass)
                       biomass changes showed that deposit-feeders had                A rapid method for measuring the redox potential
                       decreased and suspension-feeders and carnivores had          (Eh) values of marine sediments is described. This
                       increased      in   dominance.      Most      notably        method has been used to relate changes in the areas
                       Echinocardium had decreased and the ophiuroid                of highly reduced sediment in a sea loch system to
                       Amphiura filiformis (Mijller) had increased in               the continuously fluctuation inputs of organic
                       dominance at over 70% of the stations sampled. In            waste from a pulp and paper mill. Subsequent
                       general ophiuroids and annelids had increased and            faunal changes in these areas can be related to
                       echinoids and molluscs had decreased in dominance.           changes in the measured sedimentary redox level.
                       Comparisons of similarity values indicated that              The method is suggested as a rapid means of
                       community composition has changed markedly                   assessing the potential impact of an additional
                       over the area, with only =30% similarity of species          organic input to a marine sediment.
                       between 1911-1912 and 1984 at most stations.
                          The possible causes underlying these general              Pease, B. C. (1977) The effect of organic
                       changes are considered, amongst which changes in             enrichment from a salmon mariculture
                       fish predation pressures, the direct effects of              facility on the water quality and benthic
                       trawling and long-term temperature fluctuations are          community           of     Henderson            Inlet,
                       suggested. Whilst such factors may be partially              Washington. Dissertation for Ph.D., University
                       responsible, the most probable causes is considered          of Washington.
                       to be a general eutrophication of the area.                  Imariculture; benthos; infauna; epifauna;
                                                                                    sediments)
                       Pearson, T. H. and R. Rosenberg (1976) A                       The effect of fish excretion and respiration at a
                       comparative study of the effects on the                      salmon mariculture facility on the local water
                       marine environment of wastes from                            quality was evaluated. In the immediate vincinitiy
                       cellulose industries          in Scotland and                of the facility, dissolved oxygen concentrations
                       Sweden. Ambio 5:77-79.                                       were consistently depressed while ammonia
                       (benthos; abundance; diversity; indicator}                   concentrations were increased, but neither effect was
                                                                                    significant based on accepted criteria. The








                       82
                       mariculture facility had no apparent effect on the                Perry, D. M., J. B. Hughes, and A. T. Herbert
                       local phytoplankton population. Major fluctuations                (1991)       Sublethal         abnormalities            in
                       in the local water quality were a result of natural               embryos            of      winter           flounder,
                       hydrographic conditions and phytoplankton                         Pseudopleuronectes              americanu,s, from
                       activity.                                                         Long Island Sound. Estuaries 14:306-317.
                         The effect of fish feces and excess fish food from              [abnormalities; winter flounder; disease; Long
                       the mariculture facility on the benthic environment               Island Sound; Boston Harbor)
                       was also evaluated. There was a definite                             Sublethal abnormalities were examined in
                       accumulation of organic matter under and extending                developing embryos of the winter flounder,
                       at least 15 rn from the salmon pens. This organic                 Pseudopleuronectes americanus, as part of a study
                       accumulation caused significant changes in the                    of its early reproductive success in Long Island
                       structure of the benthic epifaunal and infaunal                   Sound and two sites in Boston Harbor. These sites
                       communities. Epibenthic mats of the sulfide-                      represented varying levels of anthropogenic
                       oxidizing bacterium, Beggiatoa, were observed                     contamination that were possibly affecting
                       under salmon pens along with an increased                         reproduction, as ascertained by chromosomal
                       abundance of several large predatory species (                    abnormalities and lowered developmental rates in
                       Cancer gracilis, Lepidopsetta bilineata, and                      the embryos. Effort was focused on examination of
                       Myoxocephalus polyacanthocephalus). The benthic                   blastula and tail-bud embryos from field-captured
                       infauna community under the salmon pens declined                  females spawned at the laboratory. Abnormalities
                       in species richness and became numerically                        observed included evidence of cytotoxicity and
                       dominated by the polychaete worm, Capitella                       chromosome damage. Embryos of fish from New
                       capitata, a well-known ubiquitous indicator of                    Haven were usually the most aberrant, while
                       organic pollution. Therefore, the mariculture                     embryos from other sites, notably Hempstead,
                       facility would have little or no effect on the marine             Shoreham, and both Boston Harb or stations,
                       environment if the settleable solids were collected               showed subtle indications of abnormality.
                       and removed, or depressed in such a way that there
                       was no accumulation in the underlying sediments.                  Persson, L.-E. (1987) Baltic eutrophication:
                                                                                         A contribution to the discussion. Ophelia
                       Pekkari, S. (1973) Effects of sewage water                        27:31-42.
                       on       benthic         vegetation. 0 1 K 0 S                    [Baltic; macrozoobenthos; abundance; diversity}
                       Supplymentum 15:185-188.                                            Quantitative sampling of macrozoobenthos has
                       Iseaweeds; sewage; benthic; abundance; abnormal)                  been performed in the southern Baltic in the 1920s
                          The influence of sewage water on b6nthic                       and the 1950s. Some of these stations (43) were
                       vegetation was studied in the Stockholm                           revisited in 1982/83. The total abundance and
                       Archipelago and in the Gulf of Bothnia. The most                  biomass was significantly increased in 1982/83
                       conspicuous effects of sewage effluents in the Gulf               compared to the 1950s. It is suggested that the
                       of Bothnia are the excalves of marine and freshwater              main part of the biomass increase might be due to
                       vegetation distinctly differing from the vegetation               reduced stocks of predatory flatfishes in the 1920s
                       in the vicinity. Disappearance and abnormal shape                 and 1930s.
                       of plants are conspicuous effects of sewage water in                  The most conspicuous difference in the
                       the inner part of the Stockholm Archipelago.                      comparisons is the widespread distribution of the
                                                                                         polychaete Capitella capitata in 1982/83. This is
                       Perciasepe, R. (1992) Progress Report of the                      attributed to increased trawling activities in recent
                       Baywide              Nutrient              Reduction              decades and not to organic enrichment.
                       Reevaluation.           Chesapeake Bay Program,
                       fabundance;oxygenj                                                Phillips, D. J. H. and S. Tanabe (1989) Aquatic
                         In 1987, the parties to the original Chesapeake                 pollution in the Far East. Marine Pollution
                       Bay Agreement signed a new Chesapeake Bay                         Bulletin 20:297-303.
                       agreement. The 1987 Chesapeake Bay Agreement                      JFar East; algal blooms; oxygen; red tidesl
                       set a specific goal-to achieve at least a 40 percent                An overview of the problems experienced in the
                       reduction of nitrogen and phosphorus entering the                 Far East relating to aquatic pollution is presented,
                       mainstern Chesapeake Bay by the year 2000.                        with emphasis on the quality of coastal waters. The
                       Although this progress report's fingdings are                     pollution problems faced by developing and
                       preliminary, trends and generalizations of nutrient               developed nations in the region tend to vary in type
                       loads, water quality, and hibatat improvements are                according to socioeconomic factors. The appropriate
                       becoming evident. Most of the background studies                  treatment and disposal of sewage remains a
                       for the Nutrient Reduction Reevaluation have been                 particular problem in the developing nations.
                       drafted. To date, seven model runs have been                      Industrial and agricultural effluents also exert
                       completed for use in this report.                                 measurable effects on marine resources in many of
                                                                                         these regions. The environmental impacts of major








                                                                                                                                     83
                         engineering and development projects are also a              by the equation ks = 0.72 + 0.26c . The water
                         cause for concern in certain areas. In the developed         column oxygen demand of the harbour was
                         nations, the impacts of conservative contaminants            determined experimentally and revealed a significant
                         (especially the highly persistent and toxic                  dependence on oxygen concentration. It was
                         organochlorines) are considered to be the most               estimated that over 80% of the oxygen supplied to
                         significant problem at present. The region as a              the harbour was used within the water column. The
                         whole exhibited a great dependence on seafood as a           sediment oxygen consumed about 18% of the
                         primary or preferred source of protein, and the              oxygen entering the harbour and was relatively
                         protection of coastal waters is therefore of vital           most important in the early stages of stratification
                         concern. In addition, tourism provides much-needed           when the hypolimnetic dissolved oxygen
                         foreign exchange in many countries of the region,            concentrations were high. The main sources of
                         and the tourist facilities are mostly situated on the        oxygen were atmospheric reaeration (80%), lake-
                         coast. Additional regulatory initiatives are required        harbour exchange (10%) and photosynthesis (10%).
                         in many areas, coupled to strong legislative action
                         and robust monitoring of coastal pollution, if the           Portnoy, J. W. (1991)         Summer         oxygen
                         vital marine resources are not to be irreversibly            depletion in a diked New England
                         damaged.                                                     estuary. Estuaries 14:122-129.
                                                                                      (oxygen; estuary; organic; fish kill; marsh}
                         Phoel, W. C., K. L. Webb, and C. F. D'Elia                    The diked and freshened Herring River estuary
                         (1981)      Inorganic nitrogen regeneration                  (Wellfleet, Massachusetts) experiences regular
                         and total oxygen consumption by the                          summer hypoxia and one- to three-week period of
                         sediments at the mouth of the York                           main stream anoxia, often accompanied by fish
                         River, Virginia. In: B. J. Neilson and L. E.                 kills. Stream hypoxia results from the temperature-
                         Cronin (ed.) Estuaries and Nutrients. Humana                 dependent increase in oxygen demand of organic
                         Press, Clifton, New Jersey.                                  matter released by diked salt marsh deposits; periods
                         (nitrogen; regeneration; oxygen}                             of total anoxia are induced by heavy rains which
                          In situ measurements of inorganic nitrogen fluxes           increase the runoff of wetland organic matter.
                         and riverbed oxygen consumption were made on                 Historic reductions in tidal flushing have extended
                         sediments in 3, 9, and 16 rn of water at the mouth           the low salinity region of the estuary normally
                         of the York River during stratified and destratified         characterized by high organic loads and minimal
                         water conditions. Ammonium was regenerated, the              flushing. Recurrent main stream anoxia has
                         rate of which increased with depth and oxygen                depressed both migratory and resident aquatic fauna.
                         concentration in the overlying water. Nitrate and
                         nitrite fluxes from the sediment were minimal or             Porumb, F. (1992) On the development of
                         non-existent during stratification at the 16-m               Noctiluca             scintillans             under
                         station but increased and the nutrients were taken           eutrophication of Romanian Black Sea
                         up by the sediments under destratified conditions.           waters.     In: R. A. Vollenweider, R. Marchetti
                         At the 3-m station, which is above the halocline             and R. Viviani (ed.) Marine                  Coastal
                         when developed, nitrate and nitrite appeared to be           Eutrophication. Elsevier, Amsterdam.
                         the major forms of nitrogen being released by the            (species, abundance, noctiluca scintillans, Black
                         sediments. Oxygen consumption by the riverbed at             Sea}
                         the 16 and 9-m stations was higher during the                This paper analyses the development of Noctiluca
                         increased oxygen tensions associated with vertical           scintillans during the 1980s and 1990s as a
                         destratification. The 3-m stations maintained the            consequence of the intense eutrophication of the
                         higher rates of oxygen consumption throughout the            Romanian waters of the Black Sea.
                         sampling period. The in situ incubation of bottom
                         water alone at all three stations indicated negligible       Price, K. S., D. A. Flemer, J. L. Taft, G. B.
                         rates of oxygen uptake.                                      Mackiernan, W. Nehlsen, R. B. Biggs, N. H.
                                                                                      Burger, and D. A. Blaylock (1985) Nutrient
                         Polak, J. and G. D.      Haffner (1979) Oxygen               enrichment of Chesapeake Bay and its
                         depletion of Hamilton Harbour. Water                         impact on the habitat of striped bass: A
                         Research 12:205-215.                                         speculative hypothesis. Transactions of the
                         foxygen; eutrophic; demand; sediment}                        American Fisheries Society 114:97-106.
                           Processes involved in the oxygen cycles of the             (Chesapeake Bay; fish; striped bass; oxygen;
                         highly eutrophic Hamilton Harbour were studied.              habitat; nitrogen; phosphorus; aquatic vegetation;
                         Sediment oxygen demand ks(02 m-2 day-1) was                  chlorophyll)
                         measured by an in situ method and was determined               Stocks of striped bass Morone saxatilis have
                         to be dependent on oxygen concentration c (ml-1)             declined in the Chesapeake Bay system over the last
                         in the water phase. This dependence was expressed            decade. We present evidence for the working
                                                                                      hypothesis that the decline has resulted, in part,







                        84
                        from loss of deep-water habitat for adults, caused by         Nahant Bay Beaches.                MIT Sea Grant
                        limiting concentrations of dissolved oxygen that are          Program, MITSG 82-15.
                        related, in turn, to nutrient enrichment and greater          f seaweeds}
                        planktonic production. A related hypothesis is that             Since the early 1900's the sandy beaches of
                        changes in the near-shore habitat for juvenile                Nahant Bay, Massachusetts have been chronically
                        striped bass, involving severe declined in                    fouled by hundreds of tonnes of an abnormal form
                        submerged aquatic vegetation due to nutrient-driven           of the filamentous brown alga Pilayella littoralis.
                        planktonic shading, also have contributed to the              In warm weather, foul-smelling gaseous
                        decline of striped bass. Nutrients (nitrogen and              decomposition products sporadically cause great
                        phosphorus) and in chlorophyll a, an indicator of             discomfort in the local residential and recreational
                        phytoplankton biomass, have increased i many                  populations. At the request of state and federal
                        areas of the bay and tributaries over the past 20 to          officials, a multidisciplinary research team was
                        30 years. These trends are qualitatively correlated           assembled to find out why this alga grows so
                        with greater deoxygenation of the deep channel in             abundantly in the surf zone and shallow sublittoral
                        the mid and upper bay. During the late 1970s,                 of the fouled beaches. The research team was
                        summer oxygen concentrations as low as 2 ml/liter             specifically asked to evaluate the influence of
                        approached to within 7-8 m of the surface, allowing           effluents from a municipal sewage treatment plant
                        water stressful to striped bass to intrude onto shoal         outfall located on the bay's ocean boundary. The
                        areas of the bay. The volume of Chesapeake Bay                concentrations of algal nutrients were measured in
                        bottom waters containing 0.5 mg 02/liter or less              the outfall boil and at fourteen other locations
                        was about 15 times greater in July 1980 than in               throughout the bay at seventeen monthly intervals.
                        July 1950. The combination of the expanding                   In addition, dyes, drift-cards, and computer
                        hypoxic pool and summer temperature above                     simulations were used to estimate the trajectory of
                        preferred levels for adult striped bass may contribute        effluents released from the treatment outfall. All
                        to and "oxygen-temperature squeeze" that forces               the available information consistently indicated that
                        adults onto shoal areas of the bay or out of the              the effluent plume is completly dispersed long
                        upper bay. Many of these shoal areas now lack                 before reaching the algal drift community, and at
                        suitable cover for juvenile striped bass and their            most, only 1-2% of the macronutrients available to
                        prey. Strong intraspecific competition among                  the alga come from the outfall. Tidal exchange
                        striped bass may be occurring there.                          with Massachusetts Bay was found to contribute
                                                                                      roughly 74 times as much nitrogen, the
                        Provini, A., G. Crosa, and R. Marchetti (1992)                macronutrient apparently limiting the alga's
                        Nutrient export from the Po and Adige                         growth, as the outfall does on each tide. As a
                        river basins over the last 20 years.                 In:      consequence, the municipal sewage effluents
                        R. A. Vollenweider, R. Marchetti and R. Viviani               released into Nahant Bay were exonerated as a cause
                        (ed.) Marine Coastal Eutrophication. Elsevier,                of the algal fouling problem there.
                        Amsterdam.
                        (phosphorus, nitrogen, Adriatic Sea)                          Quinn, H., J. P. Tolson, C. J. Klein, S. P.
                         Available data on nutrient concentration and flow            Orlando,       and     C .    Alexander         (1989)
                        of the Po and Adige river waters were analyzed in             Susceptibility and Status of Gulf of
                        order to evaluate the nitrogen and phosphorus load            Mexico Estuaries to Nutrient Discharges.
                        carried into the Adriatic Sea, as well as the changes         NOAA National Ocean Service, (nutrients;
                        that have occurred since 1968. Load data results              nitrogen; phosphorus; estuary; susceptibility; N/P
                        were highly correlated with the flow, following               ratio; classification; review}
                        relations of the linear type. The yearly mean loads           No abstract
                        amount to 13,000 t of total P and 110,000 t of
                        total mineral N for the Po, and 1200 t and 13,000 t           Quinn, H., J. P. Tolson, C. J. Klein, S. P.
                        respectively for the Adige. These values are more             Orlando,       and      C.    Alexander         (1989)
                        than two times higher than those evaluated in                 Susceptibility of East Coast Estuaries to
                        1968. Nitrogen increased quite regularly, while the           Nutrient Discharges: Albemarie/Pamlico
                        phosphorus load had already reached its maximum               Sound to Biscayne Bay. NOAA National
                        value at the end of the 1970s. Nutrient increase              Ocean Service, [nutrients; nitrogen; phosphorus;
                        during 1968-88 can be explained by a higher                   estuary; susceptibility; N/P ratio; classification;
                        production of detergents and fertilizers, and the             review}
                        constructions of numerous sewer networks in the               No abstract
                        Po and Adige basins.                                          Quinn, H., J. P. Tolson, C. J. Klein, S. P.
                        Quinlan, A. V. (1982)             An Ecodynamic               Orlando,       and       C.   Alexander         (1989)
                        Analysis       of Algal         Blooms        Fouling         Susceptibility of East Coast Estuaries to
                                                                                      Nutrient Discharges: Passamaquoddy Bay







                                                                                                                                  85
                     to Chesapeake Bay. NOAA National Ocean                       Radziejewska, T. and I. Drzycimski (1988)
                     Service, Inutrients; nitrogen; phosphorus; estuary;          Meiobenthic communities of the Szczecin
                     susceptibility; N/P ratio; classification; review}           Lagoon. Kieler Meeresforschungen, Sonderheft
                     No abstract                                                  6:162-172.
                                                                                  [composition; distribution; meiobenthos; lagoon;
                     Quinn, H., J. P. Tolson, C. J. Klein, S. P.                  Baltic; nematode; ostracod; copepods)
                     Orlando,       and     C .   Alexander         (1991)         Based on data collected at 7 stations 4 times a year
                     Susceptibility of West Coast Estuaries to                    in 1985 and 1986, composition and distribution of
                     Nutrient Discharges: San Diego Bay to                        meiobenthic communities in the Polish part of the
                     Puget Sound. NOAA National Ocean Service,                    Szczecin Lagoon, a eutrophic and polluted water
                     Inutrients; nitrogen; phosphorus; estuary;                   body connected with the Baltic Sea, is presented.
                     susceptibility; N/P ratio; classification; review}           The data show a tendency to reduced total
                     No abstract                                                  meiobenthic densities and diversity from the lower
                                                                                  to upper reaches of the lagoon. The meiobenthic
                     Rabalais, N. N. and D. F. Boesch (1986-1987)                 communities studied were dominated by nematodes,
                     Extensive depletion of oxygen in bottom                      ostracods ranking second in numerical importance.
                     waters of the Louisiana shelf during                         Harpacticoid copepods were most abundant at the
                     1985. Coastal Ocean Pollution Assessment News                outer stations which are influenced by Baltic
                     3:45-47.                                                     inflows. Most of the 10 harpacticoid species
                     (oxygen; Louisiana; Gulf of Mexico)                          recorded in the lagoon were found at the outer
                     No abstract                                                  stations (lower reached) as well. Similarity analysis
                                                                                  allowed to separate three zones within the lagoon:
                     Rabalais, N. N., R. E. Turner, J. W.J. Wiseman,              (1) the outer zone, its stations showing most
                     and D. F. Boesch (1991) A brief summary of                   abundant and diverse meiobenthic communities; (2)
                     hypoxia on the northern Gulf of Mexico                       the innermost zone (upper reaches) with the least
                     continental shelf: 1985-1988.              In: R. V.         abundant and qualitatively impoverished
                     Tyson and T. H. Pearson (ed.) Modern and Ancient             communities; and (3) the intermediate zone.
                     Continental SheVAnoxia. The Geological Society,
                     London, England.                                             Raffaelli, D., J. Limia, S. Hull, and S. Pont
                     [oxygen; hypoxia; Gulf of Mexico; Louisiana;                 (1991) Interactions between the amphipod
                     phytoplankton)                                               Corophium         volutator and macroalgal
                      Oxygen-deficient conditions occur from April to             mats on estuarine mudflats. Journal of the
                     October on the inner to middle continental shelf of          Marine Biological Association of the United
                     the northern Gulf of Mexico and may cover up to              Kingdom 71:899-908.
                     9500 km2 during mid-summer off the Louisiana                 (macroalgae; seaweeds; mudflat; amphipod;
                     coast. Hypoxic bottom waters are found in 5-60 in            Corophium; Capitella)
                     water depth, 5-60 km offshore and extend up to 20             One of the most obvious effects of eutrophication
                     in above the bottom. Salient forcing functions               in sheltered coastal areas and estuaries is enhanced
                     contributing to hypoxic water formation,                     growth of opportunistic macroalgae, which may
                     maintenance and break-up are presented.                      form extensive mats over intertidal mudflats during
                     Stratification is directly correlated with hypoxia in        the spring and summer. In the Ythan estuary,
                     time and space, suggesting that reaeration of                densities of the amphipod Corophium volutator
                     bottom waters is controlled by physical processes            (Pallas) in the sediment underlying weed mats were
                     that are influenced by regional wind fields, river           significantly lower than those in weed-free
                     discharge and continental shelf scale currents.              sediments, and are dominated by species
                     Phytoplankton biomass reaches the bottom waters              characteristic of organically enriched, low oxygen
                     in the hypoxic zones in large amounts (>5 ug/1),             environments such as Capitella capitata. Long-term
                     fueling water column and benthic respiration rates,          data sets on Corophuim abundance in the Ythan
                     but to a currently unknown degree. Increased                 suggest that this species has declined dramatically
                     nutrient loadings in the two major rivers and                throughout those parts of the estuary affected by
                     changes in the proportion of those nutrient                  weed mats.
                     essential to phytoplankton growth have probably                Two fields experiments have been carried out to
                     changed both the phytoplankton community                     assess the effects of weed mats on assemblages. In
                     species composition and community production. It             the first experiment, sediments subjected to a range
                     is not yet clear whether the extent and severity of          of weed densities displayed faunal responses
                     hypoxia on the Louisiana continental shelf have              consistent with those observed by survey of weed-
                     changed as a result of these riverine water quality          covered and weed-free areas. Under a high biomass
                     changes.                                                     of weed, the amphipod Corophuim volutator
                                                                                  disappeared almost completely from the mudflat.
                                                                                  The second experiment indicated that the physical







                          86
                          presence of weed filaments may be as important as              concentration was due to a higher production rate of
                          the effects of weed on sediment chemistry in                   GXT 61 showing that the toxin profile is not a
                          affecting the density of Corophium, probably                   conservative property in this species.
                          through interference with the amphipod's normal
                          feeding behavior. It is concluded that weed mats               Renk, H., J. Nakonieczny, and S. Ochocki (1988)
                          have a significant impact on Corophium, which is               Primary production in the southern Baltic
                          an important component of the diet of fish and                 in 1985 and 1986 compared with long-
                          shore-birds in the estuary.                                    term mean seasonal variation. Kieler
                                                                                         Meeresforschungen, Sonderheft 6:203-209.
                          Raffaelli, D. G. and         C. F. Mason (1981)                [primary production; Baltic; phytoplankton;
                          Pollution monitoring with meiofauna,                           Chlorophyll a)
                          using the ratio of nematodes to copepods.                        On the basis of long-term investigations, the
                          Marine Pollution Bulletin 12:158-163.                          course of seasonal variations of mean daily primary
                          Imeiofauna; nematode; copepod; ratio; sandy                    production and mean chlorophyll-a concentration in
                          beaches)                                                       the Southern Baltic waters are presented. The mean
                           The ratio of nematodes to copepods was calculated             annual primary production of the Gda'nsk Deep,
                          for meiofauna samples from 17 beaches and                      Borholm Deep and the Gotland Deep amounted to
                          additional values for intertidal and sublittoral sites         12.4 gC m-2, 88.8 gC M-2 and 107.2 gC m-2,
                          were obtained from the literature. Intertidal ratios           respectively. The primary production of the
                          increased with decreasing particle size, but ratios            Southern Baltic in 1986 was higher than in 1985,
                          from polluted sites were always extremely high.                and higher than the long-term mean value. The
                          Sublittoral ratios increased with depth. It is                 mean annual production for the Southern Baltic in
                          suggested that this ratio has potential for                    1986 amounted to 130 gC m-2. On the basis of
                          monitoring organic pollution of sandy beaches.                 long-term observations of primary production and
                                                                                         chlorophyll-a of the Southern Baltic, certain upward
                          Raman, A.- V. and           K. P. Prakash (1989)               trends in phytoplankton production were observed.
                          Phytoplankton in relation to pollution in
                          Visakhapatnam harbour, east coast of                           Revelante,N. and M. Gilmartin (1976) The
                          India. Indian Journal of Marine Sciences 18:33-                effect    of     Po     River      discharge         on
                          36.                                                            phytoplankton dynamics in the Northern
                          lphytoplankton; nutrients; Visakhapatnam harbour;              Adriatic Sea. Marine Biology 34:259-27 1.
                          sewage; abundance; diversity)                                  (phytoplankton; Adriatic Sea; community;
                            Sporadic outbursts of phytoplankton, notably                 nutrients;    density;     primary       production;
                          diatoms and phytoflagellates, are observed from                nanoplankton; microplankton; blooml
                          Visakhapatnam harbour waters subjected to                        An oceanographic transect, extending from
                          pollution. The harbour waters are characterized by             Yugoslavia across the Northern Adriatic Sea to the
                          high proportions of inorganic nutrients attributable           Po delta in Italy, was occupied during 1972 and
                          to sewage and industrial waste discharges. High                1973 to establish the effect of Po river discharge on
                          phytoplankton standing crop and chlorophyll                    the phytoplankton communities of the region.
                          concentrations accompanied by low species                      Density distribution showed distinct seasonal
                          diversity at the harbour locations indicate severe             features: a winter-spring period of low stability
                          eutrophication of waters in this area as against near          throughout the water column, and a summer period
                          normal conditions in the open sea.                             of stratification. The total water-column plant
                                                                                         nutrients (nitrate, nitrite, phosphate, silicate)
                          Reguera, B. and Y. Oshima (1990) Response                      showed a 1.3 to 4.5-fold decrease eastward, with
                          of Gymnodinium catenatum to increasing                         semi-eutrophic conditions restricted to an area off
                          levels of nitrate: Growth patterns and                         the Po delta. Nanoplankton usually dominated the
                          toxicity.      In: E. Gran6li, B. Sundstr6m, L         '       phytoplankton community, in terms of cell
                          Edler and D. M. Anderson (ed.) Toxic Marine                    density, surface chlorophyll a concentrations, and
                          Phytoplankton. Elsevier, New York.                             surface primary production rates. However, all
                          (Gymnodinium; nitrate; phytoplankton; growth;                  significant maxima in these characteristics resulted
                          red tides}                                                     from increases in the microplankton component.
                            Gymnodinium catenatum, responsible for PSP                   Changes in the frequency of major microplankton
                          outbreaks in NW Spain, was cultured in K media                 groups characterized three periods of the annual
                          with increasing levels of nitrate. Growth rates were           cycle: September-Decernber, neritic, temperate
                          calculated from measurements of in vivo                        diatom flora with some littoral elements (e.g.
                          fluorescence and cell counts. Toxicity was                     Nitschia seriata); Jani@ary-May, neritic, temperate
                          determined by HPLC. Toxin concentrations per cell              diatom flora of different composition (e.g. Lauderia
                          reached a peak with nitrate concentrations of 110-             borealis, Skeletonema costatum); May-August,
                          220 uM. Much of the increase in toxin                          dinoflagellates (e.g. Prorocentrum micans) at







                                                                                                                                      87
                      western stations and dinoflagellates plus neritic,             Revelante, N. and           M. Gilmartin (1980)
                      warm-water diatoms at eastern stations. The                    Microplankton          diversity       indices       as
                      seasonal cycle was characterized by spring and fall            indicators      of eutrophication            in     the
                      maxima tending to coincide with maximum Po                     Northern Adriatic Sea. Hydrobiologia
                      river discharge and/or periods of low water-column             70:277-286.
                      stability and vertical mixing. The higher nutrient             Jphytoplankton; diversity; Adriatic Sea;
                      input at western stations was correlated with the co-          Mediterranean; indicator; chi. al
                      dominance of only a few species of microplankton                Phytoplankton community diversity indices are
                      during bloom periods, suggesting that these species            used to characterize effects of eutrophication in the
                      (S. costatum, N. seriata, and 5 others) can serve as           Northern Adriatic Sea. A derived Shannon diversity
                      indicators of eutrophic conditions in this region.             frequency spectrum provided a single biological
                      Assimilation ratios of both the micro- and                     quantification which allowed an interpretation of
                      nanoplankton suggested borderline nutrient                     temporal and regional differences and which can
                      conditions. Phosphate was implicated as the                    also be used to evaluate future changes in species
                      limiting nutrient.                                             diversity. The data base comprised a 4+ year time
                                                                                     series involving 300 taxa.
                      Revelante, N. and M. Gilmartin (1977) The
                      effects of Northern Italian rivers and                         Reys, E. and M. Merino (1991) Diel dissolved
                      Eastern Mediterranean ingressions on the                       oxygen dynamics and eutrophication in a
                      phytoplankton of the Adriatic Sea.                             shallow, well-mixed tropical lagoon.
                      Hydrobiologia 56:229-240.                                      Estuaries 14:372-381.
                      lphytoplankton; Mediterranean; Adriatic Sea;                   [oxygen; dynamics; eutrophication; lagoon;
                      standing crop; diversity; chl. a; density;                     Mexico; primary productivity}
                      microplankton; nanoplankton; Nitzschia seriata;                 Bojorquez Lagoon (BL), located on the Mexican
                      indicator; dinoflagellate; coccolithophoresl                   Caribbean, has received sewage and dredging
                          An analysis of the distribution of the                     impacts as a result of tourism development. The
                      phytoplankton standing crop during a period of                 lagoon supports a high diversity of primary
                      high stability characterized by. the relative influence        producers compared to sheltered adjacent lagoons
                      of northern Italian rivers and Mediterranean waters            dominated by Thalassia testudinum communities.
                      on the Adriatic Sea. The region influenced by                  The Diurnal Curve Method (Odum and Hoskin,
                      northern Italian rivers was marked by low                      1958) was used to measure community metabolism
                      community diversities, relatively high chlorophyll             and asses eutrophication in BL by comparing it to
                      a standing crops and cell densities, high                      the nonimpacted lagoons and to other systems
                      microplankton to nanoplankton community                        studied with this method. Dissolved oxygen
                      volume ratios, and the dominance of Nitzschia                  community input to the water column in BL ranged
                      seriata. To the contrary, the region influenced by             between 8.3 9 02 m-2 d- I and 41.5 9 02       m-2 d- I
                      Mediterranean waters exhibited high community                  during 1985 and 1986, and averaged 17.1, whereas
                      diversities with prominent oceanic and warm water              dissolved oxygen community consumption ranged
                      elements, low chlorophyll a standing crops and                 from 6.4 9 02 m-2 d- I to 37.6 g 02      m-2 d- I and
                      microplankton cell densities, low microplankton to
                      nanoplankton ratios, and a relatively conspicuous              averaged 15.2. These values are higher than those
                      coccolithophore flora.                                         found for the adjacent lagoons and similar coastal
                         Nanoplankton populations remained relatively                lagoons, and are similar to results from other
                      constant throughout the Adriatic. However                      lagoons with sewage or seafood waste discharge.
                      eutrophication resulted in a marked increase in the            Net*flux of oxygen from the community to the
                      microplankton component of the community, with                 water column averaged 1-9 9 02 m-2 d- I and ranged
                      the diatom Nitzschia seriata serving as a prime                from -9.8 g 02 m-2 d- I to 8.1 g 0,2 m-2 d-l.
                      indicator of the process, even in regions several              These values are low compared to the adjacent
                      hundred kilometers downstream from nutrient                    lagoons, and close to zero, as in dystrophic
                      sources.                                                       environments. Primary productivity, as estimated
                        Even under relatively low rates of river discharge,          by oxygen input, increased in BL during the period
                      the influence of northern Italian rivers could be              of study, indicating that eutrophication is
                      traced along the entire western side of the sea to the         proceeding, but the lagoon has not reached yet a
                      Otranto Strait, with low north to south and high               level of "critical eutrophication" as defined by Mee
                      west to east gradients resulting from the effect of a          (1988).
                      cyclonic surface circulation pattern on inflowing
                      Mediterranean waters in the south and river                    Riegman, R., A. Rowe, A. A. M. Noordeloos, and
                      discharge in the north.                                        G. C. Cad6e (1993)                  Evidence for
                                                                                     eutrophication induced Phaeocystis sp.
                                                                                     blooms        in      the      Marsdiep           area







                       88
                       (Netherlands).          In: T. J. Smayda and Y.              Ritz, D. A., M. E. Lewis, and M. Shen (1989)
                       Shimizu (ed.) Toxic Phytoplankton Blooms in the              Response to organic enrichment of
                       Sea. Elsevier, Amsterdam.                                    infaunal macrobenthic communities under
                       JPhaeocystis; ammonium/nitrate ratio)                        salmonid seacages. Marine Biology 103:211 -
                        Recently, a global epidemic of novel and nuisance           214.
                       phytoplankton blooms has been suggested.                     Imacrobenthos; benthic; infauna; organic
                       Anthropogenic linkage is still questionable because          enrichment; abundance; biomass; diversity)
                       the involved mechanisms are unclear. In all coastal              The response of infaunal macrobenthic
                       areas of the European continent, anthropogenic               communities beneath salmonid seacages to solid
                       enrichment of N and P (but not Si) has favoured              organic wastes (food pellets and fish exdreta) was
                       non-diatom blooms during the nutrient controlled             tested by means of the ABC-method (abundance,
                       period (late spring-autumn).           The colonial          biomass comparison methods: Warwick 1986) on
                       flagellate, Phaeocystis sp., regarded harmfull               samples collected from the SAFCOL seafarm at
                       because of its massive foam production during the            Badger Cove, southeast Tasmania, from February
                       wane of the bloom, has increased in Dutch coastal            to July 1988. The intermittent nature of the
                       waters. This increase coincides with a decrease of           addition of organic waste allowed us to monitor
                       the average N/P ratio from 38 down to 13 dutring             decline and recovery of the macrofauna, i.e.,
                       the nutrient controlled period (summer) as a                 harvesting of a cage permitted a period of recovery
                       consequence of altered nutrient discharges from              whilst restocking precipitated a decline. The ABC-
                       Lake Ussel and the river Rhine. Competition                  method proved to be a sensitive indicator of
                       experiments in continuous cultures showed that the           community health. Under a normal feeding regime
                       Phaeocystis could become dominant at N/P ratios              the macrofaunal community structure indicated a
                       below 16. At higher N/P ratios Phaeocystis did               moderately disturbed condition. Only 7 wk after the
                       not become dominant. In laboratory cultures,                 cage was harvested, species richness had increased
                       colony formation was absent under P-limitation.              markedly and the community adopted an
                       Under N-limitation, Phaeocystis formed only                  undisturbed condition. Further improvement was
                       colonies when nitrate was the nitrogen source.               apparent 14 wk post-harvest. Similarly, a decline to
                       Dutring growth on ammonium, no colonies were                 a moderately disturbed condition was apparent 7 wk
                       formed under limiting conditions. The importance             after restocking and species richness had declined.
                       of the ammonium/nitrate ratio for Phaeocystis                No such changes occurred under a cage which
                       colony formation under nutrient limiting conditions          contained fish continuously over the same period.
                       was illustrated in 1991 by a summer bloom which
                       occurred in the Marsdiep area after the                      Rosenberg, R. (1985)          Eutrophication-the
                       ammonium/nitrate ratio had dropped remarkably.               future marine coastal nuisance? Marine
                                                                                    Pollution Bulletin 16:227-231.
                       Riisg&rd, H. U. and E. Poulsen (1981) Growth                 (oxygen; benthic fauna; fish; Sweden; bloom;
                       of Mytilus eudulis in net bags transferred                   review)
                       to different localities in a eutrophicated                     Increased inputs of nutrients to marine coastal
                       Danish Fjord. Marine Pollution Bulletin                      areas over the last decades have created a basis for
                       12:272-276.                                                  eutrophication of the waters surrounding Sweden.
                       1growth; bivalves; Mytilus; fjord; H2S; oxygen)              In combination with relatively low water exchange
                        The growth rate has been measured in Mytilus                in these vertically stratified and almost non-tidal
                       edulis transferred in net bags to seven localities in        waters, local and regional effects of increased
                       the brackish Danish fjord, Limfjorden, in which              macro-algal biomass, and decreased oxygen
                       certain areas are heavily eutrophicated. The increase        concentrations in bottom water leading to
                       in shell length, shell weight and flesh body weight          mortalities of benthic animals and decreased fish
                       was measured after growth periods of 14-18 days.             catches have at times been observed. The effects
                       The increase in, e.g., flesh dry weight ranged from          were first noted in the Baltic, but are now obvious
                       twice the start weight to a fout-fold increase of the        also in Swedish and Danish coastal areas in the
                       start weight. The net growth efficiencies were               Kattegat and the Belt Sea. Similar symptoms have
                       estimated to be between 54 and 73%. Algal                    recently also been recorded off the Danish North
                       concentration was in no case the limiting growth             Sea coast. Other shallow coastal and shelf areas,
                       factor, but low growth rates were observed in areas          where stratification occurs, can be regarded as
                       with seasonal oxygen depletion and release of toxic          potentially eutrophic risk areas.
                       H2S from the sediments. It is suggested that
                       measurements of actual growth in Mytilus edulis              Rosenberg, R. (1992) Eutrophication-related
                       can be a useful technique in the study of biological         marine ecosystem studies in western
                       effects in marine recipients.                                Sweden. . In: G. Colombo, I. Ferrari, V. U.
                                                                                    Ceccherelli and R. Rossi (ed.) Marine







                                                                                                                                   89
                      Eutrophication and Population Dynamics. Olsen &              eastern Skagerrak enriched? Journal of
                      Olsen, Fredensborg.                                          Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology
                      Jecosystem; sediment transport; Kattegat}                    105:219-251.
                       A six year multidisciplinary programme in the               lbenthic; fauna; abundance; biomass; composition;
                      Kattegat on the Swedish west coast is summarized.            organic enrichmentl
                      There are indications that primary production and             In summer 1985, 23 of the stations established in
                      sedimentation of organic material have increased             1914 by C.G.J. Petersen in the northern Skagerrak
                      lately due to eutrophication. Although primary               and the Oslofjord, were revisited to compare the
                      production is not exceptional (annual mean 144 g             present state of the macrobenthic assemblages with
                      C per square meter) the special geomorphological             the. previous condition. The methods used were
                      and hydrographical featurew of the southern                  similar to those of the original survey.
                      Kattegat (shallow, semi-enclosed, no tide, strong              The total benthic biomass was significantly
                      halocline) promote development of periodic                   higher in 1985 by, on average, a factor of 1.8 over
                      bottom-oxygen deficiency.          The ecological            the whole area. Most of this change was due to a
                      importance of vertical sedimentation and of lateral          highly significant increase of worms, notably
                      transport of ephemeral blankets into areas of                polychaetes, and a significant increase of ophiuroid
                      deposition is discussecl. Several examples of                and echinoid echinoderms. Similarity values in
                      rapidly occurring negative ecological effects caused         terms of biomass suggested that community
                      by eutrophication are given.                                 composition had changed considerably over the 70-
                                                                                   yr period, in particular in the inner and central
                      Rosenberg, R., R. Elmgren, S. Fleischer, P.                  Oslofjor (11% similarity) but also in the outer
                      Jonsson, G. Persson, and H. Dahlin (1990)                    Oslofjord and the Skagerrak (33% similarity). There
                      Marine eutrophication case studies in                        was no difference in the comparative size of
                      Sweden. Ambio 19:102-108.                                    individual organisms over the period.
                      (review; Sweden; nutrient; effects}                           The observed increase in biomass is greater than
                       This article summarizes the eutrophication of two           the increase along the Swedish Skagerrak coast
                      sea areas: 1) the Baltic Sea and in particular a             observed in the late 1970s, and well beyond the
                      coastal area which is affected primarily by effluents        observed limits of annual variability in such areas.
                      from a tertiary sewage plant; and 2) the Kattegat            Different causes for the observed changes are
                      and in particular the Laholm Bay, which is affected          discussed and it is suggested that a general organic
                      primarily by nutrient inputs from agriculture and            enrichment has taken place in the Oslofjord.
                      forest land. During this decade, inputs of N and P
                      to these large sea areas have increased by factors of        Rosenberg, R., B. Heilman, and B. Johansson
                      approximately 4 to 6 and >8, respectively. Internal          (1991)     Hypoxic      tolerance       of marine
                      nutrient transport and atmospheric deposition is             benthic fauna. Marine Ecology Progress Series
                      discussed. It is concluded that N availability               79:127-131.
                      generally limits primary production, except in               [hypoxia; oxygen; benthic; fauna; tolerance}
                      Bothnian Bay, where P has this role. P is,                     In stratified coastal marine waters hypoxia is a
                      however, the limiting factor at times in some                growing problem affecting bottom-dwelling
                      coastal areas, and in the Baltic for N-fixing blue-          animals. Earlier studies suggest oxygen
                      green-algae, which bloom in warm summers when                concentrations of about 2 ml 1-1 (Rosenberg, 1980)
                      low N/P ratios prevail. Noted eutrophication effects         as the lower tolerance limit for many benthic
                      are localized elevated primary production, decreased         species in coastal areas. We exposed several
                      depth distribution and species richness of                   conspicuous infaunal species on the NE Atlantic
                      macroalgae. Eutrophication is most likely a                  continental shelf, contained within their sediment
                      stimulus to high benthic infaunal biomass and fish           habitat, to gradually reduced oxygen concentrations.
                      biomass in well ventilated sea areas. Other areas            Tolerance to hypoxia for the 8 species examined
                      suffer today from almost permanant (the Baltic               was in the range of 0.5 to 1.0 ml P 1 (8 to 15%
                      proper) or seasonal (the Kattegat) hypoxia with              saturation), which they could tolerate for several
                      devastating effects on benthos and demersal fish.            days to weeks. The ophiuroid Amphiura filiformis
                      The N cycle and future possible consequences in              left its protected position in the sediment at an
                      relation to nutrient input are discussed. It is              oxygen concentration of 0.85 ml 1-1 (13% sat.),
                      concluded that a reduction by at least half of               whereas A. chiajei emerged from the sediment at
                      external N and P to the Baltic sea, and N inputs to
                      the Kattegat is needed to mitigate the negative              0..54 ml 1-1 (8% sat.).
                      effects of eutrophication.                                   Rosenberg, R. and L.-O. Loo (1988) Marine
                      Rosenberg, R., J. S. Gray, A. B. Josefson, and T.            eutrophication induced oxygen deficiency:
                      H. Pearson (1987)          Peterson's        benthic         Effects on soft bottom fauna, western
                      stations revisited. 11. Is the Oslofjord and                 Sweden. Ophelia 29:213-225.







                        90
                        (oxygen; benthic; macrofauna; increase; mortality}
                            Marine eutrophication is studied in a                     Ryther, J. H. and        W. M. Dunstan (1971)
                        multidisciplinary project in the Kattegat, western            Nitrogen, phosphorus, and eutrophication
                        Sweden. Input of nutrients has increased several-             in the coastal marine environment.
                        fold during this century; nitrogen = 6 times,                 Science 171:1008-1013.
                        phosphorus = 10 times. This has caused elevated               [nutrients; nitrogen; phosphorus; phytoplanktonj
                        concentrations of nutrients in the water and                    The distribution of inorganic nitrogen and
                        increased primary production. Some adverse effects            phosphorus and bioassay experiments both show
                        at the bottom have been noted annually from about             that nitrogen is the critical limiting factor to algal
                        August through October in the 1980's, e.g. fish               growth and eutrophication in coastal marine waters.
                        catches have dropped and mortalities have been                About twice the amount of phosphate as can be
                        reported for fish and benthic animals including               used by the algae is normally present. This surplus
                        Nephrops norvegicus.                                          results from the low nitrogen to phosphorus ratio
                          In this paper we evaluate the effects on benthic            in terrigenous contributions, including human
                        macrofauna which are suggested to be caused                   waste, and from the fact that phosphorus
                        mainly by oxygen deficiency occurring especially              regenerates more quickly than ammonia from
                        around the depth of a strong halocline ( = 15 in),            decomposing organic matter. Removal of
                        but also along a bottom transect down to 57 in. At            phosphate from detergents is therefore not likely to
                        some sites the benthic communities were-                      slow the eutrophication of coastal marine waters,
                        impoverished, and at others only some species                 and its replacement with nitrogen-containing
                        seemed to be especially sensitive, e.g. the bivalve           nitrilotriacetic acid may worsen the situations.
                        Abra alba and the brittle star Amphiura filiformis.
                         In shallow ( < 10m ) exposed waters an annually              Saad, M. A. H. and E. 1. M. Hemeda (1992)
                        occurring mortality of molluscs was observed over             Effect of pollution on the Western
                        large areas from 1980 onwards. Affected species               Harbour of Alexandria. 1. Environmental
                        were mainly the bivalves Cardium edule and Mya                characteristics.      In: R. A. Vollenweider, R.
                        arenaria. The causes behind this mortality may also           Marchetti and R. Viviani (ed.) Marine Coastal
                        be oxygen deficiency occurring during calm weather            Eutrophication. Elsevier, Amsterdam.
                        periods.                                                      JpH)
                                                                                       The Western Harbour of Alexandria has an area of
                        Rydberg, L., L. Edler, S. Floderus, and W. Grandli            about 1962 acres and a water depth ranging from 6-
                        (1990)     Interaction between supply of                      14 in. This harbour is protected by two water
                        nutrients,          primary           production,             breaks and is divided into two areas; the inner and
                        sedimentation and oxygen consumption                          outer ports. The water quality of the harbour has
                        in SE Kattegat. Ambio 19:134-141.                             deterioated due to the effects of various pollutants
                        Inutrients; nitrogen; phosphorus; oxygen; Baltic)             discharged from ships at anchor and sewage waste
                         Intensive measurements of nutrient fluxes, carbon            outfalls. Variations of some of the environmental
                        and nitrogen assimilation, sedimentation and                  conditions in the harbour were studied.
                        oxygen consumption within the SE Kattegat are                 Temperature measurements generally decreased with
                        used in an effort to follow the coupling between              depth. The highest average water temperatures were
                        increasing nutrient supply and decreasing deep-water          recorded in July and August, whereas the lowest
                        oxygen concentration. The investigated area is a              were in January and February. The Secchi disc
                        part of the strongly stratified Baltic estuary, with a        readins showed remarkable variations: the
                        hampered deep-water exchange and a large supply of            minimum and maximum regional average Secchi
                        nitrogen from nearby anthropogenic sources.                   values were accompanied by the highest and lowest
                        Measurements were undertaken during 1981-1988.                regional averages of suspended matter (SM). The
                        The results are discussed, mainly in terms of annual          irregularity in the vertical distribution of SM
                        or seasonal mean values. The average primary                  possibly coincided with turbulence of the wsater
                        production, 11.4 mol C m-2 (corresponding to 45               column from navigation and the effect of pollution.
                        mmol C m-2 d-1 during the "productive season"                 Salinity values generally increased with depth. The
                        from March to October), was surprisingly weli                 discharge of sewage wastes from numerous ships
                        correlated with the uptake of inorganic nitrogen              and land-based sources decreased the surface salinity.
                        which averaged 1.68 mol N m-2 (11.1 mol C m-2:                The highest regional average salinity values were
                        using the Redfield ratio). The oxygen consumption             found at locations far from the direct effect of
                                                                                      sewage pollution.      The pH values generally
                        (deep water and benthic) which averaged 20 mol 02             decreased with depth: low pH values were found at
                        m_2 d-1, was well correlated with the measured                locations directly affected by sewage wastes.
                        nitrate uptake and with the external supply of
                        nitrate to the surface water. The consumption was             Sales, D., A. G6mez, and D. Cantero (1983)
                        twice as high as that in the open Kattegat.                   Incidence of urban sewage disposal in the







                                                                                                                                         91
                        salt-ponds areas of the south of the Bay                        control and were correlated with temperature and
                        of Cadiz. Marine Pollution Bulletin 14:447-                     carbon concentrations (r2=0.85). Anaerobic
                        452.                                                            metabolism was the dominant metabolic pathway
                        (Cadiz Bay; oxygen; salt pond)                                  in control and treated sediments, with 50 to 70% of
                         The highest pollution indices in the marsh and                 annual carbon remineralization due to sulfate
                        tide-lands situated to the south of the Bay of Cadiz            reduction.
                        have been evaluated. At the present, the salt
                        industry of this area is being transformed into                 Sampou, P. A. (1989)                  Effects         of
                        mariculture installations. This study consisted of              eutrophication        on    the     biogeochemical
                        the systematic evaluation of different parameters at            cycling of       carbon, oxygen, sulfur and
                        26 sampling stations during the period 1976-1981.               energy in coastal marine ecosystems.
                        The results suggest that extensive zones are too                Dissertation for Ph.D., University of Rhode Island.
                        seriously affected to make use of them as marine                Jbiogeochernical cycling; energy flow; MERL;
                        piscifactories.                                                 sewage; nutrients; production; ecosystem; oxygen)
                                                                                            The effects of eutrophication on the
                        Samanidou, V., K. Fytianos, and G. Vasilikiotis                 biogeochernical cycling of the major elemental
                        (1989)    Distribution of nutrients in the                      cycles, carbon, oxygen, and sulfur and on energy
                        Thermaikos Gulf, Greece. Toxicological and                      flow, were investigated in experimental marine
                        Environmental Chemistry 20-21:29-37.                            ecosystems (mesocosms). Eutrophic environmental
                        (nutrients; Greece; methods; nitrogen; phosphorus;              conditions were created within mesocosms by daily
                        distribution; sewage)                                           addition of varying amounts and sources of
                         The distribution of nutrients (phosphate, nitrate,             nutrients and sewage sludge. Inorganic nutrient
                        nitrite and ammonium) in water samples from                     loading resulted in an increase in the magnitude and
                        eleven sampling stations in the Thermaikos Gulf                 duration of winter-spring phytoplankton
                        was studied during a period of one year (1985-                  populations and production with a correlated
                        1986). Significant seasonal fluctuations were                   increase in sedimentation and accumulation of
                        observed mainly for nitrate and ammonium, with a                carbon in surface sediments. Net ecosystem
                        maximum during winter and a minimum in the                      production during the winter and spring was
                        summer. The obtained data showed that the                       followed by net system heterotrophy during the
                        nutrients are present at relatively high                        summer and fall with a concomitant decrease in
                        concentrations near the agricultural areas, in the              sedimentary carbon concentrations. Carbon
                        harbour of Thessalonki and in the area where                    sedimentation and accumulation (up to 19 mol C
                        municipal sewages are discharged.                               M-2) in surface sediments stimulated sediment
                                                                                        oxygen consumption and sulfate reduction
                        Sampou, P. and C. A. Oviatt (1991) Seasonal                     metabolism. Sulfate reduction increased by an order
                        patterns of sedimentary carbon and                              of magnitude in carbon enriched sediments and was
                        anaerobic respiration along a simulated                         a dominant pathway for benthic carbon
                        eutrophication gradient. Marine Ecology                         remineralization in all the mesocosms. However,
                        Progress Series 72:271-282.                                     the fraction of benthic metabolism using sulfate for
                        forganic carbon; oxygen uptake; sulfate reduction)              a terminal electron acceptor did not increase along
                          Concentrations of organic carbon and rates of                 the nutrient addition gradient when annual
                        dissimilative sulfate reduction in surface sediments            integrated estimates of metabolism were compared.
                        of marine mesocosms were examined along an                       Whole system carbon and oxygen budget showed
                        experimental         eutrophication          gradient.          the sediments to be an important and influential
                        Phytoplankton biomass increased due to addition of              component in eutrophic marine ecosystems. A
                        inorganic nutrients (N, P, Si). This increase was               significant fraction of alloclithonous sewage carbon
                        especially pronounced during the winter-spring                  was remineralized via sulfate reduction in the
                        diatom blooms, which increased in magnitude and                 sediments. This led to the dissociation of carbon
                        duration along the nutrient gradient. Net system                cycling from oxygen and energy flow in the system
                        production in winter and spring resulted in carbon              due to an increased role of sulfur biogeochemistry.
                        deposition and accumulation in surface sediments                Accumulation of solid sulfides in the sediments
                        (maximum net accumulation 17 mol C m-2).                        from sulfate reduction during the experiment
                        Benthic remineralization of carbon exceeded                     explained the discrepancy between carbon dioxide
                        depositional supply during summer and fall.                     and oxygen consumption at the sediment water
                        Sediment carbon concentration approached                        interface (respiratory quotients > 2) and represented
                        background levels in December and February,                     a large storage of energy originally contained in
                        suggesting very little annual accumulation of                   organic matter.
                        sediment'carbon. Sediment oxygen consumption                      Oxygen dynamics in eutrophic marine systems
                        and sulfate reduction rates in organic enriched                 were regulated by phytoplankton cycles and sulfur
                        sediments were an order of magnitude higher than                cycling in the sediments. Initiation of hypoxia







                        92
                        (oxygen less than 2 mg 1-1) was caused by rapidly               indicator of trace-metal pollution as it occurs over a
                        declining phytoplankton populations and a large                 widespread area and chemical analysis for trace
                        imbalance between day oxygen production and                     metals is a relatively simple procedure. Due to the
                        night oxygen consumption in the water column.                   high growth potential of eelgrass leaves (about 5-6
                        However, high sulfate reduction rates and the                   cm leaf turion- I day- 1), growth rates of leaves can
                        accumulation of hydrogen sulfide in surface                     be used as a very sensitive method of assessing the
                        sediments was found to be influential in the demise             effects of industrial waste products both in the field
                        of the macrofauna and the precipitation and                     and in laboratory tests.
                        maintenance of oxygen concentrations less than I
                        mg 1- 1.                                                        Sandulli, R. and M. d. N. Giudici (1989) Effects
                                                                                        of organic enrichment on meiofauna: A
                        Sand-Jensen, K. and              J. Borum (1983)                laboratory study. Marine Pollution Bulletin
                        Regulation of growth of eelgrass (Zostera                       20:223-227.
                        marina L.) in Danish coastal waters.                            Imeiofauna; sewage; nematode; harpacticoid;
                        Marine Technology Society Journal 17:15-21.                     copepod; ratio}
                        Isubmerged vegetation; eelgrass; growth; shading)                 A 84 day laboratory experiment indicates the
                         Eelgrass is the dominant macrophyte in coastal                 decline of intertidal meiofauna abundance may be
                        Danish waters. The productivity of eelgrass is at               directly related to treatment level and time of
                        the same level as fertile terrestrial crops and it can          exposure to sewage sludge. The observed changes
                        be substantially higher than the phytoplankton                  revealed a marked decrease of nematodes and total
                        production in open waters when compared per unit                disappearance of mesobenthic harpacticoids while
                        surface area. Eelgrass may contribute significantly             the non-interstitial copepod species were littl        'e
                        to the total production of all autotrophic                      affected. The possibility of a new interpretation of
                        components in shallow coastal areas.                            the Nematode/Copepod ratio as an index of organic
                         The above-ground biomass of eelgrass is more                   pollution in sediments is discussed.
                        variable than the below-ground biomass due to a
                        higher turnover rate and exposure to physical                   Schiewer, U., R. B6rner, and N. Wasmund (1988)
                        factors of the former. In shallow water, biomass of             Deterministic and stochastic influence of
                        eelgrass increases rapidly from spring to early                 nutrients on phytoplankton function and
                        summer and stabilizes at a high level during late               structure      in    coastal      waters. Kieler
                        summer. Growth is continuous throughout the year                Meeresforschungen, Sonderheft 6:173-183.
                        although it occurs at a higher rate during spring and           [phytoplankton;         nutrients;      composition;
                        summer. Individual plants produce about 16 leaves               abundance; chlorophyll al
                        and rhizome segments per year. During spring and                  Knowledge of how phytoplankton responds to
                        summer each plant produces a new leaf every 9-15                nutrient inputs is essential for water management
                        days and their life span is about 2 months. The                 and for minimizing eutrophication. Only processes
                        rapid turnover is important in keeping down the                 that are deterministic, i.e. that can respond as
                        epiphytic load by producing new tissue. It also                 algorithms, are controllable. The study area is the
                        produces a continuous supply of senescing leaves                chain of inshore waters (so-called Bodden) south of
                        which presumably leads to stabilized energy                     the Darss-Zingst peninsula- shallow eutrophic
                        transformations within the detritus food web. Since             waters of estuarine character in the Southern Baltic.
                        the leaf biomass increases from spring to summer,               Monitoring programmes and laboratory
                        the ratio of daily productivity to biomass (P/B)                experiments have revealed an annual periodicity of
                        falls because of increased self-shading. Water                  the phytoplankton and of the physico-chemical
                        temperature and availability of nutrients do not                factors influencing it. On the basis of these results,
                        affect seasonal variation in leaf productivity.                 experiments were carried out in enclosures to study
                        Nutrient availability may, however, affect the                  the effects of nutrient loading on phytoplankton.
                        biomass as a yield limiting factor.                             The purpose was to test the feasibility of
                         Eutrophication of coastal waters changes in          the       influencing phytoplankton development under field
                        balance among different autotrophic components.                 conditions during the transition period from late
                        Growth of phytoplankton, epiphytes and free-                    spring to mid-summer.
                        floating algae, which take up inorganic nutrient                 This contribution presents results from the 1985
                        from the free water phase, is greatly stimulated.               shallow water enclosure experiments (FLAK 85)
                        This will result in decreased growth rates, depth               which demonstrate that
                        penetration and, eventually, survival of eelgrass               - the scale of phytoplankton reactions and the
                        though shading.                                                 species involved are stochastic in character and are
                        Biomass and growth measurements of epiphytic                    governed by stochastic interactions between
                        algae provide a convenient method for assessing the             meteorological events and water exchange processes
                        effect of inorganic nutrient loading in different parts         in the chain of Bodden;
                        of a receiving area. Eelgrass is suitable as an








                                                                                                                                 93
                       all processes affecting phytoplankton growth are           processes. Kieler Meeresforschungen, Sonderheft
                       deterministic in character, conforming to simple           6:221-240.
                       batch theories: simultaneous addition of nitrogen          Initrogen; phosphorus; seaweeds; productivity;
                       and phosphorus favours green algae, and in                 Fucus; Phycodrys; Baltic)
                       exceptional cases one algal species became                   Considerable amounts of nutrients enter, as a
                       dominant                                                   result of human activity, the Western Baltic Sea in
                       - nutrient loadings do not affect the time of              the form of discharge of seepage from land or as
                       transition to the mid-summer phytoplankton                 atmospheric input. Benthic macrophytes which
                       population, the most important regulating factor           preferably inhabit the nutrient recipient shallow
                       obviously being temperature.                               near-shore areas, and where they often constitute the
                                                                                  major primary producers may thus play an
                       Schindler,    D.    W.    (1981)      Studies of           important role in eutrophication processes by
                       eutrophication       in    lakes     and      their        uptake and accumulation on nutrient elements,
                       relevance to the estuarine environment.                    enhanced primary production and following
                       In: B. J. Neilson and L. E. Cronin (ed.) Estuaries         degradation of the produced organic material.
                       and Nutrients. Humana Press, Clifton, New Jersey.          Nutrient uptake, binding capacity and illumination
                       flake; estuary; comparison; Vollenweider; nutrient;        as well as nutrient dependent growth of the two
                       composition)                                               community forming seaweeds Phycodrys rubens
                       No abstract                                                and Fucus vesiculosus have been investigated and
                                                                                  related to the seasonal patterns of the nutrient
                       Schlungbaum, G. and          G. Nausch (1988)              conditions in their respective habitats. Nutrient
                       Nutrient turnover at the sediment/water                    concentrations, both phosphorus and nitrogen, in
                       interface in shallow eutrophic coastal                     the algal beds are markedly higher than in the
                       waters. Kieler Meeresforschungen, Sonderheft               surface water of the open Kiel Bight. In general, the
                       6:184-190.                                                 seaweeds seem not to be nutrient limited under
                       (sediment; interface; nutrient; phosphorus;                natural conditions except for nitrogen in Phycodrys
                       phosphate; phytoplankton; primary productionj              during summer. Nutrient tissue contents are
                        The nutrient situation in eutrophic shallow               saturated only for nitrogen during winter. The
                       coastal water systems is characterized by particular       significance of these findings is discussed in view
                       features. In addition to water exchange with the           of the observed increasing nutrient levels and
                       open sea, interactions at the sediment/water               changes of the vegetation in the Kiel Bight.
                       interface play a significant role. With the help of
                       investigation of phosphate sorption/desorption             Schultz, S., G. AErtebjerg, G. Behrends, G. Breuel,
                       balances and on the denitrification capacity of            P. Ciszewski, U. Horstmann, K. Kononen, E.
                       shallow coastal waters, the following general              Kostrichkina, J. Leppdnen, F. Mohlenberg, 0.
                       conclusions can be made: The phosphate                     Sandstr6m, M. Viitasalo, and T. Will6n (1992)
                       concentrations in the water are primarily determined       The present state of the Baltic Sea
                       by physico-chemical reactions with the sediment,           pelagic ecosystem - an assessment.                 In:
                       and less by the rhythm of the phytoplankton                G. Colombo, I. Ferrari, V. U. Ceccherelli and R.
                       primary production. Through intensive interactions         Rossi (ed.) Marine Eutrophication and Population
                       between sediment and water, a phosphate                    Dynamics. Olsen & Olsen, Fredensborg.
                       11 equilibrium" concentration which fluctuates very        (Baltic Sea; assessment; pelagic biology;
                       little is maintained over the whole year. High             phytoplankton assemblage)
                       primary production rates are possible at these low          In recent years, the decrease of salinity as well as
                       equilibrium concentrations of phosphate sorption           of the temperature and oxygen in the deep water has
                       capacities. With the development of nearly                 continued in the Baltic Sea. In addition, the
                       anaerobic conditions, nitrate reduction can occur at       content of phosphate and nitrate lids declined in the
                       a rate, when the appropriate amount of nitrate is          winter surface water at least during the last two
                       made available to the reaction. Under optimal              years. However, both the primary production
                       conditions for nitrate reduction, nitrate                  capacity and the assimilation numbers have been
                       concentration is also not a parameter characterizing       increasing for most sub-areas of the Baltic Sea,
                       the nature of the water body.                              indicating a higher phytoplankton activity. The
                                                                                  stock of zooplankton increased in tha Arkona,
                       Schramm, W., D. Abele, and G. Breuer (1988)                Bornholm and Eastern Gotland Seas. Changes in
                       Nitrogen and phosphorus nutrition and                      the species composition or in the structure of the
                       productivity of two community forming                      phytoplankton and zooplankton community have
                       seaweeds (Fucus vesiculosus, Phycodrys                     not been observed.
                       rubens) from the Western Baltic (Kiel                        The present status of the Baltic Sea pelagic
                       Bight) in the light of eutrophication                      system reflects clear signs of eutrophication. The
                                                                                  reasons for this are seen in the anthropogenic








                        94

                        impact in conjunction with the features of the                    Several researches for eutrophication in the
                        Balitc Sea and a stagnation period lasting thirteen             northern Hiroshima Bay were carried out to
                        years.                                                          investigate nutrient budgets in aquatic circulation
                                                                                        processes, i.e. primary production, settling flux of
                        Schulz, S. and G. Breuel (1981) Response of                     particulate organic matter (POM) and the benthic
                        plastic-bag             enclosed             summer             remineralization.
                        phytoplankton to a nutrient input under                          It became apparent from these investigations that
                        in situ conditions in the Arkona Sea                            primary production contributed more to the organic
                        (Baltic Sea). Kieler Meeresforschungen,                         pollution in the northern bay than land based
                        Sonderheft 5:9 1 - 100.                                         organic loadings by a factor of 10, that approx. 70-
                        (phytoplankton; nutrients; Baltic; primary                      80% of the POM originating in phytoplankton
                        production; Arkona; biomass; composition)                       were easily remineralized into inorganic nutrients
                         In July 1878 several experiments with enclosed                 during the settling process in water, and that
                        summer phytoplankton communities were carried                   approx. 60% of nitrogen and 70% of phosphorus in
                        out in the Arkona Sea using 25 1 cylindrical bags               POM settled on the sediments might be returned to
                        made of 0.2 mm polyethylene film. These                         the water column by the release from benthic
                        experiments       concerned the response of                     sediment.
                        phytoplankton to nutrient input. Phytoplankton
                        biomass, primary production and chlorophyll                     Seitzinger, S. P. and         S. W. Nixon (1985)
                        content increased rapidly in enriched water, in                 Eutrophication           and       the     rate       of
                        contrast to the controls where changes were                     denitrification and N20 production in
                        negligible. Nutrients were depleted to the same                 coastal marine sediments. Limnology and
                        levels as in the controls after a few days. The g-              Oceanography 30:1332-1339.
                        algae were the first to respond to nutrient input,              fdenitrification; N20 production; nutrient; MERLI
                        followed later by diatoms and dinoflagellates. In the            Large (13 m3, 5m deep) microcosms with coupled
                        course of the experiments, however, the energy was              pelagic and benthic components were used to
                        stored to an increasing extent in the cyanophytes at            measure the effect of nutrient loading and
                        the expense of other groups where energy content                eutrophication in coastal marine ecosystems on the
                        remained constant or decreased slightly.                        rates of benthic denitrification (ND and N20
                        Schulz, S., G. Breuel, and A. Irmisch (1988)                    production. After 3 months of daily nutrient
                        Simulated eutrophication in enclosure                           additions, average denitrification rates ranged from
                        experiments in the Arkona Sea. Kieler                           about 300 umol N m-2 h- I in the sediments of the
                        Meeresforschungeb, Sonderheft 6:73-84.                          control microcosm to 880 in the most enriched
                        (Arkona Sea; Baltic; plankton; nutrients; primary               microcosm, which received 65 times the nutrient
                        production; biomass; productivity)                              input of the control. Increases in the production of
                           In spring, summer and autumn enclosure                       N20 were more dramatic and increased by a factor
                        experiments were performed in the central part of               of about 100, from 0.56 N m-2 h- I in the control
                        the Arkona Sea. The. natural water with the                     to 51 in the most enriched microcosm. Although
                        plankton community was enriched by nutrients to                 there was a clear increase in the denitrification rate
                        about winter levels, and to the double of these                 in the more eutrophic systems, the amount of fixed
                        concentrations.                                                 nitrogen removed was a constant or progressively
                           In spring and summer, the phytoplankton                      smaller fraction of the nitrogen input. Even in the
                        responded with rapid uptake of nutrients and an                 most enriched microcosm, at least 16% of the N
                        increase in primary production and biomass. In                  input was removed by denitrification.
                        autumn, the uptake of nutrients was also fast,
                        whereas productivity did not increase, and biomass              Seliger, H. H. (1989) Mechanisms for red
                        only in diatoms. Not only did the production                    tides of Pyrodinium              bahamense var.
                        increase with higher nutrient supply, but also the              compressum in Papua New Guinea, Sabah
                        productive season was prolonged. This fact is                   and     Brunei       Darussalam.           In: G. M.
                        important for the function of the pelagic system in             Hallegraeff and J. L. Maclean (ed.) Biology,
                        the Baltic, because the biomass and nutrients                   Epidemology and Management of Pyrodinium red
                        remaining in the spring bloom determine to a great              Tides. Fisheries Department, Ministry of
                        extent the productivity of the whole year.                      Development, Manila.
                                                                                        [red tides; blooms; abundance)
                        Seiki, T., E. Date, and H. Izawa' (1991)                           Mechanisms are proposed to explain the
                        Eutrophication in Hiroshima Bay. Marine                         development of red tides of the toxic dinoflagellate
                        Pollution Bulletin 23:95-99.                                    Pyrodinium bahamense var. compressum along the
                        (nutrients; primary production; budgetl                         northern and southern coasts of Papua New Guinea
                                                                                        and along the northwest coast of Borneo, from








                                                                                                                                   95

                      Sabah to Burnei Darussalam. The "spread" of red              Skjoldal, H. R. and I. Dundas (ed.) (1991) The
                      tides to areas not previously affected and the               Chrysochromulina polylepis bloom in
                      increased frequency of annual occurrences of                 the Skagerrak and the Kattegat in May-
                      paralytic shellfish poisoning in already colonized           June 1988: Environmental conditions,
                      areas are suggested to be the result of coastal              possible     causes,     and     effects.       ICES,
                      hypertrophication. Increased nutrients along                 Copenhagen.
                      coastlines permit sufficient reproduction of                 (bloom; Chrysochromulina; causesl
                      dinoflagellates in entrained surfaces patches to             No abstract
                      compensate dilution losses, enhancing emigration
                      over longer distances.                                       Smayda, T. J. (1989)         Primary production
                                                                                   and the global epidemic of phytoplankton
                      Sellner, K. G. and M. M. Olson (1985)                        blooms in the sea: A linkage? In: E. M.
                      Copepod        grazing      in     red    tide      of       Cosper, N. M. Bricelj and E. J. Carpenter (ed.)
                      Chesapeake Bay. In: D. M. Anderson, A. W.                    Novel Phytoplankton Blooms; Causes and Impacts
                      White and D. G. Baden (ed.) Toxic Dinoflagellates.           of Recurrent Brown Tides and Other Unusual
                      Elsevier, New York.                                          Blooms. Springer-Verlag, Berlin.
                      (secondary production; zooplankton; bloom;                   (primary production; phytoplankton bloom)
                      Chesapeake Bay; red tide; grazing; dinoflagellates}          No abstract
                        Copepod grazing of dinoflagellate blooms in
                      Chesapeake Bay and its tributaries was investigated          Smayda, T. J. (1992)         A phantom of the
                      using 14C-labelling procedures. Grazing rates for            ocean. Nature 358:374-375.
                      Eurytemora affinis, the late winter - early spring           Idinoflagellate; red tides; foodweb)
                      dominant herbivore, on Heterocapsa triquetra were            No abstract
                      low with a mean rate of 0.011 +- 0.002 ml
                      copepod- 10. However, at a cell density of 2.43 X            Smayda, T. J. and Y. Shimizu (ed.) (1993)
                      105 ml-1, the ingestion rate corresponds to 1.88             Toxic Phytoplankton Blooms in the Sea
                                                                                   (Proceedings of the Fifth International
                      ugC copepod-lh-1, or approximately one-third of              Conference           on       Toxic         Marine
                      the copepod's daily ration. Fecal pellet production          Phytoplankton, Newport, Rhode Island,
                      every 6-9 min. Low grazing rates for the spring-fall         U.S.A., 28 October -1 November 1991).
                      dominant herbivore, Acartia tonsa, were also                 Elsevier, Amsterdam.
                      recorded where the copepod was feeding on blooms             No abstract
                      of Gymnodinium sp. and Katodinium rotundatum.
                      Mean rates ranged from 0.005 - 0.048 ml copepod-             Smayda, T. J. and A. W. White (1990) Has
                      10, corresponding to estimated ingestion rates of            there been a global expansion of algal
                      0.038 - 0.102 ugC copepod-lh-1, well below the               bloom? If so, is there a connection with
                      rate recorded for Eurytemora. These data indicated           human        activities?       In: E. Gran6li, B.
                      that A. tonsa may not remove significant quantities          Sundstr6m, L. Edler and D. M. Anderson (ed.)
                      of dinoflagellate carbon in Chesapeake Bay and its           Toxic Marine Phytoplankton. Elsevier, New York.
                      sub-estuaries.                                               [phytoplankton;       algae; . bloom;        nutrient
                                                                                   enrichment}
                      Silva, E. S. (1985)           Ecological factors             No abstract
                      related to Prorocentrum minimum blooms
                      in Obidos Lagoon (Portugal). In: D. M.                       Smith, D. W. (1984)              Responses          Of
                      Anderson, A. W. White and D. G. Baden (ed.)                  aufwuchs,            phytoplankton                and
                      Toxic Dinoflagellates. Elsevier, New York.                   macrophytes to       municipal and industrial
                      fred tide; bloom; environmental condition}                   wastes in San Francisco Bay and bay
                       Prorocentrum minimum Schiller red waters have               analog systems. Dissertation for Ph.D.,
                      often been observed in Obidos Lagoon and have                University of California, Berkeley.
                      caused toxicity of bivalve there. Particular attention       tauhwuchs; phytoplankton; seaweeds; San
                      is given to two of those blooms, separated by                Francisco Bay; method; mesocosm)
                      about 10 years, in May-June 1973 and in January-               The use of aquatic organisms which colonize
                      February 1983. A comparative study of                        artificial substrates (aufwuchs) is currently being
                      environmental conditions during the two red waters           developed as a method of assessing localized effects
                      of A minimum is presented.                                   of municipal and industrial discharges into San
                                                                                   Francisco Bay, California by state regulatory
                      Skjoldal, H. (1992)                                          agencies. The method is intended to provide an
                      Personal Communication.                                      inexpensive and robust bioassay which will serve
                                                                                   as an index of wastewater effects on the
                                                                                   phytoplankton community, since the effects on








                       96

                       phytoplankton cannot be directly observed. In this          nitrogen levels within the water column.
                       study functional or physiological responses                 Particulate materials including plankton biomass,
                       (photosynthesis, respiration, chlorophyll a, and            as well as dissolved inorganic phosphorus, were
                       biomass) were measured in the laboratory, in                elevated substantially. The benthos showed
                       mesocosms and in the field to characterize the              increased biomass and metabolic rates, especially of
                       response of the aufwuchs community to wastewater            heterotrophs responding to fallout of organic
                       and some of its individual stimulatory and toxic            particulate materials. Nutrient recycling within the
                       components. The mesocosm consisted of 12                    Bay was the major immediate source for the
                       outdoor 3000L tanks with a constant supply of               nutrients for the observed rapid metabolic activity.
                       baywater. The response of aufwuchs under                     Sewage accounted for approximately 80 percent of
                       experimental conditions confirmed and elucidated            the inorganic nitrogen and 90 percent of the
                       the causes of the stimulatory response of aufwuchs          inorganic phosphorus delivery to Kaneohe Bay.
                       grown on substrates moored in dilution-fields in            Diversion lowered the land-derived inorganic
                       San Francisco Bay.                                          nitrogen and phosphorus input to the Bay by 70-80
                         The effects of colloidal and microbial components         percent. Virtually all components of the system
                       of wastewater on earlier colonizing and later rapid         have responded to this diminished nutrient subsidy,
                       growth phase of the auchwuchs community were                but the water column nutrient washout and
                       determined to be unimportant with respect to the            biological recovery are predictably occurring more
                       measurable differences caused by exposure to                rapidly than the benthos responses.
                       wastewater. Wastewater was found to stimulate
                       growth of aufwuchs. Inorganic nitrogen was                  Snelgrove, P. V. R. and J. B. Lewis (1989)
                       determined experimentally and deductively to be the         Response of a coral -associated crustacean
                       causative stimulatory component of wastewater.              community to eutrophication. Marine
                       Aufwuchs were also shown to be sensitive to toxic           Biology 101:249-257.
                       compounds found in the wastewater.                          [crustacea; coral; Madracis; Barbados; composition;
                         The stimulatory and toxic response of aufwuchs            density)
                       amplified the response of phytoplankton. Various              Seventy-five samples of the crustacean fauna
                       aspects of the Bay's physical and chemical                  associated with the coral Madracis mirabilis
                       environment such as light turbulence and ambient            (Duchassaing and Michelotii) were obtained at five
                       nutrient concentration may result in this                   sites along the west coast of Barbados in 1985.
                       amplification by moderating factors. Aufwuchs,              Samples were analyzed to determine whether any
                       then, may serve as an early warning of potential            community response to eutrophication was evident.
                       effects of wastewater on phytoplankton.                     Ordination (multidimensional scaling) and
                         Strategies of substrate deployment and harvest            classification (group average clustering) based on
                       were also assessed. Increased biomass, facilitated by       Bray-Curtis dissimilarity measures separated the
                       relatively long incubation intervals (7-14 days),           fauna of highly eutrophied sites from those that
                       was shown experimentally to maximize the                    were less eutrophied. Dominance plots based on
                       precision of the technique. The precision of the            relative abundance and log-normal plotting methods
                       method is adequate from a regulatory point of view          were ineffective in distinguishing the fauna of
                       to delineate the region where biota are influenced by       eutrophied sites. The crustacean fauna responded to
                       wastewater.                                                 eutrophication mainly by reduction of density of
                                                                                   animals. No differences in species richness, number
                       Smith, S. V. (1981) Responses of Kaneohe                    of site endemic species or rare species were
                       Bay, Hawaii, to relaxation of sewage                        observed between highly eutrophied and less
                       stress. In: B. J. Neilson and L. E. Eugene (ed.)            eutrophied sites. Nine "indicator" species of
                       Estuaries and Nutrients. Humana Press, Clifton,             eutrophy were identified on the basis of strong
                       New Jersey.                                                 density differences between sites.
                       (nitrogen; sewage; nutrient; cycling; Hawaiij
                         Kaneohe Bay is a subtropical coral reef/estuary           Soulsby, P. G., D. Lowthion, and M. Houston
                       complex which was subjected to increasing sewage            (1982) Effects of macroalgal mats on the
                       loading; that sewage was diverted in 1977 and               ecology of intertidal mudflats. Marine
                       1978. We have treated the loading and diversion as          Pollution Bulletin 13:162-166.
                       a controlled , total-ecosystem experiment to                Imacroalgal mats; mudflat; benthos; abundance;
                       evaluate the chemical and biological responses to           biomass)
                       external subsidy of nutrients. We here consider the           The standing biomass and distribution of the
                       Bay's response to sewage loading and to its                 invertebrate fauna of mudflats covered by
                       diversion largely in the context of a nitrogen              macroalgal mats has been determined and compared
                       budget.                                                     with that of mudflats unaffected by algae. The
                         Even the most heavily impacted portion of the             faunal biomass of algal-covered mud was
                       Bay showed only modest increases in dissolved               consistently higher than uncovered mud, mainly







                                                                                                                                 97
                     due to the presence of large populations of the snail          Stachowitsch, M. (1991)          Anoxia in the
                     Hydrobia ulvae. The structure of the faunal                    Northern Adriatic Sea: rapid death, slow
                     composition of algal-covered mud was altered and               recovery. In: R. V. Tyson and T. H. Pearson
                     the numbers of at least one species of polychaete              (ed.) Modern and Ancient Continental Shelf
                     worm markedly reduced. The effects of these                    Anoxia. The Geological Society, London, England.
                     changes on the bird population exploiting the                  JAdriatic; oxygen; benthos; anoxia; mortality}
                     mudflats is discussed.                                         The Northern Adriatic Sea is characterized by the
                                                                                    full range of features associated with sensitive
                     Soulsby, P. G., D. Lowthion, and H. A. C.                      marine ecosystems. In the Gulf of Trieste,
                     Montgomery (1985)           The role of sewage                 mortalities due to anoxia have been reported in
                     effluent      in     the     accumulation           of         1974, 1983 and 1988. The anoxic event in
                     macroalgal mats on intertidal mudflats in                      September 1983 led to mass mortality in a highly
                     two     basins      in    southern        England.             developed and wide-ranging community in the Gulf.
                     Netherlands Journal of Sea Research 19:257-263.                This destroyed over 50% of the epifaunal biomass
                     Imacroalgae; nutrients)                                        in only two days, and over 90% within four days.
                        Two intertidal basins in southern England,                  The increased frequency, severity, and range of
                     Portsmouth Harbour and Langstone Harbour, both                 recent oxygen deficiencies suggest that, in addition
                     support large crops of the macroalgae Ulva and                 to meteorological and hydrographic factors,
                     Enteromorpha each summer. Both Harbours have                   anthropogenic influences are a contributing or
                     received discharges of sewage but the discharge in             enhancing factor in the onset of anoxic conditions
                     Portsmouth has been removed. Data from surveys                 and associated mass mortalities. These
                     of algal distribution, standing biomass, tissue                anthropogenic influences may be subsumed under
                     nutrient concentration and water column nutrient               the heading eutrophication. If eutrophication only
                     concentration have been evaluated in order to'                 slightly increases the rate of oxygen decrease below
                     deternine the relationship between effluent discharge          the thermocline, it may advance the point at which
                     and macroalgal growth. No direct relationship                  critical oxygen levels are attained by several days.
                     between water column nutrient concentration and                Since only a few days of anoxic conditions are
                     macroalgae biomass or area cover was found in the              required to destroy this benthic community (with an
                     field.     Concentrations of Nitrogen and                      equally short time required for reoxygenation) the
                     Nitrogen: Phosphorus ratio in the tissues suggest              degree of eutrophication may determine whether an
                     that Nitrogen is stored in excess during the growing           ecological catastrophe occurs or not.
                     season. It is concluded that the evidence strongly             The recolonization process between 1984 and
                     indicates that further increases in sewage derived             1987 has been slow: the total biomass and the
                     nutrient will not result in higher standing crops of           relative contribution of the designating species have
                     algae than currently observed.                                 remained distinctly below previously recorded
                                                                                    values. Additional anthropogenic influences
                     Spencer, C. P. (1985)          The use of plant                (intensive dredging) may further impede
                     micro-nutrient and chlorophyll records as                      recolonization. A further, small-scale mortality was
                     indices     of eutrophication in inshore                       registered in 1988.
                     waters. Netherlands Journal of Sea Research
                     19:269 -275.                                                   Stambler, N., N. Popper, Z. Dubinsky, and J.
                     findices; chlorophyll; nutrients)                              Stimson (1991)        Effects     of     nutrient
                       The records for 14 years of plant micro-nutrient             enrichment and water motion on the coral
                     concentrations and the quantities of chlorophyll in            Pocillopora damicornis. Pacific Science
                     Liverpool Bay are reviewed. The complicated and                45:299-307.
                     varied hydrographical regimes which characterize               [nutrient; coral; phosphorus; nitrogen; density;
                     the area preclude the use of the former variables as           growth)
                     precise indicators of the extent of enrichment of the          Exposure of the hermatypic coral Pocillopora
                     water. There is nonetheless evidence that the area             damicornis (Linnaeus) to elevate levels of dissolved
                     can sometimes support high standing crops of                   inorganic phosphorus did not affect the colony or
                     phytoplankton. Advective dispersal processes and               the zooxanthellae. Exposure to elevated levels of
                     variations in their intensity are probably                     dissolved inorganic nitrogen and inorganic nitrogen
                     particularly important in controling the magnitude             + phosphorus led to an increase in algal density,
                     of these crops of phytoplankton. It is suggested               and as a result, to an increase in the chlorophyll
                     that adequate long term records of the frequency and           concentration. These latter two experimental
                     durations of such blooms are likely to be a more               enrichments slowed skeletal growth rate of the
                     useful indication of the extent or eutrophication of           corals, probably because of a decrease in the
                     the area and of any long term trends which might               photosynthetic rate of the algae and perhaps a
                     occur than are the hydrochernical data.                        decrease in the translocation of photosynthetic
                                                                                    products from the algae to the coral. The algae







                        98
                        probably used the photosynthetic energy for their              annual production varies from lows of 150 g C m-2
                        own increased growth. Experimental manipulation                in Fraser River plumes to highs over 500 g C m-2
                        of water motion used in these experiments did not              in sheltered boundary waters of inlets. Recent
                        affect the coral or the symbiotic algae.                       increases in ammonia and nitrate from land drainage
                                                                                       and domestic sewage, mainly through the Fraser
                        Stockner, J. G. and           D. D. Cliff (1979)               River, are related to increases in phytoplankton
                        Phytoplankton ecology of Vancouver                             standing stocks in the Strait.
                        Harbor. Journal of the Fisheries Research Board
                        of Canada 36: 1 - 10.                                          Stockner, J. G. and K. S. Shortreed (1988)
                        lphytoplankton; Vancouver Harbor; primary                      Response of Anabaena and Synechococcus
                        production; sewagel                                            to manipulation of nitrogen: Phosphorus
                          Phytoplankton production and distribution were               ratios in a lake fertilization experiment.
                        examined over a 2-yr period in the Burrard Inlet               Lininology and Oceanography 33:1348-1361.
                        system, which includes a true fjord (Indian Arm), a            [lake; nutrient addition; picoplankton; chlorophyll;
                        shallow blind inlet (Port Moody arm), and a                    N/P ratio; bacteria)
                        turbulent narrows region that is contiguous to the              Additions of inorganic nitrogen and phosphorus to
                        Port of Vancouver. Greatest annual production                  selected areas of oligotrophic Kennedy Lake began
                        occurred in Port Moody Arm with a mean of 532 g                in 1978 and resulted in development of late-summer
                        C m-2 yr-1 while the lowest values were in Indian              blooms of nitrogen-fixing cyanobacteria Anabaena
                        Arm and the Narrows region, averaging about 260                circinalis in 1981 and 1982. In subsequent years the
                        g C M-2 yr 1. Nitrate and zooplankton grazing were             blooms were successfully eliminated by increasing
                        the main factors limiting phytoplankton production             the molar N:P ratio of added nutrients to 35: 1. The
                        in Indian Arm, while flushing and poor light                   nutrient additions also resulted in dramatic increases
                        conditions influenced phytoplankton growth in the              in both autotrophic (predominantly Synechococcus
                        Narrows and outer Burrard Inlet. Most of the                   sp.) and heterotrophic (bacteria) picoplankton
                        discharges of domestic and industrial wastes have              numbers, with respective maxima of 4.0 x 105 ml-
                        been diverted to the Fraser River, and Vancouver               I and >4.0 x 106 ml- 1. Chlorophyll concentrations
                        Harbor can be considered relatively clean and                  were generally <2 ug liter- I during untreated
                        pollution-free because of strong tidal mixing and
                        seaward flushing. The only sign of eutrophication              conditions and increased to as much as 50 ug liter- I
                        in the inlet is in Port Moody Arm where sufficient             during blooms. In years following the Anabaena
                        nutrients from sewage discharges and a relatively              blooms, hypolimnetic nitrate concentrations were
                        stable mixed-layer depth create near optimal                   significantly higher in the treated basin of the lake
                        conditions for phytoplankton growth. Daily                     than they were in an untreated basin or than they
                        production here is among the highest recorded in               were before the blooms. Development of nitrogen-
                        the literature for Pacific coastal marine waters.              fixing cyanobacteria blooms is dependent on both a
                                                                                       low N:P supply ratio and a sufficient phosphorus
                        Stockner, J. G., D. D. Cliff, and K. R. S.                     supply.
                        Shortreed (1979) Phytoplankton ecology of
                        the Strait of Georgia, British Columbia.                       Sukhanova, 1. N., M. V. Flint, G. Hilbaum, V.
                        Journal of the Fisheries Research Board of Canada              Karamfilov, A. 1. Kopylov, E. Matveea, T. N.
                        36:657-666.                                                    Rat'kova, and A. F. Sazhin (1988) Exuviaella
                        (phytoplankton; primary production; chlorophyll a;             cordata red tide in Bulgarian coastal
                        Strait of Georgia)                                             waters (May to June 1986). Marine Biology
                          Observations of phytoplankton production,                    99:1-8.
                        abundance, and     distribution were made at 16                [Exuviaella; red tide; bloom; Burgas Bay;
                        stations in the Strait of Georgia from 1975 to                 phytoplankton; plankton; species compositionj
                        1977. The discharge of turbid Fraser River water                The structure and some functional characteristics
                        exerts a strong influence on phytoplankton                     of the plankton community at the times of a
                        production and distribution in surface waters by               Exuviaella cordata red tide were investigated in
                        rapid light attenuation and horizontal advection. At           Burgas Bay, Bulgaria, in May and June 1986.
                        plume boundaries and back eddied where light                   Characteristics of main plankton components
                        conditions improve, very high production occurs                (phyto-, bacterio-, nanoheterotrophic plankton,
                        (>4-5 g C m-2 d- 1), because of rapidly replenished            ciliates and mesoplankton) in the bloom area are
                        nutrients supplied by the Fraser River. Advection,             presented. Development of the Ecordata bloom was
                        turbulence, zooplankton grazing, and summer                    determined by abiotic conditions among which
                        nitrate depletion collectively impart a                        eutrophication and salinity decrease caused the patch
                        heterogeneous distribution pattern to phytoplankton            character of its rapid development. Attainment of
                        in the surface waters of the Strait of Georgia. Mean           maximum red tide (ca. I x 109 cells P 1; 1 x 103 g
                                                                                       111-3) from background (500 to 800 x 103 cells 1-1;







                                                                                                                                  99
                       600 g m-3) took 3 to 7d. Growth rate (u) during              lbenthos; food web; pelagic ecosystem)
                       that period was 1.2 to 2.2 doublings per day. A              Results from studies in experimental enclosures
                       sharp bloom decline (3 to 4d) was caused by                  containing both water column and benthic
                       parasitic flagellates destroying the alga's                  communities show that the benthos has an
                       chloroplast. Diel biomass losses due to grazing              important effect on the structure and productivity of
                       remained below 5%. Metabolites and degradation               pelagic food webs whether that change is nutrient
                       products of Ecordata revealed no pronounced toxic            enriched or nutrient limited. Research over a 10-yr
                       effects on the other components of the planktonic            period in 13m-3 mesocosms showed that changes
                       community. The rapid bloom degradation due to                in the pelagic food web were correlated with
                       effects of parasitic flagellates indicates the high          different sediment communities and with the
                       potential ecosystem "self-regulation".                       presence or absence of a benthos. The abundance of
                                                                                    copepods was inversely correlated with numbers of
                       Sullivan, B. K. and P. V. Banzon (1990) Food                 macrofauna. At both low and high nutrient levels,
                       limitation and benthic regulation of                         systems without benthos had greatly enhanced
                       population of the copepod Acartia                            numbers of carnivorous holozooplankton including
                       hudsonica Pinhey in nutrient-limited and                     ctenophore, medusans, chaetognaths, and fish. Our
                       nutrient-enriched systems. Limnology and                     observations indicate that the presence of the
                       Oceanography 35:1618-1631.                                   benthos shortens the pelagic food web and inhibits
                       (secondary production; copepods)                             the response of pelagic fauna to nutrient enrichment
                         Evidence that population size of copepods in               in well-mixed coastal waters. The strength of
                                                                                    benthic-pelagic COUDling, which is controlled by
                       coastal marine ecosystems can be both resource and
                       predator limited was obtained from experimental              the amount of turbulence in the water column, may
                       enclosures with and without the sediment                     be more important to food web structure than the
                       community in place. The novel finding was that               rate of nutrient supply and could determine which
                       meroplankton and attached benthos were apparently            subsystem responds to eutrophication.
                       effective competitors and predators of planktonic
                       copepods in both nutrient-limited and nutrient-              Sullivan, B. K. and        P. J. Ritacco (1985)
                       enriched systems. During the spring period of                Ammonia toxicity to larval copepods in
                       increase Acartia hudsonica, as well as other                 eutropbic       marine        ecosystems:          A
                       abundant species of copepods, reached considerably           comparison of results       from bioassays and
                       higher numbers in four mesocosms without                     enclosed experimental       ecosystems. Aquatic
                       sediments than in four other mesocosms with the              Toxicology 7:205-217.
                       normal sediment community in place regardless of             jammonia toxicity; copepods; eutrophic marine
                       rate of nutrient input to the mesocosms.                     ecosystems; mortality;MERL)
                       Measurements of population parameters of A.                     In an experiment designed to simulate
                       hudsonica indicated equivalent rates of reproduction,        eutrophication of a shallow coastal ecosystem,
                       growth, and recruitment in nutrient enriched                 nutrients were added to experimental ecosystems
                       treatments, with and without sediments.                      (MERL mesocosms) in six different treatment
                       Suppression of population growth in the presence             levels. We observed large reductions in the numbers
                       of sediments was therefore not due to food                   of normally dominant copepods of the species
                       limitation but, by inference, to higher rates of             Acartic tonsa and A. hudsonica associated with a
                       mortality associated with high abundances of                 high concentrations of unionized ammonia (NH3)
                       potential predators of benthic origin. In unenriched         in the two most nutrient enriched treatments.
                       control mesocosms, resource competition with the             Comparison of 48h LC50 values of 10-15 uMl-
                       benthos may also have contributed to low                     INH3 obtained from laboratory bioassays with
                       population densities in tanks with sediments
                       (reproductive rates were more food limited in                concentrations of NH3 associated with increased
                       enclosures with sediment). These results                     mortality in the MERL tanks indicated that
                       demonstrate important interactions between benthic           bioassay data correctly predicted trends of high and
                       and pelagic fauna that have often been overlooked            low mortality as well as fluctuations in the
                       but nevertheless may be important in regulating              numbers of copepods in MERL tanks. Actual
                       dynamics of pelagic copepod populations in                   mortality rates of the mesocosm copepods was
                       shallow, well-mixed waters.                                  sometimes higher than predicted, however.

                       Sullivan, B. K., P. H. Doering, C. A. Oviatt, A.             Sullivan, B. K. and P. J. Ritacco (1988) Effects
                       A. Keller, and J. B. Frithsen (1991) Interactions            of nutrients and copper on copepod
                       with the benthos after pelagic food web                      population       dynamics:        A      mesocosm
                       structure in coastal waters. Canadian                        study.        In: M. S. Evans (ed.) Toxic
                       Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Science 48:2276-            Contaminants and Ecosystem Health; A Great
                       2284.                                                        Lakes Focus. John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York.







                      100
                      1copepod; biomass; copper; survival; egg                  species in natural water. Marine Biology
                      production; MERLI                                         70:267-273.
                      No abstract                                               fred tide; nutrient; phytoplankton; growth;
                                                                                abundance; macronutrient; micronutrient;
                      Swartz, R. C., F. A. Cole, D. W. Schults, and W.          chlorophyll Q
                      A. DeBen    (1986) Ecological changes in the               Three semi-continuous culture experiments were
                      Southern California Bight near a large                    conducted by using natural algal populations
                      sewage outfall: benthic conditions in                     [dominants: Skeletonema costatum, Thalassiosira
                      1980 and 1983. Marine Ecology Progress                    sp., Gymnodinium sp., Heterosigma sp. (formerly
                      Series 31:1-13.                                           called Olisthodiscus luteus) and Eutreptilla sp.]
                      isewage; species richness; biomass; density;              collected from Tanigawa Harbor, Japan, where red-
                      macrobenthos; Californial                                 tides occurred occasionally. The effects of macro-
                       The structure of the macrobenthic community,             and micro-nutrients on the growth of different
                      sediment toxicity, and sediment contamination             species of algae were specially evaluated by a
                      changed greatly between 1980 and 1983 along a             dialysis bag culture technique. Two types of
                      pollution gradient from the Los Angeles County            responses for nutrients were clearly observed:
                      Sanitation Districts (LACSD) sewage outfalls on           macro- and micro-nutrient dependency. The former
                      the Palos Verdes Shelf, California, USA to a              group includes S. costatum, Thalassiosira sp. and
                      reference site in the northern Santa Monica Bay.          Eutreptilla sp. which mainly stimulated their
                      Stimulation of the species richness, biomass, and         growth by macro-nutrients. Heterosigma sp. was
                      density of the benthos along the 60 in contour 5 to       the latter group which was stimulated by micro-
                      I I km from the outfalls was significantly reduced        nutrients. Gymnodinium sp. showed an
                      in 1983 when compared to 1980. The clam                   intermediate type. A red-tide of Heterosigma sp.
                      Parvilucina tenuisculpta and the polychaete Tharyx        formed during the experiment in the harbor and is
                      sp. A were the numerically dominant species in the        discussed with the results of the present culture
                      area of benthic stimulation in both years. Stations       experiments and some field observations.
                      I to 3 kni from the outfalls in 1980 were occupied
                      by a depauperate fauna strongly dominated by the          Takano, H. (1987) Red-tides at the mouth
                      opportunistic polychaete Capitella spp. In 1983           of Sumida River, Tokyo, during the last
                      species richness and biomass significantly increased      eleven years, 1976-1986.           In: T. Okaichi,
                      close to the outfalls, Capitella spp. was much less       D. M. Anderson and T. Nemoto (ed.) Red Tides:
                      abundant, and the assemblage was dominated by             Biology, Environmental Science, and Toxicology.
                      ostracods of the genus Euphilomenedes that are            Elsevier, New York.
                      characteristic of background conditions or areas          [phytoplankton; abundancel
                      only slightly affected by wastewater discharges. At          The quantities of chlorophyll a, including
                      the reference site in Santa Monica Bay there were         pheopigmcnts, in the brackish water of Sumida
                      no significant changes in species richness,               River were measured at a fixed station near the
                      biomass, or density between 1980 and 1983, and            laboratory at least once in ten days from January
                      the brittlestar Amphiodia urtica remained the             1976 to December 1986. Values higher than 30
                      dominant species. Sediment contamination by most          ug/I were obtained mainly from the middle of April
                      measured chemicals and parameters of organic              to the 'end of September, and in February and
                      enrichment decreased on the Palos Verdes Shelf, but       October in some years. The highest value was 356
                      not at the reference station, between 1980 and            ug/l at the end of July 1977. The main growth
                      1983. Sediments collected within 3 km of the              areas of plankton were in Tokyo Harbour.
                      outfalls in 1980 were acutely toxic to the                Populations were swept to the sampling station by
                      phoxocephalid amphipod Rhepooxynnius abronius.            tidal currents.
                      There was no significant toxicity associated with
                      any sediment from the shelf in 1983. These                Tamminen, T. (1982) Effects of ammonium
                      ecological changes correspond with the reduction in       effluents       o n    planktonic         primary
                      the mass emission of BOD and chemical                     production and decomposition in a
                      contaminants from the LACSD outfalls between              coastal brackish water environment. 1.
                      1980 and 1983. Severe storms in the winter of             Nutrient balance of the water body and
                      1982-1983 may also have contributed to                    effluent tests. Netherlands Journal of Sea
                      improvements in sediment quality and the partial          Research 15:455-464.
                      recovery of the macrobenthos.                             fammonia; primary production; decomposition;
                                                                                nutrients; archipelago; Baltic; effluent}
                      Takahashi, M. and N. Fukazawa (1982) A                    No abstract
                      mechanism of "Red-Tide" formation. 11.
                      Effect of selective nutrient stimulation                  Tamminen,    T. (1982) Effects of ammonium
                      on the growth of different phytoplankton                  effluents       on     planktonic - primary







                                                                                                                                 101
                       production and decomposition in a                            of enclosed (220 1) planktonic communities were
                       coastal brackish water environment. 11.                      examined during a 12-day 32 factorial experiment
                       Interrelations between abiotic and biotic                    on the southern coast of Finland, in early August,
                       components of the planktonic ecosystem.                      at the commencement of the annual blue-green
                       Netherlands Journal of Sea Research 15:349-361.              algal bloom in the area. Particulate and excreted
                       fammonia; phosphate; effluent; phytoplankton;                primary productivity, heterotrophic activity (3H-
                       primary production; decomposition; nutrients;                glucose turnover rate), 33                      14C
                       archipelago; Baltic; abioticl                                                           P04 assimilation,         -
                       No abstract                                                  methylamine (ammonium analogue) assimilation
                                                                                    and chlorophyll a were measured on four dates
                       Tamminen,    T. (1984) Ammonium effluent                     (activity parameters in >3 um and <3 um size
                       tests      with        phytoplankton             and         fractions). Nitrogen fixation (acetylene reduction
                       bacterioplankton communities and with a                      method) was measured at the end of the experiment.
                       test alga. Ecological Bulletins 36:120-124.                  Phytoplankton responded rapidly to the nutrient
                       (ammonia; phytoplankton; bacterioplankton;                   addition, with up to a 3-fold increase of chlorophyll
                       primary production; effluent)                                a on the first date, when the single effect of
                          Stimulative and toxic effects of industrial               ammonium was the most significant. Ammonium
                       effluents containing high concentrations of                  was the main limiting nutrient for phytoplankton
                       ammonium were assayed in natural brackish water              production during the experiment, but also
                       communities          of    phytoplankton          and        significant phosphate effects and combined effects
                       bacterioplankton and with laboratory cultures of a           of ammonium and phosphate were observed.
                       test alga (Chlorella sp.). Acute effluent effects on         Nitrogen-fixing blue-green algae were only
                       planktonic communities were measured with short-             phosphate-limited. The interaction of nitrogen and
                       term primary productivity and heterotrophic activity         phosphorus cycles in the regulation of primary
                       assays. Effects on Chlorella were determined as              productivity demonstrates that the concept of the
                       biomass increase during 14 d.                                limiting nutrient cannot be rigorously applied at
                        Activity of bacterioplankton was inhibited by the           the community level. Hetertrophic activity was
                       lowest effluent additions (corresponding                     stimulated by both nutrients, and the results
                       approximately to 100 ug NH4-N 1-1).                          emphasized the functional role of <3 um
                                                                                    picoplankton in both nutrient and carbon cycles.
                       Phytoplankton was stimulated over a wide range of            Mean percentages of the total particulate
                       effluent additions (5 to 1000 ug NH4-N 1-1), and             assimilation were 44% (C02), 69% (P04) and 68%
                       toxicity was observed with effluent additions over           (methylamine) in the < 3um fraction during the
                       1000 ug NH4-N 1-1. Chlorella showed the largest              experiment (n=45-54). The result suggest that
                       stimulation (up to 1000% of the control), and                bacterioplankton would directly affect primary
                       inhibition occurred only with the highest effluent           production through competition for inorganic
                       additions (over 6000 ug NH4-N 1- 1). The different           nutrients.
                       responses of these organisms to effluent additions           Tamminen, T. (1990) Eutrophication-and the
                       are discussed with regard to applying effluent tests         Baltic Sea: Studies on phytoplankton,
                       to environmental monitoring and research. A                  bacterioplankton, and pelagic nutrient
                       coupling of test results and field data is considered        cycles. Dissertation for Ph.D., University of
                       to be a special advantage if the pollutant under             Helsinki.
                       study is significant in the cycles of matter in the          [Baltic; phytoplankton; bacterioplankton;
                       environment.                                                 nutrients; cycles; bloom; nitrogen; phosphorus;
                       Tamminen, T., S. Kaitala, K. Kivi, and J.                    Finland)
                       Kuparinen (1985) Response of a planktonic                     Planktonic processes were studied at the SW coast
                       brackish water community to single and                       of Finland, the Baltic Sea, in order to examine
                       combined additions of ammonium and                           causal connections relevant to eutrophication in the
                       phosphate       in     a factorial        mesocosm           ecosystem. The annual pattern of nutrient
                       experiment.            In: J. S. Gray and M. E.              limitation was investigated by means of
                       Christiansen (ed.) Marine Biology of Polar Regions           experiments on several system levels, and by
                       and Effects of Stress on Marine Organisms. John              analyzing in situ nutrient ratios. Nitrogen was
                       Weily & Son Ltd., New York.                                  shown to be the basic limiting nutrient throughout
                       jammonia; phosphate; mesocosm; Finland;                      the growth seasons, and colimitation by
                       phytoplankton; primary productivity; model)                  phosphorus occurred in early summer.
                          Effects of single and combined addition of                  The shift from new production of the spring
                                                                                    bloom to regenerated production of the summer
                       ammonium (38 and 75 mg N m-3) and phosphate                  season was studied in terms of nitrogenous
                       (10 and 20 mg p -3) on the structure and function            nutrition. Clear preference succession from nitrate








                        102

                        to ammonium was demonstrated, but nutrient
                        availability overruled inherent preferences in               Thompson, G. B. and J. Ho (1981) Some
                        nutrient assimilation. During regenerated                    effects      of    sewage       discharge         upon
                        production, utilization of organic nutrients was             phytoplankton in Hong Kong. Marine
                        (organic N) uptake, while bacterial regeneration of          Pollution Bulletin 12:168-173.
                        organic P provided an important P sources also for           [sewage; phytoplankton; abundance; assemblage;
                        phytoplankton.                                               diversity; Hong Kong)
                        Research strategies for the dynamically fluctuating            The coastal waters of Hong Kong constitute a
                        pelagic environment were outlined with special               transition from estuarine conditions in the west to
                        emphasis on the interrelation between fluctuations           more oceanic conditions in the east, with a major
                        in the physical environment and within the                   discharge of untreated sewage located at the mid-
                        planktonic food web at different time scales.                point. Chlorophyll a was determined and net
                        Continuous interaction between experimental food             phytoplankton was sampled at 45 stations
                        web fluctuations, and system modelling appears               throughout this transition. Over a period of 20
                        inevitable in order to understand nutrient cycle             months, Chlorophyll a values rarely exceeded 2 ug
                        phenomena in the special conditions of the Baltic            1-1 in unpolluted coastal waters. Estuarine waters
                        Sea.                                                         generally contained 2-6 ug 1-1 and, in waters
                          Nitrogen discharge was shown to promote                    influenced by sewage discharge, values sometimes
                        eutrophication in the Baltic Sea. Effective reduction        exceeded 20 ug V 1. There was no evidence of a
                        of nitrogen loading is therefore of vital importance.        reduction in taxonomic diversity in polluted areas
                        Taslakian, M. J. and J. T. Hardy (1976) Sewage               except in summer, when the net phytoplankton was
                        nutrient enrichment and phytoplankton                        dominated by Chaetoceros spp. In the autumn and
                        ecology     along     the     central     coast      of      early winter, Skeletonenia costatum was abundant
                        Lebanon. Marine Biology 38:315-325.                          in the central polluted areas.
                        Isewage; phytoplankton; Lebanon; nutrients;                  Tolmazin, D. (1995)           Changing         coastal
                        abundance; diversity; dominance; blue-green algae;           oceanography          of the      Baltic     Sea.      1.
                        dinoflagellates; diatom; indicator)                          Northwestern              Shelf. Progress             in
                          The abundance and taxonomic diversity of                   Oceanography 15:217-276.
                        phytoplankton has been studied in relation to                [Black Sea; environment; nutrient; nitrogen;
                        sewage pollution (proximity to outfalls) south of            oxygen; hypoxia; anoxia; mortality; benthos)
                        Beirut, Lebanon. Surface-water samples were                     This article describes the hydrography of the
                        collected from a series of beach stations extending          Northwestern Shelf (NWS), of the Black Sea
                        from the American University of Beirut to 20 km              emphasizing the changes induced by water
                        south from June, 1973 to July, 1974. Samples                 management in the Dnieper and Dniester river
                        were preserved, concentrated by settling, and the            basins. The existing literature and previously
                        concentration of each taxon of phytoplankton                 unpublished data have been reviewed and
                        enumerated in an inverted microscope. Water                  synthesized to describe water property fields and
                        samples from the vicinity of two major sewer                 transport mechanisms of NWS and the Dnieper and
                        outfalls (Carton and Khalde sewers) showed very              Dniester estuaries before the early 1960s, or the so-
                        high concentrations of NH4+, N02-, N03- and                  called precontrol period, when the effect of artificial
                               3
                        P04-    , a greater total concentration of                   river flow control upon the coastal waters was
                        phytoplankton, and a lower taxonomic diversity               insignificant.
                        than samples remote from outfalls. A considerable               After the hydroenergy complexes and water
                        variation in the occurrence of species and                   withdrawal and disposal systems on the river
                        dominance occurred along the pollution gradient.             became fully operational in the early 1970s (the so-
                        Blue-green algae and dinoflagellates were dominant           called postcontrol period), the annual river discharge
                        in polluted waters, while diatoms dominated in               from the Dnieper and Dniester rivers had noticeably
                        cleaner water away from major sewage outflow.                decreased and seasonal river flow patterns had been
                        From the dominance and relative distribution of the          artificially modified. Instead of a powerful and short
                        taxa along the pollution gradient, certain taxa              early spring flood, typical for the natural conditions
                        (Oscillatoria spp., Spirulina spp., Phormidium               in the Dnieper river, the hydrographs in the post
                        spp., Synechococcus custos and S. elongatus,                 control period exhibit two smaller peaks of river
                        Gymnodinium spp., and Prorocentrum spp.)                     discharge of much longer period. One of them
                        emerge as indicator species of pollution. These              (winter-early spring) is caused by intense
                        changes correspond to a typical degradation of a             hydroenergy generation and weir discharge through
                        complex community to a less mature state by the              the cascade of storage reservoirs. Another is
                        inflow of nutrient-rich sewage (eutrophication)              associated with the spring flood, modified by
                        along a coastal region about 10 kin long.                    intense water consumption and storage in this
                                                                                     period. High average river discharge in late May-








                                                                                                                                      103
                       early June strengthened the summer pycnocline                  artificial substrate along a eutrophication
                       which inhibits vertical mixing in the estuaries and            gradient, Barbados, West Indies. Marine
                       coastal waters. Owing to a slow summer                         Ecology Progress Series 77:261-269.
                       circulation, the rate of natural purification of the           1corals; Barbados; settlement; reef)
                       entire coastal system has been reduced. This                     Artificial substrate settlement plates (terracotta
                       coupled with the increased nutrient, organic and               tiles) were set out on 3 fringing reefs for a period of
                       pollutant transports, decreased the dissolved-oxygen           12 mo to study settlement patterns of juvenile
                       concentration and led to anoxic events and mass                scleractinian corals along a eutrophication gradient
                       mortalities of marine organisms in the previously              on the west coast of Barbados, W.I. A total of 716
                       productive regions. These effects have primarily               coral planulae settled on 120 experimental plates
                       plagued the benthic communities along the entire               after 12 mo of exposure. Statistically higher
                       western coast of the NWS since 1973.                           (p<0.05) average number of juvenile corals per
                         Winter convective overturn in the Black Sea                  plate (X = 9.2+- 3.3; N = 40) was recorded on a
                       reaches its maximum depth at the southern                      less eutrophic reef compared to 2 more eutrophic
                       boundary of the NWS. Thus, the NWS waters                      reefs (X = 6.9 +- 3. 1; N = 40 and X = 1.9 +- 1.3;
                       descend beneath the seasonal and main thermoclines             N = 40). Differences in juvenile coral settlement
                       in the open sea and are spread by the prevailing               between reef zones, within each reef, were
                       currents across the entire sea in the cold                     dependent on the reef s position along the
                       intermediate layer (CIL). By the dynamic                       eutrophication gradient. Statistically higher number
                       mechanism the projected man-made modifications                 of coral planulae (X = 7.2 +- 4.5; N = 60)
                       in the riverine-estuarine systems of the NWS will              successfully settled on vertical plates compared to
                       affect and change the large-scale thermocline                  horizontal plates (X = 4.8 +- 3.3; N = 60). Coral
                       structure and marine life of the Black Sea.                    planulae did not settle on upper surfaces of
                                                                                      horizontal plates. In terms of relative abundance,
                       Tomascik, T. (1990) Growth rates of two                        the most common coral species in the juvenile
                       morphotypes of            Montastrea annularis                 population on the experimental plates were Poritea
                       along       a    eutrophication             gradient,          asteroides Lamarck which accounted for 42% of the
                       Barbados, W.I. Marine Pollution Bulletin                       settled planulae, followed by Agaricia spp. (23%);
                       21:376-381.                                                    and P. asteroides (Pallas) (19%). Juveniles of
                       1coral; Barbados; growth rate; reef; growth form;              Montastrea annularis (Ellis & Solander),
                       morphotype)                                                    Siderastrea spp. and Diploria spp., while present at
                          Growth rates (skeletal linear extension) of                 2 northern reefs, were absent from the most
                       columnar and lobatc morphotypes of the reef-                   eutrophic reef.
                       building coral Montastrea annularis were compared
                       within and among seven fringing reefs along a                  Tomascik, T. and F. Sander (1985) Effects of
                       previously described eutrophication gradient on the            eutrophication on reef-building corals. 1.
                       west coast of Barbados using X-ray radiography.                Growth rate of the reef-building coral
                       Both morphotypes of M. annularis exhibit similar               Montastrea        annularis. Marine Biology
                       patterns of increasing average growth rates with               87:143-155.
                       improving environmental conditions. However, the               (coral; reef; growth; zooxanthellae; SPM}
                       average growth rates of the columnar morphotype                 Fourteen environmental variables were monitored
                       are statistically higher (P<0.001) on all reefs in the         at seven locations along the west coast of Barbados
                       study, when compared to the lobate morphotype. It              on a weekly basis over a one-year period, 1981 to
                       is suggested that while environmental conditions               1982. The physicochemical and biological data
                       exert a measurable effect on the growth rates of               indicate that an environmental gradient exists as a
                       both morphotypes, the differences in the average               result of increased eutrophication of coastal waters.
                       growth rates between the two growth forms, under               Growth rates (linear extension) of Montastrea
                       similar environmental conditions, may be related               annularis (Ellis and Solander), measured along the
                       to genetic conditions.                                         environmental gradient, exhibit high correlation
                          Index master chronologies computed for a                    with a number of water quality variables.
                       columnar morphotype of M. annularis indicate a                 Concentration of suspended particulate matter is the
                       general pattern of decreasing growth rates within              best univariate estimator of M. annularis skeletal
                       the past 30 yr at each of the seven fringing reefs. It         extension rates (r2 = 0.79, P<0.0001). The results
                       is postulated that this general pattern of decreasing          suggest that suspended particulate matter may be an
                       growth rates may be directly related to the                    energy source for reef corals, increasing growth up
                       deterioration of water quality along the west coast            to a certain maximum concentration. After this,
                       of the island.                                                 reduction of growth occurs due to smothering,
                                                                                      reduced light levels and reduced zooxanthellae
                       Tomascik, T. (1991) Settlement patterns of                     photosynthesis.
                       Caribbean          scleractinian         corals       on







                        104

                        Tomascik, T. and F. Sander (1987) Effects of                  Barbados, West Indies. The data suggest that P.
                        eutrophication on reef-building corals. 11.                   porites is a gonochoric species with a brooding
                        Structure         of     scleractinian           coral        mode of reproduction, but a low incidence (2.7%)
                        communities on fringing reefs, Barbados,                      of hermaphroditism was detected in a population
                        West Indies. Marine Biology 94:53-75.                         sampled from a reef subjected to urban and
                        [corals; community; reef; species composition;                industrial pollution. Gonadal development occurs
                        zonation; diversity; sedimentation}                           within the mesenteries between the retractor
                         Seven fringing reef complexes were chosen along              muscles and the mesenterial filaments.
                        the leeward coast (west) of Barbados to study the             Gametogenesis occurs during nine to ten months of
                        effects of eutrophication processes upon the                  the year, with the peak reproductive activity
                        scleractinian coral assemblages. The structure of             occurring predominantly in the fall and winter
                        scleractinian coral communities was studied along a           (November to January). Gametogenesis was
                        eutrophication gradient with a quantitative                   therefore loosely synchronized between colonies-,
                        sampling method (line transect) in terms of species           however, gonad in all stages of development were
                        composition, zonation and diversity patterns. On              present within colonies throughout the reproductive
                        the basis of these data the fringing reefs were               season. The reproductive season of two P. porites
                        divided into three ecological zones: back reef, reef          populations sampled from two polluted reefs began
                        flat, and spur and groove. Statistically discernible          one to two months earlier than that of a P. porites
                        and biologically significant differences in                   population sampled from a less polluted reef. The
                        scleractinian coral community structure, benthic              simultaneous presence of ova and larvae within a
                        algal cover and Diadema antillarum Philippi                   colony between November and April suggests that
                        densities were recorded among the seven fringing              larvae may be released repeatedly during an extended
                        reefs. High correlations between environmental                breeding season. No correlation was found between
                        variables and biotic patterns indicate that the effects       the average number of gonads and polyp size.
                        of eutrophication processes (nutrient enrichment,             However, the gonad index (average number of
                        sedimentation, turbidity, toxicity and bacterial              gonads based on the sum of male and female
                        activity) were directly and/or indirectly affecting the       gonads) showed an inverse relationship with a
                        community structure of scleractinian coral                    number of environmental variables. It is suggested
                        assemblages. In general, species diversity was most           that zooxanthellae photosynthesis through reduced
                        sensitive in delineating among-reef, and among-               light levels may significantly lower the energy
                        zone, differences, which were attributed to                   available from photosynthates to the maturing ova
                        intensification of eutrophication processes. Porites          and/or embryos, thus depressing larval development
                        asteroides Lamarck, P. porites (Pallas), Siderastrea          and maturation. Coral colonies samples from two
                        radians (Pallas), and Agaricia agaricites (Linnaeus)          polluted reefs contained lower numbers of larvae
                        were the most abundant coral species in the                   than colonies sampled from a less polluted reef.
                        polluted southern reefs. The absence and/or low               The 2:1 sex ratio observed in a P. porites
                        abundance of coral species previously characterized           population sampled from a polluted reef may result
                        as well adapted to high turbidity and sedimentation           from rapid asexual reproduction (fragmentation),
                        [i.e. Montastrea cavernosa Linnaeus, Meandrina                indicating that the mode of reproduction may be
                        meandirtes (Linnaeus)] indicate that eutrophication           influenced by environmental conditions.
                        processes may adversely affect these species. It is
                        suggested that sediment rejection abilities,                  Topping, G. (1976)           Sewage and the sea.
                        combined with feeding and reproductive strategies,            In: R. Johnston (ed.) Marine Pollution. Academic
                        are the primary biological processes of scleractinian         Press, London, England.
                        corals through which eutrophication processes                 [sewage; nutrients; benthos; review; oxygen;
                        directly and/or indirectly affect the structure of coral      phytoplankton}
                        communities.                                                  No abstract


                        Tomascik, T. and F. Sander (1987) Effects of                  Tracey, G. A. (1988)                  Effects         of
                        eutrophication on reef-building corals.                       eutrophication             on      growth           and
                        111. Reproduction of the reef-building                        bioenergetics         of the        blue       mussel,
                        coral Porites porites. Marine Biology 94:77-                  Mytilus edulis. Dissertation for Ph.D.,
                        94.                                                           University of Rhode Island.
                        freef; corals; reproduction; larval development;              Imussel; growth; energetics; physiology; toxicity;
                        maturation; zooxanthellae; gonad index)                       Narragansett Bay; MERL; sewage; phytoplankton;
                          The sexual reproduction of Porites porites                  foodl
                        (Pallas), a shallow water hermatype coral, was                Eutrophication may be an important environmental
                        studied over a one-year period (June, 1982 to June            problems in marine water receiving excess
                        1983) on three fringing reef complexes lying along            inorganic or organic nutrients from urban or
                        an eutrophication gradient on the west coast of               agricultural activity. Nutrient-induced changes may








                                                                                                                                    105
                       include both altered nutritional and toxicological             various levels of organic matter to examine the
                       environments. Shifts in food quality may occur by              relationship between level of sediment organic
                       the mixture of sewage sludge with natural                      matter and growth of individuals. Growth was
                       particulates of shifts in phytoplankton species                independent of absolute levels of sediment organic
                       composition to food organisms of lower nutritional             matter, but was significantly correlated with
                       value. In addition, the toxicity of environmental              increases in the levels of sediment organic matter
                       conditionsmay be adjusted by environmental                     on addition of algal powder to the sediment. These
                       conditions created by eutrophication. These aspects            results indicate that Capitalla species predominating
                       of eutrophication were examined in this research.              in organically enriched areas have a physiological
                         Growth and bioenergetics of the blue mussel,                 requirement for organic materials discharged from
                       Mytilus edulis, was used to indicate ecosystem                 sources of organic enrichment, e.g. abundant
                       alteration caused by eutrophication. Bioenergetics             growth of algae, fish farming, industrial effluent,
                       measurements included the physiological responses              sewage, if they are to grow normally. Although
                       of clearance rate, assimilation efficiency, respiration        association of some Capitella species with
                       rate and ammonia excretion. Apparatus used in the              sediment organic enrichment has previously been
                       development of the research included the use of                recognized as a reflection of their opportunistic
                       experimental marine ecosystems (mesocosms).                    characteristics, a physiological requirement for
                       Mesocosms were amended daily with varying                      organic materials discharged from sources of
                       amounts and sources of nutrients, and mussels were             organic enrichment may be the single factor most
                       exposed to the mesocosm waters. Additional                     responsible for the concentration of Capitalla
                       research involved examination of effects on mussels            species in organically enriched areas. However, it is
                       caused by a dense algal bloom in Narragansett Bay.             unlikely that they can directly ingest and assimilate
                       A portion of one study involved documentation of               such organic materials. Since the additional organic
                       mortality in mussels along a transect in                       materials are easily decomposed in the sediment,
                       Narragansett Bay.                                              Capitella species may require either (1) some
                         Mussels are sensitive to copper and toxicity is              specific microorganisms, the levels of which
                       strongly dependent upon environmental conditions               increase with levels of the organic materials, or (2)
                       characteristic of a particular eutrophic state. Factors        certain substance(s) produced during decomposition
                       which influence the eutrophication-toxicity                    of the organic materials.
                       relationship include the rate of biological removal
                       of Cu from the water column and the partitioning               Tsutsumi, H., T. Kikuchi, M. Tanaka, K. Imasaka,
                       of Cu between dissolved and particulate phases.                and M. Miyazaki (1991)           Benthic faunal
                       Sewage sludge does not serve as a potential food               succession in a cove organically polluted
                       resource for mussels, and acts to dilute out                   by fish farming. Marine Pollution Bulletin
                       available food. Food availability appears largely              23:233-238.
                       dependent upon plant biomass as indicated by                   (benthic; fauna; succession; abundance;
                       chlorophyll a concentration. Mussels may be                    community)
                       extremely sensitive to shifts in phytoplankton                  In the past two decades, fish farming using net
                       species composition, especially during the                     cages has developed in the coastal water throughout
                       reproductive phase of the species. A picoplanktonic            Japan. Such fish farming has allowed the
                       algal bloom caused reduced feeding in mussels                  production of large amounts of valuable fish and
                       when present in sufficient densities.                          their supply to the markets in major cities on a
                           The results of the research indicate that                  regular basis. However, fish farming is often
                       eutrophication may profoundly effect the growth                followed by serious organic pollution of the water
                       and physiological responses of mussels.                        and bottom sediments in the vicinity of the cages
                       Mechanisms of effects include alteration of food               since approximately 90% of the food for the fishes
                       quality and modification of pollutant availability.            results in organic discharge to the environment
                       Of all physiological measurements, clearance rates             around the fish farm. Organic pollution of soft
                       were generally most sensitive.                                 bottom sediment is apt to be accompanied by the
                                                                                      development of reducing conditions in the sediment
                       Tsutsumi, H., S. Fukunaga,        N. Fujita, and M.            and deoxidization of the bottom water, as a results
                       Sumida (1990)          Relationship           between          of the decomposition of abundant organic matter.
                       growth of Capitella sp. and organic                            The benthic communities in the organically
                       enrichment of the sediment. Marine                             polluted areas are subjected to catastrophic
                       Ecology Progress Series 63:157-162.                            environmental disturbances. We have assessed the
                       (Capitella; sediments; organic matter; growth;                 environmental conditions and abundance of benthic
                       algae; opportunistic}                                          communities in a specific cove since 1966. The
                         Laboratory colonies of Capitella sp., which is               results of the present study clearly show the
                       found densely distributed in organically enriched or           dramatic changes in fauna and the reduction in the
                       polluted areas, were cultured in sediments with                abundance of members of the benthic communities








                      106

                      in the cove that have accompanied the progress of            growth and effects on production of
                      the organic pollution associated with fish farming.          plants      and     associated        communities.
                                                                                   Marine Ecology Progress Series 23:179-191.
                      Tubbs, C. R. and            J. M. Tubbs (1983)               (submerged plants; community; growth; estuary;
                      Macroalgal mats in Langstone Harbour,                        nutrients; estuarine ponds; epiphytes; biomass;
                      Hampshire, England. Marine Pollution                         light; mechanism)
                      Bulletin 14:148-149.                                           Eight experimental ponds containing submerged
                      (green algae; seaweeds; sewage; birdl                        vascular plants (predominantly Potamogeton
                         The spread of green algae over        mudflats in         per
                                                                                      fibliatus and Ruppia maritima) were subjected in
                      Langstone Harbour has been caused        by increased        duplicate to 4 levels (including controls) of
                      discharges   of both treated and untreated sewage            fertilization from June to August 1981. Seston and
                      effluent. The decline in some species of estuarine           phytoplankton chlorophyll a increased with
                      birds may be a secondary effect of the blanketing of         fertilization, and pronounced algal blooms were
                      the muds by algae, but Soulsby et al., 1982                  evident under high dosage. Of the total seston,
                      concluded that the evidence for a causal link was            phytoplankton exerted the greatest influence on
                      inconclusive. This note examines the points they             attenuation of photosynthetically active radiation
                      put forward in support of this.                              (PAR), such that there was insufficient light for
                                                                                   submerged vasculat plant growth at the sediment
                      Turner, R. E. and         N. N. Rabalais (1991)              surface during blooms. An extensive epiphytic
                      Changes in Mississippi River water                           community developed on plants in all nutrient-
                      quality in this century. BioScience 41:140-                  treated ponds at densities similar to those observed
                      147.                                                         in nature on senescent plants. At high nutrient
                      Inutrients, nutrient ratios)                                 treatments the accumulation of epiphytic material
                      No abstract                                                  resulted in >80% attenuation of the incident
                                                                                   radiation at the leaf surface. Biomass-of submerged
                      Turner, R. E.      and    N. N. Rabalais (1994)              macrophytes decreased significantly under high and
                      Coastal        eutrophication           near ' the           medium nutrient treatments compared to control
                      Mississippi River delta. Nature 368:619-                     and low treatments within 60d following initial
                      621.                                                         fertilization. Apparent production of vascular plants
                      (nutrientsl                                                  (based on oxygen production and 14C-bicarbonate
                       Changes in delivery of river-borne nutrients such           uptake) was reduced at the higher nutrient
                      as dissolved phosphate, nitrate and silicate, owing          treatments for both R. maritinta and P. perfoliatus.
                      to land-use changes and anthropogenic emissions,             Most of this reduction in macrophyte
                      are known to result in eutrophication-enhanced               photosynthesis could be explained by attenuation of
                      phytoplankton blooms-and more severe hypoxic                 PAR associated with epiphytic material. However,
                      events in many enclosed bays and seas. Although              without PAR attenuance in the overlying water,
                      similar ecological effects might be expected on              observed levels of epiphytic growth would be
                      continental shelves, the occurrence of such                  insufficient to reduce light below compensation
                      eutrophication has been unresolved. Here we                  levels needed to sustain vascular plant growth. At
                      present evidence of eutrophication of the                    the high fertilization rates, integrated primary
                      continental shelf near the outflow of the                    production of pond communities was significantly
                      Mississippi River, obtained by quantifying                   reduced with the loss of vascular plants, even
                      biologically bound silica (BSi) in diatom remnants           though phytoplankton and epiphytic growth were
                      within dated sediment cores. BSi accumulation rates          enhanced.
                      are greatest in water depths of 20 to 50 in within
                      100 kin of the river mouth, and have increased by            Tyson, R. V. and T. H. Pearson (ed.) (1991)
                      as much as 100% this century. The increases were             Modern and Ancient Continental Shelf
                      substantial by 1980, by which time riverine                  Anoxia. Special Publication No. 58 of
                      nitrogen loading had doubled relative to the                 The Geological Society.             The Geolocical
                      beginning of the century, even though silica                 Society, London.
                      loading had declined by 50% over the same period,            No abstract
                      Thus changes in river-borne nutrient loadings can
                      modify coastal coastal food webs and affect the              Ursin, E. and K. P. Andersen (1978) A model
                      amount and distribution of oxygen in bottom water            of      the       biological         effects         of
                      on the scale of continental shelves.                         eutrophication in the North Sea. Rappots
                                                                                   et Proc&-verbaux des Wunions
                      Twilley, R.R., W. M. Kemp, K. W. Staver, J. C.               Counseil International pour LExploration de la
                      Stevenson, and W. R. Boynton (1985) Nutrient                 Mer 172:366-377.
                      enrichment        of    estuarine       submerged            (model; North Sea; nutrients; yield; fish)
                      vascular plant communities. 1. Algal








                                                                                                                                    107
                         In a model of the pathways of phosphorus                       Large amounts of organic waste-water are
                       through the North Sea ecosystem, first, a steady               discharged into the Ems-Dollard estuary, mainly in
                       supply of nutrients from rivers etc. was simulated,            autumn and early winter. In November 1975 and
                       and next, an increasing supply. With apparently                June 1975 a number of samples were taken from
                       realistic data for water exchange and nutrient supply          the sediment of the tidal flats and analyzed for
                       the model predicted a slight increase in the yield of          bacterial numbers, organic carbon and mud content.
                       fish, far from sufficient to describe the observed             Cores were taken to quantify macro- and meiofauna.
                       yield increase over the period 1960-1970.                      Oxygen saturation was measured in the water
                                                                                      column over the sediment.
                       Valente, R. M., D. C. Rhoads, J. D. Germano, and               In November the oxygen saturation was less than
                       V. J. Cabelli (1992) Mapping of benthic                        20% in a considerable part of the Dollard. It is not
                       enrichment patterns in Narragansett Bay,                       clear to what extent the inward increase in organic
                       Rhode Island. Estuaries 15:4-17.                               matter content of the sediment was influenced by
                       (sediments; redox potential; remote sensing;                   the waste-water discharge.
                       benthos; methods; stage; infauna; assemblage;                   The correlation between the viable counts of
                       bacteria; habitat; review; Narragansett Bayl                   aerobic heterotrophic bacteria and the organic matter
                        A synoptic reconnaissance survey was performed                content, as observed in the other parts of the
                       over a five-day period in August 1988 to assess                estuary, was absent in the most polluted part of the
                       benthic habitat quality throughout Narragansett                Dollard. However, the differences between the
                       Bay, Rhode Island, using REMOTSO analysis                      numbers counted in November and June were not
                       sediment-profile photography and analysis in                   significant in that area.
                       combination with measurements of the levels of                 Numbers of sulphate-reducing bacteria decreased
                       Clostridium perfringens spores (a fecal indicator) in          sharply between November and June, indicating a
                       sediments. Three main areas of degraded benthic                dependency on the waste-water discharges. Numbers
                       habitat quality related to either excessive organic            of sulphide-oxidizing bacteria decreased in summer
                       enrichment or physical disturbance were identified             concomitantly with the sulphate-reducing bacteria.
                       based solely on the REMOTSO analysis: the                      These data suggest that, in contrast to the other
                       Providence River Reach, Greenwich Bay and its                  parts of the estuary, in the Dollard obligate
                       associated coves and harbors, and an area located              autotrophs play a predominant part in the
                                                                                      populations of sulphide-oxidizing bacteria during
                       along the southwest side of Prudence Island.                   the time of high waste discharges.
                       Sediments at many stations in these areas exhibited            Population diversities of meio- and macrofauna of
                       shallow apparent redox-potential discontinuity                 the tidal flats were strongly decreased in the vicinity
                       (RPD) depths, high apparent oxygen demand, and                 of the outfall. Total biomass of macrofauna
                       low-order benthic successional stages. Elevated
                       Clostridium perfringens spore counts in surface                decreased to zero, whereas meiofauna biomass
                       sediments were attributed to inputs from wastewater            significantly increased. Some possible explanations
                       treatment facilities. The highest spore counts                 for the effects on the benthic fauna are given.
                       occurred at the head of the bay, where wastewater              Veer, H. W. v. d. (1989) Eutrophication and
                       treatment discharges and associated combined sewer             mussel culture in the western Dutch
                       overflows are numerous. Using data from the
                                                                                      Wadden Sea: Impact on . the benthic
                       REMOTSO analysis and the sediment inventory of                 ecosystem; A hypothesis. Helgolander
                       C. perfringens spores a distinction was made                   Meeresuntersuchungen 43:517-527.
                       between organic enrichment of the bottom from                  Imussel; Dutch Wadden Sea; benthos; nutrient;
                       sewage, versus nonsewage enrichment or physical                macrofauna; biomass)
                       disturbance. The combination of techniques                      Since 1950, two large-scale changed have taken
                       employed in this investigation could be used to                place in the western Dutch Wadden Sea, namely the
                       design more efficient monitoring to assess                     eutrophication of the area and introduction of an
                       eutrophication effects in estuaries and determine the          extensive mussel culture. Although eutrophication
                       effectiveness of regulatory or management                      in the fresh waters started already around 1950,
                       initiatives to reduce organic overenrichment of                nutrient concentrations in the western Wadden Sea
                       benthic habitats.                                              remained fairly constant until about 1970, due to
                       Van Es, F. B., V. A. M.A., L. A. Bouwman, and                  the retention of nutrients in Lake Ussel, the main
                       H. G. J. Schr6der (1980) Influence of organic                  source. From 1970-1980 concentrations increased
                                                                                      strongly, and during the last years the situation has
                       pollution on bacterial, macrobenthic and                       stabilized. Mussel culture was introduced in 1950
                       meiobenthic populations in intertidal                          and expanded during the next decade to an area of 70
                       flats of the Dollard. Netherlands Journal of                   km2, all situated in the sublittoral area. From 1960
                       Sea Research 14:288-304.                                       the area of mussel culture remained about constant
                       (oxygen; bacteria; benthos; biomass; diversity;                with fluctuating yields of between 35 and 120
                       Ems estuary; tidal flat; macrofauna; meiofaunal







                         108

                         millions of kg fresh weight. Due to a lack of data             sediments in the Northern Adriatic Sea, in the area
                         for the period until 1970 the impact of                        of Rovinj (Yugoslavia), was investigated,
                         eutrophication and mussel culture on the                       comparing meiofaunal density at the stations which
                         ecosystem, cannot be assessed. From 1970 onwards               are under direct influence of sewage and the stations
                         an increased biomass and production of the                     which are far from the source of pollution. It is
                         macrofauna in the intertidal zone has been observed,           concluded that raw domestic sewage does not have a
                         which is attributed to eutrophication. The                     negative influence on the density and distribution of
                         hypothesis is postulated that the introduction of              meiofauna, but Parker's index of pollution indicates
                         mussel culture between 1950 and 1960 has resulted              that meiofauna at these stations were under stress.
                         in an increased food competition in the area, leading
                         to a decreased stock of the macrofauna in the                  Vogt, H. and              W. Schramm (1991)
                         intertidal. Eutrophication from about 1970 onwards             Conspicuous decline of Fucus in Kiel
                         has improved the food conditions and as a result               Bay (Western Baltic): What are the
                         both in macrofauna in the intertidal and the mussel            causes? Marine Ecology Progress Series 69:189-
                         in the sublittoral area would have increased in                194.
                         biomass, allowing higher maximum yields of the                 (seaweeds; Baltic; Fucus; model; biomass)
                         mussel culture. The importance of monitoring                     In the framework of investigations on possible
                         programs is stressed to follow these trends in the             effects of eutrophication on the macrophytobenthos
                         near future and to check the above hypothesis in               in Kiel Bay (Western Baltic), a large-scale survey of
                         areas where it is decided to introduce or intensify            the distribution and occurrence of the genus Fucus
                         mussel culture.                                                was carried out in 1987/88. For large-scale
                                                                                        quantitative mapping, underwater television was
                         Veer, H. W. v. d., W. v. Raaphorst, and M. J. N.               employed or direct observations from the water
                         Bergman (1989)          Eutrophication of the                  surface were made. Species composition and
                         Dutch Wadden Sea: External nutrient                            quantitative biomass data were obtained by dredging
                         loadings of the Marsdiep and Vliestroom                        and SCUBA-diving. Comparison with the results
                         basin. Helgolander Meeresuntersuchungen                        of earlier investigations revealed a drastic decline in
                         43:501-515.                                                    Fucus biomass from between 40 000 and 45 000 t
                         jDutch Wadden Sea; nutrients; nitrogen;                        wet wt down to only 2400 t wet wt in 1987/88,
                         phosphorus)                                                    which means a decrease by 94 to 95 %. Whereas
                          The increasing P and N content in the two main                Fucus vesiculosus as well as F. serriatus were still
                         tidal basins in the western Dutch Wadden Sea, the              frequent at depths below 2 rn down to 13 rn in the
                         Marsdiep and the Vliestroom basin, has been                    seventies, during our investigation Fucus spp. was
                         reconstructed from the 50s onwards. The area is                not found in water depths greater than 2 m.
                         enriched with nutrients by two sources both                    Possible causes for the observed changes are
                         originating from the river Rhine, one being the                discussed, and it is concluded that decreased light
                         discharge from Lake IJssel and the other the                   levels or increased epiphyte growth as a result of
                         exchange with the coastal zone of the North Sea.               eutrophication, and the reduction of substrate for
                         Due to a buffering by Lake Ussel for about 15-20               algal growth due to stone fishing and sand
                         years, the eutrophication of the western Wadden Sea            deposition, are the main causes for the decline of
                         showed a time lag compared with the continuously               Fucus spp.
                         increasing nutrient concentrations in the river
                         Rhine and the coastal zone of the North Sea. At                Vollenweider, R. A., A. Rinaldi, and G. Montanari
                         present, the primary production in part of the area            (1992)        Eutrophication, structure and
                         still seems to be nutrient limited in summer, while            dynamics of a marine coastal system:
                         loadings have already been decreasing in recent                results of ten-year monitoring along the
                         years. So far, no severe, negative effects on the              Emilia-Romagna              coast        (Northwest
                         ecosystem have been reported. Some remarks are                 Adriatic Sea).         In: R. A. Vollenweider, R.
                         made on the eutrophication in other parts of the               Marchetti and R. Viviani (ed.) Marine Coastal
                         Dutch Wadden Sea in relation to the hydrographic               Eutrophication. Elsevier, Amsterdam.
                         characteristics of these areas.                                (oxygen, phosphorus, Adriatic Sea)
                                                                                          The process of eutrophication, which has been in
                         Vidakovi'c, J. (1983) The influence of raw                     progress for some two decades in the coastal area of
                         domestic        sewage        on     density        and        the Northwest Adriatic Sea, shows mainly cyclic-
                         distribution of meiofauna. Marine Pollution                    seasonal features. In winter and spring, large
                         Bulletin 14:84-88.                                             blooms of diatoms usually occur determing the so-
                         (sewage; meiofauna; abundance; density; Adriatic               called "dirty waters", while in summer blooms of
                         Sea)                                                           dinoflagellates cause "red tides". Low salinity and
                          The influence of raw domestic sewage on density               high nutrient loads from the River Po and most
                         and distribution of meiofauna in the sea bottom                minor rivers favour the production of these blooms.







                                                                                                                                     109
                       Recurrent episodes of anoxia in bottom waters                   Vuorinene, I. and E. Ranta (1987) Dynamics of
                       cause fish kills and other nuisances that impair                marine      meso-zooplankton             at     Seili,
                       fisheries. Algal blooms over the years, and two                 Northern Baltic Sea, in                  1967-1975.
                       episodes of mucilage formation during the summers               Ophelia 28:31-48.
                       of 1988 and 1989 have become a serious menace to                Izooplankton; Baltic; Kelatellal
                       the regional tourist industry.                                   Long-term (1967-1975) dynamics of meso-
                                                                                       zooplankton population densities at Seili (Northern
                       Vukadin, H. (1991)         Impacts of nutrient                  Baltic Sea) are described. The data were obtained
                       enrichment and their relation to the algal                      from quantitative net hauls taken at 10 day internals
                       bloom in the Adriatic Sea. Marine Pollution                     during the open water season and once a month in
                       Bulletin 23:145-148.                                            winter. Water salinity and temperature were recorded
                       (nutrients; algal bloom; sewage; stratification)                concurrently. Altogether 34 taxa (species, species
                        Extraordinary manifestations of eutrophication in              groups, instars) were frequent enough for time
                       the Adriatic Sea during the last few years have been            series analysis.
                       due to the combined effects of different physico-                The most abundant rotifers were Synchaeta
                       chemical and meteorological factors. Permanent                  species (S. baltica and S. monopus for the most
                       inputs of nutrients, particularly in the northern               part). Among cladocerans Podon polyphemoides
                       Adriatic via river runoffs and municipal sewage                 and Eubosmia longispina maritima were
                       during calm summers, cause marked stratification                numerically dominant, while Acartia spp. and
                       of the water column and reduction of the horizontal             Eurytemora affinis hirundoides were the most
                       advection. These two effects provide the ideal                  abundant copepods. The nauplii of Balanus
                       conditions for single species bloom. An attempt                 improvisus were the most frequent and abundant
                       has been made to calculate the nutrient balance                 meroplankton.
                       which allows a better interpretation of algal blooms            In winter meso-zooplankton biomass is dominated
                       in the Adriatic.                                                by copepods (nauplii), in spring rotifers increase,
                                                                                       followed by cladocerans and then by copepod
                       Vukadin, 1. and V. Hu1ji'c (1981) Nutrient                      copepodids and adults in autumn. From 20 to 100%
                       salts in the surface microlayer and                             of the total meso-zooplankton biomass is
                       subsurface layer of Kastela Bay waters,                         attributable to copepods. There is considerable year-
                       Thalassia Jugoslavica 17:89093.                                 to-year    variation     in     meso-zooplankton
                       Inutrients; nitrogen; phosphorus; microlayer;                   composition. For example, biomass in the
                       subsurface; Kastela Bayl                                        summers of 1968 and 1974 was dominated (40-
                        This paper gives values of the inorganic form of               60%) by rotifers, while in 1967, 1970 and 1973
                       the main nutrient salts in the surface and subsurface           rotifers were less important (10-15%) in the
                       layers of Kastela Bay waters (the Middle Adriatic).             biomass.
                       Analyses of all nutrients dissolved show an                      The salinity at Seili rose substantially during
                       enrichment in nutrients in the surface layer if                 1970-1971, followed by another inflow of saline
                       compared with the subsurface water. Only silicon                water in 1973. These salt water intrusions kept the
                       in the surface layer showed no significant                      salinity at an elevated level to the end of the
                       enhancement with respect to silicon in the                      sampling period. The meso-zooplankton taxa
                       subsruface water.                                               responded to the ï¿½alinity change: I I out of 34 taxa
                                                                                       increased in numbers (seasonal effect removed),
                       Vuorinen, I. and E. Ranta (1988) Can signs of                   while most (23) of the taxa decreased in numbers.
                       eutrophication           b e     found       i n     the        However, in most cases these changes were not
                       mesozooplankton of Seili Archipelago                            distinguishable from random fluctuations. Presently
                       Sea? Kieler Meeresforschungen, Sonderheft                       it is difficult to assess the significance of other
                       6:126-140.                                                      factors (human-caused eutrophication, or biotic
                       Imesozooplankton; Archipelago Sea; hydrography;                 interactions) to the documented abundance changes.
                       composition)
                         In this study, we evaluate whether it is possible             Wxrn, M. and S. Pekkari (1973) Outflow
                       to distinguish the effects of eutrophication from               studies. Nutrients and their influence on
                       other, i.e. hydrographical, factors affecting                   the algae in the Stockholm Archipelago
                       zooplankton. We illustrate our arguments with                   during 1970. No. 1. Oikos Supplymentum
                       examples from an old set of zooplankton data                    15:155-163.
                       which includes 9-year records of mesozooplankton                Inutrient; nitrogen; phosphorus; Baltic)
                       and hydrography collected from Seili, off the south              When comparing 1970 with other years in order
                       coast of Finland. The present study shows that                  to study the effects of different treatments of sewage
                       hydrographic changes override or mask, at least the             water in the Stockholm Archipelago some strong
                       time period studied, possible eutrophication effects.           influences depending upon climatic causes have to
                                                                                       be taken into consideration such as,







                         110
                         1) the accumulation of nutrients inherited from the            in the sewage treatment resulting in a high N : P
                         years before,                                                  ratio (= 65 : 1) in the discharge. In the near future
                         2) the discharge below the lasting ice cover,                  also the nitrogen discharge will be reduced, and it is
                         3) the vigorous spring flood, and                              feared that a lowered N : P ratio in the receiving
                         4) the extremely small discharge from Lake                     waters may favour an undesired increase of nitrogen
                         Mdlaren during the summer.                                     fixing blue-green algae. This study is focused on
                         The years 1968-1970 had 3) and 4) in common.                   the development of a common nitrogen fixing
                          In the Baltic proper an upwelling ?f phosphate-               species in the area, Aphanizomenon flos-aquae, at
                         rich water appeared in 1970. In the Aland Sea the              varied nutrient loadings in 1983-85. The biomass
                         N:P ratio varied between 11: 1 and 19:1 when total             as well as the number of heterocysts was low near
                         N and total P are compared. When the mineralized               the treatment plant and increased with increasing
                         fractions were compared (below the photosynthetic              distance from the sewage discharge. The low
                         layer) the N:P ratio varied between 2. 1:1 and 2.6: 1.         biomass and number of heterocysts in
                         This is far from an N:P ratio by assimilation of 7:1           Himmerfj5rdan Bay is interpreted as an effect of
                         (all ratios on a ug basis).                                    competition with other algae and of low level of
                                                                                        phosphorus relative to nitrogen, i.e. unfavourable
                         Walker, D. I. and R. F. G. Ormond (1982) Coral                 conditions for nitrogen fixation. The abundance of
                         death     from       sewage       and      phosphate           Aphanizomenon was highest in 1994 when the
                         pollution at Aqaba, Red Sea. Marine                            phosphorus load was higher than the other years of
                         Pollution Bulletin 13:21-25.                                   investigation. As a tentative conclusion it is
                         tsewage; coral; Red Sea; algal growth; sediment)               suggested that nitrogen fixing algae may increase as
                          Localized pollution of coral reef areas is occurring          a result of reduction in the nitrogen discharge to
                         at Aqaba, Red Sea, as a result of sewage discharge,            Himmerfjdrdan Bay in the future. At the reference
                         and as a result of spillage of phosphate dust during           station outside the Bay, nutrient conditions
                         loading of phosphate mineral onto ships. The rate              favoured nitrogen fixing algae, as interpreted from
                         of death of colonies of the coral Stylophora                   inorganic N:P ratio less than 10:1 during the
                         pistillata was found to be 4-5 times as great in the           summers of the investigation period. Here the
                         polluted area as in a control area. Coral damage in            variation in biomass between the years was mainly
                         the control area is generally caused by grazing or by          due to the variation in water temperature;
                         extreme low tide, but the cause of coral death in the          Aphanizomenon was most abundant during the
                         polluted area was not readily apparent. The growth             warm summer of 1984 and less abundant during the
                         of algae, both on damaged corals , and on glass                cold summer of 1995. A significant correlation was
                         slides placed out in the reef, was greatly stimulated          obtained between the heterocyst frequency and
                         in the polluted area, but it appeared that such algal          concentration of inorganic phosphorus in the
                         growth was not the direct cause of coral death.                trophogenic layer at the reference station.
                         Corals in the polluted area may be under stress
                         because of reduced light intensity, inhibition of              Walsh, J. J., G. T. Rowe, R. L. Iverson, and C. P.
                         calcification by excess phosphate, and increased               McRoy (1981)         Biological export of shelf
                         sediment load. It was found that in the polluted area          carbon is a sink of the global C02 cycle.
                         there was a greater weight of sediment settling on             Nature 291:196-201.
                         the glass slides for a given weight of algae. But in           [carbon; cycle; nutrients; shelf; C021
                         addition, since algal growth was faster in the                  Measurements of carbon metabolism, production
                         polluted area, the sediment load was increased by              and exchange along food webs suggest that large
                         the sediment trapping capacity of the enhanced algal           fractions of the organic matter produced on
                         growth. Thus, it is suggested that increased algal             continental shelves must be exported to continental
                         growth stimulated by increased nutrient                        slopes. The annual loss of organic matter from
                         concentrations may be important in greatly                     continental shelf ecosystems is far greater than in
                         increasing the sediment load experienced by corals.            the open ocean. If part of the loss of nearshore
                                                                                        primary production has increased in those coastal
                         Wallstr6m, K. (1988)          The occurrence of                zones where anthropogenic inorganic nutrient
                         Aphanizomenon                       f 1 o s - a q u a e        supplies have been consistently increasing since the
                         (Cyanpphyceae) in a          nutrient gradient in              industrial revolution, then burial and diagenesis of
                         the Baltic. Kieler            Meeresforschungen,               this material in slope depocentres could represent
                         Sonderheft 6:210-220.                                          the 'missing BMTs of the carbon' in global C02
                         Iblooms; blue-green algae; N/P ratio; nitrogen;                budgets.
                         phosphorus)
                           The investigation      area, Himmerfjdrdan Bay               Wang,     Z. (1987)         Evaluation of water
                         situated at the Swedish coast of the northern Baltic           quality   in the Zhujiang Estuary, China.
                         Proper, receives waste water from a sewage                     In: T. Okaichi, D. M. Anderson and T. Nemoto
                         treatment plant. Phosphorus is efficiently reduced








                                                                                                                                   ill
                       (ed.) Red Tides: Biology, Environmental Sciences,              Water movement generated by onshore swells
                       and Toxicology. Elsevier, New York.                            appeared to be a major influence on total
                       Jphytoplankton; abundance; red tide)                           sedimentation both in time and space. The amount
                         This paper presents preliminary        results of a          and proximity of bottom sediments also played a
                       monthly comprehensive investigation of                         major role in determining spatial differences.
                       eutrophication and red tides in the Zhujiang (Pearl            Total sedimentation in the area of the outfall was
                       River) estuarine area, beginning in February, 1987.            disrupted. Pronounced gradient in total
                       The purpose of this paper is to discuss the trophic            sedimentation were demonstrated both laterally
                       level of water quality in the Zhujiang estuary                 (parallel to shore) and in a seaward direction.
                       during Spring and Summer. A single parameter as                However, these differences appeared to derive from
                       well as a multiparameter Trophic State Index was               the outfall structure and the local topography rather
                       adopted to assess the trophic status in the estuarine          than the direct sedimentation and accumulation of
                       area. Using nutrients (DIN and DIP), COD loading,              sewage particles.
                       and changes in phytoplankton (cell counts and                  The lack of organisms at the near sewer station
                       chlorophyll a) as the major parameters, a synoptic             was attributed to (1) the scouring of organisms
                       assessment was made.                                           from the substrate when total sedimentation was at
                                                                                      a high level, (2) burial of available substrate during
                       Weaver, A. M. (1978) Aspects of the effects                    periods of high sediment accumulation.
                       of particulate matter on the ecology of                           Like total sedimentation, macrodetritis
                       kelp forest (Macrocystis            pyrifera) (L.)             (fragmented plants and animals) content of the
                       C.A. Agardh) near a small domestic                             trapped sediments displayed a seasonal behaviour,
                       sewer outfall. Dissertation for Ph.D., Stanford                generally increasing and decreasing with total
                       University.                                                    sedimentation.
                       (particulate; sewage; Ulva ; sedimentation; kelpl              The fluctuations in macrodetritis levels appeared
                         An investigation of the relation of particulate              to be a major influence upon the levels of organic
                       matter to the ecology of a kelp forest was                     carbon in the particulates within the study area.
                       undertaken near a small sewer outfall located on a              The outfall station had consistently higher
                       flat shale reef in I I in of water which supported a           macrodetritis levels than adjacent stations and the
                       canopy of the kelp Macrocystis pyrifera. The                   fall macrodetritis at all station within the sewage
                       sewage effluent had an unusually high particulate              filed contained large quantities of detached Ulva not
                       content which varied several fold through time. The            found elsewhere.
                       area immediately in front of the outfall terminus, as          The occurrence of the Ulva bloom (which took
                       compared to adjacent stations, was conspicuously               place annually for three consecutive years) appeared
                       more turbid, had higher sedimentation and many                 to be based on: 1) the high water clarity during
                       patches of exposed shale devoid of organisms,                  periods of low sedimentation which allowed
                       including Macrocystis.                                         sufficient light for Ulva growth at 11 in depth; 2)
                         The purpose of the study was fourfold: 1) to                 the presence of sewage effluent which is known to
                       observe how the quality and quantity of particulate            stimulate the growth of Ulva.
                       matter fluctuated through time and space; 2) to                Distinct concentration gradients of copper were
                       determine some of the major reasons for these                  often, but not always, demonstrable in the
                       fluctuations; 3) to determine the influence of the             sediments trapped around the outfall. The highest
                       quantity and quality of particulate matter on the              concentrations were at the outfall station.
                       distribution of benthic organisms; and 4) to                   During the period of high sediment accumulation
                       determine if and how the sewer outfall influenced              (summer), the direct sedimentation of copper with
                       particulate matter in the study area.                          particles from the sewage effluent appeared to be
                         Particulates were trapped over time in plastic               responsible for the gradient. However, during the
                       tubes mounted vertically on the bottom at stations             fall, copper accumulating in the detached Ulva
                       located within and outside of the sewage field as              appeared to be responsible.
                       defined by coliform levels. The contents were                    The importance of these findings to future
                       subjected to various analyses.                                 environmental surveys and the location of sewer
                         Total sedimentation (grams of particulate matter             outfalls is discussed. The significance of the Ulva
                       trapped per unit time per unit area) fluctuated                phenomena as a potential pathway for toxins to get
                       through time in a seasonal cyclic manner, increased            into the food chain is also considered.
                       in the fall, was at its maximum in the winter and
                       decreased again in the spring. This pattern was                Weigelt, M. and H. Rumohr (1986) Effects of
                       observed at 11 different stations separated by a               wide-range oxygen depletion on benthic
                       maximum distance of 1400 meters. At any one                    fauna and dernersal fish in Kiel Bay
                       point in time, however, large differences (up to 20            1981-1983. Meeresforschung 31:124-136.
                       fold) in sedimentation were observed between                   (abundance; biomass; benthic; macrofauna;
                       individual stations.                                           oxygen; anoxia; hydrogen sulfide)







                       112

                        In late summer 1981 an extraordinary and wide               influence oxygen depletion through two
                       ranging oxygen depletion killed most of the benthic          mechanisms. (1) In bottom waters, uptake rates per
                       fauna below the halocline (>20m) in Kiel Bay.                unit volume are low, but bulk uptake is a
                       This catastrophic period lasted for several weeks,           significant factor in oxygen depletion because of
                       and even areas were affected where such events had           the large volumn of water involved. (2) The
                       never been observed before. Fishermen reported               intermediate zone, where respiratory uptake is also
                       mass catches of moribund polychaetes and                     significant, is strategically located between the
                       migrations of fishes into nearshore waters. Only a           surface zone of oxygen renewal and the bottom
                       few macrofauna species survived (Arctica, Astarte,           zone of depletion, where it constitutes an active
                       Corbula, Halicryptus).                                       filter which reinforces the pycnocline as a barrier to
                        About 30,000 t of macrofauna died in Kiel Bay,              vertical oxygen dispersion. The magnitude of direct
                       but. recolonization in the following months was              oxygen removal in the water column relative to
                       rapid. Stomach analyses of demersal fish revealed            removal by sediment oxygen demand and the
                       significant changes in food composition of cod and           potential effects of this biological filtering
                       dab.                                                         mechanism are important considerations for
                         In late summer of 1983 a similar, but not so               understanding eutrophic dynamics and managing
                       severe oxygen depletion caused the total breakdown           Long Island Sound. Dynamic models which (1)
                       of the Syndosmya alba stocks below the halocline             underestimate the role of water column uptake and
                       as well as that of other species.                            (2) incorporate only the two-zone characteristics of
                                                                                    physical stratification will tend to (a) overestimate
                       Welsh, B. L. and             F.  C. Eller (1991)             the contribution of sediments to summertime
                       Mechanisms         controlling         summertime            oxygen deficits and (b) overestimate rates of vertical
                       oxygen depletion in western Long Island                      dispersion and reventilation of bottom waters.
                       Sound. Estuaries 14:265-278.
                       (Long Island Sound; oxygen; mechanism;                       Weston, D. P. (1990)               Quantitative
                       depletion; hypoxia)                                          examination of macrobenthic community
                         Physical profile data (salinity, temperature,              changes along an organic enrichment
                       oxygen, and downwelling irradiance) and in situ              gradient. Marine Ecology Progress Series
                       incubation of light and dark bottles were used to            61:233-244.
                       characterize vertical structure and elucidate                fabundance; biomass; macrobenthos; community;
                       mechanisms controlling summertime hypoxia in                 trophic; size; richness; distribution; Puget Soundl
                       western Long Island Sound. The period of oxygen                   Organic enrichment, both natural and
                       depletion corresponded with the period of thermally-         anthropogenic, is one of the most common forms
                       controlled stratification. Bulk density differences          of disturbance in the benthos. The effects of organic
                       between surface and bottom waters were only 1.2 to           enrichment on the benthos in the vicinity of a large
                       2.7 sigma-t units; but they were apparently                  mariculture facility were examined as a general
                       sufficient to resist destratification by winds and           model for enrichment, without the confounding
                       tides. Thus oxygen depletion was a cumulative                effects of toxicants often associated with
                       process through the summer. During the                       anthropogenic inputs. Stations nearest the facility
                       stratification period, net oxygen production                 were subject to continuous input of fish feed and
                       (measured using light BOD bottles) was confined to           fecal matter, and gross structural changes in the
                       a narrow surface zone of 1.9-4.5 m. Below this               macrofaunal community (e.g. reduced species
                       zone was an intermediate zone of high net oxygen             richness, dominance of opportunistic species) were
                       uptake, beneath which was a subpycnoclinic zone              similar to those commonly reported for other
                       where oxygen uptake was very low. Rates of total             enriched sites. More complex community and
                       oxygen uptake (dark bottles) were greatest in the            population responses were indicated by changes in
                       surface layer and diminished with depth. There was           body size, vertical distribution of infauna and
                       close coupling between physical conditions and               patterns of trophic dominance. Enriched areas are
                       metabolic structure. Vertical structure patterns of          generally assumed to be characterized by
                       oxygen production and removal were strongest in              macrofauna with small body sizes, and mean
                       calm weather. The location of the intermediate zone          individual size did, in fact, decrease with proximity
                       corresponded with that of the oxycline. The                  to the farm. At stations farthest from the farm,
                       thickness of the zone and the steepness of the               however, size distributions were skewed by a few
                       oxyclinc were detem-iined by the depth and intensity         large individuals, indicating that trends in mean
                       of both physical stratification and biological               individual     size    are    susceptible     to     the
                       production and respiration. The biological structure         methodological limitations inherent in adqeuately
                       was weakened by physical mixing in the upper                 sampling rare individuals. While interspecific
                       water column, and the intermediate zone disappeared          measures of animal size decreased with increasing
                       with fall destratification. We hypothesize that              enrichment, intraspecific measures indicated a
                       biological uptake within the water column                    tendency for larger individuals to occur at the most








                                                                                                                                    113

                       enriched sites. Enriched areas may represent                    Wilcox, W. H. (1979) The effect of nitrogen
                       increased food resources, and thus increased                    and phosphorus         enrichment         on     salt
                       potential growth and attainment of larger body sizes            marsh. Dissertation for Ph.D., The University of
                       in those species capable of exploiting such                     Tennessee.
                       habitats. Organically enriched areas are generally              (salt marsh; biomass; dominance; periphyton;
                       considered to be characterized by infauna living at             composition; Floridal
                       or near the sediment-water interface. Increasing                Fertilization of a Batis maritima and Salicornia
                       organic enrichment resulted in the loss of large,               virginica dominated salt marsh in Florida, with a
                       deep-dwelling species and dramatically altered the              combined nitrogen and phosphorus fertilizer applied
                       vertical biomass profiles, but, because these                   at four rates (50:8; 100: 16; 150:24 and 200:32
                       individuals were numerically few, had little effect             kg/ha/yr N:P) produced the following responses: 1)
                       on the vertical abundance profiles. Changes in                  dominance shifted to Batis, 2) Batis aerial biomass
                       trophic dominance did occur along the trophic                   increased from 428 g/m2 (control) to 1062 g/m2
                       groups and assign species to them. The utility of               (highest rate) while Salicornia showed no positive
                       trophic grouping approaches in identification of                response to fertilization, 3) highest fertilization
                       enrichment-induced disturbances is thus limited.                plots had a 9% higher decomposition rate than
                                                                                       control plots (0.00728/day versus 0.00668/day), 4)
                       Whiteledge, T. E. (1985) Nationwide Review                      no luxury consumption of nutrient was measured,
                       of Oxygen Depletion and Eutrophication                          5) Batis stem biomass reached an asymptote of 750
                       in Estuarine and Coastal Waters. NOAA,                          g/m2 (295 g/m2 control) after 2 years fertilization
                       loxygen; estuary; coastal; nutrients; production;               at 150:24 and 200:32 kg/ha/yr N:P, 6) Batis
                       United States; hypoxia; depletion}                              biomass at 328 g/m2 (133 g/m2 control) had not
                       No abstract                                                     reached an asymptote after two years fertilization.
                       Widbom, B. and R. Elmgren (1988) Response                       Measurement of initial changes in snail numbers
                       of    benthic      meiofauna         to      nutrient           and periphyton biomass and species composition,
                       enrichment        of    experimental          marine            in response to fertilization could not be repeated,
                       ecosystems. Marine Ecology Progress Series                      probably due to a drying trend in the marsh and a
                       42:257-268.                                                     drastic reduction in snail and periphyton numbers.
                       (benthic; abundance; composition; meiofauna;                    Wittberg, M. and W. Hunte (1992) Effects of
                       nematode; polychaete; harpacticoid; bivalve;                    eutrophication      and     sedimentation          on
                       ostracod; kinorhynch; MERQ                                      juvenile corals. 1. Abundance, mortality
                         The long-term (2.4 yr) response of benthic                    and community structure. Marine Biology
                       meiofauna to eutrophication of experimental marine              112:131-138.
                       ecosystems was studied at the Marine Ecosystems                 (sedimentation; corals; abundance; mortality;
                       Research Laboratory, Graduate School of                         community structure; reef; size)
                       Oceanography, University of Rhode Island (USA).                 This study investigated effects of eutrophication
                       Ammonium, phosphate and silicate were added                     and sedimentation on juvenile abundance, juvenile
                       daily in the mesocosms in a logarithmic                         mortality and community structure of scleractinian
                       progression (OX, IX, 2X, 4X, 8X, 16X, and 32X),                 corals on fringing reefs on the west coast of
                       with the IX addition being N = 2.89, P = 0.225, Si              Barbados, West Indies, in 1989. Juvenile abundance
                       = 0.205 mmol m-2 d -1. Phytoplankton production                 was lower on eutrophic/high-sediment reefs than
                       and biomass in the tanks increased with increasing              less cutrophic/l ow- sediment reefs, but juvenile size
                       nutrient enrichment. The benthic community gave                 was larger on the former. The larger size could
                       a quantitatively less marked response to the gradient           result from size-selective mortality against smaller
                       of nutrient input. The meiofauna showed                         juveniles on the eutrophic reefs, or from lower
                       remarkably little response in terms of biomass and              recruitment to the eutrophic reefs, or from faster
                       abundance, but significant effects were found on                growth on the eutrophic reefs. Juvenile mortality
                       major taxa, leading to a changed meiofauna                      was higher on the eutrophic reefs than the less
                       community structure. Nematode and juvenile                      eutrophic reefs and may result from increased
                       polychaete abundance increased with increasing                  smothering of corals by eutrophic reefs, probably
                       nutrient input, especially in early summer, whereas             in response to elevated nutrients and/or because
                       kinorhynchs, ostracods, harpacticoids and juvenile              grazers (Diadema antillarum; herbivorous fish) were
                       bivalve decreased. The lack of a positive biomass               less common on eutrophic reefs. Juvenile
                       response of the total meiofauna in the enriched                 community structure on all reefs was dominated by
                       tanks suggests that the meifauna was limited not                Type I corals (high recruitment, high natural
                       only by the availability ot food, but also by biotic            mortality), but Type 2 corals (low recruitment, low
                       interactions.                                                   natural mortality) became more common in adult
                                                                                       communities on the less eutrophic reefs. This
                                                                                       transition in community structure did not occur on








                        114

                        the eutrophic reefs, adult community structure               Channel community was dominated by the crab
                        continuing to be dominated by Type I corals. The             Portumus hastatoides Fabricius and the gast.opod
                        fact that the pattern of relative abundance of species       Nassarius crematus (Hinds). Along an increasing
                        in the juvenile community is maintained in the               gradient of organic pollution, Nassarius crematus
                        adult community on the eutrophic reefs suggests              was gradually replaced by the crab Charybdis
                        that juvenile mortality rates of different species are       vadorum (Alcock), and a community dominated by
                        similar on eutrophic reefs, and hence that                   Portumus hastatoides and Charybdis vadorum was
                        differences in adult community structure between             found in the polluted inner Harbour. The abundance
                        eutrophic and less eutrophic reefs may be largely            and dominance of predatory gastropods also showed
                        explained by interspecifics in juvenile mortality            a decrease from the Channel to the inner Harbour,
                        becoming smaller on eutrophic reefs.                         reflecting changes in the trophic structure of the
                                                                                     community in relation to pollution. No significant
                        Wolff, W. J. (1988) Impact of           pollution of         change in the percentage of deposit-feeders was
                        the Wadden Sea.           In: W. Salomons, B. L.             found along the pollution gradient. Summer
                        Bayne, E. K. Duursma and U. F6rstner (ed.)                   mortality of benthos appeared to occur regularly in
                        Pollution of the North Sea. An Assessment.                   inner Tolo Harbour, and was attributed to summer
                        Springer-Verlag, Berlin.                                     oxygen depletion resulting from eutrophication.
                        (phytoplankton; production; microphytobenthos;               The benthic community was, however, soon
                        Dutch Wadden Sea; biomass; macrobenthos;                     restored to its original state by rapid winter
                        review)                                                      recolonization. It is postulated that the cyclic
                        No abstract                                                  phenomenon of summer mortality followed by
                                                                                     winter recovery may be a common characteristic in
                        Wong, P.     S. (1987)      The occurrence and               subtropical benthic communities subjected to a
                        distributition of red tides in Hong Kong -                   high level of organic pollution.
                        Applications in red tide management.
                        In: T. Okaichi, D. M. Anderson and T. Nemoto                 Wulff, F. and A. Stigebrandt (1989) A time-
                        (ed.) Red Tides: Biology, Environmental Science,             dependent budget model for nutrients in
                        and Toxicology. Elsevier, New York.                          the Baltic Sea. Global Biogeochemical Cycles
                        fred tide; bloom)                                            3:63-78.
                         The occurrence of red tides in Hong Kong is                 fnitrogen; phosphorus; nutrient; loading; model;
                        reviewed based on reports received by the                    budget; Baltic}
                        Aquaculture and Fisheries Department. Interesting               Overall budgets for nutrient and humus are
                        patterns of distribution of some common red tide             described for the Baltic Sea as well as for the
                        species in Hong Kong are obtained. Data on                   subsystems, i.e., the Baltic proper, the Bothnian
                        seasonal occurrence and distribution of each species,        Bay and the Bothnian Sea. The residence times for
                        particularly the toxic ones, would enable better             total phosphorus, total nitrogen, silicate and humus
                        planning of preventing measures or management                are 13.3, 5.5, 11.2, and 9.6 years respectively,
                        actions in different coastal regions. Knowledge of           compared to 21.8 years for a conservative substance
                        toxicity of different species would facilitate the           (salt). About 90% of the nutrient losses are due to
                        initial assessment of risks involved. Further                biogeochernical sinks within the Baltic Sea. Thus
                        suggest the possibility of development a system for          only about 10% is exported to external areas (the
                        forecasting red tide occurrences.                            Kattegat/Belt Sea). For humus the corresponding
                                                                                     figures are about 75 and 25%, respectively. This
                        Wu, R. S. S. (1982) Periodic defaunation                     means that the Baltic Sea to a large extent can be
                        and recovery in a subtropical epibenthic                     regarded as a closed system and perturbations in the
                        community,        in    relation       to    organic         water exchange with the North Sea should have
                        pollution. Journal of Experimental Marine                    little effect on the nutrient budgets. This sinks are
                        Biology and Ecology 64:253-269.                              parameterized by an expression borrowed from
                        (benthic; defaunation; Tolo Harbour; Tolo channel;           limnology where the net nutrient loss is a function
                        Hong Kong; abundance; biomass; composition;                  of the winter surface concentration. A budget model
                        oxygen; recovery; diversity)                                 is run in a prognostic, hindcast mode with the
                         A monthly survey was carried out for two years              assumed time-dependent phosphorus and nitrogen
                        on the epifaunal. community in Tolo Harbour and              loading of the Baltic proper. The computed
                        Tolo Channel, Hong Kong, a subtropical                       development of the winter surface concentrations of
                        embayment subjected to a gradient of organic                 total P and total N for the period 1950-1988
                        pollution. The number of animals and species,                appears quite realistic. The possibility of having
                        biomass and species diversity (Shannon's function            variable sinks which are functions of the surface
                        H' and eveness J), were higher at less polluted              winter concentrations of nitrogen and phosphorus is
                        stations in the outer Harbour and Channel than at            described using calculations based on data from the
                        the polluted stations in the inner Harbour. The              different Baltic subareas. Such sinks should







                                                                                                                                115

                     significantly decrease the winter N:P ratio in the           phosphate in June and August, 1981 and September
                     surface water when the nutrient loading increases            1982. Despite positive relationships between
                     with time. With better description of in particular          nutrients and chlorophyll a, phytoplankton growth
                     the pools of nutrients in the sediment, it would be          is not likely to be limited by these nutrients in
                     possible to model future changes of nutrient                 Jinhae Bay. The role of growth stimulators in
                     concentrations in the water column in relation to            initiating the extensive blooms of red tide
                     loading.                                                     organisms in suggested.

                     Wulff, F., A. Stigebrandt, and L. Rahm (1990)                Yi, S. K., J.-S. Hong, and J. H. Lee (1982) A
                     Nutrient dynamics of the Baltic Sea.                         study on the subtidal benthic community
                     Ambio 19:126-133.                                            in Ulsan Bay, Korea. Bulletin of the Korea
                     (nitrogen; phosphorus; nutrient; Baltic)                     Ocean Research and Development Institute 4:17-
                      A prerequisite for understanding the large-scale            26.
                     eutrophication of the Baltic Sea is an understanding         (benthic; Ulsan Bay; polychaete; abundance;
                     of the factors responsible for regional and long-term        composition)
                     variations of nutrients. This article summarizes               A quantitative investigation of the soft-bottom
                     recent studies on the changes in overall total               macrobenthic community in Ulsan Bay was carried
                     amounts and the distribution pattern of nutrients.           out from June, 1980 to March 1981. Of the 127
                     The total amounts of phosphorus and nitrogen have            species of benthic organisms found, Polychaeta was
                     increased over the last few decades. On the other            the most dominant taxonomic group with 67
                     hand, silicate levels have been decreasing,                  species which accounted for 88% of the total
                     indicating a higher net primary production and               number of individuals. The number of species and
                     sedimentation of diatoms. A series of models has             individuals decreased from the inner bay toward the
                     been used to test our present understanding of the           outer bay stations. At station 1, a sharp drop in the
                     critical processes controlling nutrient and oxygen           number of individuals was noted from June to
                     conditions. It is shown that a few morphometric              September, and this drop was mainly due to
                     factors are essential, like shallow sill depth at the        decrease in three dominant polychaetes, Cirratulus
                     entrance of estuarine-like sea and shallow mean              cirratus, Lumbrineris longifolia, and Tharyx sp.
                     depth. It is also shown that phosphorus, nitrogen              Based on interstational species similarity, the
                     and silicate differ in terms of residence times and          study area can be divided into two zones; Station
                     the fate of these nutrients take place in the                1,2,3, and Station 4,5. The first zone was
                     sediments. A model showing the long-term                     considered to be under an organic enrichment
                     behavior of this system in response to external              condition. This was supported, to a certain extent,
                     loading illustrates the importance of these                  by hydrological conditions and species
                     processes.                                                   composition.

                     Wyatt, T. and J. Horwood (1973) Model which                  Zambianchi, E., C. Calvitti, P. Cedcamore,
                     generates red tides. Nature 244:238-240.                     F.D'Amico, E. Ferulano, and P. Lanciano (1992)
                     (red tides; model; bloom; dinoflagellates)                   The mucilage phenomenon in the Norther
                     No abstract                                                  Adriatic Sea, summer 1989: A study
                                                                                  carried      out     with      remote        sensing
                     Yang, D. B. (1987)                  Nutrient and             techniques.         In: R. A. Vollenweider, R.
                     chlorophyll a variations during the red                      Marchetti and R.    Viviani (ed.) Marine Coastal
                     tides in Jinhae Bay, Korea. In: T. Okaichi,                  Eutrophication. Elsevier, Amsterdam.
                     D. M. Anderson and T. Nemoto (ed.) Red Tides:                [Adriatic Sea, gels)
                     Biology, Environmental Science and Toxicology.               Observations are presented of the mucilage
                     Elsevier, New York.                                          phenomenon which affected the Northern Adriatic
                     fred tides; nutrient; abundance; chlorophyll)                Sea in the summer of 1989. The observations were
                       Tidal cycle time series distributions of nutrients         made with data acquired by different spatial and
                     and chlorophyll a were measured at a fixed station           temporal resolution satellite and airborne sensors.
                     located at mid-channel of Jinhae Bay, Korea. High            The results of our study are presented, together with
                     nitrate concentrations were observed at the time of          data from other sources, and analyzed in order to
                     low tides whereas high phosphate concentrations              contribute to the understanding of the spatial and
                     occurred occasionally at the time of high tides.             temporal evolution of the phenomenon.
                     Anoxic bottom water appeared to be the major
                     source of high phosphate in the outer bay.                   Zdanowicz, V. S., D. F. Gadbois, and M. W.
                     Chlorophyll a concentrations were positively                 Newman (1986)           Levels of organic and
                     correlated with nitrate concentrations in April 198 1,       inorganic contaminants in sediments and
                     May 1982 and June 1983. However, chlorophyll a               fish      tissues      and      prevalences          of
                     concentrations were also positively correlated with          pathological disorders in winter flounder








                        116

                        from estuaries of the Northeast United
                        States, 1984. Oceans '86 578-585,
                        Jorganic; inorganic; contaminants; sewage;
                        pathology; winter flounder; disease}
                          The Benthic Surveillance Project of NOAA's
                        National Status and Trends Program seeks to
                        determine prevalences of pathological disorders in
                        demersal finfishes and levels of organic and
                        inorganic contaminants in sediments and fish
                        tissues and evaluate possible correlations between
                        biological effects and contamination. More than
                        fifty of the Nation's estuaries and other coastal
                        water bodies are under study. Preliminary findings
                        from the first year of sampling in the Northeast
                        region of the U.S. reveal that sediments from
                        Raritan Bay, Boston Harbor and Salem Harbor
                        contained substantially elevated concentrations of
                        primary sewage related organic and inorganic
                        contaminants. PCB levels in livers of winter
                        flounder exceeded 10 ug/g in specimens from
                        Boston Harbor, but were 3.2 ug/g or less
                        elsewhere. Distributions of certain pathological
                        conditions, such as the presence of gigantic cells in
                        the tubular epithelium of winter flounder kidney,
                        paralleled the distributions of sediment
                        contaminants, whereas distribution of other
                        pathological conditions, such as winter flounder
                        pancreatitis, did not,

                        Zingone, A., M. Monitrcsor, and D. Marino (1990)
                        Summer phytoplankton physiognomy in
                        coastal waters of the Gulf of Naples.
                        P.S.ZN.I.- Marine Ecology 11:157-172,
                        [phytoplankton; Gulf of Naples; nutrients;
                        abundance-, diversity; bloom)
                         Thirteen sampling cruises were conducted at
                        weekly intervals in the inner part of the Gulf of
                        Naples in the summer of 1983 to investigate the
                        effects of excess nutrient inputs on phytoplankton
                        communities. High surface phytoplankton
                        concentrations (up to 1.15 x 108 cells 1-1) were
                        recorded, particularly near Naples harbour and along
                        the eastern coast, two locations that receive most of
                        the area's sewage and industrial discharge,
                        Phytoplankton populations were generally
                        dominated by small species, mainly diatoms, which
                        were associated with small phytoflagellates.
                        Species diversity values were relatively high
                        (W:53.62) in most samples, Throughout the
                        sampling period a high spatial and temporal
                        variability for phytoplankton abundances and
                        species composition was observed.








                                                                                                                                                   117
                        Appendix: Keyword List
                        abiotic                                        Black Sea                                     decomposition
                        abnormal                                       Blanca Bay                                    decrease
                        abnormalities                                  bloom                                         defaunation
                        Abra                                           blue-green algae                              demand
                        abundance                                      Bohai Bay                                     demersal
                        acid                                           Boston Harbor                                 denitrification
                        acidity                                        Brachionus                                    density
                        activity                                       brown tide                                    deoxygenation
                        Adriatic                                       brown tide bloom                              depletion
                        Adriatic Sea                                   budget                                        deposit-feeder
                        Aegean Sea                                     Burgas Bay                                    depth penetration
                        Alexandrium                                    Buzzard Bay                                   desert
                        algae                                          Cadiz Bay                                     development
                        algal bloom                                    California                                    diatom
                        algal growth                                   capacity                                      diatoms
                        alkaline phosphatase                           Capitella                                     Dictyocha
                        Ammonia toxicity                               carbon                                        diel
                        ammonia                                        14C production                                dinoflagellate
                        ammonium                                       causes                                        dinoflagellates
                        ammonium/nitrate ratio                         change                                        Dinophysis
                        Ampelisca abdita                               Charlotte Harbor                              disappearance
                        amphipod                                       Chesapeake Bay                                discharge
                        annelids                                       chironomonids                                 disease
                        anoxic                                         chla                                          dissolved oxygen
                        aquaculture                                    chlorophyll                                   distribution
                        aquatic vegetation                             chlorophyll a                                 diversity
                        archipelago                                    Chrysochromulina                              Dogger Bank
                        archipelago sea                                ciliates                                      DOM
                        Arkona                                         Cladophora                                    dominance
                        Arkona Sea                                     classification                                dredging
                        Asia                                           climate                                       Dunaliella
                        assay                                          C02                                           Dutch Wadden Sea
                        assemblage                                     coast                                         dynamics
                        assessment                                     coastal                                       dystrophic
                        Atlantic menhaden                              coccolithophores                              ecosystem
                        Atlantic shelf                                 colored tides                                 ecosystem health
                        atmosphere                                     community                                     eelgrass
                        auhwuchs                                       community structure                           effects
                        Aurococcus                                     comparison                                    effluent
                        Australia                                      concept                                       effluents
                        autoecology                                    contaminants                                  egg
                        bacteria                                       copepod                                       egg production
                        bacterioplankton                               copepods                                      Eh
                        Baltic                                         copper                                        Elefsis Bay
                        Barbados                                       coral                                         Ems estuary
                        beach                                          coralreef                                     energetics
                        benthic                                        corals                                        energy flow
                        benthic algae                                  Corophium                                     enrichment
                        benthic communities                            Crassostrea                                   environment
                        benthic fauna                                  criteria                                      environmental condition
                        benthos                                        cnistacea                                     epifauna
                        Berrow Flat                                    culture                                       epiphytes
                        bioassay                                       cyanobacteria                                 epiphytic
                        biogeochemical cycling                         cycle                                         Erie
                        bioindicator                                   cycles                                        estuaries
                        biomass                                        cycling                                       estuarine ponds
                        bird                                           cyst                                          estuary
                        bivalve                                        decqpod                                       eutrophic
                        bivalves                                                                                     eutrophic marine ecosystems







                           118
                           eutrophicated                                 heterotrophic uptake                         macrophytes
                           eutrophication                                historical                                   macrozoobenthos
                           evidence                                      Hong Kong                                    Madracis
                           excretion                                     Hudson River                                 management
                           Exuviaella                                    Hudson River estuary                         mariculture
                           Far East                                      humic                                        marine
                           fate                                          hydrogen sulfide                             Marsdiep
                           fats                                          hydrogen sulphide                            marsh
                           fauna                                         hydrographic                                 mats
                           faunal.composition                            hydrographic dynamics                        Matsushima Bay
                           feeding                                       hydrography                                  maturation
                           filamentous                                   hydromedusae                                 mechanism
                           Finland                                       hypoxia                                      Mediomastus ambiseta
                           fish                                          impacts                                      Mediterranean
                           fish farming                                  increase                                     meiobenthos
                           fish kill                                     index                                        meiofauna
                           fish yield                                    indicator                                    MERL
                           fishkill                                      Indo-Pacific                                 meroplankton
                                                                         infauna                                      mesocosm
                           @ord
                           flagellates                                   inorganic                                    mesoplankton
             .61
                           floating                                      inorganic nutrients                          mesozooplankton
                           Florida                                       interface                                    metabolism
                           flounder                                      intertidal                                   methane
                           fluorescence                                  Irish Sea                                    method
                           flux                                          iron                                         methods
                           food                                          Italy                                        Mexico
                           food web                                      Japan                                        microalgae
                           Forth estuary                                 Kanaohe Bay                                  microflora
                           fouling                                       Kastela Bay                                  microheterotrophs
                           fi-amework                                    Kattegat                                     microlayer
                           freshwater                                    Kelatella                                    micronutrient
                           Fucus                                         kelp                                         micronutrients
                           Furcellaria                                   Kiel Bay                                     microphytobenthos
                           gels                                          Kiel Bight                                   microplankton
                                                                         kinorhynch                                   microzooplankton
                           general model
                           German Bight                                  lagoon                                       mining
                           gonadindex                                    Lake Kinneret                                model
                           gonads                                        Lake Ontario                                 modeling
                           Gonyaulax                                     lake                                         modelling
                           Gotland Sea                                   lakes                                        mollusc
                           grazing                                       Laminatia                                    morphotype
                           Greece                                        larval development                           mortality
                           green algae                                   Lebanon                                      mucous aggregates
                           green tide                                    length                                       mudflat
                           Greifswald Bay                                life cycle                                   mussel
                           growth                                        life history                                 Mytilus
                           growth form                                   light                                        N/P ratio
                           growth potential                              limitation                                   N20 production
                           growth rate                                   loading                                      Nahant Bay
                           Gulf of Maine                                 lobster                                      nanoplankton
                           Gulf of Naples                                log-normal                                   Narragansett Bay
                           Gulf of Patras                                Long Island                                  nematode
                           Gymnodinium                                   Long Island Sound                            Nephrops norvegicus
                           H2S                                           Louisiana                                    net ecosystem metabolism
                           habitat                                       Macoma                                       net ecosystem production
                           harpacticoid.                                 macroalgae                                   Netherlands
                           Hawaii                                        macroalgal mats                              New Jersey
                           health                                        macrobenthos                                 New York Bay
                           Helgoland                                     macrofauna                                   New York Bight
                           herring                                       macronutrient                                nitrate







                                                                                                                                                      119

                          nitrification                                   plankton                                       secondary
                          nitrite                                         Po River                                       secondary production
                          nitrogen                                        pollution                                      sediment
                          Nitzschia seriata                               polychaete                                     sediment transport
                          Nodularia                                       polychaetes                                    sedimentation
                          North Sea                                       Polydora ligni                                 sediments
                          Norway                                          Pomatoschistus                                 settlement
                          Nucula                                          population                                     sewage
                          Nucula annulata                                 Portugal                                       shading
                          nuisance                                        precipitation                                  shelf
                          nuisance bloom                                  prediction                                     shellfish
                          nutrient                                        primary production                             silica
                          nutrient addition                               primary productivity                           silicate
                          nutrient enrichment                             processes                                      silicoflagellate
                          nutrient limitation                             production                                     silicon
                          nutrient ratios                                 productivity                                   similarity
                          nutrients                                       protein                                        size
                          oligochaetes                                    Providence River                               size structure
                          opportunistic                                   Puget Sound                                    Skagerrak
                          organic                                         pulp                                           Skeletonema
                          organic carbon                                  Pyrodinium                                     sludge
                          organic enrichment                              ratio                                          smelt
                          organic matter                                  recolonization                                 spatial
                          Oslofjord                                       recovery                                       spawning
                          ostracod                                        recycling                                      species
                          oxygen                                          Red Sea                                        species abundance
                          oxygen demand                                   red tide                                       species composition
                          oxygen uptake                                   red algae                                      species richness
                          oyster                                          redox potential                                SPM
                          Palmico River estuary                           reef                                           stability
                          paper                                           regeneration                                   stage
                          particulate                                     relationship                                   standing crop
                          Parvilucina                                     remedial action                                standing stock
                          pathology                                       remineralization                               Strait of Georgia
                          pelagic                                         remote sensing                                 strategy
                          pelagic biology                                 reproduction                                   stratification
                          pelagic ecosystem                               research needs                                 striped bass
                          Peridinium                                      reservior                                      submerged
                          periphyton                                      resource                                       submerged plants
                          pH                                              respiration                                    submerged vegetation
                          Phaeocystis                                     review                                         subsurface
                          Phaeodactylum                                   Rhine                                          succession
                          Philippines                                     richness                                       sulfate reduction
                          phosphorus                                      River Elbe                                     survival
                          photosynthesis                                  rocky shore                                    susceptibility
                          photosynth   *etic rate                         rotifer                                        Sweden
                          Phycodrys                                       runoff                                         temperature
                          Phyllophora                                     salt marsh                                     temporal
                          physical energy                                 salt pond                                      Thailand
                          physiology                                      San Francisco Bay                              tidal flat
                          phytoplankton                                   sand goby                                      tidal marsh
                          phytoplankton abundance                         sandflat                                       fide
                          phytoplankton assemblage                        sandy beaches                                  tissue
                          phytoplankton bloom                             Saronikos Gulf                                 Tokyo Bay
                          phytoplankton species                           Scandinavian                                   tolerance
                          composition                                     Scottish coast                                 Tolo channel
                          picoalgae                                       Scottish water                                 toxic
                          picoplankton                                    seagrass                                       toxic algal exudates
                          pigments                                        seasonality                                    toxicity
                          Pilayella                                       seaweeds                                       transition








                     120

                     transparency
                     trend
                     trophic
                     trophic state index
                     trophic status
                     turbidity
                     Ulsan Bay
                     ultrastructure
                     Ulva
                     United States
                     upwelling
                     Uronema
                     Vancouver Harbor
                     vascular plants
                     vegetation
                     Venice Lagoon
                     Victoria Harbour
                     Visakhapatnam Harbour
                     Vollenweider
                     Wadden Sea
                     wastewater
                     winter flounder
                     yield
                     Ythan estuary
                     Yugoslavia
                     zonation
                     zooplankton
                     zooxanthellae
                     Zostera






































                                                                *U.S. Government Printing OFFICE- 1995- 386 -543/2 5406
 








                                           OTHER TITLES IN THE
                                      DECISION ANALYSIS SERIES



            No. 1. Able, Kenneth W. and Susan C. Kaiser. 1994. Synthesis of Summer Flounder Habitat
            Parameters.


            No. 2. Matthews, Geoffrey A. and Thomas J. Minello. 1994. Technology and Success in
            Restoration, Creation, and Enhancement of Spartina alterniflora Marshes in the United States. 2
            vols.


            No. 3. Collins, Elaine V., Maureen Woods, Isobel C. Sheifer and Janice Beattie. 1994.
            Bibliography of Synthesis Documents on Selected Coastal Ocean Topics.


















































                                                                     ATmo



                                                                     @- V-@ 1-4 - -
                                                                         sp/Y,S;g






























                                                                                                              36 80 034886